You are on page 1of 686

SAMSUNG MEDISON

DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM

H60
User Manual
Volume 1
SAMSUNG MEDISON
DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM

Version 2.00

H60
User Manual
English
PROPRIETRAY INFORMATION AND SOFTWARE LICENSE
The Customer shall keep confidential all proprietary information furnished or disclosed to the Customer
by Samsung Medison, unless such information has become part of the public domain through no fault of
the Customer. The Customer shall not use such proprietary information, without the prior written consent
of Samsung Medison, for any purpose other than the maintenance, repair or operation of the goods.

Samsung Medison’s systems contain Samsung Medison’s proprietary software in machine-readable


form. Samsung Medison retains all its rights, title and interest in the software except that purchase of this
product includes a license to use the machine-readable software contained in it. The Customer shall not
copy, trace, disassemble or modify the software. Transfer of this product by the Customer shall constitute
a transfer of this license that shall not be otherwise transferable. Upon cancellation or termination of this
contract or return of the goods for reasons other than repair or modification, the Customer shall return to
Samsung Medison all such proprietary information.
Safety Requirements
Classifications:
„„

Type of protection against electrical shock: Class I


XX

Degree of protection against electrical shock (Patient connection): Type BF or CF Applied Part
XX

Degree of protection against harmful ingress of water: Ordinary equipment


XX

Degree of safety of application in the presence of a flammable anesthetic material with air or
XX
with oxygen or nitrous oxide: Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable
anesthetic mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.

Mode of operation: Continuous operation


XX

Electromechanical safety standards met:


„„

Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance [IEC 60601-1:2005/A1:2012]

Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-2: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance- Collateral Standard: Electromagnetic Compatibility - Requirements and Tests
[IEC 60601-1-2:2007]

Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-6: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance- Collateral Standard: Usability [IEC 60601-1-6:2010]

Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 2-37: Particular Requirements for the Basic Safety and Essential
XX
Performance of Ultrasonic Medical Diagnostic and Monitoring Equipment [IEC 60601-2-37:2007]

Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety [IEC 60601-1:1988 with
XX
A1:1991 and A2:1995]

Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-1: General Requirements for Safety - Collateral Standard: safety
XX
Requirement for Medical Electrical Systems [IEC 60601-1-1:2000]

Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-2: General Requirements for Safety - Collateral Standard:
XX
Electromagnetic Compatibility - Requirements and Test [IEC 60601-1-2:2001, A1:2004]

Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1-4 : General Requirements for Safety - Collateral Standard:
XX
Programmable Electrical Medical Systems [IEC 60601-1-4:1996, A1:1999]
Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 2-37: Particular Requirements for Safety - Ultrasonic Medical
XX
Diagnostic and Monitoring Equipment [IEC 60601-2-37:2001 with A1:2004, A2:2005]

Medical Devices – Application of Risk Management to Medical Devices [ISO 14971:2007]


XX

Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1: General Requirements for Safety [UL 60601-1:2003]
XX

Medical Electrical Equipment - Part 1: General Requirements for Safety [CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 601.1-
XX
M90:1990, with R2003, with R2005]

Biological Evaluation of Medical Devices, Part 1:Evaluation and Testing within a risk management
XX
process [ISO 10993-1:2009]

Standard Means for the Reporting of the Acoustic Output of Medical Diagnostic Ultrasonic Equipment
XX
[IEC 61157:2007]

Declarations
„„

CSA mark with the indicators “C” and “US” means that the product is certified for
both the U.S. and Canadian markets, to the applicable U.S. and Canadian standards.

This is the manufacturer’s declaration of product compliance with applicable EEC


directive(s) and the European notified body.

This is the manufacturer’s declaration of product compliance with applicable EEC


directive(s).

This is the GMP symbol that shows that the product complies with the Korean Good
Manufacturing Practice quality regulation system.
Precautions For Use
You should be familiar with all of these areas before attempting to use this manual or your ultrasound
system.

Please keep this user guide close to the product as a reference when using the system.
„„

For safe use of this product, you should read ‘Chapter 1. Safety’ and ‘Chapter 4. Maintenance’ in this
„„
manual, prior to starting to use this system.

This manual does not include diagnosis results or opinions. Also, check the measurement reference for
„„
each application’s result measurement before making the final diagnosis.

This product is an ultrasound scanner and cannot be used from a user’s PC. We are not responsible for
„„
errors that occur when the system software is run on a user’s PC.

Only medical doctors or persons supervised by medical doctors should use this system. Persons who are
„„
not qualified must not operate this product.

The manufacturer is not responsible for any damage to this product caused by carelessness and/or
„„
neglect by the user.

Please note that orders are based on the individually agreed specifications and may not contain all
„„
features listed in the user manual.

It might be possible that some features, options or probes are NOT available in some countries.
„„

All references to standards / regulations and their revisions are valid for the time of publication of the
„„
user manual.

The figures in the user manual for illustrational purposes only and may be different from what you see
„„
on the screen or device.

Information contained in this operating manual is subject to change without prior notice.
„„

Products that are not manufactured by Samsung Medison are marked with the trademark of their
„„
respective copyright holders.

The headings below describe vitally important precautions necessary to prevent hazards.
„„
DANGER: Disregarding this instruction may result in death, serious injury, or other dangerous
situations.

WARNING: Follow these instructions to prevent a serious accident or damage to property.

CAUTION: Follow these instructions to prevent a minor accident or damage to property.

NOTE: The accompanying information covers an installation, operation, or maintenance


procedure that requires careful attention from the user, but has little chance of leading directly to
a dangerous situation.
Revision History
The revision history of this manual is as follows.

VERSION DATE NOTE

v2.00.00-01 2014.08.27 Initial Release

Product Upgrade and Manual Update


Upgrades to this product can include upgrades to its hardware or software components. Revised
versions of this manual will be published to reflect any upgrades to the product.

Please make sure that your user manual is appropriate for your product version. If not, please contact
Samsung Medison's Customer Service Department.

If You Need Assistance


If you need any assistance with the equipment, or the service manual, please contact Samsung Medison‘s
Customer Service Department or one of their worldwide customer service representatives immediately.
Table of Contents

Table of Contents – Volume 1


Chapter 1 Safety
Indication for Use........................................................................................................................ 1-3
Contraindications ............................................................................................................................................................... 1-3

Safety Information...................................................................................................................... 1-4


Safety Symbols..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-4
Symbols.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-5
Labels....................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-6

Electrical Safety........................................................................................................................... 1-7


Prevention of Electric Shocks......................................................................................................................................... 1-7
ECG-Related Information................................................................................................................................................. 1-8
ESD............................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-9
EMI............................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-9
EMC .......................................................................................................................................................................................1-10

Mechanical Safety..................................................................................................................... 1-17


Moving the Equipment...................................................................................................................................................1-17
Precautions for Use...........................................................................................................................................................1-18

Biological Safety....................................................................................................................... 1-20


The ALARA Principle........................................................................................................................................................1-20

Protecting the Environment................................................................................................... 1-35


Correct Disposal of This Product (Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment).............................................1-35

Chapter 2 Introduction
Product Specifications............................................................................................................... 2-3
Product Configuration............................................................................................................... 2-6
The Monitor........................................................................................................................................................................... 2-7
The Control Panel................................................................................................................................................................ 2-9
The Console ........................................................................................................................................................................2-16
Peripheral Devices............................................................................................................................................................2-18
Probes....................................................................................................................................................................................2-21
Accessories..........................................................................................................................................................................2-22
Optional Functions...........................................................................................................................................................2-23

15
User Manual

Chapter 3 Utilities
ECG................................................................................................................................................. 3-3
System Settings........................................................................................................................... 3-5
General System Settings.................................................................................................................................................. 3-6
General.................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-6
Patient..................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-9
Screen Display Settings (Imaging).............................................................................................................................3-10
Common...............................................................................................................................................................................3-11
Application/Preset............................................................................................................................................................3-13
Measurement Settings....................................................................................................................................................3-15
Report....................................................................................................................................................................................3-32
Anatomy...............................................................................................................................................................................3-33
Comments...........................................................................................................................................................................3-34
Annotation..........................................................................................................................................................................3-35
Body Marker........................................................................................................................................................................3-39
Application..........................................................................................................................................................................3-43
Customize............................................................................................................................................................................3-45
Touch Menu........................................................................................................................................................................3-49
Peripheral Device Settings............................................................................................................................................3-50
Device....................................................................................................................................................................................3-51
Connectivity Settings .....................................................................................................................................................3-52
DICOM Settings ................................................................................................................................................................3-52
Network Settings .............................................................................................................................................................3-64
Service...................................................................................................................................................................................3-65
Help........................................................................................................................................................................................3-65

Chapter 4 Maintenance and Storage


Operational Environment......................................................................................................... 4-3
Product Maintenance................................................................................................................ 4-4
Cleaning and disinfecting................................................................................................................................................ 4-4
Fuse Replacement.............................................................................................................................................................. 4-7
Cleaning Air Filters.............................................................................................................................................................. 4-8
Accuracy Checks.................................................................................................................................................................. 4-8

Information Maintenance......................................................................................................... 4-9


User Settings Backup......................................................................................................................................................... 4-9
Backing Up Patient Information.................................................................................................................................... 4-9
Software................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-9

16
Table of Contents

Chapter 5 Probes
Probes........................................................................................................................................... 5-3
Ultrasound Transmission Gel........................................................................................................................................5-15
Using Sheaths ....................................................................................................................................................................5-16
Probe Safety Precautions...............................................................................................................................................5-17
Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe........................................................................................................................5-19

Biopsy.......................................................................................................................................... 5-31
Biopsy Kit Components..................................................................................................................................................5-31
Using the Biopsy Kit.........................................................................................................................................................5-32
Assembling the Biopsy Kit.............................................................................................................................................5-34
Cleaning and Disinfecting the Biopsy Kit................................................................................................................5-37

**Reference Manual

A Reference Manual (English) is supplied with this product.

17
Chapter 1
Safety

‹‹Indication for Use..............................................1-3


Contraindications ....................................................................1-3

‹‹Safety Information...........................................1-4
Safety Symbols..........................................................................1-4
Symbols........................................................................................1-5
Labels............................................................................................1-6

‹‹Electrical Safety.................................................1-7
Prevention of Electric Shocks...............................................1-7
ECG-Related Information.......................................................1-8
ESD.................................................................................................1-9
EMI..................................................................................................1-9
EMC .............................................................................................1-10

‹‹Mechanical Safety......................................... 1-18


Moving the Equipment........................................................1-18
Precautions for Use................................................................1-19

‹‹Biological Safety............................................ 1-21


The ALARA Principle..............................................................1-21

‹‹Protecting the Environment......................... 1-36


Correct Disposal of This Product
(Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)...................1-36
Chapter 1 Safety

Indication for Use


The H60 Diagnostic Ultrasound System and transducers are intended for diagnostic ultrasound imaging
and fluid analysis of the human body.

The clinical applications include: Fetal, Abdominal, Pediatric, Small Organ, Neonatal Cephalic, Adult
Cephalic, Trans-rectal, Trans-vaginal, Muscular-Skeletal (Conventional, Superficial), Cardiac Adult, Cardiac
Pediatric and Peripheral vessel.

NOTE: For detailed information on applications and presets, please refer to ‘Chapter 2. Introduction’
and ‘Chapter 5. Probes’ in this user manual.

Contraindications
This product must not be used for ophthalmological applications, or any other use that involves the
ultrasound beam passing through the eyeball.

CAUTION:
XX
Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.
XX
The method of application or use of the device is described in the manual 'Chapter 6. Starting
Diagnosis' and 'Chapter 7. Diagnosis Modes'.

1-3
User Manual

Safety Information
Please read the following safety information before using this product. It is relevant to the ultrasound
system, the probes, the recording devices, and any of the optional equipment.

The product is intended for use by, or by the order of, and under the supervision of, a licensed physician
who is qualified for direct use of the medical device.

Safety Symbols
The International Electro Technical Commission (IEC) has established a set of symbols for medical
electronic equipment, which classify a connection or warn of potential hazards. The classifications and
symbols are shown below.

Symbols Description Symbols Description

WARNING: The accompanying


information must be followed to prevent
Data Input/Output port
serious accidents and/or damage to
property.

CAUTION: The accompanying


information helps to prevent minor Input port
accidents and/or damage to property.

Refer to the user manual. Output port

Follow the user manual. Print remote output

CAUTION: Risk of electric shock Foot Switch Port

Type BF applied part (Classification


based on degree of protection against ECG port
electric hazard)

Defibrillation-proof type CF applied


part (Classification based on degree of USB port
protection against electric hazard)

Power on/off Network port

1-4
Chapter 1 Safety

Symbols Description Symbols Description

Power on Microphone Port

Power off Probe port

Protected against vertically falling water


Power ON for part of the product
drops

Protected against the effects of


Power Off for part of the product
temporary immersion in water

Protected against the effects of


Alternating current voltage source
continuous immersion in water

CAUTION: Electrostatic sensitive devices


Direct current voltage source
(ESD)

Dangerous voltage (Indicates dangerous


Do not sit on the product.
voltages over 1000V AC or 1500V DC)

Protective earth (ground) Do not push the product.

Equipotentiality Do not lean against the product.

Be mindful of the space. Do not place a


Data output port finger, and or any part of your body in
the space.

Data input port

Symbols
Symbols Description Symbols Description

Authorized Representative In The


Manufacturer
European Community

1-5
User Manual

Labels
Warning and caution labels that contain information and instructions concerning the protection of the
product can be found on the exterior of the product.

1-6
Chapter 1 Safety

Electrical Safety
This equipment is categorized as a Class I device with Type BF or Type CF (ECG) applied parts.

CAUTION:
XX
As for US requirement, the LEAKAGE CURRENT might be measured from a center-tapped circuit
when the equipment connects in the United States to 240V supply system.
XX
To help assure grounding reliability, connect to a “hospital grade” or “hospital only” grounded
power outlet.

Prevention of Electric Shocks


Additional equipment connected to medical electrical equipment must comply with the respective IEC
standards (e.g. IEC 60950/EN 60950 for data processing equipment, IEC 60601-1/EN 60601-1 for medical
devices). Furthermore, all configurations shall comply with the requirements for medical electrical
systems (see IEC 60601-1-1/EN 60601-1-1). Anybody connecting additional equipment to signal input
and output ports of medical electrical equipment should make sure that the equipment complies with
IEC 60601-1-1/EN 60601-1-1.

WARNING:
XX
Electric shock may result if this system, including all of its externally mounted recording and
monitoring devices, is not properly grounded.
XX
Never open the cover of the product. Hazardous voltages are present inside All internal
adjustments and replacements must be made by qualified Samsung Medison Customer
Support Department personnel.
XX
Always check the product’s housing, cables, cords, and plugs before using the product
Disconnect the power source and do not use the equipment if the housing is damaged such as
cracked, and chipped, or if the cable is worn.
XX
Always disconnect the system from the wall outlet prior to cleaning the system.
XX
All patient contact devices, such as probes and ECG leads, must be removed from the patient
prior to application of a high voltage defibrillation pulse.
XX
The use of flammable anesthetic gas or oxidizing gases (N2O) should be avoided. There is a risk
of explosion.
XX
Avoid installing the system in such a way that it is difficult for the operator to disconnect it from
the power source.
XX
Do not use together with HF surgical equipment. HF surgical equipment may be damaged,
which may result in fire.
XX
The System must only be connected to a supply mains with protective earth to avoid risk of
electric shock.

1-7
User Manual

CAUTION:
XX
The system has been designed for 100-240VAC; you should select the input voltage of any
connected printer and VCR. Prior to connecting a peripheral power cord, verify that the voltage
indicated on the power cord matches the voltage rating of the peripheral device.
XX
An isolation transformer protects the system from power surges. The isolation transformer
continues to operate when the system is in standby.
XX
Do not immerse the cable in liquids. Cables are not waterproof.
XX
Make sure that the inside of the system is not exposed to or flooded with liquids. In such cases,
fire, electric shock, injury, or damage to the product may occur.
XX
The auxiliary socket outlets installed on this system are rated 100-240VAC with maximum total
load of 150VA. Use these outlets only for supplying power to equipment that is intended to be
part of the ultrasound system. Do not connect additional multiple-socket outlets or extension
cords to the system.
XX
Do not connect any peripheral devices that are not listed in this manual to the auxiliary socket
outlet of the system. It may cause an electrical hazard.
XX
Do not touch SIP/SOP and the patient simultaneously. There is a risk of electric shock from
leakage current.

ECG-Related Information
WARNING:
XX
This device is not intended to provide a primary ECG monitoring function, and therefore does
not have means of indicating an inoperative electrocardiograph.
XX
Do not use ECG electrodes with HF surgical equipment. HF surgical equipment may be
damaged, which may result in fire.
XX
Do not use ECG electrodes during cardiac pacemaker procedures or any procedures that involve
other types of electrical stimulators.
XX
Do not use ECG leads and electrodes in an operating room.

1-8
Chapter 1 Safety

ESD
Electrostatic discharge (ESD), commonly referred to as a static shock, is a naturally occurring
phenomenon. ESD is most prevalent during conditions of low humidity, which can be caused by
heating or air conditioning. The static shock or ESD is a discharge of the electrical energy build-up
from a charged individual to a less or non-charged individual or object. An ESD occurs when an
individual with an electrical energy build-up comes into contact with conductive objects such as metal
doorknobs, file cabinets, computer equipment, and even other individuals.

CAUTION:
XX
The level of electrical energy discharged from a system user or patient to an ultrasound system
can be significant enough to cause damage to the system or probes.
XX
Always perform the pre-ESD preventive procedures before using connectors marked with the
ESD warning label.
−− Apply anti-static spray to carpets or linoleum.
−− Use anti-static mats.
−− Ground the product to the patient table or bed.
XX
It is highly recommended that the user be given training on ESD-related warning symbols and
preventive procedures.

EMI
Although this system has been manufactured in compliance with existing EMI (ElectroMagnetic Interface)
requirements, use of this system in the presence of an electromagnetic field can cause degradation of the
ultrasound image or product damage.

If this occurs often, Samsung Medison suggests a review of the environment in which the system is being
used, to identify possible sources of radiated emissions. These emissions could be from other electrical
devices used within the same room or an adjacent room. Communication devices such as cellular phones
and pagers can cause these emissions. The existence of radios, TVs, or microwave transmission equipment
nearby can also cause interference.

CAUTION: In cases where EMI is causing disturbances, it may be necessary to relocate this system.

1-9
User Manual

EMC
Testing of the EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) of this system has been performed according to the
international standard for EMC with medical devices (IEC 60601-1-2). This IEC standard was adopted in
Europe as the European norm (EN 60601-1-2).

 Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration - Electromagnetic Emission


This product is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or
the user of this product should ensure that it is used in such an environment.

Emission test Compliance Electromagnetic environment - guidance

The Ultrasound System uses RF energy only for its internal


RF Emission
Group 1 functions. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not
CISPR 11
likely to cause any interference in nearby electronic equipment.

RF Emission The Ultrasound System is suitable for use in all establishments


Class A
CISPR 11 other than domestic, and may be used in domestic
establishments and those directly connected to the public low-
Harmonic Emission
Class A voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for
IEC 61000-3-2
domestic purposes, provided the following warning is heeded:

Warning: This system is intended for use by healthcare


Flicker Emission professionals only. This system may cause radio interference
Complies
IEC 61000-3-3 or may disrupt the operation of nearby equipment. It may be
necessary to take mitigation measures, such as re-orienting or
relocating the Ultrasound System or shielding the location.

1-10
Chapter 1 Safety

 Approved Cables, Probes and Peripherals for EMC

Cables
„„
Cables connected to this product may affect its emissions; use only the cable types and lengths
listed in the table below.
Cable Type Length

VGA Shielded Normal

USB Shielded Normal

LAN(RJ45) Twisted pair Any

S-Video Shielded Normal

Foot Switch Shielded 2.99m

e-Motion Marker Shielded < 3m

Audio R.L Shielded Normal

Parallel Shielded Normal

HDMI Shielded Normal

Probes
„„
The image probe used with this product may affect its emission. The probe listed in ‘Chapter 5.
Probes’ when used with this product, have been tested to comply with the group1 Class A emission
as required by International Standard CISPR 11.

Peripherals
„„
Peripherals used with this product may affect its emissions.

CAUTION: When connecting other customer-supplied accessories to the system, it is the user’s
responsibility to ensure the electromagnetic compatibility of the system.

WARNING: The use of cables, probes, and peripherals other than those specified may result in
increased emission or decreased Immunity of the Ultrasound System.

1-11
User Manual

Electromagnetic
Immunity test IEC 60601 Test level Compliance level
environment - guidance

Floors should be wood,


Electrostatic concrete or ceramic tile.
±6KV Contact ±6KV Contact
discharge (ESD) If floors are covered with
synthetic material, the
±8KV air ±8KV air
IEC 61000-4-2 relative humidity should be
at least 30%.

Electrical fast ±2KV ±2KV Mains power quality


transient/burst for power supply lines for power supply lines should be that of a typical
±1KV ±1KV commercial or hospital
IEC 61000-4-4 for input/output lines for input/output lines environment.

Mains power quality


Surge ±1KV differential mode ±1KV differential mode
should be that of a typical
commercial or hospital
IEC 61000-4-5 ±2KV common mode ±2KV common mode
environment.

<5% Uт for 0.5 cycles <5% Uт for 0.5 cycles Mains power quality
(>95% dip in Uт) (>95% dip in Uт) should be that of a typical
Voltage dips, short commercial or hospital
interruptions and 40% Uт for 5 cycles 40% Uт for 5 cycles environment. If the user
voltage variations (60% dip in Uт) (60% dip in Uт) of this product requires
on power supply continued operation during
input lines 70% Uт for 25 cycles 70% Uт for 25 cycles power mains interruptions,
(30% dip in Uт) (30% dip in Uт) it is recommended that this
IEC 61000-4-11 product be powered from
<5% Uт for 5 s <5% Uт for 5 s an uninterruptible power
(<95% dip in Uт) (<95% dip in Uт) supply or a battery.

Power frequency magnetic


Power frequency
fields should be at levels
(50/60Hz) magnetic
characteristic of a typical
field 3 A/m 3 A/m
location in a typical
commercial or hospital
IEC 61000-4-8
environment.

NOTE: Uт is the A.C. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.

1-12
Chapter 1 Safety

IEC 60601 Compliance Electromagnetic


Immunity test
test level level environment - guidance

Conducted RF 3 Vrms 3V Portable and mobile RF communications


IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz equipment should be used no closer to any part of
to 80 MHz the Ultrasound System, including cables, than the
recommended separation distance calculated from
the equation applicable to the frequency of the
transmitter.

Recommended separation distance

80MHz to 800MHz

800MHz to 2.5GHz

Radiated RF 3 V/m 3 V/m Where P is the maximum output power rating


IEC 61000-4-3 80 MHz of the transmitter in watts (W) according to
to 2.5 GHz the transmitter manufacturer and d is the
recommended separation distance in meters (m).

Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as


determined by an electromagnetic site survey, a
should be less than the compliance level in each
frequency range. b

Interference may occur in the vicinity of


equipment marked with the following symbol :

NOTE 1: At 80MHz and 800MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by
absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.
a
F ield strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones
and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be
predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF
transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength
in the location in which the Ultrasound System is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance
level above, the Ultrasound System should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal
performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating
the Ultrasound System, or using a shielded location with a higher RF shielding effectiveness and
filter attenuation.
b
Over the frequency range 150kHz to 80MHz, field strengths should be less than 3V/m.

1-13
User Manual

 Recommended distance between wireless communication device and


this product
This product is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances
are controlled. The customer or the user of this product can help to prevent electromagnetic
interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications
equipment (transmitters) and this product as recommended below, according to the maximum
output power of the communications equipment.

Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter [m]


Rated maximum output
power of transmitter 150kHz to 80MHz 80MHz to 800MHz 800MHz to 2.5GHz
[W]

0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23

0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73

1 1.2 1.2 2.3

10 3.8 3.8 7.3

100 12 12 23

For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance
d in meters (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter,
where p is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter
manufacturer.

NOTE 1: At 80MHz and 800MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by
absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.

 Electromagnetic environment – Guidance


It is recommended to use ultrasound systems in shielded locations offering RF shielding
effectiveness, with shielded cables. Field strengths outside the shielded location from fixed RF
transmitters, as determined by an electromagnetic site survey, should be less than 3V/m.

It is essential that the actual shielding effectiveness and filter attenuation of the shielded location be
verified to ensure that they meet the minimum specification.

1-14
Chapter 1 Safety

CAUTION: If the system is connected to other customer-supplied equipment, such as a local area
network (LAN), Samsung Medison cannot guarantee that the remote equipment will work correctly
in the presence of electromagnetic emission phenomena.

 Avoiding Electromagnetic Interference


Typical interference on Ultrasound Imaging Systems varies depending on Electromagnetic
phenomena. Please refer to the following table:

Imaging Mode ESD1 RF2 Power Line3

For sector imaging probes,


white radial bands or flashes
in the centerlines of the
image. White dots, dashes, diagonal
2D lines, or diagonal lines near
For linear imaging probes, the center of the image.
white vertical bands,
sometimes more pronounced
Change of operating on the sides of the image.
mode, system settings,
or system reset. Increase in the image White dots, dashes, diagonal
M background noise or white M lines, or increase in image
Brief flashes in the mode lines. background noise
displayed or recorded
image. Color flashes, radial or
Color flashes, dots, dashes,
vertical bands, increase in
Color or changes in the color noise
background noise, or changes
level.
in color image.

Horizontal lines in the


Vertical lines in the spectral
spectral display or tones,
Doppler display, popping type noise in
abnormal noise in the audio,
the audio, or both.
or both.

1. ESD caused by discharging of electric charge build-up on insulated surfaces or persons.


2. RF energy from RF transmitting equipment such as portable phones, hand-held radios, wireless devices,
commercial radio and TV, and so on.
3. Conducted interference on powerlines or connected cables caused by other equipment, such as switching
power supplies, electrical controls, and natural phenomena such as lightning.

A medical device can either generate or receive electromagnetic interference. The EMC standards
describe tests for both emitted and received interference.

Samsung Medison’s ultrasound products do not generate electromagnetic interference in excess of


standard levels established for such devices.

1-15
User Manual

An Ultrasound System is designed to receive signals at radio frequency and is therefore susceptible to
interference generated by RF energy sources. Examples of other sources of interference are medical
devices, information technology products, and radio and television transmission towers. Tracing the
source of radiated interference can be a difficult task. Customers should consider the following in an
attempt to locate the source:

Is the interference intermittent or constant?


XX

Does the interference show up only with one transducer operating at the same frequency or
XX
with several transducers?

Do two different transducers operating at the same frequency have the same problem?
XX

Is the interference present if the system is moved to a different location in the facility?
XX

The answers to these questions will help determine if the problem resides with the system or the
scanning environment. After you answer the questions, contact the Samsung Medison Customer
Support Department.

1-16
Chapter 1 Safety

Mechanical Safety

Moving the Equipment


WARNING: The product weighs more than 100kg. Be extra careful when transporting it. Careless
transportation of the product may result in product damage or personal injury.

Before transporting the product, check that the brakes on the wheels are unlocked. Also, make sure to
„„
retract the monitor arm completely so that it is secured in a stationary position.

Always use the handles at the back of the console and move the product slowly.
„„

This product is designed to resist shocks. However, excessive shock, for example if the product falls over,
may cause serious damage.

If the system operates abnormally after repositioning, please contact the Samsung Medison Customer
Support Department.

 Foot Lock
Brakes are mounted to the wheels of the console. To lock the brakes, press the bottom part of the
brake with your foot. To unlock them, press the part labeled OFF at the top of the brake with your foot.

You can use the brakes to control the movement of the product. We recommend that you lock the
brakes when using the product.

 Precautions on Ramps
Always make sure that the control panel is facing the direction of movement.

WARNING: Be aware of the castors, especially when moving the system. Samsung Medison
recommends that you exercise caution when moving the product up or down ramps.

Leaving the CART unattended on an inclined surface may cause the CART to topple, even if you engage
the foot lock. Do not rest the product on ramps.

1-17
User Manual

Precautions for Use


CAUTION:
XX
Do not press the control panel excessively.
XX
Never attempt to modify the product in any way.
XX
Check the operational safety when using the product after a prolonged break in service.
XX
Make sure that other objects, such as metal pieces, do not enter the system.
XX
Do not block the ventilation slots.
XX
Do not pull on the power cord to unplug the product. Doing so might damage the cord and
cause the product to short-circuit, or the cord itself to break. Unplug the cord by pulling on the
plug itself.
XX
Excessive bending or twisting of cables on patient-applied parts may cause failure or
intermittent operation of the system.
XX
Improper cleaning or sterilization of a patient-applied part may cause permanent damage.
XX
Servicing the product, including repairs and replacement of parts, must be done by qualified
Samsung Medison service personnel. Assuming that the product is used in accordance with
the guidelines contained in this manual and maintained by qualified service personnel, the
expected lifespan of the product is approximately 7 years.

Please refer to ‘Chapter 4. Maintenance’ for detailed information on protection, cleaning, and disinfecting
the equipment.

1-18
Chapter 1 Safety

 Caution for Using Monitor


When adjusting the height or position of the monitor, be careful of the space in the middle of the
monitor arm. Catching your fingers or other body parts in it may result in injury.

[Figure 1.1 Safety note for monitor]

 Caution for Using Control Panel


CAUTION:
XX
Do not push the control panel with excessive force or lean on it.
XX
Do not sit on the control panel or exert excessive force on it.

When adjusting the height or position of the control panel, pay attention to the space between the
control panel and the lift. Catching your fingers or other body parts in it may result in injury.

[Figure 1.2 Safety note for Control Panel]

1-19
User Manual

Biological Safety
For safety information on the probe and biopsy kit, refer to ‘Chapter 5. Probes’ in this manual.

WARNING:
XX
Ultrasound waves may have damaging effects on cells and, therefore, may be harmful to the
patient. If there is no medical benefit, minimize the exposure time and maintain the ultrasound
wave output level at low. Please refer to the ALARA principle.
XX
Do not use the system if an error message appears on the video display indicating that a
hazardous condition exists. Write down the message displayed on screen, turn the power off,
and contact the Samsung Medison Customer Support Department.
XX
Do not use a system that exhibits erratic or inconsistent updating. Discontinuities in the
scanning sequence are an indication of a hardware failure that should be corrected before use.
XX
The system limits the maximum contact temperature to 43 degree Celsius, and the ultrasonic
waves output observes American FDA regulations.

The ALARA Principle


Performing diagnoses using an ultrasound device is defined by the “As Low As Reasonably Achievable”
(ALARA) principle. The decision as to what is reasonable should be left to the judgment and insight of
qualified personnel. No set of rules can be formulated that would be sufficiently complete to dictate
the correct response for every circumstance. By keeping ultrasound exposure as low as possible while
obtaining diagnostic images, users can minimize ultrasonic bioeffects.

Since the threshold for diagnostic ultrasound bioeffects is undetermined, it is the sonographer’s
responsibility to control the total energy transmitted into the patient. The sonographer must reconcile
exposure time with diagnostic image quality. To ensure diagnostic image quality and limit exposure time,
the ultrasound system provides controls that can be manipulated during the exam to optimize the results
of the exam.

The ability of the user to abide by the ALARA principle is important. Advances in diagnostic ultrasound
not only in the technology, but also in the applications of the technology, have resulted in the need
for more and better information to guide the user. The output indices are designed based on various
ultrasound output data to provide that important information for executing the ALARA principle.

There are a number of variables that affect the way in which the output display indices can be used to implement
the ALARA principle. These variables include mass, body size, location of the bone relative to the focal point,
attenuation in the body, and ultrasound exposure time. Exposure time is an especially useful variable, because
the user controls it. The ability to limit the index values over time supports the ALARA principle.

1-20
Chapter 1 Safety

 Applying ALARA
The system-imaging mode used depends upon the information needed. 2D-mode and M-mode
imaging provide anatomical information, while Doppler, Power, and Color imaging provide information
about blood flow. Scanned modes, like 2D-mode, Power, or Color, disperse or scatter the ultrasonic
energy over an area, while an unscanned mode, like M-mode or Doppler, concentrates ultrasonic
energy. Understanding the nature of the imaging mode being used allows the sonographer to apply
the ALARA principle with informed judgment. The probe frequency, system set-up values, scanning
techniques, and operator experience aid the sonographer in meeting the definition of the ALARA
principle. The decision as to the amount of acoustic output is, in the final analysis, up to the system
operator. This decision must be based on the following factors: type of patient, type of exam, patient
history, ease or difficulty of obtaining diagnostically useful information, and the potential localized
heating of the patient due to probe surface temperatures. Prudent use of the system occurs when
patient exposure is limited to the lowest index reading for the shortest amount of time necessary to
achieve acceptable diagnostic results.

Although a high index reading does not mean that a bioeffect is actually occurring, a high index
reading should be taken seriously. Every effort should be made to reduce the possible effects of a high
index reading. Limiting exposure time is an effective way to accomplish this goal.

There are several system controls that the operator can use to adjust the image quality and limit
the acoustic intensity. These controls are related to the techniques that an operator might use to
implement ALARA. These controls can be divided into three categories: direct, indirect, and receiver
controls.

 Direct Controls
Application selection and the output intensity control directly affect acoustic intensity. There are
different ranges of allowable intensity or output based on your selection. Selecting the correct range
of acoustic intensity for the application is one of the priorities required during any exam. For example,
peripheral vascular intensity levels are not recommended for fetal exams. Some systems automatically
select the proper range for a particular procedure, while others require manual selection. Ultimately,
the user bears the responsibility for proper clinical use. Samsung Medison’s systems provide both
automatic and user-definable settings.

Output has a direct impact on acoustic intensity. Once the application has been established, the
output control can be used to increase or decrease the intensity output. The output control allows
you to select intensity levels that are lower than the defined maximum. Prudent use dictates that you
select the lowest output intensity consistent with good image quality.

1-21
User Manual

 Indirect Controls
The indirect controls are those that have an indirect effect on acoustic intensity. These controls affect
imaging mode, pulse repetition frequency, focus depth, pulse length, and probe selection.

The choice of imaging mode determines the nature of the ultrasound beam. 2D-mode is a scanning
mode, while Doppler is a stationary or unscanned mode. A stationary ultrasound beam concentrates
energy on a single location. A moving or scanned ultrasound beam disperses the energy over a
wide area and the beam is only concentrated on a given area for a fraction of the time necessary in
unscanned mode.

Pulse repetition frequency or rate refers to the number of ultrasound bursts of energy over a specific
period of time. The higher the pulse repetition frequency, the more pulses of energy in a given period
of time. Several controls affect pulse repetition frequency: focal depth, display depth, sample volume
depth, color sensitivity, number of focal zones, and sector width controls.

The focus of the ultrasound beam affects the image resolution. To maintain or increase resolution at a
different focus requires a variation in output over the focal zone. This variation of output is a function
of system optimization. Different exams require different focal depths. Setting the focus to the proper
depth improves the resolution of the structure of interest.

Pulse length is the time during which the ultrasonic burst is turned on. The longer the pulse, the greater
the time-average intensity value. The greater the time-average intensity, the greater the likelihood of
temperature increase and cavitations. Pulse length, burst length, or pulse duration is the output pulse
duration in pulsed Doppler. Increasing the Doppler sample volume increases the pulse length.

Probe selection affects intensity indirectly. Tissue attenuation changes with frequency. The higher
the probe operating frequency, the greater the attenuation of the ultrasonic energy. Higher probe
operating frequencies require higher output intensities to scan at a deeper depth. To scan deeper at
the same output intensity, a lower probe frequency is required. Using more gain and output beyond
a point, without corresponding increases in image quality, can mean that a lower frequency probe is
needed.

Receiver Controls
„„
Receiver controls are used by the operator to improve image quality. These controls have no effect
on output. Receiver controls only affect how the ultrasound echo is received. These controls include
gain, TGC, dynamic range, and image processing. The important thing to remember, relative to
output, is that receiver controls should be optimized before increasing output. For example; before
increasing output, optimize gain to improve image quality.

1-22
Chapter 1 Safety

 Additional Considerations
Ensure that scanning time is kept to a minimum, and ensure that only medically required scanning
is performed. Never compromise quality by rushing through an exam. A poor exam will require a
follow-up, which ultimately increases the scanning time. Diagnostic ultrasound is an important tool in
medicine, and, like any tool, should be used efficiently and effectively.

 Output Display Features


The system output display comprises two basic indices: a mechanical index and a thermal index. The
thermal index consists of the following indices: soft tissue (TIs), bone (TIb) and cranial bone (TIc). One
of these three thermal indices will be displayed at all times. Which one is determined by the system
preset or user choice, depending upon the application at hand.

The mechanical index is continuously displayed over the range of 0.0 to 1.9, in increments of 0.1. The
thermal index consists of three indices, and only one of these is displayed all the time. Each probe
application has an appropriate default selection. The TIb or TIs is continuously displayed over the
range of 0.0 to maximum output, based on the probe and application, in increments of 0.1.

The default setting of the application-specific nature is also an important factor of index selection. A
default setting is a system control state which is preset by the manufacturer or the operator. The system
has default index settings for the probe application. The default settings are invoked automatically by
the ultrasound system when the power is turned on, new patient data is entered into the system
database, or a change in application takes place.

The decision as to which of the three thermal indices to display should be based on the following criteria:

Appropriate index for the application: TIs is used for imaging soft tissue, and TIb for a focus at or near
a bone. Some factors might create artificially high or low thermal index readings (e.g. presence of fluid
or bone, or the flow of blood). A highly attenuating tissue path, for example, will cause the potential
for local zone heating to be lower than the thermal index displays.

The selection of scanned modes or unscanned modes of operation also affects the thermal index. For
scanned modes, heating tends to be near the surface; for unscanned modes, the potential for heating
tends to be deeper in the focal zone.

Always limit ultrasound exposure time. Do not rush through scanning. Ensure that the indices are kept
to a minimum, and that exposure time is limited without compromising diagnostic sensitivity.

1-23
User Manual

Mechanical Index (MI) Display


„„
Mechanical bioeffects are threshold phenomena that occur when a certain level of output is
exceeded. The threshold level varies, however, with the type of tissue. The potential for mechanical
bioeffects varies with peak pressure and ultrasound frequency. The MI accounts for these two
factors. The higher the MI value, the greater the likelihood of mechanical bioeffects occurring.
However, there is no specific MI value that means that a mechanical effect will actually occur. The
MI should be used as a guide for implementing the ALARA principle.

Thermal Index (TI) Display


„„
The TI informs the user about the potential for temperature increase occurring at the body surface,
within body tissue, or at the point of focus of the ultrasound beam on bone. The TI is an estimate
of the temperature increase in specific body tissues. The actual amount of any temperature rise is
influenced by factors such as tissue type, vascularity, and mode of operation. The TI should be used
as a guide for implementing the ALARA principle.
The bone thermal index (TIb) informs the user about potential heating at or near the focus after
the ultrasound beam has passed through soft tissue or fluid, such as the skeletal structure of a 2~3
months old fetus. The cranial bone thermal index (TIc) informs the user about the potential heating
of bone at or near the surface, for example, cranial bone. The soft tissue thermal index (TIs) informs
the user about the potential for heating within soft homogeneous tissue. TIc is displayed when you
select a trans-cranial application.
You can select the TI to display at Setup > Imaging > Display.

Mechanical and Thermal indices Display Precision and Accuracy


„„
The Mechanical and Thermal Indices on the system are precise to 0.1 units.
The MI and TI display accuracy estimates for the system are given in the Acoustic Output Tables
manual. These accuracy estimates are based on the variability range of probes and systems, inherent
acoustic output modeling errors, and measurement variability, as described below.
The displayed values should be interpreted as relative information to help the system operator achieve
the ALARA principle through prudent use of the system. The values should not be interpreted as actual
physical values of investigated tissue or organs. The initial data that is used to support the output
display is derived from laboratory measurements based on the AIUM measurement standard. The
measurements are then put into algorithms to calculate the displayed output values.
Many of the assumptions used in the process of measurement and calculation are conservative
in nature. Over-estimation of actual in situ exposure, for the vast majority of tissue paths, is built
into the measurement and calculation process. For example, the acoustic output values measured
underwater are de-rated using a conservative, industry standard, attenuation coefficient of 0.3dB/
cm-MHz.

1-24
Chapter 1 Safety

Conservative values for tissue characteristics were selected for use in the TI models. Conservative
values for tissue or bone absorption rates, blood perfusion rates, blood heat capacity, and tissue
thermal conductivity were selected.
Steady state temperature rise is assumed in the industry standard TI models, and the assumption
is made that the ultrasound probe is held steady in one position long enough for a steady state to
be reached.
A number of factors are considered when estimating the accuracy of display values: Hardware
deviation, algorithm accuracy, and measurement deviation. Deviation among probes and systems
in particular is an important factor. Probe deviation results from piezoelectric crystal efficiencies,
process-related impedance differences, and sensitive lens focusing parameter variations.
Differences in the system pulse voltage control and efficiencies also contribute to deviation. There
are inherent uncertainties in the algorithms used for estimating acoustic output values over the
range of possible system operating conditions and pulse voltages. Inaccuracies in laboratory
measurements are related to differences in hydrophone calibration and performance, positioning,
alignment and digitization tolerances, and variability among test operators.
The conservative assumptions of the output estimation algorithms of linear propagation, at all
depths, through a 0.3dB/cm-MHz attenuated medium are not taken into account in calculation of
the accuracy estimate displayed. Neither linear propagation nor uniform attenuation at the 0.3dB/
cm-MHz rate occurs in underwater measurements, or in most tissue paths in the body. In the body,
different tissues and organs have dissimilar attenuation characteristics. In water, there is almost no
attenuation. In the body, and particularly in underwater measurements, non-linear propagation
and saturation losses occur as pulse voltages increase.
The display accuracy estimates take into account the variability ranges of probes and systems,
inherent acoustic output modeling errors, and measurement variability. Display accuracy estimates
are measured according to AIUM measurement standards but not based on errors caused during
the measurement or inherent errors. They are also independent of the effects of non-linear loss on
the measured values.

1-25
User Manual

 Control Effects - Control Affecting the Indices


As various system controls are adjusted, the TI and MI values may change. This will be most apparent
as the Power control is adjusted; however, other system controls will also affect the on-screen output
values.

Power
„„
Power controls the system acoustic output. Two real-time output values are on the screen: a TI and
a MI. They change as the system responds to Power adjustments.
In combined modes, such as simultaneous Color, 2D-mode, and pulsed Doppler, the individual
modes each add to the total TI. One mode will be the dominant contributor to this total. The
displayed MI will be from the mode with the largest peak pressure.

 2D Mode Controls

2D-mode size
„„
Narrowing the sector angle may increase the frame rate. This will increase the TI. Pulse voltage may
be automatically adjusted down with software controls to keep the TI below the system maximum.
A decrease in pulse voltage will decrease MI.

Zoom
„„
Increasing the zoom magnification may increase frame rate. This will increase the TI. The number of
focal zones may also increase automatically to improve resolution. This action may change MI, since
the peak intensity can occur at a different depth.

Number of Focal Zones


„„
Increasing the number of focal zones may change both the TI and MI by changing frame rate or
focal depth automatically. Lower frame rates decrease the TI. The MI displayed will correspond to
the focal zone with the largest peak intensity.

Focus
„„
Changing the focal depth will change the MI. Generally, higher MI values will occur when the focal
depth is near the natural focus of the probe (transducer).

1-26
Chapter 1 Safety

 Color and Power Controls

Color Sensitivity
„„
Increasing the color sensitivity may increase the TI, and more time is spent scanning for color
images. Color pulses are the dominant pulse type in this mode.

Color Sector Width


„„
Narrower color sector width will increase the color frame rate, and so the TI will increase. The system
may automatically decrease pulse voltage to stay below the system maximum. A decrease in pulse
voltage will decrease the MI. If pulsed Doppler is also enabled, then pulsed Doppler will remain the
dominant mode and the TI change will be small.

Color Sector Depth


„„
Deeper color sector depth may automatically decrease color frame rate, or select a new color focal
zone or color pulse length. The TI will change due to the combination of these effects. Generally, the
TI will decrease with increased color sector depth. MI will correspond to the peak intensity of the
dominant pulse type, which is a color pulse. However, if pulsed Doppler is also enabled, then pulsed
Doppler will remain the dominant mode and the TI change will be small.

Scale
„„
Using the SCALE control to increase the color velocity range may increase the TI. The system will
automatically adjust pulse voltage to stay below the system maximum. A decrease in pulse voltage
will also decrease MI.

2D-mode size
„„
A narrower 2D-mode sector width in Color imaging will increase color frame rate. The TI will increase.
MI will not change. If pulsed Doppler is also enabled, then pulsed Doppler will remain the dominant
mode and the TI change will be small.

 M Mode and Doppler Controls

Simultaneous and Update Methods


„„
Use of combination modes affects both the TI and MI through the combination of pulse types.
During simultaneous mode, the TI is additional. During auto-update and duplex, the TI will display
the dominant pulse type. The displayed MI will be from the mode with the largest peak pressure.

1-27
User Manual

Sample Volume Depth


„„
When Doppler sample volume depth is increased, the Doppler PRF may automatically decrease.
A decrease in PRF will decrease the TI. The system may also decrease the pulse voltage to remain
below the system maximum. A decrease in pulse voltage will decrease MI.

 Other

2D, Color, M-Mode, PW and CW Modes


„„
When a new imaging mode is selected, both the TI and the MI will change to default settings. Each
mode has a corresponding pulse repetition frequency and maximum intensity point. In combined
or simultaneous modes, the TI is the sum of the contribution from the modes enabled, and the MI is
the value for the focal zone of the mode with the largest de-rated intensity. If a mode is turned off
and then reselected, the system will return to the previously selected settings.

Probes
„„
Each probe model available has unique specifications for contact area, beam shape, and center
frequency. Defaults are initialized when you select a probe. Samsung Medison’s factory defaults
vary with probe, application and mode. Defaults that are below the FDA limits have been chosen
for intended use.

Depth
„„
An increase in 2D-mode depth will automatically decrease the 2D-mode frame rate. This would
decrease the TI. The system may also automatically choose a deeper 2D-mode focal depth. A
change of focal depth may change the MI. The MI displayed is that of the zone with the greatest
peak intensity.

Application
„„
Acoustic output defaults are set when you select an application. Samsung Medison’s factory
defaults vary with probe, application and mode. Defaults that are below the FDA limits have been
chosen for intended use.

1-28
Chapter 1 Safety

 Related Guidance Documents


For more information about ultrasonic bioeffects and related topics, refer to the following;

Medical Ultrasound Safety (AIUM, 2009). (A copy of this AIUM Clinical User Education Brochure
XX
is shipped with each system.)

AIUM Consensus Report on Potential Bioeffects of Diagnostic Ultrasound: Executive Summary,


XX
J. Ultrasound in Medicine, 2008, Vol. 27, Num. 4.

WFUMB. Symposium on Safety of Ultrasound in Medicine: Conclusions and Recommendations


XX
on Thermal and Non-thermal Mechanisms for Biological Effects. Ultrasound in Med. & Biol;
1998, 24: Supplement 1.

Bioeffects and Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound (AIUM, 1993)


XX

Guidelines for the safe use of diagnostic ultrasound equipment. (BMUS, 2009)
XX

Information for Manufacturers Seeking Marketing Clearance of Diagnostic Ultrasound Systems


XX
and Transducers (U.S. FDA – 2008)

Particular requirements for the basic safety and essential performance of ultrasonic medical
XX
diagnostic and monitoring equipment. (IEC, 2007)

Acoustic Output Labeling Standard for Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment (AIUM, 2008)
XX

Standard Means for the Reporting of the Acoustic Output of Medical Diagnostic Ultrasonic
XX
Equipment. (IEC, 2007)

Standard for Real-Time Display of Thermal and Mechanical Acoustic Output Indices On
XX
Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment (AIUM / NEMA, 2004)

Ultrasonics - Field characterization -Test methods for the determination of thermal and
XX
mechanical indices related to medical diagnostic ultrasonic fields (IEC, 2005)

Measurement and Characterization of Medical Ultrasonic Fields up to 40 MHz. (IEC, 2007)


XX

Ultrasonics-Power Measurements- Radiation Force Balances and Performance Requirements.


XX
(IEC, 2006)

Acoustic Output Measurement Standard for Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment. (AIUM / NEMA,
XX
2004)

1-29
User Manual

 Acoustic Output and Measurement


Since the first usage of diagnostic ultrasound, the possible human biological effects (bioeffects) of
ultrasound exposure have been studied by various scientific and medical institutions. In October 1987,
the American Institute of Ultrasound in Medicine(AIUM) ratified a report prepared by its Bioeffects
Committee (Bioeffects Considerations for the Safety of Diagnostic Ultrasound, J Ultrasound Med.,
Sept. 1988: 1988: Vol.7, No.9 Supplement), sometimes referred to as the Stowe Report, which reviewed
available data on possible effects of ultrasound exposure. Another report, “Bioeffects and Safety of
Diagnostic Ultrasound”, dated January 28, 1993, provides more up to date information. In addition,
periodically updated reports on biological effects, results, and guidelines on safe usage have been
published by groups such as WFUMB (World Federation of Ultrasound in Medicine and Biology), AIUM,
and BMUS.

The Acoustic output for this system has been measured and calculated in accordance with the
Standard for Real-Time Display of Thermal and Mechanical Acoustic Output Indices On Diagnostic
Ultrasound Equipment (AIUM / NEMA, 2004) and Acoustic Output Measurement Standard for
Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment (AIUM / NEMA, 2004)

 In Situ, De-rated, and Water Value Intensities


All intensity parameters are measured in water. Since water does not absorb acoustic energy, these
water measurements represent the largest possible value. Biological tissue absorbs acoustic energy.
The true value of the intensity at any point depends on the amount and type of tissue, and the
frequency of the ultrasound that passes through the tissue. The intensity value in the tissue, In Situ,
has been estimated using the following formula:
In Situ = Water [e - (0,23 alf)]
where: In Situ = In Situ Intensity Value
Water = Water Value Intensity
e = 2.7183
a = Attenuation Factor
Tissue a(dB/cm-MHz)
Brain 0.53
Heart 0.66
Kidney 0.79
Liver 0.43
Muscle 0.55
l = skin line to measurement depth (cm)
f = Center frequency of the transducer/system/mode combination (MHz)

1-30
Chapter 1 Safety

Since the ultrasonic path during an examination is likely to pass through varying lengths and types of
tissue, it is difficult to estimate the true In Situ intensity. An attenuation factor of 0.3 is used for general
reporting purposes; therefore, the In Situ value which is commonly reported uses the formula:
In Situ (derated) = Water [e -(0,069 lf)]

Since this value is not the true In Situ intensity, the term “de-rated” is used.

The maximum de-rated and the maximum water values do not always occur under the same operating
conditions. Therefore, the reported maximum water and de-rated values may not be related to the
In Situ (de-rated) formula. For example, a multi-zone array transducer has the greatest water value
intensities in its deepest zone. The same transducer may have its largest de-rated intensity in one of
its shallowest focal zones.

 Terms and Symbols Related to Acoustic Output and Measurement


The terms and symbols used in the acoustic output tables are defined in the following paragraphs.

Aaprt -12dB OUTPUT BEAM AREA, ultrasonic beam area induced by -12dB output beam
size (unit: cm2)
deq at max. Ipi EQUIVALENT BEAM DIAMETER, the acoustic beam’s diameter at the location
where the PULSE-INTENSITY INTEGRAL is maximal, expressed as an equivalent
beam area (unit: cm)
deq(zb) EQUIVALENT BEAM DIAMETER, the acoustic beam’s diameter at Zb location,
expressed as an equivalent beam area (unit: cm2)
Dim of Aaprt -12dB OUTPUT BEAM DIMENSIONS, the dimensions of an ultrasound beam
(whose pulse beam width is -12dB) from a specific direction that is perpendicular
to the transducer output plane and the beam alignment axis (unit: cm)
fawf ACOUSTIC WORKING FREQUENCY, the arithmetic average of f1 and f2 that are
farthest from each other among the frequencies of the pressure spectrum of
the acoustic signal whose amplitudes are lower than the peak amplitude, i.e.
maximum amplitude, by 3dB (unit: MHz)
Focal Length The focal length in a direction parallel to the beam alignment axis in the defined
operational state of the ultrasound system (unit: cm).
Ipa,a at max. MI The average attenuated pulse strength at the location where Mechanical Index
(MI) is maximal (unit: W/cm2)
Ita, a (z) Attenuated time average strength at a specific focal length (z) (unit: mW/cm2)

1-31
User Manual

MI MECHANICAL INDEX, a variable representing potential cavitations within the


human body (unit: N/A)
P OUTPUT POWER, time average power of an ultrasonic transducer’s emissions into
a free field through specified media such as water (unit: mW)
Pα(z) ATTENUATED OUTPUT POWER, the power of ultrasonic output calculated at a
specific distance from the transducer after attenuation occurs (unit: mW)
Pr,α ATTENUATED PEAK-RAREFACTIONAL ACOUSTIC PRESSURE, the peak rarefactional
acoustic pressure calculated at a specific distance after attenuation occurs (unit:
MPa)
Pr at max. Ipi The peak rarefactional acoustic pressure at the location where PULSE-INTENSITY
INTEGRAL is maximal (unit: MPa)

prr PULSE REPETITION RATE, the inverse number of the time interval between two
contiguous acoustic pulse (unit: Hz)
TIB BONE THERMAL INDEX, a thermal index for a focal zone formed near a bone after
the ultrasound beam passes through soft tissue, e.g. applied to a fetus (2nd or 3rd
trimester) or to the head of a neonate (through the fontanel) (unit: N/A)
TIC CRANIAL BONE THERMAL INDEX, a thermal index for an ultrasound beam entering
the body and passing through a bone, e.g. skull of children or adults (unit: N/A)
TISscan Soft tissue thermal index in scanning mode (unit: N/A)
TISnon-scan Soft tissue thermal index in non-scanning mode (unit: N/A)
td PULSE DURATION (unit: us)
z_at_max_Ipi,a The location where PULSE-INTENSITY INTEGRAL is maximal (unit: cm)

zb DEPTH FOR BONE THERMAL INDEX (unit: cm)


zbp BREAK-POINT DEPTH, which is EQUIVALENT APERTURE DIAMETER multiplied by
1.5 (unit: cm)
zs DEPTH FOR SOFT-TISSUE THERMAL INDEX, the distance from a plane where the
product of minimum attenuated output power, ATTENUATED SPATIAL-PEAK
TEMPORAL-AVERAGE INTENSITY, and 1 cm2 is maximal at the distance range that
is equal to, or greater than, the equivalent aperture diameter multiplied by 1.5,
when the beam dimension of -12dB output is defined along the beam alignment
axis (unit: cm)

1-32
Chapter 1 Safety

 Acoustic Measurement Precision and Uncertainty


The Acoustic Measurement Precision and Acoustic Measurement Uncertainty are described below.

Quantity Precision Total Uncertainty

Ipi,a (attenuated pulse intensity integral) 3.2 % +21 % to - 24 %

P (acoustic power) 6.2 % +/- 19 %

Pr,α (attenuated rarefaction pressure) 5.4 % +/- 15 %

fawf (acoustic working frequency) <1% +/- 4.5 %

Systematic Uncertainties
„„
For the pulse intensity integral, de-rated rarefaction pressure Pr.3, center frequency and pulse
duration, the analysis includes considerations of the effects on accuracy of:
Hydrophone calibration drift or errors.
Hydrophone / Amp frequency response.
Spatial averaging.
Alignment errors.
Voltage measurement accuracy, including:
Oscilloscope vertical accuracy.
XX
Oscilloscope offset accuracy.
XX
Oscilloscope clock accuracy.
XX
Oscilloscope Digitization rates.
XX
Noise.
XX
Acoustic power measurements using a Radiation Force for systematic uncertainties are measured
through the use of calibrated NIST acoustic power sources.
We also refer to a September 1993 analysis carried out by a working group of the IEC technical
committee 87 and prepared by K. Beissner, as a first supplement to IEC publication 1161.

1-33
User Manual

The document includes analysis and discussion of the sources of error/measurement effects due to:
Balance system calibration.
XX
Absorbing (or reflecting) target suspension mechanisms.
XX
Linearity of the balance system.
XX
Extrapolation to the moment of switching the ultrasonic transducer (compensation for ringing
XX
and thermal drift).
Target imperfections.
XX
Absorbing (reflecting) target geometry and finite target size.
XX
Target misalignment.
XX
Ultrasonic transducer misalignment.
XX
Water temperature.
XX
Ultrasonic attenuation and acoustic streaming.
XX
Coupling or shielding foil properties.
XX
Plane-wave assumption.
XX
Environmental influences.
XX
Excitation voltage measurement.
XX
Ultrasonic transducer temperature.
XX
Effects due to nonlinear propagation and saturation loss.
XX

 Training
The users of this ultrasound system must familiarize themselves with the ultrasound system to
optimize the performance of the device and to detect possible malfunctions. It is recommended that
all users receive proper training before using the device. You can receive training on the use of the
product from the Samsung Medison VGAservice department, or any of the customer support centers
worldwide.

1-34
Chapter 1 Safety

Protecting the Environment


CAUTION:
XX
For disposal of the system or accessories that have come to the end of their lifespan, contact the
vendor or follow appropriate disposal procedures.
XX
You are responsible for complying with the relevant regulations for disposing of wastes.
XX
The lithium ion battery used in the product must be replaced by a Samsung Medison service
engineer or an authorized dealer.

Correct Disposal of This Product


(Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)

Applicable in countries with separate collection systems

This marking on the product, accessories or literature indicates that the product and its electronic
accessories (e.g. charger, headset, USB cable) should not be disposed of with other household waste
at the end of their working life. To prevent possible harm to the environment or human health from
uncontrolled waste disposal, please separate these items from other types of waste and recycle them
responsibly to promote the sustainable reuse of material resources.

Household users should contact either the retailer where they purchased this product, or their local
government office, for details of where and how they can take these items for environmentally safe
recycling.

Business users should contact their supplier and check the terms and conditions of the purchase
contract. This product and its electronic accessories should not be mixed with other commercial wastes
for disposal.

State of California Proposition 65 Warning (US only)

WARNING: This product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive toxicity.

1-35
Chapter 2
Introduction

‹‹Product Specifications.....................................2-3

‹‹Product Configuration.....................................2-6
The Monitor................................................................................2-7
The Control Panel.....................................................................2-9
The Console .............................................................................2-16
Peripheral Devices..................................................................2-18
Probes.........................................................................................2-21
Accessories................................................................................2-22
Optional Functions................................................................2-23
Chapter 2 Introduction

Product Specifications
Height: 1660mm (with Monitor)
Width: 550mm
Physical Dimensions Depth: 980mm (with Keyboard)
Weight: 104.7kg (without accessories)
Weight: Approx. 120kg (with Safe Working Load)
2D-Mode
M-Mode
Color M-Mode
Anatomical Mode
Color Doppler Mode
Pulsed Wave (PW) Spectral Doppler Mode
Continuous Wave (CW) Doppler Mode
Tissue Doppler Imaging (TDI) Mode
Tissue Doppler Wave (TDW) Mode
Imaging modes
Power Doppler (PD) Mode
ElastoScan Mode
3D / 4D / XI STIC imaging Mode
Dual Mode
Quad Mode
Combined Mode
Simultaneous Mode
Zoom Mode
S-Flow Mode
Gray Scale 256 (8 bits)
Transmit focusing, maximum of eight points (four points simultaneously
Focusing selectable)
Digital dynamic receive focusing (continuous)
Linear Array
L5-13, LF5-13, LA3-14AD
Curved Array
CS1-4, C2-8, CA1-7AD, CA2-8AD, CF2-8, CF4-9, ER4-9, EVN4-9, VR5-9
Probes Phased Array
(Type BF / IPX7) PE2-4, SP3-8
3D
3D2-6, 3D4-9, CV1-8AD, V5-9, VE4-8
CW
CW 2.0, CW 4.0, DP2B
3 Probe Connectors
Probe connections 4 Probe Connectors for option
CW Probe Connector

2-3
User Manual

Main Monitor
Number of Pixel: 1366 x 768
18.5 inch LCD Monitor (LED Backlight unit)
called "LCD monitor" henceforth
Monitor
Touch Screen Monitor
Number of Pixel: 1280 x 800
10.1 inch LCD Monitor (LED Backlight unit)
called "LCD monitor" henceforth
ECG Type CF
Audio Output Port(Right/Left )
VGA monitor
Rear Panel LAN
Input/Output USB Port
Connections CW
HDMI Output
HDMI Input (HDMI Input is currently not supported.)
Maximum 45000 frames for Cine memory
Image Storage Maximum 14000 Lines for Loop memory
Image filing system
Obstetrics, Gynecology, Urology, Abdomen, Cardiac, Vascular, Small Part, TCD, MSK,
Application
Pediatric
Electrical Parameters 100-240VAC, 620VA, 50/60Hz
Abdomen, Obstetrics, Fetal Echo, Gynecology, MSK, Pediatric Hips, Small Part,
Measurement Packages Urology, Vascular, Cardiac
* Refer the ‘Chapter 5. Probes’ for additional information
Acoustic Power Control
Analog TGC Control
Signal processing
(Pre-Processing) Dynamic Aperture Control
Dynamic Apodization Control
Dynamic LPF Control
Digital TGC Control
Slider TGC Control
Mode-Independent Gain Control
Black Hole/Noise Spike Filtering
1D Lateral/Axial Filtering
Signal processing
(Post-Processing) 2D Edge/Blurring Filtering
Frame average
M/D Mode Sweep Speed Control
Zoom
Image View Area Control
Image Orientation (left/right and up/down)
Trackball operation of multiple cursors
2D mode: Linear measurements and area measurements using elliptical
Measurement approximation or trace
M mode: Continuous readout of distance, time, and slope rate
Doppler mode: Velocity and trace

2-4
Chapter 2 Introduction

DVD Multi-Drive
Digital B/W Video Printer
Digital Color Video Printer
USB Printer
DVD Recorder
Auxiliary Foot switch (IPX8)
e-Motion Marker (IPX7)
USB Flash Memory Media
USB HDD
USB ECG
Monitor
User Interface English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Chinese, Portuguese
Operating: 700 - 1060hPa
Pressure Limits
Storage: 700 - 1060hPa
Operating: 30 - 75%
Humidity Limits
Storage & Shipping: 20 - 90%
Operating: 10 - 35°C
Temperature Limits
Storage & Shipping: -25 - 60°C

2-5
User Manual

Product Configuration
This Product consists of monitor, control panel, console, peripheral devices and probes.

1 Monitor

2 Monitor arm
2
3 Keyboard
8
9
4 Control panel

4 5 Lift

6 Probe holder
3 6
7 DVD drive
5 7 8 USB port

9 Speaker

? 0 Probe port

! Wheel

? Location of ID Label

!
[Figure 2.1 Front of the product]

2-6
Chapter 2 Introduction

The Monitor
Ultrasound images and other information are displayed on the color LCD monitor.

 Screen Layout
The monitor displays ultrasound images, operation menus and a variety of other information.
As shown in the image below, the screen layout consists of 1 Title area, 2 Measurement Menu area,
3 Image area, 4 Thumbnail area, and 5 User Information area.

4
5
[Figure 2.2 Monitor Display]

Title Area
„„
Patient information (name, ID, GA), names of the clinic and the operator, acoustic output information,
date, and time are displayed.

Measurement Menu Area


„„
During measurement, displays the measurement menus.

Image Area
„„
Displays ultrasound images. Image information, annotation, and measurement information are
also displayed.

2-7
User Manual

Thumbnail Area
„„
The images saved by pressing the Store button are displayed. Click a thumbnail to enlarge. Up to
16 can be displayed at once.
In Body Marker mode, Body Marker are displayed.

User Information and Status Information Area


„„
The user information area provides a variety of information necessary for system use. States of the
current storage media (HDD, USB, CD), Caps Lock, DICOM, U1 and U2 are displayed.

Current System Status


Tips!
Indicates that Caps Lock is on.

Indicates that CD/DVD storage media is available.

Indicates that CD/DVD storage media is not available.

Indicates that USB storage media is not available.

Indicates that the HDD has 10% or more free space.

Indicates that the HDD has less than 10% free space.

Indicates that the DICOM spooler is empty.

Indicates that the DICOM spooler is busy.

Indicates that the DICOM spooler has failed a task.

Principles of Operation of the Diagnostic Ultrasound System


Tips!
Medical ultrasound images are created by digital memory and computer when they convert the
high-frequency wave signals that are transmitted and received by the probe.
As ultrasound waves propagate through the human body, they generate reflected signals
whenever they encounter a change in density. For example, reflected signals are generated when
signals pass from fatty tissues to muscle tissues. Reflected signals return to the probe, where they
are converted into electronic signals. The reflected signals are amplified and processed by analog
and digital circuits that have filters for various frequencies and response time options. Then they
are again converted into high-frequency electronic signals, and saved as a series of digital image
signals. The monitor displays the image signals stored on the storage device in real time.
The entire process of transmitting, receiving, and processing signals is controlled by the computer.

2-8
Chapter 2 Introduction

The Control Panel


The system can be controlled by using the control panel.

[Figure 2.3 Control Panel]

The control panel consists of a keyboard, soft menus, buttons, dials, dial-buttons, a slider, and a trackball.

The dial-button can be used both as a dial and a button.

2-9
User Manual

 Functions of the Control Panel


The following are the descriptions and instructions for the controls on the control panel. For more
information on controls with multiple functions, see Chapter 3 and later in this manual.

Button Turns the system on/off.


On/Off

Displays the Patient Information screen for patient selection and information
Button
entry.
Patient

Displays the Probe Selection screen to select or change the probe and
Button
application.
Probe

Button Displays the screen for viewing and managing stored images.
SonoView

Button Finishes the exam of the currently selected patient and resets the related data.
End Exam

Displays the Report screen that shows the measurement results of the current
Button
application and other information.
Report

Button Enter a Body Marker over an image.


Body Marker

Button Allows the user to place text on an image.

This button is used to assign user-defined function. The function for each
Button
button can be assigned in Setup > Customize > Buttons > User Key.
This button is used to assign user-defined function. The function for each
Button
button can be assigned in Setup > Customize > Buttons > User Key.

Button In this mode, only the image is displayed on the screen.

Button Compares two independent images.

Button Compares four independent images.

Switch Adjusts the scanning depth of the image.

2-10
Chapter 2 Introduction

Switch Moves the focus to the target area for observation.

Makes the Zoom Box appear.


Dial-button
In order to close the Zoom mode, press the Exit button.

Adjusts the angle of the sample volume in Spectral Doppler mode. It is also
Dial-button used to adjust the Arrow's angle or the probe angle for a Body Marker.
Use the Angle dial-button to enter Biopsy Guide Edit mode.

Button Press this button to turn the Quick Scan function on.

Each button may be assigned one of the following functions: Save image, print
Button image, or send image to the DICOM server.
To assign a function to each button, go to Setup > Customize > Buttons.

Button Pauses/resumes scanning.

Start or end M Mode. Rotate this dial-button to adjust Gain.


Dial-button Also, turning this dial-button when in 3D View rotates the image along the
x-axis.

Button Press this dial-button to start/stop Power Doppler mode.

Press this dial-button to start/stop Color Doppler mode. Rotate this dial-button
to adjust Gain.
Dial-button
Also, turning this dial-button, when in 3D View, rotates the image along the
z-axis.

Dial-button Press this dial-button to start 2D mode. Rotate this dial-button to adjust Gain.

Press this dial-button to start/stop PW Spectral Doppler mode.


Rotate this dial-button to adjust Gain.
Dial-button
Also, turning this dial-button, when in 3D View, rotates the image along the
y-axis.
Press this button to start/stop CW Spectral Doppler mode.
Button
Available only with the phased array probe.

Button Press this button to turn 3D/4D Mode on/off.

Set or Exit function may be assigned to this button. The function for each
button can be assigned in Setup > Peripherals > Customize Keys.
Button Set: Select an item or value using the trackball. Also used to change the
Set / Exit function of the trackball.
Exit: Exit the function currently being used and return to the previous state.

2-11
User Manual

Button An arrow marker appears to point to parts of the displayed image in scan mode.
Pointer

Deletes text, Arrow, Body Marker, measurement result, etc. displayed on an


Button
Clear image.

Button Switch the trackball's current function to the next supported function.
Change

Button Start measurements for the application.


Calculator

Button Start basic measurements of distance, volume, circumference, and area.


Caliper

Trackball Moves the cursor on the screen. Also scrolls through Cine images.
Trackball

CAUTION: Too great a difference in the gain value settings of adjacent TGC sliders may cause
stripes to appear in an image.

2-12
Chapter 2 Introduction

Keyboard
„„
The keyboard is used to type in text.

[Figure 2.4 Keyboard]

Help Displays the Help Manual on the screen.

Patient Displays the General Information on the screen.

Patient info. Shows or hides the patient information on the screen.

Image Info. Shows or hides the Image Parameters on the screen

DICOM Spooler Displays the DICOM Spooler on the screen.

Arrow Initiates Arrow mode.

Home Moves the cursor to the Home position in Annotation mode.

Set Home Specifies the Home position in Annotation mode.

Delete Word Deletes the last text entered in Annotation mode.

Delete All Deletes all the text that has been entered in Annotation mode.

Setup This displays the Setup screen.

Insert Select an input method.

Delete Deletes text.

Increases the brightness of the monitor.

Decreases the brightness of the monitor.

Turns up the speaker volume.

Turns down the speaker volume.

2-13
User Manual

 Touch Screen
The touch screen is an operating tool that can be touched by the user to input data. The functions that
are available in the current mode are shown in the form of buttons or a dial-button.

Touch screen display


„„
1 Information Area: Shows the title of the touch screen currently displayed.
2 TGC: Adjust TGC Slide when TGC Curve is activated on the touch screen.

[Figure 2.5 TGC]

3 Menu Area: The menu items that are available in the current input mode are shown in the form
of buttons. The user can access the desired menu item by pressing the corresponding button.
The menu currently in use is shown in yellow. To change the values in the menu, use ◁ or ▷ on
the button.
4 Soft Menu Area: The Soft Menu items that are available in the current input mode are shown.
Press or rotate the dial-buttons right below each menu.

When there are two Soft Menus


Tips!
When there are two menus available – upper and lower, both menus can be adjusted with the
corresponding dial-button. Or tap the button for the menu you want to use on the touch screen
and then use the dial-button.

2-14
Chapter 2 Introduction

1 3

2
4

[Figure 2.6 Touch Screen]

 Adjusting the Control Panel


CAUTION:
XX
Do not apply excessive force to the control panel.
XX
Use the handle at the back of the product when moving it.

Adjusting to the right and left


„„
Hold the control panel handle and move it carefully to the right or left.

Adjusting the height


„„
Press the lever on the handle of the control panel and move it carefully up or down.

2-15
User Manual

The Console
The console consists of two parts – the inner and outer units. The interior of the console mainly contains
devices that produce ultrasound images. On the exterior of the console are various connectors, probe
holders, storage compartments, handles, and wheels, etc.

 Rear Panel
A monitor and other peripheral devices, like a printer, are connected via the rear panel at the back of
the system.
1 HDMI port (Output): Outputs digital signals to the monitor.
(Input: Not supported.)
1
2 USB port: Used to connect to USB peripheral devices.

2 3 Audio port (Output): Outputs audio signal. (Input: Not


supported.)

4 S-VHS port (Output): Connects the VCR in S-VHS mode.


3 5 D-SUB port (Output): Outputs the analog signal to the monitor.

4 6 Network port: Used to connect to a network. You can transfer


patient information to another server via the DICOM network.

5 7 Microphone port (Input): Used to connect a microphone.

6
7

[Figure 2.7 Rear Panel]

2-16
Chapter 2 Introduction

 Power Connection Part


The power connection part is located at the bottom on the rear panel.

1
3 2

[Figure 2.8 Power Connection Part]

1 Power inlet: For the power cable to connect to external power

Power outlet: Supplies peripheral devices and external devices with power; maximum capacity is
2 
150 VA. Open the rear cover for BW/Color Printer, and you will find the outlet terminal in the DC
power assy.

Power switch/breaker: Turns on the power of the product, and cuts off power if overcurrent or
3 
overvoltage occurs.

 Probe Holder
Probe holders are mounted at the left and right-hand sides of the control panel.

2-17
User Manual

Peripheral Devices

NOTE: Refer to the user manual of the peripheral device for its operating information.

 Internal Peripheral Devices


These are peripheral devices mounted in the system.

DVD-Multi
„„
DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD-RAM, CD-R, CD-RW

Hard Disc Drive


„„
Min. 500GB SATA-2 2.5” HDD

2-18
Chapter 2 Introduction

 External Peripheral Devices


These are peripheral devices that can be connected for use when needed and are connected via the
USB port located at the rear panel.

CAUTION: Do not place peripheral devices that are not listed in this manual in the vicinity of the
patient. If you place them in the patient environment, it may cause an electrical hazard.

1.5m

1.5m

1.5m

[Figure 2.9 Patient Environment]

CAUTION:
XX
When using a peripheral device via a USB port, always turn the power off before connecting/
disconnecting the device. Connecting or disconnecting a USB device while power is turned on
may cause the system and/or the USB device to malfunction.
XX
Do not connect additional Peripheral Devices to the auxiliary socket outlets. Connecting to the
auxiliary socket outlet may decrease safety level.

When there are two Soft Menus


Tips!
The console’s USB ports are located on the side panel of the control panel, as well as on the rear
panel of the console.
We recommend that you connect USB storage devices (flash memory media, etc.) to the ports on
the side panel, and connect USB peripheral devices to the rear panel for convenience.

The following products are recommended:

2-19
User Manual

Digital Video Printer


„„

Black and White: Sony UP-D897, Mitsubishi P95DE


XX

Color: Sony UP-D25MD, Mitsubishi CP30DW


XX

USB Printer
„„
HP Officejet 4500, Samsung CLP-620NDK

DVD Recorder
„„
Sony DVO-1000MD

CAUTION:
XX
You must install a printer and drivers that are compatible with Microsoft Windows 7 (English
version). Contact Samsung Medison customer support division for inquiries about printer driver
installation.
XX
When connecting the printer, ensure that the printer is configured under Microsoft Windows 7
or system setup and has been chosen as the default printer.
XX
Please check the port that the printer uses before connecting. Printers should be connected to
the printer port while the USB printer should be connected to the USB port.

Foot Switch
„„
Assign functions to the Foot Switch by going to Setup > Peripherals > Customize Keys > Foot Switch.
You can select from Exit, Freeze, Store, S1, S2, S3, Update, Dual and Quad.

2-20
Chapter 2 Introduction

Probes
Probes are devices that generate ultrasound waves and process reflected wave data for the purpose of
image formation.

NOTE: For detailed information, refer to ‘Chapter 5. Probes’.

 Connecting Probes
Be sure to connect or disconnect probes when the power is off to ensure the safety of the system and
the probes.

1. Connect probes to the probe connectors on the front panel of the system. Up to four probes
(options inclusive) may be connected.

2. Turn the connector-locking handle clockwise.

NOTE: If the probe does not connect properly, try reconnecting it after removing any foreign
objects.

[Figure 2.10 Probe Connector]

2-21
User Manual

Accessories
An accessory box containing the items below is supplied with the product.

MANUAL WINDOWS 7 LABEL

SONO GEL

CAP CORD x 2EA

DRIVER

BOLT x 10EA

[Figure 2.11 Accessories]

2-22
Chapter 2 Introduction

Optional Functions
This product has the following optional functions:
S/W H/W

MultiVision
XX Gel Warmer
XX

DICOM
XX Foot Switch
XX

4D
XX e-Motion Marker
XX

3D XI
XX ODD (Optical Disc Drive)
XX

Volume NT/IT
XX Drawer
XX

XI STIC
XX

Cardiac Measurement
XX

Auto IMT
XX

Auto IMT+
XX

Needle Mate
XX

Panoramic
XX

ElastoScan
XX

CW Function
XX

For further information about optional functions, please refer to the relevant chapters in this manual.

2-23
Chapter 3
Utilities

‹‹ECG.....................................................................3-3

‹‹System Settings.................................................3-5
General System Settings........................................................3-6
General.........................................................................................3-6
Patient...........................................................................................3-9
Screen Display Settings (Imaging)...................................3-10
Common....................................................................................3-11
Application/Preset.................................................................3-13
Measurement Settings.........................................................3-15
Report.........................................................................................3-32
Anatomy....................................................................................3-33
Comments.................................................................................3-34
Annotation................................................................................3-35
Body Marker.............................................................................3-39
Application................................................................................3-43
Customize..................................................................................3-45
Touch Menu..............................................................................3-49
Peripheral Device Settings..................................................3-50
Device.........................................................................................3-51
Connectivity Settings ...........................................................3-52
DICOM Settings ......................................................................3-52
Network Settings ...................................................................3-64
Service........................................................................................3-65
Help.............................................................................................3-65
Chapter 3 Utilities

ECG
If an ECG is installed, the ECG tab will be generated on the touch screen. In a Multi Image Mode such as
Dual or Quad, ECG Cine can be used for each image.

NOTE: You may show or hide the ECG on the screen for each Preset at Setup > Application/Preset
> Preset Setting.

 Starting and Finishing an ECG


Tap the ECG button on the touch screen menu to turn the function on or off.

 ECG Settings

Sweep Speed
„„
Tap the Sweep Speed button in the touch screen menu to select the ECG display speed. You may
select 18mm/s, 35mm/s, 53mm/s, 71mm/s, 106mm/s or 142mm/s.

Invert
„„
Tap the Invert button on the touch screen menu to turn ECG Invert on or off.

Gain
„„
Adjust the amplitude of the ECG. Rotate the Soft Menu dial-button 1 to adjust the gain between
0-100.

Position
„„
Rotating the Soft Menu dial-button 2 changes the displayed position of the ECG signal. You may
select a position between 0-10; selecting a higher value will position the ECG higher on the screen.

Clip
„„
Rotate the Soft Menu dial-button 3 to select the interval for saving the clip. You can select either
Time or Beat.

3-3
User Manual

Trigger
„„
Tap the Trigger button in the touch screen menu to set up Trigger. You can rotate the Soft Menu
dial-button 4 to select the number of ECG Triggers between 1 and 7.

Trig Delay
„„
Select the time delay between the R-wave and the frame containing the trigger, which applies to
the Trigger function. Rotate the dial-button 4 to select a value between 0 and 3000msec.

Dual Trigger
„„
Tap the Dual Trigger button in the touch screen menu to turn Dual Trigger on or off.

Dual Trig Delay


„„
Select the time delay between the frame containing the first trigger and the frame containing the
second trigger, which applies to the Dual Trigger function. Rotate the dial-button 4 to select a value
between 90 and 3000msec.

CAUTION:
XX
If the ECG is less than 30Hz, the Heart Rate (HR) may not be displayed.
XX
In CW Mode, when ECG is active, the error ratio of the Heart Rate (HR) should be within 2%.

3-4
Chapter 3 Utilities

System Settings
General system settings that do not have direct bearing on imaging are explained. The setup may be
modified depending on specific needs or preferences.

1. Press Setup button on the keyboard.

2. The Setup screen will appear on the monitor and the touch screen. Select a tab that has items to
specify.

3. Specify settings for each item.

4. Save settings and exit. Click Exit on the monitor screen, or tap Exit on the touch screen, or press
Exit button on the control panel to switch to Scan mode.

[Figure 3.1 Setup - Touch Screen]

3-5
User Manual

General System Settings


In the Setup screen, select the System tab. Or tap System on the touch screen. You can specify general
settings such as title settings.

General
In the Setup screen, select the General tab in the System category.

[Figure 3.2 Setup - System - General]

 Location
You can specify the information that is displayed in the title area on the screen.

Institute
„„
Enter the name of the hospital/institution where the product is installed.

Language
„„
Select the system language.
(Supported languages: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Simplified Chinese,
Portuguese)

3-6
Chapter 3 Utilities

 Date and Time


The current date is displayed. To change the date, click .

NOTE: You cannot change the date and time when a patient ID has been registered. To change the
date and time, you should finish the current diagnosis by pressing the End Exam button on the
control panel.

How to set the date and time


Tips! 1. Press the Date and Time button in the Date and Time field.
2. Set the date and time using the trackball and the Set button on the control panel. Press the Save
button to apply the settings. To cancel, press Cancel or press the Exit button on the control panel.
3. To change the time zone, press the Time Zone button.
4. The Time Zone Settings window will be displayed. Select the time zone by using the combo
button. Press the OK button to apply the settings. To cancel, press Cancel or press the Exit button
on the control panel.

[Figure 3.3 Date and Time]

Date Format
„„
Specify the date format. Select a date format using the combo button. The selected date format will
be applied to various date fields in Patient Information.

Time Format
„„
Specify the time format. Select a desired time format (12 Hour or 24 Hour) by pressing the combo
button.

3-7
User Manual

 Trackball Speed

Scan Mode
„„
Specify the trackball speed as Slow, Normal, or Fast.

Measurement
„„
Specify the trackball speed as Slow, Normal, or Fast.
Slower speeds allow more precise measurements.

 Display

Screen Saver
„„
Select the wait time (in minutes) for the screen saver.

System Power Button


„„

Ask me what to do: Select from Shut Down, Restart or Cancel.


XX

Shut Down: The power will turn off.


XX

Option
„„

Auto Freeze (20min): The screen automatically freezes in 20 minutes.


XX

Show Save Prompt on Exit: Use the check box to select whether to save or not.
XX

Boot up Caps Lock On: Use the checkbox to select whether to enter capital letters.
XX

Beeper Off
„„

Control Panel: Turns off the beeper sound for manipulating the control panel.
XX

Touch Screen: Turns off the beeper sound for manipulating the touch screen.
XX

 Video Settings

Format
„„
Select either NTSC or PAL.

3-8
Chapter 3 Utilities

Patient
In the Setup screen, select the Patient tab in the System category.

[Figure 3.4 Setup - System - Patient]

 Patient Data

Name Display
„„

Last, First Middle: Display the name of the patient in the order of last name, first name, then
XX
middle name.

First Last Middle: Display the name of the patient in the order of first name, last name, then
XX
middle name.

Title Display
„„

Show or hide patient information in the Title area of the screen.


XX

None: Patient information is not displayed.


XX

Date of Birth: Displays the patient's date of birth.


XX

Age: Displays the patient's age.


XX

Gender: Select this checkbox to display the patient's gender. Note that the patient's gender can
XX
only be displayed if their birthday or age is displayed as well.

3-9
User Manual

 User Defined List


You may enter information related to studies beforehand, so that you can assign the information easily
when entering patient information. Use the Add, Change, Delete, Delete All, Up, and Down buttons
to add, edit, or delete information; you may create a list of up to 20 for each item.

Operator
„„
You can save the name of the operator who scans the patient.

Indication
„„
You can save information on the patient's medical history.

Diag. Physician
„„
You can save the name of the physician who diagnosed the patient.

Ref. Physician
„„
You can save the name of the referring physician.

Description
„„
You can save up to 20 diagnostic memos per application.

Screen Display Settings (Imaging)


In the Setup screen, select the Imaging tab. Or tap Imaging on the touch screen. Specify display-related
options.

3-10
Chapter 3 Utilities

Common
Common settings apply to all applications.

You can select multiple items. Use the trackball and the Set button to select and check or uncheck an
item.

[Figure 3.5 Setup - Imaging - Common]

 General Setting

HPRF
„„
In PW Spectral Doppler mode, this detects blood flow with a velocity that exceeds the maximum
speed at the depth you want to obtain the Sample Volume from.

Preferred Probe Port


„„
Select the Probe Port that takes the highest priority when the system starts or when you select a
probe.

Color Velocity Unit


„„
Select the units of velocity in Color Mode.

Doppler Scale Unit


„„
Select the units of measurement for the axis scale in Spectral Doppler Mode.

3-11
User Manual

 Display Setting

Show Image Info


„„
Show or hide the image information. If the image is obscured by the image information, disable this
option to hide the image information.

Show Horizontal Scale Bar


„„
Show or hide the Horizontal Scale Bar in the Scan UI.

Display Tx Frequency
„„
Specify how to display the Tx Frequency for each probe. If checked, the current state will be
displayed in MHz; if unchecked, the state will be indicated as PEN, GEN, or RES.

TGC window Auto Close (sec)


„„
Specify the time that must elapse before the TGC Control Window in the touch screen automatically
closes because of a lack of user input. If set to Off, the window will not close automatically.

TGC Curve Display


„„
Specify how long the TGC Curve is displayed for in Scan UI (On: Always displayed, Off: Never
displayed, Auto: Displayed for a specific length of time and then disappears).

Biopsy Guideline Type


„„
Select the type of Biopsy Guide Line displayed.

3-12
Chapter 3 Utilities

Application/Preset
These settings are applied specifically to the selected application.

You can select multiple items. Use the trackball and the Set button to select and check or uncheck an
item.

[Figure 3.6 Setup - Imaging - Application/Preset]

 Application Setting

Select Application
„„
Select the application.

Seamless Dual Mode


„„
Select whether or not to use Seamless Dual Mode in Dual Mode.

Enable Doppler Cursor Mode


„„
Select whether or not to enter Cursor mode before Doppler mode.

Enable M Cursor Mode


„„
Select whether or not to enter Cursor mode before M mode.

3-13
User Manual

Activated Mode When Image Is Frozen


„„
Select the mode to activate upon freezing an image.
One of the following modes may be selected: Cine, Measurement, Annotation, or Body Marker.

 Preset Setting

Select Preset
„„
Check the Probe, Application, and Preset.

ECG
„„
Enable or disable ECG for each Preset.

Keep PRF in Doppler Simultaneous Mode


„„
Select this checkbox to keep the PRF value while measuring blood flow velocity in Simultaneous
Mode without using Doppler Mode.

NOTE: This feature is available for the following probes and applications:
XX
CF2-8, CS1-4, C2-8, CA2-8AD, CA1-7AD: OB, Abdomen
XX
3D2-6, VE4-8, CV1-8AD: OB
XX
3D4-9, V5-9, EVN4-9, ER4-9, VR5-9: OB, GYN
XX
CF4-9, L5-13, LF5-13, LA3-14AD: Vascular

Thermal Index Type


„„
Specify the TI to display on the screen as TIs (Soft Tissue Thermal Index), TIb (Bone Thermal Index),
or TIc (Cranial Bone Thermal Index). You may specify indices by Preset.

3-14
Chapter 3 Utilities

Measurement Settings
Specify various setup options for measurements. The setup may be modified depending on specific
needs or preferences.

1. Press Setup on the keyboard. When the Setup screen is displayed, select the Measurement tab.

2. When the Measurement screen appears, select the tab that contains the items you wish to configure.

3. Specify settings for each item.

4. Press the Save button to save the settings. You can click Exit on the monitor screen or tap Exit on
the touch screen to exit the Setup screen and switch to Scan Mode.

General Settings
In the Setup screen, select the General tab in the Measurement category.

You can specify basic measurement options.

[Figure 3.7 Setup - Measurement - General]

3-15
User Manual

 Menu

Directions
„„
Select the Direction Type applied to the target to measure in the initial system status. The options
are Left and Right.

Location
„„
Select the Location Type applied to the target to measure in the initial system status. The options
are Prox, Mid, and Dist.

Hide the menu on Unfreeze


„„
Hide or show the Measurement menu on the screen after taking measurements. Show Scan Mode
(On) or hide the Measurement menu (Off).

 Cursor

Cursor Type
„„
Select the shape of the default caliper cursor displayed on the screen. Select between ‘Cross’ shape
(+) and ‘X’.

Arrow Head Marker


„„
Show or hide the Head Marker when measuring a small area.

Cursor Size
„„
Select the size of the default caliper cursor displayed on the screen. The options are Small, Medium,
and Large.

 Display

2D Line Type
„„
Select the type of line to use for measurement in 2D mode (Solid: Solid line, Dot: Dotted line, None:
Start and end points).

3-16
Chapter 3 Utilities

Ellipse Cross Line


„„
Show (On) or hide (Off) the long axis and the short axis of an ellipse while taking Ellipse
measurements.

Clear Measurement(s) on Unfreeze


„„
Hide or show measurement results on the screen when switching to Scan Mode after taking
measurements. Select this checkbox to show measurement results in 2D or M/D Mode.

Distance
„„
Choose how the average is displayed on screen when linear distances are measured in succession.

Avg (2Dist): Show the average of two consecutive linear distance measurements.
XX

Avg (All): Show the average of all consecutive linear distance measurements.
XX

Measurement Units
„„
Specify the measurement units. For a small object, it is more convenient to use ‘mm’ for Dist. When
blood flow is fast, it is better to use ‘m/s’ for Vel.

Dist: Choose between cm and mm scales for the distance, area, and volume unit.
XX

Vel: Select the unit of velocity - cm/s or m/s.


XX

NOTE: Changing the measurement unit erases all measurements that may have been taken.

 Key

Set Measurement on Store


„„
Turn on or off the function that automatically completes measurements when the Store key on the
control pad is pressed while a measurement is being taken.

Set Measurement on Unfreeze


„„
Turn on or off the function that automatically completes measurements when the image switches
to Scan mode while a measurement is being taken.

3-17
User Manual

 Result
Select how measurement results are displayed.

Position On 2D:
„„
Reposition the measurement results when 2D mode is selected.

Left-Top: Measurement results are displayed in the top left corner of the screen.
XX

Left-Bottom: Measurement results are displayed in the bottom left corner of the screen.
XX

Right-Bottom: Measurement results are displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen.
XX

Right-Top: Measurement results are displayed in the top right corner of the screen.
XX

Custom: Measurement results are displayed in a location selected by the user.


XX

Position on D/M
„„
Moves the measurement results.

Left-Top: Moves the measurement results towards the top left corner of the screen.
XX

Left-Bottom: Moves the measurement results towards the bottom left corner of the screen.
XX

Right-Bottom: Moves the measurement results towards the bottom right corner of the screen.
XX

Right-Top: Moves the measurement results towards the top right corner of the screen.
XX

Custom: Measurement results are moved to a location selected by the user.


XX

Show Background
„„
Turn the background of the measurement results transparent (On) or opaque (Off).

Font Size
„„
Select the size of the font used for the measurement results.

3-18
Chapter 3 Utilities

Caliper
On the Setup screen, select the Caliper tab in the Measurement category.

Specify whether additional information will be shown along with the basic measurement values, when
basic measurements are taken by pressing the control panel’s Caliper button. If this option is selected,
the additional information will also be saved and output along with the measurement results.

Setting ‘Application’ to General will change the items in ‘D Trace’. Setting ‘Application’ to Cardiac will
change the items in ‘D Trace’ and ‘D Velocity’

NOTE: ‘Cardiac’ setting can only be used when the probe preset is Cardiac.

[Figure 3.8 Setup - Measurement - Caliper]

3-19
User Manual

Applications
In the Setup screen, select the Applications tab in the Measurement category.

[Figure 3.9 Setup - Measurement - Application]

 Application
Select an application.

 Caliper

Caliper then Assign


„„
After taking a Basic Measurement, the measurement result may be set as a Label. Enable or disable
this by choosing from ‘On/Off’.

Default Tool
„„
Select the default tool that functions in the measurement cursor state for each Image mode.

2D Mode: Distance, Trace Length, Open Spline, Ellipse, Trace, Closed Spline, Angle, Distance
XX
Steno(D), Trace Steno(D), Ellipse Steno(A), Trace Steno(A), Spline Steno(A), 1 Dist Volume, 2 Dist
Volume, 3 Dist Volume, Ellipse Volume, Ellipse+ Dist Vol, Distance, Ellipse trace Steno(A)

D Mode: Velocity, Acc, Auto Trace, Manual Trace, Limited Trace, HR, RI, Dist Vol. Flow(D), Trace
XX
Vol. Flow(D), Spline Vol. Flow(D), Ellipse Vol. Flow(A), Trace Vol. Flow(A), Spline Vol. Flow(A), Time

M Mode: Distance(M), Slope, HR,Time(M)


XX

3-20
Chapter 3 Utilities

Default Tool Category


„„
Select the default tool for each measurement category.

Volume: 1 Dist. Volume, 2 Dist. Volume, 3 Dist. Volume, Ellipse Volume, Ellipse + Dist. Vol
XX

%Stenosis(D): Distance Steno(D), Trace Steno(D), Spline Steno(D)


XX

%Stenosis(A): Ellipse Trace Steno(A), Ellipse Steno(A), Trace Steno(A), Spline Steno(A)
XX

Volume Flow: Volume Flow(D), Volume Flow(A)


XX

Doppler Trace: Manual Trace, Limited Trace


XX

 Doppler

Display Absolute Value


„„
The doppler measurement is displayed as an absolute value.

RI Calculation Method
„„
Select whether to use ED or MD when calculating the value of RI.

Doppler Auto Calculation Items


„„
Select which value to measure and display on the screen in measurement mode using the Auto
Doppler Trace Tool.

Doppler Results
„„
Set up the Doppler measurement items to be displayed together with the measurement results
measured by using the Auto Doppler Trace Tool.

Heart Rate
„„

Cycle: Select the number of heart rate (HR) cycles.


XX

Manual: Enter the heart rate manually when conducting an exam.


XX

Automatic: Heart rate is entered automatically by the ECG while conducting an exam.
XX

3-21
User Manual

Additional Results
In the Setup screen, select the Additional Results tab in the Measurement category.

[Figure 3.10 Setup - Measurement - Additional Results]

 Application
Select an application.

OB
„„

SD/Percentile Type: Select None, SD, or Percentile.


XX

NT Marker: Select the indicator symbol for measuring NT. You may select either CrossHair or Bar
XX
type.

GYN
„„
Default Follicle Tool: Select a method for measuring the size and volume of follicles. You may select
1 Distance Volume, 2 Distance Volume, 3 Distance Volume, Ellipse Volume, or Ellipse + Dist Vol.

Vascular
„„
ICA/CCA Ratio: Select a measurement item to use to calculate the ICA/CCA ratio. You may select
Max, Prox, Mid, or Dist as PS and ED for ICA and CCA, individually.

3-22
Chapter 3 Utilities

Cardiac
„„

RAP default value: Select the default value for RAP. You may select 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, or 25mmHg.
XX

LV Volume Method: Select Teichholz, Cubed, or Gibson as the measurement method for
XX
calculating the left ventricular volume. Refer to the reference manual for detailed information on
the calculation formulae.

NOTE: You may select this when the application is OB, GYN, Vascular, or Cardiac.

3-23
User Manual

Calc Menu
In the Setup screen, select the Calc Menu tab in the Measurement category.

[Figure 3.11 Setup - Measurement - Calc Menu]

 Library

Application
„„
Select the application you want to load the Available Menu List for. Once a selection is made, the
Available Menu List shown on screen will change.

Available Menu View


„„
Available Menu View shows the labels in the selected application that can be measured in a
tree form. You may use the Create, Edit, and Delete buttons to add, edit, or delete the Group,
Measurement, and Calculation, and press the Report Order button to adjust the order of the labels
in the measurement menu tree.

Add Item
„„
In Available Menu View, select a Group or an Item and click the > button to enter the selected Group
or Item in the Available List Box on the right side.
After you save a Group or Item you have entered by clicking the Save button on the left side of the
screen, it will be shown in the Menu.

It will be entered into the Label Menu and the Touch Menu simultaneously. In this case, a Group
XX
or Item will added after the last Group or Item displayed.

3-24
Chapter 3 Utilities

 Menu

Package
„„
Select the Packages that are supported by each application.

Image Mode
„„
View the Menu and the Touch Menu for each Image mode.

Group View
„„
Group View lists the groups shown in the Menu. When Group View is activated, you can delete any
of the groups shown, and change the layout of the groups shown in the Menu and the Touch Menu.

Label View
„„
Label View lists the items shown in the Menu. When Item View is activated, you can delete any of the
items shown, and change the layout of the items shown in the Menu and the Touch Menu. Latest,
Average, Max, or Min may be selected for each item.

Auto Sequence
„„
Place a check mark in the Auto Sequence box to activate it. It supports the ability to activate all
the items within a Group in sequence. It also supports the sequential measurement function for
measuring AFI and Volume in OB.

Up, Down
„„
Adjust the order of the groups or items in Label View.

Remove
„„
Delete the group and item selected in Group View or Item View.

3-25
User Manual

Touch
„„
Place groups and items shown in Group View or Item View on the touch screen.

Click the Touch button to display a dialog box that shows the Touch Buttons.
XX

−− Clear All: Clear all groups and items.

−− Add Page: Add a page.

−− Remove Page: Remove a page.

Click a Touch Button to display the groups and items that may be assigned to the button.
XX

Select Empty to delete the group and item currently assigned to the Touch Button.
XX

If you delete a group or item from a Touch Button and click the Save button to exit the dialog
XX
box, that group or item will be also deleted from Group View or Item View.

Reset Defaults
„„
Press the Reset Default button and then select OK to revert to the initial state.

3-26
Chapter 3 Utilities

Author Settings
In the Setup screen, select the Author tab in the Measurement category.

[Figure 3.12 Setup - Measurement - Author]

Fetal Age
„„
Specify the Fetal Age Author for each Label.

Fetal Growth
„„
Specify the Fetal Growth Author for each Label.

Estimated Fetal Weight


„„
Specify the EFW or EFW percentile Author.

Composite GA Author
„„
Specify the Author to use for calculating Composite GA.

Set Authors To
„„
Specify the same Author for all Labels.

3-27
User Manual

Table Settings
In the Setup screen, select the Tables tab in the Measurement category. View and edit the Tables and
Equations to be used in each measurement item of OB.

[Figure 3.13 Setup - Measurement - Tables]

Select Category
„„
Select a category from Fetal Age, Fetal Growth, and EFW (Estimated Fetal Weight) to view and edit
tables and charts for that category.

Select Label
„„
Select a Label in the list box; that Label’s Author List will be filled into the combo box and the first
Author data will be displayed on screen.

Select Author
„„
Select Author in the combo box, and the Author data will be displayed on screen.

New
„„
Create new Author data.

Copy
„„
Copy the currently selected Author data to create new Author data.

3-28
Chapter 3 Utilities

NOTE: If Author data created by the user is selected, Copy button becomes inactive and cannot be
selected.

Delete
„„
Delete the currently selected Author data.

NOTE: Only the Author data created by the user may be deleted.

Author Name
„„
Represents the currently selected Author’s name. Author’s name may be entered when creating
new Author data.

NOTE: When creating new Author data, you cannot save data without entering the Author’s name.

Author Data Label


„„
Represents the label that the currently selected Author data belongs to. Label may be changed
when creating new Author data.

Author Data Type


„„
Represents the currently selected Author data type.

NOTE: The Author data type may be changed when creating new Author data using the New
button. Note that Table type data cannot be created for EFW.

Age Unit
„„
Represents the Fetal Age unit for the currently selected Author data. The Age Unit may be changed
when creating new Author data.

Valid GA Range
„„
Represents the valid range of the Gestational Age (GA) for the currently selected Author data. The
valid GA range may be changed when creating new Author data.

3-29
User Manual

Label Unit
„„
Represents the Label Unit for the currently selected Author data. Label unit may be changed when
creating new Author data.

Valid Label Value Range


„„
Represents the valid range of the Label value for the currently selected Author data. The valid Label
value range may be changed when creating new Author data.

Table Type
„„
Represents the deviation type of the Table for the currently selected Fetal Age Author data. The
deviation type of the Table may be changed when creating new Author data.

SD Type
„„
Represents the deviation type of the Table for the currently selected Fetal Growth Author data. The
deviation type of the Table may be changed when creating new Author data.

EFW Unit
„„
Represents the EFW unit of the currently selected EFW Author data. The EFW unit may be changed
when creating new Author data.

Equation
„„
Represents the currently selected Author Equation data. The equation may be changed using the
Input Parameter list box or the Calculator buttons when creating new Author data.

NOTE:
XX
If the Equation contains a formulaic error, the data cannot be saved.
XX
If you enter a Label that is not found in the Input Parameter list box, the data cannot be saved.

Table
„„
Represents the currently selected Author Table data. The table may be changed using the Insert
Row, Delete Row, and Clear Table buttons when creating a new Author data.

NOTE: At least one row of data must be entered into the Table before data can be saved.

3-30
Chapter 3 Utilities

AutoCalc Settings
On the Setup screen, select the AutoCalc tab in the Measurement category. AutoCalc is a Spectral
Doppler Mode feature that automatically performs specific calculations based on measured values.

NOTE: The specified items will only appear on the screen when the AutoCalc button on the touch
screen is tapped in Power Doppler Mode.

[Figure 3.14 Setup - Measurement - AutoCalc]

AutoCalc. Setting
„„
Add and remove automatic calculations by using the check boxes.
When the Peak Systolic Velocity and End Diastolic Velocity values are 0, not all results for the items
will be displayed on the screen. In addition, the result value for Time Averaged Mean Velocity is
displayed only when Mean Trace is turned on.

3-31
User Manual

Report Settings
In the Setup screen, select the Report tab in the Measurement category. Specify the Report Title and set
up the Printer.

[Figure 3.15 Setup - Measurement - Report]

Report
Here you can set items related to the measurement report.

Report Title
„„
Enter the title to display in the report header. The entered text will be displayed in all measurement
reports.

Printer
„„
Set up the printer for printing the report.

Save Action
„„
Black and White: Select the background color and text color for the image to print. Select the
checkbox to use a white background and black text for saving or printing the report.

3-32
Chapter 3 Utilities

Anatomy
In the Setup screen, select the Anatomy tab in the Report category.

[Figure 3.16 Setup - Report - Anatomy]

Press Create to add a new item, press Edit to edit an item, or press Delete to delete an item. Press Reset
Defaults to reset to the default settings.

Application
„„
Select the application.

Group
„„
Setup the preset for the measurement application.

Available Items
„„
This is a category or item list that can be added to the Anatomy page.

Selected Items
„„
This is a category or item list that has been added to the Anatomy page.

Selection Menu
„„
This is the lower-tier item list belonging to an item you have selected that has been added to the
Anatomy page.

3-33
User Manual

Comments
In the Setup screen, select the Comments tab in the Report category.

[Figure 3.17 Setup - Report - Comments]

Select Application
„„
Display all information for the measured application and select the application to show in Report.

Comments
„„
The user enters comments manually.

Clear
„„
Delete saved comments.

3-34
Chapter 3 Utilities

Annotation
In the Setup screen, select the Annotation tab. Or tap Annotation on the touch screen. Setup options for
entering an opinion or a diagnosis.

Library
In the Setup screen, select the Library tab in the Annotation category. You can create, edit, or delete an
Annotation library.

[Figure 3.18 Setup - Annotation - Library]

 Library
Select an application type.

3-35
User Manual

 User Defined Library


The user creates or deletes text.

Create
„„
Creates text.

Delete
„„
Deletes text.

Reset Default
„„
Reverts to default settings.

 Touch Screen Page 1


Specify items to be displayed on the first page of touch screen.

 Touch Screen Page 2


Specify items to be displayed on the second page of touch screen.

 Copy From Existing


You can select the items provided by the system to set up.

3-36
Chapter 3 Utilities

Annotation
In the Setup screen, select the Annotation tab in the Annotation category. Select whether or not to
discard annotations from the screen when in Scan Mode or when the probe or application is changed.

[Figure 3.19 Setup - Annotation - Annotation]

 Common

Erase When the Image is Unfrozen


„„
Select whether or not to erase annotations in Image Scan mode.

Erase When the Probe or Application is Changed


„„
Select whether or not to erase annotations when the probe or application is changed.

Erase When the mode is changed


„„
Select whether or not to erase annotations when the diagnosis mode is changed.

3-37
User Manual

 Annotation

Text Font Size


„„
Select the font size to use.

Text Color
„„
Select the font color to use.

 Arrow

Arrow Size
„„
Select the size of the arrow.

Arrow Type
„„
Select the shape of the arrow.

Arrow angle
„„
Select the angle of the arrow.

3-38
Chapter 3 Utilities

Body Marker
In the Setup screen, select the Body Marker tab. Or tap Body Marker on the touch screen.

Library
In the Setup screen, select the Library tab in the Body Marker category.

You can create, edit, or delete a Body Marker library.

1. On Touch Screen Page 1 or Touch Screen Page 2, use the trackball to select a desired location; once
selected, it will be marked in yellow.

2. In Copy From Existing, select the Body Marker you want; the Body Marker will be created at the
location marked in yellow.

3. On Touch Screen Page 1 or Touch Screen Page 2, use the trackball to select a Body Marker to display
it in yellow; tap Erase Pattern to delete the Body Marker.

[Figure 3.20 Setup - Body Marker - Library]

3-39
User Manual

 Library
Select an application.

 User Defined Library


The user can create or delete a Library.

Create
„„
Create a new library.

Delete
„„
Delete a Body Marker.

Reset Default
„„
Reverts to default settings.

 Touch Screen Page 1


Specify items to be displayed on the first page of touch screen.

 Touch Screen Page 2


Specify items to be displayed on the second page of touch screen.

 Copy From Existing


You can select the Body Marker provided by the system to set up.

3-40
Chapter 3 Utilities

Body Marker
In the Setup screen, select the Body Marker tab in the Body Marker category.

[Figure 3.21 Setup - Body Marker - Body Marker]

 Common

Control
„„

Activate When Dual/Quad Mode On: Show or hide Body Marker when Dual or Quad Mode is
XX
active.

Erase When the Image Is Unfrozen: Choose whether or not pressing the Freeze button on the
XX
control panel to switch to Scan Mode automatically deletes the Body Marker.

Erase When the Preset Is Changed: Select whether or not to erase the Body Marker when the
XX
Preset is changed.

Copy to Active Side When Dual/Quad Mode On: Select whether or not to copy the Body Marker
XX
to the active area when Dual or Quad Mode is activated.

3-41
User Manual

 e-Motion Marker
Select this if you are using e-Motion Marker, which is an optional feature for this product.

NOTE:
XX
e-Motion Marker can be used only if the following conditions are met:
−− Probe: EVN4-9
−− Application: Gynecology
−− Preset: Uterus
XX
General Body Marker cannot be used while e-Motion Marker is being used.
XX
Refer to the installation guide that comes with the e-Motion Marker package for instructions on
installing e-Motion Marker.

Control
„„
Enable e-Motion Marker: If this checkbox is selected, pressing the Body Marker button on the
control panel runs e-Motion Marker.

Display
„„

Axis: Select this checkbox to display the axes on the monitor screen.
XX

Organ: Select this checkbox to display the shape of the organ on the monitor screen.
XX

Default Organ: Press the combo button to select the type of organ to use.
XX

Button Setup
„„
Assign functions to the buttons on the main body of e-Motion Marker.

Button 1: Initializes the e-Motion Marker sensor. The user may not assign another function to this
XX
button.

Button 2-4: Press the combo button to select the function to use. Select from Freeze, Store, S1,
XX
S2, and S3.

3-42
Chapter 3 Utilities

Application
In Setup screen, select Application tab. Or tap Application on the touch screen.

Settings

[Figure 3.22 Setup - Application - Setting]

 Probe
Select a probe.

 Applications
Select an application.

 Preset
Select the Preset that is supported by the selected application.

3-43
User Manual

 Select Library

Annotation
„„
Set up a text library.

Body Marker
„„
Set up a Body Marker library.

Measurement
„„

Application: Select the application.


XX

Package: Set up a package for the measurement application.


XX

3-44
Chapter 3 Utilities

Customize

Buttons
In the Setup screen, select the Buttons tab in the Customize category. You can set up the keys and
buttons that are connected to the product.

[Figure 3.23 Setup - Customize - Buttons]

 Set/Exit Key
Set the functions of the buttons to the left and right of the trackball on the control panel.

Set/Exit: The left button is set to Set and the right button is set to Exit.
XX

Exit/Set: The left button is set to Exit and the right button is set to Set.
XX

Set/Set: Both the left and the right keys are set to the Set function.
XX

3-45
User Manual

 User Key
Assign functions to the U1, U2 buttons and pointer on the control panel. The functions that can be
assigned are as follows:

U1, U2

Exit TGC

Q Scan Harmonic

Dual Quad

Dual Live Biopsy

Simultaneous EFW Measure

Pointer Arrow

Probe Change EFW Result

Pointer

Pointer Arrow

 Foot Switch
Assign functions to the Foot Switch’s left, middle, and right pedals. The functions that can be
assigned are as follows:

Foot Switch Functions

Exit Freeze

Store S1

S2 S3

Update Dual

Quad

3-46
Chapter 3 Utilities

 S1, S2, S3, Store Key


Set up Store (Single, Clip) and Print functions.
„„

If both Store and Print are selected, the image will be stored and then printed.
„„

 End Exam

End Exam + Patient


„„
Pressing the End Exam button on the control panel switches the screen to the Patient Information
screen.

End Exam Only


„„
Pressing the End Exam button on the control panel exits Exam Mode and switches the screen to
the B Mode Scan screen.

 Clip Store Method

Clip Length (sec)


„„
Specify the length of the image to save. Select 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20, 30, or 60 seconds.

Number of heart cycles


„„
Specify the number of Heart Cycles to be included in the image.

Time before heart cycle (ms)


„„
Specify the time to be included before a Heart Cycle begins.

Time after heart cycle (ms)


„„
Specify the time to be included before a Heart Cycle completes.

3-47
User Manual

 Clip Capture Type

Cine Loop Period


„„

Prospective: When saving images, images that take place after the button is pressed are saved.
XX

Retrospective: When saving images, images that took place before the button was pressed are
XX
saved.

3-48
Chapter 3 Utilities

Touch Menu
In the Setup screen, select the Touch Menu tab from the Customize category. You can configure the
touch screen and the Toggle Control button.

[Figure 3.24 Setup - peripherals - Customize Touch Menu]

 Mode Type
Select 2D Live, 2D Freeze, C Live, C Freeze, D Live, D Freeze, M Live, M Freeze, CW Live, CW Freeze, ECG
Live, or ECG Freeze.

Touch Panel
„„
Specify items to be included on the touch screen and their positions.

Toggle Control
„„
Specify the dial-button activated items to be included in the bottom menu on the touch screen and
their positions.

Reset to Default
„„
Reverts to default settings.

3-49
User Manual

Peripheral Device Settings


Select the Peripherals tab on the Setup screen. Or tap Peripherals on the touch screen. You can configure
keys, buttons and the peripheral devices connected to the product.

Peripherals
In the Setup screen, select the Peripherals tab in the Peripherals category. You can configure peripheral
devices connected to the product.

[Figure 3.25 Setup - Peripherals - Peripherals]

 Printer

Printer Settings
„„
Select the printer to use by using the combo button. To remove a printer that is no longer used,
select the printer and press the Remove button.

Printer Queue
„„
Choose whether to cancel a printer's job while an image is being printed. Use the combo button to
select a printer that is printing an image. Press the Clear Print Queue button to cancel the print job.

Select All Printers: Select this checkbox to cancel the print jobs of all the connected printers.
XX

3-50
Chapter 3 Utilities

NOTE: A print job can be canceled only if the image data to print has not been sent to the printer
completely.

Local Printing Area


„„
Set the area that will be printed.

Full Screen: Prints the entire contents of the monitor screen.


XX

Video Out: Prints only a certain area of the screen, including the Image area.
XX

Image Only: Prints the image area only.


XX

Show Patient Data


„„
Select whether or not to display the patient information.

Device
In the Setup screen, select the Device tab from the Peripherals category.

Press the Eject/Remove button to eject or remove the disk from the device. Press the Format Media
button to erase the CD/DVD.

[Figure 3.26 Setup - Peripherals - Device]

3-51
User Manual

Connectivity Settings
Tap Connectivity on the touch screen. You can perform DICOM administration tasks or manage DICOM
server settings and network information for your system.

DICOM Settings
In the Setup screen, select the DICOM tab in the Connectivity category. Used to configure DICOM (Digital
Imaging and Communication in Medicine) operation and server.

NOTE: For more information, please refer to the server’s user manual, or the DICOM Conformance
Statement.

[Figure 3.27 Setup - Connectivity - DICOM]

3-52
Chapter 3 Utilities

 System Configuration
Information about the DICOM server used by the system is displayed.

You can change the information, or add or delete a server. The server information is used to identify
the DICOM for the system within a network. It is also used to transfer data to other DICOM servers.

NOTE: For IP Address, AE Title, and Port No. settings, contact your organization’s network
administrator.

Station Name
„„
Enter the name of the system. Along with AE Title, it is often used to identify the system in the
DICOM network.

AE Title
„„
Enter the name of the DICOM AE (Application Entity). The title is used to identify devices that use
DICOM within a network.

Port No.
„„
Enter the port number on the server being used.

 General Configuration

SR Format
„„
Select the format to save SR in. The options are General Report and Viewpoint.

Store SR at End of Exam


„„
Select whether to store SR at the end of the exam. When you select this checkbox, SR is automatically
stored at the end of the exam. Otherwise, it is not stored.

 Adding DICOM Services


Click Add on the screen. A screen is displayed where you can enter a DICOM service to add. After
adding a service, click Apply to save the information. Click Cancel to cancel.

3-53
User Manual

DICOM Services Options


„„
Select the type of service to use via DICOM. The supported DICOM servers are Storage, SC, Worklist,
Print, MPPS, and Storage SR.

Alias
„„
Enter the name of the DICOM server.

AE Title
„„
Enter the AE title of the DICOM server. Consult your network administrator before specifying this
option.

IP Address
„„
Enter the IP address of the server being used. Consult your network administrator before specifying
this option.

Port No.
„„
Enter the port number on the server being used. Consult your network administrator before
specifying this option.

Connection Timeout
„„
The connection will time out if there is no response within the configured time period. You can
specify this time period in seconds.

Read Timeout
„„
Specify the Read Timeout time limit for the server you are adding.

Retry Interval
„„
Specify how many seconds the system will wait before it retries a failed transmission. You can
specify this time period in seconds.

Maximum Retries
„„
Specify how many times a failed transmission will be retried.

Packet Size
„„
Specify the size of the transfer packet.

3-54
Chapter 3 Utilities

Storage Server Information


Select ‘STORAGE’ as the DICOM Service Options item. Configure the Image Storage Service using DICOM.

[Figure 3.28 DICOM Configuration - Storage]

Transfer Mode
„„
Select a transfer method:

Send after acquisition: Send an image whenever you press the Store button to save it.
XX

Send on end exam: Send all saved images when you press the End Exam button.
XX

Send manually: Send an image the user selects from the Exam List or in Review.
XX

Transfer Types
„„

Include Multi Frame: Select this checkbox to transfer Cine Loops.


XX

Include 3D Volume: Select whether to send 3D volume data together with the 3D images.
XX

NOTE: Only select this option if you use a storage service that supports the 3D volume data format
used by Samsung Medison.

3-55
User Manual

Convert to Grayscale
„„
Select the grayscale conversion type for the image to apply the DICOM service to.

No Conversion: Send the original image without converting it.


XX

All Images: Convert all images to grayscale before sending them.


XX

B/W Images only: Only the images that do not have color are converted to grayscale before
XX
being sent.

Support
„„
Include Pixel Spacing: In addition to the area information used in ultrasonography, the area
information used in CT or radiography is also included. You can take measurements in a PACS
system that does not support ultrasound area information.

NOTE: However, only 2D and 2D Color Mode images are supported. In Dual and Quad Mode, the
depths of the included images must be identical.

DICOM Compression
„„
Select whether or not to compress the images for the DICOM service. Use the combo button to
select the image type and the compression type (Uncompressed or JPEG Baseline). When you
select Uncompressed, the images are saved without compression.

Single Frame: Specify the compression type for still images.


XX

Multi Frame: Specify the compression type for Cine images.


XX

If you select JPEG Baseline, you need to select from Lossy Low, Lossy Medium, or Lossy High
XX
(TBD). You can prioritize either the quality or the compression ratio. You can specify the
compression type, compression ratio, and frame rate. You can select Full, 10, 20, or 30 as the
frame rate.

3-56
Chapter 3 Utilities

VOI LUT Setup


„„
Configure VOI LUT (Value Of Interest, Look Up Table). Adjust the brightness and contrast of a DICOM
image when saving it. The saved image can be viewed with any PACS device that has DICOM VOI
LUT implemented.

Window Center: Enter a value for the DICOM Tag (0028, 1050) setting. The setting value indicates
XX
the brightness of an image that is displayed by the storage service. The image is getting darker
if the value is set to 128 or higher. Note that this function can be used only when it is supported
by the storage service.

Window Width: Enter a value for the DICOM Tag (0028, 1051) setting. The setting value indicates
XX
the brightness of an image that is displayed by the storage service. Relative to 256, higher values
result in lower contrast. Note that this function is available only when it is supported by the
storage service.

SC Server Information
Select ‘SC’ (Storage Commitment) as the DICOM Service Options item. Configure the Storage
Commitment Service using DICOM. The Storage Commitment Service is used after a diagnosis is finished
and all saved images and reports are sent.

[Figure 3.29 DICOM Service Options - SC]

Associated Storage Server


„„
Select an Image Storage server to connect to.

3-57
User Manual

WORKLIST Server Information


Select ‘WORKLIST’ as the DICOM Service Options item. Configure the Modality Worklist Service using
DICOM.

[Figure 3.30 DICOM Service Options - WORKLIST]

Query Setting
„„
Select the type of Modality to retrieve when updating the worklist.

Modality: Select from ultrasound images (US) or all images (All).


XX

After setting up the Worklist service, press the Patient button on the control panel to go to the
Tips! Worklist page.

3-58
Chapter 3 Utilities

PRINT Server Information


Select ‘PRINT’ as the DICOM Service Options item. Configure the Print Service using DICOM.

[Figure 3.31 DICOM Configuration - PRINT]

NOTE:
XX
You can configure a printer connected to the DICOM network only.
XX
Depending on the printer, some of the following functions may not be available. Before
configuring the printer service, refer to the printer’s user manual or its DICOM Conformance
Statement.

Transfer Mode
„„
Select a printing method:

Print after acquisition: Print an image whenever you press the Store button to save it.
XX

Print on end exam: Print all saved images when you press the End Exam button.
XX

Print manually: Print an image the user selects from the Exam List or in Review.
XX

Layout Settings
„„
Specify the paper layout. Between 1 and 6 rows and 1 and 4 columns may be selected.

Color
„„
Specify whether to use color for printing. Select either Grayscale or Color.

3-59
User Manual

Orientation
„„
Specify the orientation of the paper. Select either Landscape or Portrait.

Magnification Type
„„
Specify the type of interpolation to use to resize an image to print. Select from Replicate, Bilinear,
Cubic and None.

Border Density
„„
Specify the border density of an image to print. Select Black or White.

Print Priority
„„
Specify a priority for the print command. Select High, Med, or Low.

Film Destination
„„
Specify the paper pathway. Select Magazine or Processor.

Medium Type
„„
Specify the material type for the printout. Select from Paper, Clear Film, Blue Film, Mammo Clear
Film, and Mammo Blue Film.

Number of Copies
„„
Enter the number of copies between 1 and 99.

Film Size ID
„„
Select paper size from 8 inch x 10 inch, 5 inch x 11 inch, 10 inch x 12 inch, 10 inch x 14 inch, 11 inch
x 14 inch, 11 inch x 17 inch, 14 inch x 14 inch, 14 inch x 17 inch, 24 cm x 24 cm, and 24 cm x 30 cm.

Smoothing Type
„„
This option is available only when Magnification is set to CUBIC. Enter a value for the printer which
is specified in the DICOM Conformance Statement.

Empty Image Density


„„
Select the background color for the printed area. Select Black or White.

3-60
Chapter 3 Utilities

Min. Density
„„
Specify the minimum brightness of an image to print. If this option is not specified, the default
value is applied.

Max. Density
„„
Specify the maximum brightness of an image to print. If this option is not specified, the default
value is applied.

Configuration Info
„„
Specify the unique value for a printer. Please refer to the DICOM Conformance Statement for the
printer.

PPS Server Information


Select DICOM Service Options as the 'PPS' (Performed Procedure Step). Configure the Modality
Performed Procedure Step Service using DICOM.

[Figure 3.32 DICOM Service Options - PPS]

Always complete exams


„„
When you check this checkbox, exams are always reported in complete condition. If you press the
End Exam button without selecting a checkbox, the selected cancellation message will be sent to
the RIS server.

3-61
User Manual

STORAGE SR Server Information


Select ‘Storage SR’ (Storage Structured Report) as the DICOM Service Options item. Configure the Report
Storage Service using DICOM.

Transfer Mode
„„
Select a printing method:

Send after acquisition: Whenever the Store button is pressed, the measurement data in the
XX
report will be sent as an SR.

Send on end exam: Whenever the End Exam button is pressed, the measurement data in the
XX
report will be sent.

[Figure 3.33 DICOM Service Options - STORAGE SR]

 Changing DICOM Information


Select a service and click Edit on the screen. The information on the selected service will appear.

After changing the information, click Apply to save the changes. Click Cancel to cancel.

3-62
Chapter 3 Utilities

 Deleting DICOM Services


Select a service and click Delete on the screen.

 Testing DICOM Servers


Select a service and click Verify on the screen. The connection with the selected service is tested and
the results are shown under the Verify items. If the result is Success, the connection is normal.

3-63
User Manual

Network Settings
In the Setup screen, select the Network tab in the Connectivity category. Or tap Connectivity on the
touch screen. You can manage the network information for the current equipment.

[Figure 3.34 Setup - Connectivity - Network]

 Network Configuration
Setup the network information for the current equipment.

Automatic Configuration (DHCP)


„„
If the checkbox is selected, the IP information is configured automatically.

Static Configuration
„„
If the checkbox is cleared (Automatic Configuration), you can enter the fixed IP information.
Specify IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, and DNS information.

Revert
„„
Clear the currently entered information and revert to the default settings.

Apply
„„
Use the currently entered information to set up the IP.

3-64
Chapter 3 Utilities

Service
NOTE:
XX
The following actions should not be performed by a user. Users must make a request to a
customer support representative of Samsung Medison, who will then perform the action for
users.
XX
Such services as restoring patient information and images, modifying the software, etc. are
performed.
XX
Enable or disable the use of optional software and hardware.
−− Name: This shows the types of optional software that can be installed on the product.
−− Status: This shows the current status of optional software. Registered means that the software
can be used until the date specified by the Expired Date is reached. Unregistered means that
the software cannot be used now.
XX
Information about the system software version will be displayed.
XX
Built in selt test function is provided.

Help
Press the Help button on the keyboard. The electronic manual appears on the monitor screen.

NOTE: There is no Return key on the Help screen.

3-65
Chapter 4 Maintenance and
Storage

‹‹Operational Environment................................4-3

‹‹Product Maintenance.......................................4-4
Cleaning and disinfecting.....................................................4-4
Fuse Replacement....................................................................4-7
Cleaning Air Filters...................................................................4-8
Accuracy Checks.......................................................................4-8

‹‹Information Maintenance...............................4-9
User Settings Backup..............................................................4-9
Backing Up Patient Information.........................................4-9
Software.......................................................................................4-9
Chapter 4 Maintenance and Storage

Operational Environment
When installing the product, please pay attention to the following:

CAUTION: Placing the system near generators, X-ray machines or broadcast cables may result in
screen noise and abnormal visual images. Sharing the power source with other electrical devices
may also induce noise.

Avoid excess humidity.


„„

Avoid direct sunlight.


„„

Avoid excessive fluctuation in temperature.


„„

Optimal conditions for the system are a temperature of 10-35° and a humidity of 30-75%.
„„

Avoid installing the product near a heating appliance.


„„

Avoid dusty and/or poorly ventilated locations.


„„

Avoid locations that are subject to reverberation.


„„

Avoid a location where chemical substances or harmful gases are present.


„„

4-3
User Manual

Product Maintenance

Cleaning and disinfecting


Using an inappropriate cleaning or sterilizing agent may damage the product. Pay attention to the
following:

WARNING:
XX
Turn off the system and disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet before cleaning and
disinfecting, otherwise, there is a risk of electric shock or fire.
XX
Always use protective eyewear and gloves when cleaning and disinfecting the product.

 Cleaning
CAUTION:
XX
Do not spray detergent directly onto the product’s exterior. Doing so may discolor or crack the
surface.
XX
Do not use chemical substances such as wax, benzene, alcohol, paint thinner, insecticide,
aerosol deodorant, lubricant.

Console
„„
Use a soft cloth lightly dampened with a mild soap to clean the exterior surfaces of the system.

Cleaning Monitor
„„
Gently wipe the LCD surface with a soft, dry cloth.

NOTE: For information on cleaning and disinfecting the probe, please refer to ‘Chapter 5. Probes’.

4-4
Chapter 4 Maintenance and Storage

Touch Screen
„„
Wipe the LCD surface with a soft dry cloth.

NOTE: Make sure that the touchscreen is not contaminated by an electrically conductive
substance. Contamination of the LCD screen by ultrasound gel or other substances may degrade
the sensitivity of the touchscreen and cause malfunctions. This phenomenon is caused by the
contact between the capacitive touchscreen and the conductive substance. If the screen is
contaminated, clean it with a dry cloth and then reboot the system.

Trackball
„„

CAUTION: While cleaning the trackball, make sure that liquid and other substances do not enter
the product.

1. Turn the trackball rim counterclockwise to remove it from the control panel.

2. Wipe the trackball with a soft cloth and turn the trackball rim clockwise to reattach.
Rim

[Figure 4.1 Removing the trackball]

NOTE:
XX
For information on cleaning and disinfecting the probes, please refer to ‘Chapter 5. Probes’ in this
user manual.
XX
This image may differ from the actual system.

4-5
User Manual

 Disinfection

CAUTION: Use only disinfectants recommended by Samsung Medison on system surfaces.

A disinfectant certified by the FDA 510(k) process is recommended. For more information, please refer
to the information about detergents, disinfectants, and ultrasound gels in ‘Chapter 5. Probes’.

1. Turn off the system and disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.

2. Mix the disinfectant solution that is compatible with your system to the solution strength specified
on the instruction label.

3. Clean the exterior surface of the product in compliance with the instructions provided with the
disinfectant.

4. Air dry or towel dry the surface with a sterile cloth according to the instructions on the disinfectant
label.

4-6
Chapter 4 Maintenance and Storage

Fuse Replacement
The power protection fuse protects the product from overcurrent. If the power monitoring protection
circuit detects excess current, it shuts off the current to the product in order to prevent overheating and
to restrict the ultrasound power output. If the fuse blows, replace it as shown below.

DANGER: To avoid risk of electric shock, always disconnect the plug from the system prior to fuse
replacement.

1. Turn off the system and disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.

2. Press down on the middle part of the used fuse and pull out.

3. Remove the old fuse and replace it with a new one.

4. After installing the new fuse, connect the plug to the system.

Fuse information is shown in the following table.

Input Ratings Fuse Ratings Maker Order No. Description

100-240VAC 6.3AH/250V Littelfuse 021506.3P F1 for DC Power Assy

100-240VAC 4AH/250V Littelfuse 0215004P F2 for AUX Outlet

XX
The fuse of this product is intended for outlets.
Tips!
XX
Fuse is located under the control board of AC Power Assy.
XX
Fuses are marked as F1 and F2.

4-7
User Manual

Cleaning Air Filters


The air filters minimize the intake of dust. When the air filter is clogged with dust, it may cause the product
to overheat and generate noise; it may also reduce the reliability and the system performance.

Clean the filter once every three months to maintain the system in optimal condition.

CAUTION: Be sure to lock the brakes on the front wheels before cleaning the air filters to avoid
injury by any unexpected movement of the product.

1. Pull out the filter under the front of the console and take it away from the product.

2. Shake the filter to remove the dust and wash it in a mild, soapy solution.

3. Afterwards, dry the filter with a cloth, then air dry it in the shade.

4. Slide the filter back into the product.

NOTE: Allow the wet filter to dry thoroughly before reinstalling it. A wet filter can cause the system
to malfunction.

Accuracy Checks
NOTE: The user must ensure that safety inspections are performed every 2 years according to the
requirements of safety standard EN60601-1. Only trained personnel are allowed to perform these
safety inspections.

The product’s maintenance status may affect the measurements obtained when using the product. The
product should be maintained in an optimal state to ensure reliable measurements.

To ensure optimal operation of the product, perform an accuracy check every year. The equations and
table related to measurement accuracy are included in ‘Chapter 8. Measurements and Calculations’ in this
manual.

4-8
Chapter 4 Maintenance and Storage

Information Maintenance
CAUTION: You may lose information files on user settings or patients because of physical shocks to
the product or internal errors. Therefore, you should backup information on a regular basis.

User Settings Backup


Always keep a backup copy of all information related to the user settings in case of data loss. Users should
not attempt to backup the user settings of the product on their own; they must contact the customer
support department of Samsung Medison, so that its representative may perform the backup procedure
for them.

Backing Up Patient Information


The SonoView program can be used to backup patients’ basic information and scanned images. The data
is saved in the system by default, and the user can also choose to save the data to a specific location. If the
system needs to be reinstalled because of product failure, etc., Samsung Medison customer support staff will
restore the patients’ basic information and scanned images that are saved in the system. For a more detailed
description, see ‘Chapter 9. Image Management’.

Software
The software may be changed to improve the product’s performance. Software may not be altered by the
user; any alterations to the software must be made with the help of a representative of Samsung Medison
customer support department.

CAUTION: Minor software updates may be carried out without prior notice from the manufacturer.

If errors occur in the operating system (Windows 7), or you desire to upgrade the operating system,
please follow the instructions of the operating system manufacturer.

NOTE: This product uses the Windows firewall to prevent any hacker or malicious software from
accessing the system through the internet or network.

4-9
Chapter 5
Probes

‹‹Probes.................................................................5-3
Ultrasound Transmission Gel.............................................5-15
Using Sheaths .........................................................................5-16
Probe Safety Precautions.....................................................5-17
Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe..............................5-19

‹‹Biopsy.............................................................. 5-31
Biopsy Kit Components........................................................5-31
Using the Biopsy Kit...............................................................5-32
Assembling the Biopsy Kit..................................................5-34
Cleaning and Disinfecting the Biopsy Kit......................5-37
Chapter 5 Probes

Probes
The probe is a device that sends and receives ultrasound for acquiring image data.It is also called a
Transducer or Scanhead.

The system limits patient contact temperature to 43 degrees Celsius, and acoustic output values to their
respective U.S. FDA limits. A power protection fuse circuit protects against over-current conditions. If the
power monitor protection circuit senses an over-current condition, then the drive current to the probe is
shut off immediately, preventing overheating of the probe surfaces and limiting acoustic output.

 Probe List
The ultrasound image scanner uses probes to obtain graphic data of the human body and then displays
it on the screen. Always use application-specific probes in order to obtain the best quality images. It is
also important to configure the probe with the best settings for the particular organ being scanned.

Probe Application and Presets


„„
The types of probes, applications, and presets available with this product are as follows:

Probes Application Preset

Abdomen General, Aorta, Renal

1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester, 3rd Trimester(Only in U.S.A.),


CS1-4 OB
Fetal Heart

Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

Abdomen General, Aorta, Renal

C2-8 OB 1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester, Fetal Heart

Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

Abdomen General, Renal, Aorta

CA2-8AD OB 1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester, 3rd Trimester, Fetal Heart

Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

Abdomen General, Renal, Aorta, Spine

CA1-7AD OB 1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester, 3rd Trimester, Fetal Heart

Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

5-3
User Manual

Probes Application Preset

Pediatric Abdomen, Neohead


CF4-9
Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous

Abdomen General, Renal, Aorta

CF2-8 OB 1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester, 3rd Trimester, Fetal Heart

Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

Small Parts Thyroid, Testicle, Breast

L5-13 Vascular Arterial, Carotid, Venous

Musculoskeletal Shoulder, Hand/Foot, Knee/Elbow

Small Parts Thyroid, Breast, Testicle

LF5-13 Vascular Carotid, Arterial, Venous

MSK Shoulder, Hand-Foot, Knee-Elbow, Penetration

Small Parts Breast, Testicle, Thyroid

LA3-14AD Vascular Arterial, Carotid, Venous

MSK Shoulder, Hand-Foot, Knee-Elbow, Penetration

OB 1st Trimester

VR5-9 Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

Urology Prostate

OB 1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester

ER4-9 Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

Urology Prostate

OB 1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester

EVN4-9 Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

Urology Prostate

Cardiac Adult Echo, Ped Echo

PE2-4 Abdomen General

TCD TCD

Cardiac Adult Echo, Ped Echo


SP3-8
Abdomen General

5-4
Chapter 5 Probes

Probes Application Preset

Abdomen General, Aorta, Renal

VE4-8 OB 1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester, 3rd Trimester, Fetal Heart

Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

Abdomen General, Aorta, Renal

3D2-6 OB 1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester, Fetal Heart

Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

OB 1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester

3D4-9 Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

Urology Prostate

OB 1st Trimester

V5-9 Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

Urology Prostate

Abdomen General, Renal, Aorta

CV1-8AD OB 1st Trimester, 2nd-3rd Trimester, 3rd Trimester, Fetal Heart

Gynecology Uterus, Pelvis

CW2.0 Cardiac Adult Echo

CW4.0 Cardiac Adult Echo

DP2B Cardiac Adult Echo

NOTE:
XX
In addition to the standard presets, users can also create up to five of their own, which can be
accessed by selecting User 1-5.
XX
For information on the selection and setting of probes, refer to 'Chapter 6. Starting Diagnosis’.

5-5
User Manual

Function list
„„
The functions available in this product for various probes and applications are as follows:

Probes Application Q Scan Har PI MultiVision ClearVision Biopsy

Abdomen O O O X O O

CS1-4 OB O O O X O O

Gynecology O O O X O O

Abdomen O O O X O O

C2-8 OB O O O X O O

Gynecology O O O X O O

Abdomen O O O O O O

CA2-8AD OB O O O O O O

Gynecology O O O O O O

Abdomen O O O O O O

CA1-7AD OB O O O O O O

Gynecology O O O O O O

Pediatric O X X X O X
CF4-9
Vascular O X X X O X

Abdomen O O O O O O

CF2-8 OB O O O O O O

Gynecology O O O O O O

Small Parts O O X O O O

L5-13 Vascular O O X O O O

MSK O O X O O O

Small Parts O O X O O O

LF5-13 Vascular O O X O O O

MSK O O X O O O

5-6
Chapter 5 Probes

Probes Application Q Scan Har PI MultiVision ClearVision Biopsy

Small Parts O O X O O O

LA3-14AD Vascular O O X O O O

MSK O O X O O O

OB O X X X O O

EVN4-9 Gynecology O X X X O O

Urology O X X X O O

OB O X X X O O

ER4-9 Gynecology O X X X O O

Urology O X X X O O

OB O O X X O O

VR5-9 Gynecology O O X X O O

Urology O O X X O O

Abdomen O O O X O X

PE2-4 Cardiac O O O X O X

TCD O O O X O X

Abdomen O O O X O X
SP3-8
Cardiac O O O X O X

Abdomen O O O X O O

VE4-8 OB O O O X O O

Gynecology O O O X O O

Abdomen O O O X O O

3D2-6 OB O O O X O O

Gynecology O O O X O O

OB O O X X O O

3D4-9 Gynecology O O X X O O

Urology O O X X O O

5-7
User Manual

Probes Application Q Scan Har PI MultiVision ClearVision Biopsy

OB O O X X O O

V5-9 Gynecology O O X X O O

Urology O O X X O O

Abdomen O O O O O X

CV1-8AD OB O O O O O X

Gynecology O O O O O X

CW2.0 Cardiac X X X X X X

CW4.0 Cardiac X X X X X X

DP2B Cardiac X X X X X X

5-8
Chapter 5 Probes

Elasto
Probes Application Panoramic ECG CM TDI PD S-Flow TDW CW
Scan

Abdomen O X X X X O O X X

CS1-4 OB O X X X X O O X X

Gynecology O X X X X O O X X

Abdomen O X X X X O O X X

C2-8 OB O X X X X O O X X

Gynecology O X X X X O O X X

Abdomen O X X X X O O X X

CA2-8AD OB O X X X X O O X X

Gynecology O X X X X O O X X

Abdomen O X X X X O O X X

CA1-7AD OB O X X X X O O X X

Gynecology O X X X X O O X X

Pediatric O X X X X O O X X
CF4-9
Vascular O O X X X O O X X

Abdomen O X X X X O O X X

CF2-8 OB O X X X X O O X X

Gynecology O X X X X O O X X

O
Small Parts O O (Only X X O O X X
Breast)
L5-13
Vascular O O X X X O O X X

MSK O O X X X O O X X

O
Small Parts O O (Only X X O O X X
Breast)
LF5-13
Vascular O O X X X O O X X

MSK O O X X X O O X X

5-9
User Manual

Elasto
Probes Application Panoramic ECG CM TDI PD S-Flow TDW CW
Scan

O
Small Parts O O (Only X X O O X X
Breast)
LA3-14AD
Vascular O O X X X O O X X

MSK O O X X X O O X X

OB X X X X X O O X X

EVN4-9 Gynecology X X O X X O O X X

Urology X X O X X O O X X

OB X X X X X O O X X

ER4-9 Gynecology X X O X X O O X X

Urology X X O X X O O X X

OB X X X X X O O X X

VR5-9 Gynecology X X O X X O O X X

Urology X X O X X O O X X

Abdomen X X X X X O O X O

PE2-4 Cardiac X O X O O X X O O

TCD X X X X X O O X O

Abdomen X X X X X O O X O
SP3-8
Cardiac X O X O O X X O O

Abdomen O X X X X O O X X

O
(Only
VE4-8 OB O X X X O O X X
Fetal
Heart)

Gynecology O X X X X O O X X

5-10
Chapter 5 Probes

Elasto
Probes Application Panoramic ECG CM TDI PD S-Flow TDW CW
Scan

Abdomen O X X X X O O X X

O
(Only
3D2-6 OB O X X X O O X X
Fetal
Heart)

Gynecology O X X X X O O X X

OB X X X X X O O X X

3D4-9 Gynecology X X O X X O O X X

Urology X X O X X O O X X

OB X X X X X O O X X

V5-9 Gynecology X X O X X O O X X

Urology X X O X X O O X X

Abdomen O X X X X O O X X

O
(Only
CV1-8AD OB O X X X O O X X
Fetal
Heart)

Gynecology O X X X X O O X X

CW2.0 Cardiac X O X X X X X X O

CW4.0 Cardiac X O X X X X X X O

DP2B Cardiac X O X X X X X X O

5-11
User Manual

NOTE:
XX
The significance of each symbol is as follows:
−− Q Scan: Quick Scan
−− Har: Harmonic Imaging
−− PI: Pulse Inversion
−− ECG: Electrocardiograph Imaging
−− CM: Color M
−− TDI: Tissue Doppler
−− PD: Power Doppler
−− S-Flow: Directional Power Doppler Imaging
−− TDW: Tissue Doppler Wave
−− CW: Continuous Wave
XX
Multivision is only available in 2D/C Mode.

5-12
Chapter 5 Probes

 Thermal Index (TI) Tables


The Thermal Index (TI) is displayed in the Title area of the screen, and represents the probability of
temperature rise in a particular area of the body. The thermal index consists of the following indices:
Soft tissue (TIs), bone (TIb), and cranial bone (TIc). This product automatically displays an appropriate
thermal index for the current probe and application. Refer to the following table:

Application

Musculoskeletal

Intraoperative
Gynecology

Small Parts
Obstetrics
Abdomen

Pediatric

Contrast
Vascular
Probes

Urology
Cardiac

TCD
CS1-4 TIs TIs TIs

C2-8 TIs TIs TIs

CA2-8AD TIs TIs TIs

CA1-7AD TIs TIs TIs

CF2-8 TIs TIs TIs

CF4-9 TIs TIs

L5-13 TIs TIs TIs

LF5-13 TIs TIs TIs

LA3-14AD TIs TIs TIs

VR5-9 TIb TIs TIs

ER4-9 TIs TIs TIs

EVN4-9 TIs TIs TIs

PE2-4 TIs TIs TIc

SP3-8 TIs TIs

VE4-8 TIs TIs TIs

3D2-6 TIs TIs TIs

3D4-9 TIs TIs TIs

5-13
User Manual

Application

Musculoskeletal

Intraoperative
Gynecology

Small Parts
Obstetrics
Abdomen

Pediatric

Contrast
Vascular
Probes

Urology
Cardiac

TCD
V5-9 TIb TIs TIs

CV1-8AD TIs TIs TIs

CW2.0 TIs

CW4.0 TIs

DP2B TIs

NOTE:
XX
The default thermal index may vary, corresponding to the presets.
XX
You can change the thermal index can in Setup > Imaging > Application Setting > Preset
Setting > Thermal Index Type.

5-14
Chapter 5 Probes

Ultrasound Transmission Gel


For proper transmission of the acoustic beam, only use ultrasound transmission gel approved by
Samsung Medison.

WARNING:
XX
Using inappropriate ultrasound gels may damage the probe. Using damaged probes may result
in electric shocks and other hazards to patients and/or users.
XX
The use of inappropriate ultrasound gels could result in damages in the probe. Using damaged
probe could cause injuries such as electric shock in users or patients.
XX
Do not use ultrasound gels or contact media that contain the following contents.
−− Oils such as mineral oil, cooking oil, gasoline, solvents, rust inhibitors, lanolin, paraffin-based
grease, ester and excessive silicon-based release agent.
−− Alcohols such as acetone, methanol, plasticizer (dioctylphtalate) or denatured alcohols.
−− Glacial acetic acid and iodine.
−− All types of lotions or gels that contain aromatic substances

 Gel Warmer (Optional)


The Gel Warmer keeps the ultrasound gel warm. Warming up ultrasound gel takes approximately 5
minutes.

WARNING:
XX
Always turn the Gel Warmer off when it is not in use.
XX
Do not put your hands inside the Gel Warmer, as it may burn your skin.

CAUTION:
XX
Do not use the Gel Warmer for purposes other than to control the temperature of ultrasound
gel.
XX
Do not place the probe or any other equipment inside the Gel Warmer.
XX
Do not touch the power terminal of the Gel Warmer while you are examining a patient. There is
a risk of electric shock from leakage current.
XX
Do not apply excessive force to the Gel Warmer, or you may damage its support parts.

[Figure 5.1 Gel Warmer label - Example]

5-15
User Manual

Using Sheaths
Sheaths are recommended for clinical applications of an invasive nature, including intraoperative,
transrectal, transvaginal, and biopsy procedures. Using a sheath also prevents contamination from blood
or other bodily fluids during operations or biopsy.

Samsung Medison does not supply sheaths, so appropriate sheaths should be purchased independently.

WARNING:
XX
Always keep sheaths in a sterile state.
XX
Sheaths are disposable. Do not reuse them.
XX
If sheaths are torn or soiled after use, clean and disinfect the probe.
XX
In neurosurgical applications, a disinfected probe must be used with sterile gel and a sterile
pyrogen-free sheath.
XX
If the sterile sheath becomes compromised during neurosurgical applications involving a
patient with Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, the probe cannot be successfully sterilized by any
disinfection method.
XX
Some sheaths contain natural rubber latex and talc, which can cause allergic reactions in some
individuals. Please refer to the FDA Medical Alert released on March 29, 1991.

 Installing the Sheath


1. Remove the sheath from the packaging, and fill it with ultrasound gel. Be sure to put on sterilized
surgical gloves.

2. Insert the probe into the sheath and pull the latex tip to cover the probe completely. If possible,
cover the probe cable as well.

3. Ensure that there are no air bubbles trapped within the ultrasound gel. If necessary, secure the
sheath to the probe and the probe cable.

4. Dispose of the sheath after use.

5-16
Chapter 5 Probes

Probe Safety Precautions


CAUTION:
XX
Do not apply mechanical shock to the probe.
XX
Do not place the probe cable on the floor where the cable can be run over by equipment
wheels, etc. Do not apply excessive force to bend or pull the cable.
XX
Do not immerse the probe into any inappropriate substances such as alcohol, bleach,
ammonium chloride, and hydrogen peroxide.
XX
Do not expose the probe to temperatures of +50°C or higher.

The probe can easily be damaged by improper use or by coming into contact with certain chemical
substances. Always follow the instructions in the user manual to inspect the probe cable, case and lens
before and after each use.

Check the probe for cracks, broken parts, leaks and sharp edges. If there is any damage, stop using the
probe immediately and contact the Samsung Medison Customer Support Department. Using damaged
probes may result in electric shocks and other hazards to the patients and/or users.

 Use and Infection Control of the Probe


WARNING: No neurosurgical treatments or examinations should be carried out on a patient with
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (critical brain disease caused by virus). If the probe has been used on such
a patient, it cannot be sterilized by any method whatsoever.

CAUTION: Sufficient washing and disinfecting must be carried out to prevent infection. This is
the responsibility of the user who manages and maintains the disinfection procedures for the
equipment. Always use legally approved detergents.

The ultrasonographic image scanner uses ultrasound, and makes direct contact with the patient
when in use. Depending on the types of examinations, such contact can be made to a wide variety of
locations, including the ordinary skin or the location of blood transfusion during a surgical procedure.

The most effective method of preventing infection among patients is to use each probe only once.
However, probes may need to be reused, as they are complex in design and expensive. Consequently,
the safety instructions must be followed carefully in order to minimize the risk of infection among
patients.

5-17
User Manual

 Electric Shocks
The probe uses electrical energy. If it touches conductive materials, there are risks of electric shocks to
the patient or the user.

WARNING:
XX
The product should regularly be checked for electrical leakage by the Samsung Medison
Customer Support Department.
XX
Do not immerse the probe into liquid.
XX
Do not drop the probe or apply mechanical shocks.
XX
Inspect the housing, strain relief, lens, and seal for damage, and check for any functional
problem before and after each use.
XX
Do not apply excessive force to twist, pull or bend the probe cable.
XX
The power protection fuse protects the probe and the product from excess current. If the power
monitoring protection circuit detects excess current, it immediately shuts off the current to the
probe in order to prevent the probe surface from overheating and to restrict the ultrasound
power output.
XX
The temperature of the product for making contact with patients is limited under 43°C.
The ultrasound power output (AP&I) is in compliance with US FDA standards.

5-18
Chapter 5 Probes

Cleaning and Disinfecting the Probe


Using an inappropriate cleaning or sterilizing agent may damage the probe.

WARNING:
XX
Always use protective eyewear and gloves when cleaning and disinfecting probes.
XX
Inspect the housing, strain relief, lens and seal for damage, and check for any functional problem
after cleaning and disinfecting the probe.

NOTE: Only use the disinfect and disinfectants approved by the country's government in Canada.

 Information of Detergent, Disinfectant, and Ultrasound Gel


An appropriate detergent, disinfectant or ultrasound gel should be selected based on the following tables.
All probes are tested in accordance with IPX 7 Criteria.

Disinfectants
Sani-Cloth Germicidal
Sani-Cloth Active

Cleanisept Wipes

Super Sani-Cloth
Transeptic Spray
Sani-Cloth Plus

Asepti-Wipes II
Sani-Cloth HB

Asepti-Wipes
Incidin Foam
Ster-Bac Blu

CaviWipes7)

MetriWipes
Septiwipes

Cidex 2%
T-Spray II

T-Spray

Names

Type S S W W W W W L S S W W W W W W L
Glutaraldehyde
Ammonium
Quaternary

(N-Alkyl)

IPA

Active Ingredient

CS1-4 ● ● ●

C2-8 ● ●

CA2-8AD ● ● ●

CA1-7AD ● ● ●

CF2-8 ● ● ●

5-19
5-20
V5-9
Type

DP2B
L5-13

SP3-8
PE2-4
ER4-9

VE4-8
CF4-9

VR5-9

3D4-9
3D2-6

CW4.0
CW2.0
LF5-13
Names

EVN4-9

CV1-8AD
LA3-14AD
Active Ingredient
User Manual











T-Spray II














T-Spray

x
W












Sani-Cloth HB


Quaternary Sani-Cloth Plus
Ammonium


(N-Alkyl) Sani-Cloth Active
W



Septiwipes
W



Cleanisept Wipes
L






Ster-Bac Blu
S








Transeptic Spray
S


Incidin Foam
Disinfectants



Super Sani-Cloth
W


Sani-Cloth Germicidal
IPA
W


Asepti-Wipes
W

Asepti-Wipes II
W

CaviWipes7)
W


MetriWipes
L












Glutaraldehyde Cidex 2%
V5-9
C2-8
Type

SP3-8
PE2-4

VE4-8
ER4-9
CF4-9
CF2-8

VR5-9
CS1-4

3D4-9
3D2-6
LF5-13

EVN4-9
Names

L5-13IS
CA1-7AD
CA2-8AD

LA3-14AD
Active Ingredient
L



















Ortho-phthalaldehyde Cidex OPA2, 3, 6, 7)

















Cidex Plus 2, 7)







Metricide 2, 7)


L Omnicide (28)


Omnicide 14NS
L

x
x







Omnicide - FG2
L









Nuclean
Glutaraldehyde
L









Wavicide-01 3)
L

Sekusept Extra
Disinfectants

Salvanios pH 7
L


Salvanios pH10
L


Steranios 2%
S

Surfaces Hautes
L


Nonionic surfactant Sekusept Plus
L










Milton
Chapter 5 Probes

Sodium Hypochlorite
L

Bleach 5.25%

5-21
5-22
Type

DP2B
CW4.0
CW2.0
Names

CV1-8AD
Active Ingredient
User Manual





Ortho-phthalaldehyde Cidex OPA2, 3, 6, 7)




Cidex Plus 2, 7)


Metricide 2, 7)

L
Omnicide (28)
L
Omnicide 14NS
L


Omnicide - FG2
L


Nuclean
Glutaraldehyde
L




Wavicide-01 3)
L

Sekusept Extra
Disinfectants


Salvanios pH 7
L

Salvanios pH10
L

● Steranios 2%
S

Surfaces Hautes
L

Nonionic surfactant Sekusept Plus


L


Milton
Sodium Hypochlorite
L

Bleach 5.25%
C2-8
Type

L5-13

SP3-8
PE2-4
ER4-9
CF4-9
CF2-8
CS1-4

VR5-9
LF5-13
Names

EVN4-9
CA1-7AD
CA2-8AD

LA3-14AD
Active Ingredient
L


NA Virkon

x
x






Sporox
Hydrogen Peroxide


Sporox II

L
Gigasept
Succindialdehyde,
formaldehyde L



Gigasept AF 3)
Disinfectants



Bersteinsaure Gigasept FF

Chlorhexidine gluconate
L



Hibitane
solution
P



Peracetic Acid PeraSafe

Dodecylphenolethoxylate,


Enzol
Sodium Xylene Sulfonate

NA Alkazyme
L








Cidezyme
Proteolytic Enzymes
Cleaner








● Klenzyme
L










Isopropyl alcohol(70%)
Chapter 5 Probes

Alcohol
L

Isopropyl alcohol(80%)

5-23
5-24
V5-9
Type

DP2B
VE4-8

3D4-9
3D2-6

CW4.0
CW2.0
Names

CV1-8AD
Active Ingredient
User Manual


NA Virkon


Sporox
Hydrogen Peroxide

x
x


Sporox II


Gigasept
Succindialdehyde,
formaldehyde
L



Gigasept AF 3)
Disinfectants





Bersteinsaure Gigasept FF

Chlorhexidine gluconate
L


Hibitane
solution
P




Peracetic Acid PeraSafe

Dodecylphenolethoxylate,


Enzol
Sodium Xylene Sulfonate


NA Alkazyme
L


Cidezyme
Proteolytic Enzymes
Cleaner





● Klenzyme
L

x

Isopropyl alcohol(70%)
Alcohol
L

Isopropyl alcohol(80%)
C2-8
Type

L5-13

SP3-8
PE2-4
ER4-9
CF4-9
CF2-8
CS1-4

VR5-9
LF5-13
Names

EVN4-9
CA1-7AD
CA2-8AD

LA3-14AD
Active Ingredient
L
Alcohol Ethanol 75%










Propylene Glycol Metrizyme
Cleaner

PCMX









McKesson
(Chloroxylenol)

G
Ammonium Chlorides Natural Image
G















Aquasonics 100 3)
G

GE Ultrasound Contact Gel


G

Clear Image
G

Kendall
Gel




● NA Scan
G

Wavelength
G



Sonogel
Chapter 5 Probes


Trophon

5-25
5-26
V5-9
Type

DP2B
VE4-8

3D4-9
3D2-6

CW4.0
CW2.0
Names

CV1-8AD
Active Ingredient
User Manual

L
Alcohol Ethanol 75%




Propylene Glycol Metrizyme
Cleaner

PCMX

L
McKesson
(Chloroxylenol)

G
Ammonium Chlorides Natural Image








Aquasonics 100 3)
G



GE Ultrasound Contact Gel
G

Clear Image
G

Kendall
Gel




NA Scan
G

Wavelength
G




Sonogel

x
x

Trophon
Chapter 5 Probes

Symbols
Tips!
Legend

(1) Compatible, but no EPA Registration

(2) FDA 510(k) cleared

(3) Has CE mark

(4) Discontinued

(5) Under Development

(6) ANVISA Registered

(7) Health Canada Approved;


CaviWipes (DIN: 02242209), Cidex OPA (DIN: 02239732),
Cidex Plus (DIN: 02158396), Metricide (DIN: 01963996)

S Spray

W Wipe

L Liquid

P Powder

G Gel

 Not compatible (DO NOT USE)

 Compatible

Staining may occur on housing parts; however, theacousticperformance and



image qualityare not affected.

■ Must not be used for longer than 5 minutes.

◐ Must not be used for longer than 10 minutes.

▲ Must not be used for longer than 15 minutes.

◆ Must not be used for longer than 20 minutes.

◇ Must not be used for longer than 25 minutes.

◎ Must not be used for longer than 30 minutes.

▣ Must not be used for longer than 50 minutes.

Blank Untested (DO NOT USE)

5-27
User Manual

The following is information about the manufacturers (or Distributors) of detergents, disinfectants, and
ultrasound gels.

Product Manufacturer or Distributor Telephone number

Aquasonics Parker Co. +1-800-631-8888 (USA)

+1-800-445-6741 (USA)
Cidex CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447 (Worldwide)

+1-800-445-6741 (USA)
Enzol CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447 (Worldwide)

GIgasept AF S&M (Schulke & Mayr) Co. +44-114-254-3500 (UK)

Gigasept FF S&M (Schulke & Mayr) Co. +44-114-254-3500 (UK)

Isopropyl alcohol (70%) Local drugstore None

Klenzyme Steris Co. +1-800-548-4873 (USA)

+1-800-445-6741 (USA)
Metricide CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447 (Worldwide)

Metrizyme Metrex Research Corp. +1-800-841-1428 (USA)

Milton Procter & Gamble Australia Pty. Ltd. +61-1800-028-280 (Australia)

+1-800-526-3867 (USA)
Nuclean National Diagnostics Co.
+44(0)-148-264-6020 (UK)

Omnicide Cottrell Ltd. +1-800-843-3343 (USA)

Sani-cloth PDI/Nice-Pak Products Co. +1-914-365-1602 (USA)

Sekusept Extra Henkel Hygiene GmbH. +49-0211-797-0 (Germany)

Sporox II Sultan Chemist Inc. +1-800-637-8582 (USA)

+1-800-445-6741 (USA)
T-Spray CIVCO Co.
+1-319-656-4447 (Worldwide)

Virkon Antec International Ltd. +1-403-286-1771 (USA)

Wavicide Wave Energy System Inc. +1-800-252-1125 (USA)

5-28
Chapter 5 Probes

 Cleaning
Cleaning is an important procedure that is carried out before disinfecting the probe.

The probe must be cleaned after each use.

CAUTION:
XX
Do not use a surgical brush when cleaning probes. Even the use of soft brushes can damage the
probe.
XX
During cleaning and disinfection, keep the parts of the probe that must remain dry higher than
the other parts during wetting until all parts are dry.

1. Disconnect the probe from the system.

2. Remove any biopsy adapters or needle guides. (Adapters may be reused after disinfection.)

3. Remove the sheath. (Sheaths are disposable.)

4. Use a soft cloth, lightly dampened with mild soap or compatible cleaning solution, to remove any
particulate matter and bodily fluids that remain on the probe or cable.

5. To remove remaining particulates, rinse with water up to the immersion point.

6. Wipe with a dry cloth.

7. If necessary, wipe first with a water-dampened cloth to remove soap residue, and wipe with a dry
cloth again.

5-29
User Manual

 Disinfecting
A 10-6 reduction in pathogens should be reached following the disinfection procedures in this manual
and using the following Samsung Medison recommended solutions.

WARNING:
XX
If a pre-mixed solution is used, be sure to observe the solution expiration date.
XX
The type of tissue it will contact during use dictates the level of disinfection required for
a device. Ensure that the solution strength and duration of contact are appropriate for
disinfection.

CAUTION:
XX
Using a non-recommended disinfectant or not following the recommended disinfection
method can damage and/or discolor the probe. This could also void the probe warranty.
XX
Do not immerse probes for longer than one hour, unless they are sterilizable.
XX
Only use liquid solutions to sterilize probes. Do not sterilize by autoclaving or using EtO gas.

1. Please refer to the user instructions of the disinfectant for details of proper storage, use, and disposal
of the disinfectant.

2. Mix the disinfectant compatible with your probe according to the instructions for solution strength
provided on its label.

3. Immerse the probe into the disinfectant as shown in the illustration below.

4. Follow the instructions on the disinfectant to complete the immersion procedure of the probe, and
rinse the probe afterwards.

5. Air dry the probe or towel it dry with a clean cloth.

[Figure 5.2 Disinfection]

5-30
Chapter 5 Probes

Biopsy
A biopsy is an examination method that surgically extracts tissue from the patient for examination. The
probe and the biopsy kit are used together when conducting a biopsy with the ultrasonographic image
scanner.

The ultrasound system shows the needle, which penetrates through the skin surface and veins, along
with the examination location, minimizing the risk to the patient.

Biopsy Kit Components


The biopsy kit consists of the adapter, needle guide and needle. The components vary depending on the
probe type.

Needle
Guide
Needle

Biopsy
Adapter

[Figure 5.3 Biopsy Kit Components]

Adapter: Secures the needle guide to the probe tightly.


XX
Needle Guide: Guides the angle (direction) of the needle so that it can reach the examination
XX
location accurately. It also secures the needle so that the needle is not loose.
Needle: This is the needle that is inserted into the patient’s body. The biopsy kit supplied by
XX
Samsung Medison does not contain a needle.
Sheath: Prevents the probe and adapter from getting soiled by any unwanted substances during
XX
the examination (blood and other bodily fluids).
Ultrasound Gel: The space between the probe and the sheath is filled with the ultrasound gel to
XX
obtain images of the best quality.

5-31
User Manual

Using the Biopsy Kit


WARNING:
XX
Only use the needles approved by the country’s government.
XX
Verify the condition of the biopsy needle before use. Do not use a bent biopsy needle.
XX
The biopsy needle may bend during tissue penetration. The precise location of the needle must
be checked by monitoring the echo generated from the needle.
XX
Never use the biopsy kit to biopsy prostate tissue.

 Before Using Biopsy Kit


WARNING:
XX
Do not attempt to use the biopsy kit until you have read the instructions for installing the sheath
and verifying alignment of the needle guide.
XX
Always ensure that the probe and the needle guide are secured on both the left and the right.
XX
Do not use in IVF, CVS, or PUBS procedures.

Ultrasonographic scanning using the biopsy kit must be conducted by medical doctors or experienced
medical staff with appropriate qualifications. Always, without fail, verify all safety procedures and
disinfection.

Biopsy kits not supplied by Samsung Medison may fail to fit the probe properly. Always use biopsy kits
supplied by Samsung Medison, since improper setup may adversely affect the patient.

Inspect all components. Ensure that the biopsy kit you are using is the correct one for the probe, the
system, and system software.

 Biopsy Procedure
The system generates a needle guideline though the displayed real-time ultrasound images to indicate
the anticipated path of the needle. You can use this guideline to ensure that the needle or instrument
is following the correct path.

1. Ready the patient according to the procedure appropriate for the examination objectives.

2. Install the sheath and the biopsy kit.

3. Set the system controls for the biopsy procedure. If necessary, apply acoustic gel to the patient.

4. Scan the patient. Adjust the patient so that the location for examination fits into the needle
guideline on the screen.

5-32
Chapter 5 Probes

5. Insert the needle into the needle guide for use. Perform the puncture by sliding the needle through
the groove in the guide until the needle intercepts the target. To keep the needle securely in the
needle guide, press down on the top of the biopsy adapter with your index finger.

6. When the examination location is reached, take the needle out of the needle guide.

7. Detach the needle guide, adapter and sheath from the probe.

8. Discard all disposable items following use.

 Needle Guide Alignment


WARNING:
XX
The needle used for this alignment verification must not be used for the actual procedure.
Always use a new, sterile needle for each biopsy procedure.
XX
To assist in accurate projection of the needle, use a straight, new needle for each alignment
procedure.

Alignment of the needle guide displayed on the system is for the purpose of verifying whether the
needle and the needle guide are properly installed. This must be done prior to the biopsy examination.
If the needle fails to follow the accurate path while verifying the alignment of needle guide, stop using
the product and contact Samsung Medison Customer Support Department.

Reverberation or other tissue artifacts may produce false needle images, which can cause confusion.
Ensure the needle path is along the guideline, and that you are not using a false needle image to
locate the needle.

1. Attach the biopsy kit.

2. Set the system depth for the procedure to be performed and select the Biopsy menu.

3. Immerse the probe into the water bath, and insert the needle into the needle guide.

4. Confirm that the needle image is on the needle guidelines. If it is, then the needle guide is
properly aligned.

5. If the needle image is out of the needle guideline, check the needle guide or the probe adapter.

5-33
User Manual

Assembling the Biopsy Kit

 Reusable Adapter
1. Mount the adapter on the probe.

2. Fill the sheath with the ultrasound gel and place the sheath over the probe so that the adapter is
completely covered.

3. Mount the needle guide for the desired gauge onto the adapter.

4. Insert the needle into the needle guide to use.

5-34
Chapter 5 Probes

 Disposable adapter
1. Fill the sheath with ultrasound gel, and cover the probe completely with the sheath.

2. Mount the adapter on the probe.

3. Cover the probe and adapter completely with the sheath (if you are using two sheaths)

4. Install the needle into the needle guide for use.

5-35
User Manual

 Biopsy Kit Specifications

Biopsy
Probe
Model Adapter Reusable /
Component Needle Gauge Multi Angle
name Material Disposable

Biopsy Adapter Reusable 8.5F, 14G, 15G, 16G,


Acetal 1, 2, 3
CS1-4 BP-KIT-051 17G, 18G, 20G, 21G,
Copolymer (Multi Angle)
Needle Guide Disposable 22G, 23G
Biopsy Adapter Acetal Reusable
C2-8 BP-KIT-035 16G, 18G, 22G Non
Needle Guide Copolymer Disposable
Biopsy Adapter
Acetal Reusable 1, 2, 3
CF2-8 BP-KIT-054 (Multi Angle) 16G, 18G, 22G, 25G
Copolymer (Multi Angle)
Needle Guide Disposable
Biopsy Adapter Reusable 14G, 15G, 16G, 17G,
Acetal A, B, C
L5-13 BP-KIT-012 Needle Guide/ 18G, 19G, 20G, 21G,
Copolymer Disposable (Multi Angle)
Clip 22G, 23G

Biopsy Adapter
Acetal Reusable 1, 2, 3
LF5-13 BP-KIT-055 (Multi Angle) 16G, 18G, 20G, 22G
Copolymer (Multi Angle)
Needle Guide Disposable

ER4-9 Biopsy Adapter


BP-KIT-024 Stainless Reusable 16G Non
EVN4-9 Sheath
VE4-8 BP-KIT-028 Biopsy Adapter Stainless Reusable 14G, 18G, 21G Non
Biopsy Adapter Ticona- Reusable 14G-23G
3D2-6 BP-KIT-033 Non
Needle Guide Acetal Disposable (Except 19G)

3D4-9 BP-KIT-027 Biopsy Adapter Stainless Reusable 16-22G Non


Biopsy Adapter Acetal Reusable 1, 2, 3
CA2-8AD BP-KIT-054 16G, 18G, 22G, 25G
Needle Guide Copolymer Disposable (Multi Angle)

Biopsy Adapter Reusable 14G, 15G, 16G, 17G,


Acetal 1, 2, 3, 4
CA1-7AD BP-KIT-058 18G, 20G, 21G, 22G,
Needle Guide Copolymer Disposable (Multi Angle)
23G, 25G
Biopsy Adapter Acetal Reusable 1, 2, 3
LA3-14AD BP-KIT-053 16G, 18G, 20G, 22G
Needle Guide Copolymer Disposable (Multi Angle)

VR5-9 BP-KIT-041 Needle Guide ABS Disposable 16-18G Non


BP-KIT-060 Needle Guide ABS Disposable 16-18G Non
V5-9
BP-KIT-029 Needle Guide Stainless Reusable 16-18G Non

5-36
Chapter 5 Probes

Cleaning and Disinfecting the Biopsy Kit

WARNING: Always use protective eyewear and gloves when cleaning and disinfecting biopsy kit.

Wash and disinfect the biopsy kit to reduce pathogens to the level of 10-6. Some components of the
biopsy kit may be disposable. Please read the biopsy kit user manual carefully before use.

 Cleaning and Disinfection of Stainless Steel Biopsy Kit

Cleaning
„„

1. After use, remove the biopsy kit from the probe.

2. Disassemble the biopsy kit into its component parts, if applicable.

3. Using a small brush and water, scrub each part to remove trapped material from the biopsy kit.

4. Rinse with water to remove remaining particulates.

Disinfection
„„

1. Disinfect the adapter by autoclaving (Steam) or using gas (Ethylene Oxide).

2. After disinfection, follow the proper post-disinfection procedure for the disinfection method
used (refer to the instructions for the disinfecting equipment).

3. Inspect the components for damage such as cracks, rust or breakage. If damage is discovered,
contact the Samsung Medison Customer Support Department.

5-37
User Manual

 Cleaning and Disinfecting, Sterilizing of Plastic Biopsy Kit

Cleaning
„„

1. After use, remove the biopsy kit from the probe.

2. Disassemble the biopsy kit into its component parts, if applicable. Discard the single-use parts.
These parts cannot be disinfected.

3. Using a small brush and water, scrub each part to remove trapped material from the reusable
components.

4. Rinse with water to remove remaining particulates.

Disinfection
„„

CAUTION: Plastic biopsy kits can only be disinfected by using a chemically compatible cold-
disinfectant. Disinfection by autoclaving, or by using gas or radiation, will cause damage to these
parts.

Please refer to the user instructions of the disinfectant for details of proper storage, use, and disposal
of the disinfectant.

1. Check the disinfection duration (generally 10 hours) and temperature of the disinfectant.

2. After disinfection, follow the proper post-disinfection procedure for the disinfection method
used.

3. Inspect the components for damage such as cracks, rust or breakage. If damage is discovered,
contact the Samsung Medison Customer Support Department.

Sterilization
„„

CAUTION:
XX
The plastic biopsy adapter is reusable.
XX
The plastic biopsy needle guide is disposable.
XX
Do not use an autoclave or sterilize using gas.
XX
Please refer to the user manual in the biopsy kit.

The biopsy adaptor is reusable. Please refer to the user manual in the biopsy kit.

5-38
SAMSUNG MEDISON
DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM

H60
User Manual
Volume 2
SAMSUNG MEDISON
DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM

Version 2.00

H60
User Manual
English
Table of Contents

Table of Contents – Volume 2


Chapter 6 Starting Diagnosis
System Power.............................................................................................................................. 6-3
Turning the Power On ...................................................................................................................................................... 6-3
Shutting Down the System............................................................................................................................................. 6-3

Probes and Applications........................................................................................................... 6-4


Selecting Probes and Applications.............................................................................................................................. 6-5
Creating UserPreset ........................................................................................................................................................... 6-5
Modifying UserPreset........................................................................................................................................................ 6-5
Deleting UserPreset........................................................................................................................................................... 6-5

Patient Information ................................................................................................................... 6-6


Patient Information for Each Application.................................................................................................................. 6-9
Searching Patient Information.....................................................................................................................................6-16

Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes


Information.................................................................................................................................. 7-3
Types of Diagnosis Modes............................................................................................................................................... 7-3
Basic Use................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-4

Basic Mode................................................................................................................................... 7-6


2D Mode................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-6
M Mode.................................................................................................................................................................................7-16
Color Doppler Mode .......................................................................................................................................................7-19
Power Doppler Mode......................................................................................................................................................7-24
PW Spectral Doppler Mode...........................................................................................................................................7-26
CW Spectral Doppler Mode .........................................................................................................................................7-31
TDI Mode..............................................................................................................................................................................7-33
TDW Mode...........................................................................................................................................................................7-34
ElastoScan Mode...............................................................................................................................................................7-35

5
User Manual

Combined Mode....................................................................................................................... 7-40


2D/C/PW Mode..................................................................................................................................................................7-40
2D/PD/PW Mode...............................................................................................................................................................7-40
2D/C/M Mode ....................................................................................................................................................................7-40
2D/C/CW Mode..................................................................................................................................................................7-40
2D/TDI/TDW Mode...........................................................................................................................................................7-41
Dual Live Mode..................................................................................................................................................................7-41

Multi-Image Mode.................................................................................................................... 7-42


Dual Mode...........................................................................................................................................................................7-42
Quad Mode..........................................................................................................................................................................7-43

3D/4D Mode............................................................................................................................... 7-44


3D Stand By.........................................................................................................................................................................7-48
3D View – MPR...................................................................................................................................................................7-50
VOCAL...................................................................................................................................................................................7-57
3D XI.......................................................................................................................................................................................7-64
XI VOCAL...............................................................................................................................................................................7-74
XI STIC....................................................................................................................................................................................7-81
4D............................................................................................................................................................................................7-84
3D Utility Menu..................................................................................................................................................................7-85

Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations


Measurement Accuracy............................................................................................................. 8-3
Causes of Measurement Errors...................................................................................................................................... 8-3
Optimization of Measurement Accuracy................................................................................................................... 8-5
Measurement Accuracy Table........................................................................................................................................ 8-7

Basic Measurements.................................................................................................................. 8-8


Distance Measurement...................................................................................................................................................8-11
Circumference and Area Measurement...................................................................................................................8-18
Volume Measurement.....................................................................................................................................................8-21

Calculations by Application ................................................................................................... 8-24


Things to note....................................................................................................................................................................8-24
Common Measurement Methods .............................................................................................................................8-27
OB Calculations .................................................................................................................................................................8-31
Fetal Heart Calculations..................................................................................................................................................8-41
Gynecology Calculations...............................................................................................................................................8-45
Cardiac Calculations.........................................................................................................................................................8-52
Abdomen Calculations...................................................................................................................................................8-65

6
Table of Contents

Pediatric Hip Calculations..............................................................................................................................................8-66


Urology Calculations........................................................................................................................................................8-68
Small Parts Calculations..................................................................................................................................................8-70
MSK Measurement (Musculoskeletal Calculations).............................................................................................8-74
Vascular Calculations.......................................................................................................................................................8-75

Reports........................................................................................................................................ 8-98
Viewing Reports ...............................................................................................................................................................8-98
Editing Report (Worksheet)..........................................................................................................................................8-99
Adding Comments........................................................................................................................................................ 8-102
Printing Reports.............................................................................................................................................................. 8-104
Saving Reports................................................................................................................................................................ 8-104
Store SR.............................................................................................................................................................................. 8-105
Attaching Images........................................................................................................................................................... 8-105
Graphs ............................................................................................................................................................................... 8-107
Anatomy............................................................................................................................................................................ 8-112
Closing Reports............................................................................................................................................................... 8-114

Chapter 9 Image Managements


Cine / Loop................................................................................................................................... 9-3
Annotating Images..................................................................................................................... 9-5
Annotation ........................................................................................................................................................................... 9-5
Body Marker .......................................................................................................................................................................9-10

Saving, Playing and Transferring Images............................................................................. 9-14


Saving Images....................................................................................................................................................................9-14
Playing Images...................................................................................................................................................................9-15
Transferring Images.........................................................................................................................................................9-15

Printing Images......................................................................................................................... 9-17


Printing Images..................................................................................................................................................................9-17

SonoView Mode........................................................................................................................ 9-18


Exam SonoView Mode....................................................................................................................................................9-19

**Reference Manual

A Reference Manual (English) is supplied with this product.

7
Chapter 6
Starting Diagnosis

‹‹System Power....................................................6-3
Turning the Power On ...........................................................6-3
Shutting Down the System...................................................6-3

‹‹Probes and Applications..................................6-4


Selecting Probes and Applications....................................6-5
Creating UserPreset ................................................................6-5
Modifying UserPreset.............................................................6-5
Deleting UserPreset.................................................................6-5

‹‹Patient Information .........................................6-6


Patient Information for Each Application........................6-9
Searching Patient Information..........................................6-16
Chapter 6 Starting Diagnosis

System Power
Boot up the system for use.

CAUTION: Make sure to connect the probes and peripheral devices that will be used before
powering on the system. If you attempt to connect them during system use, it may lead to patient
injury or irreparable damage to the console.

Turning the Power On


Press the On/Off button when the power is off. Booting begins, and the product logo appears on the
screen. When booting is completed, the 2D mode screen appears in End Exam status.

CAUTION: Before starting the diagnosis, you must register the patient information.

NOTE:
XX
If the power switch near the power connection port on the rear panel of the product has been
switched off, wait for 10 seconds before turning on the product.
XX
Do not press keyboard keys or buttons while booting is in progress. Doing so may cause the
system to malfunction.
XX
If you turn off the system forcefully and then turn it back on, the system may turn on and off
momentarily. This is a characteristic of the Intel® PC main board, and not a system error.

Shutting Down the System


Press the On/Off button while using the system to initiate shutdown.

CAUTION:
XX
Pressing the On/Off button for longer than five seconds will immediately turn the power off
and result in damage to the hard disk. Please refrain from such use unless there is a serious
emergency.
XX
To ensure that the product is safely cut off from electrical power, always set the power switch at
the rear of the product to the Off position when the product is not in use.

6-3
User Manual

Probes and Applications


Before scanning, select a probe and an application.

CAUTION: Refer to ‘Chapter 5. Probes’ for more information on probes and applications supported
by the system.

 Probe Selection Screen


Press the Probe button on the control panel and the Probe Selection screen will be displayed on the
touch screen. In this screen, you can select/change probe or application you want to use and change
the probe presets.

The Probe Selection screen is divided into four lists.

1 Probe list: Displays a list of probes currently connected to the system.

2 Application list: Displays a list of applications the selected probe supports.

3 Preset list: Display a list of presets the selected application supports.

4 UserPreset list: Displays a list of presets you can configure according to your preferences.

2
4

[Figure 6.1 Probe Selection]

6-4
Chapter 6 Starting Diagnosis

Selecting Probes and Applications


The selected probe, preset, or userpreset appear in the screen area of the monitor screen.

1. Select the items in the following order: Probe  Application  Preset/UserPreset.

2. When you select Preset/UserPreset, the system automatically applies your selections and switches
to Diagnosis mode.

Press the Probe button to cancel.


XX

Creating UserPreset
1. Tap Preset on the touch screen to create a UserPreset.

2. The Save Preset window will open.

3. Tap Create, and the Create New Preset window will open.

4. Enter the name you want to use and tap Save. Tap Cancel to cancel.

Modifying UserPreset
1. Tap Preset on the touch screen to modify a UserPreset.

2. The Save Preset window will open.

3. Tap Modify, and the Modify New Preset window will open.

4. Enter the name you want to use and tap OK. Tap Cancel to cancel.

Deleting UserPreset
1. Tap Preset on the touch screen to delete a UserPreset.

2. Tap Delete, and the Delete Preset window will open.

3. Select the name you want to delete and tap OK. Tap Cancel to cancel.

6-5
User Manual

Patient Information
Press the Patient button on the control panel and the General Information screen will appear.

In this screen, you can enter, search, or change patient information. Patient information includes basic
information such as the patient ID, name, DOB, and gender, as well as additional information for applications.

NOTE: ID is required information.

 Basic Patient Information Entry


Enter or change general patient information in General Information.

Use the trackball to move the pointer to the desired entry field. Tap a button on the touch screen to
enter information using the touch screen.

When you are done entering information, click OK on the screen or tap OK on the touch screen to
save. Click Cancel or tap Cancel on the touch screen to cancel.

[Figure 6.2 General Patient Information]

6-6
Chapter 6 Starting Diagnosis

[Figure 6.3 General Patient Information - Touch Screen]

Patient ID
„„
Enter a patient ID.

Last Name
„„
Enter the patient’s last name.

First Name
„„
Enter the patient’s first name.

Middle Name
„„
Enter the patient’s middle name.

NOTE: The name that you have entered will appear in the title area and reports.

Birth
„„
Enter the patient’s date of birth in the specified format.

6-7
User Manual

Gender
„„
Select the patient’s gender.

Accession Number
„„
When viewing the worklist for a patient via the DICOM server, this information is automatically
displayed in the appropriate fields.

Diag. Physician
„„
Enter the name of the physician who diagnosed the patient.

Ref. Physician
„„
Enter the name of the referring physician.

Operator
„„
Enter the name of the operator who scanned the patient. Up to 20 persons may be entered.

Search
„„
Search through the information stored in the system.

Worklist
„„
Perform a search by connecting to the DICOM Modality Worklist server in the hospital network.

New
„„
Enter new patient information.

Auto ID
„„
Create temporary patient information using a temporary ID.

Keyboard
„„
Use the keyboard displayed on the touch screen to enter text.

6-8
Chapter 6 Starting Diagnosis

Patient Information for Each Application


In Study Information, enter additional patient information or change the existing patient information for
each application.

1. Use Application on the monitor to select an application.

2. Enter additional information required for diagnosis.

 OB
Select OB from Application. Enter the additional obstetrical information.

LMP
„„
Enter the last menstrual period for a patient.

DOC
„„
Indicates the patient’s date of conception.

EDD
„„
Indicates the patient’s expected date of delivery.

GA (LMP)
„„
Indicates the gestational age of a patient.

Ovulation Date
„„
Enter expected ovulation date in accordance with defined format

Day of Cycle
„„
Enter length of menstrual cycle in days (Date).

Gravida
„„
Enter the number of pregnancies.

Para
„„
Enter the number of deliveries.

6-9
User Manual

Aborta
„„
Enter the number of miscarriages.

Ectopic
„„
Enter the number of ectopic pregnancies.

Number of Fetuses
„„
Enter the number of fetuses. Up to four may be entered.

Description
„„
Enter a description of the diagnosis.

NOTE:
XX
Setup > System > Patient > Operatior List & Description List > Description. Refer to ‘Chapter 3.
Utilities’.
XX
Up to 20 persons may be entered per application.

[Figure 6.4 Study Information - OB]

6-10
Chapter 6 Starting Diagnosis

 Gynecology
Select GYN from Application. Enter additional information for Gyn. This is the same information as
for OB.

[Figure 6.5 Study Information - Gyn]

 Urology
Select Urology from Application.

PSA
„„
Enter prostate specific antigen (PSA).

PPSA Coefficient 1
„„
Enter predicted PSA coefficient 1.

PPSA Coefficient 2
„„
Enter predicted PSA coefficient 2.

[Figure 6.6 Study Information - Urology]

6-11
User Manual

 Vascular
Select Vascular from Application.

Left Systole
„„
Enter left systole blood pressure.

Left Diastole
„„
Enter left diastole blood pressure.

Right Systole
„„
Enter right systole blood pressure.

Right Diastole
„„
Enter right diastole blood pressure.

[Figure 6.7 Study Information - Vascular]

6-12
Chapter 6 Starting Diagnosis

 Abdomen
Select Abdomen from Application.

[Figure 6.8 Study Information - Abdomen]

Height
„„
Enter the patient’s height. Enter height in centimeters (cm).

Weight
„„
Enter the patient’s weight. Enter weight in kilograms (kg).

 MSK
Select MSK from Application.

[Figure 6.9 Study Information - MSK]

6-13
User Manual

 Pediatric
Select Pediatric from Application.

[Figure 6.10 Study Information - Pediatric]

 Small Parts
Select Small Parts from Application.

[Figure 6.11 Study Information - Small Parts]

6-14
Chapter 6 Starting Diagnosis

 Cardiac
Select Cardiac in Application.

[Figure 6.12 Study Information - Cardiac]

Height
„„
Enter the patient's height in centimeters (cm).

Weight
„„
Enter the patient's body weight in kilograms (kg).

BSA
„„
When the height and weight are entered, the BSA (Body Surface Area) is automatically calculated
and displayed.

 TCD
Select TCD in Application.

[Figure 6.13 Study Information - TCD]

6-15
User Manual

Searching Patient Information

 Search
Search through the information stored in the system.

[Figure 6.14 Search]

1. Select the Search button on the monitor or touch screen.

2. After entering search criteria, click Search. The list of patients who match the search criteria will be
displayed.

Select Patient ID to search by ID, or select a patient’s name under Patient Name to search by
XX
name.

3. After entering the required ID or name in the search box, click Search. The list of patients who
match the search criteria will be displayed.

4. Select the desired patient from the list and click OK. This applies the selected patient information
to the system.

6-16
Chapter 6 Starting Diagnosis

 Worklist Search
Perform a search by connecting to the DICOM Modality Worklist server in the hospital network.

NOTE: A worklist search is available only when DICOM is enabled. You can select the worklist server
in Setup > Connectivity > DICOM. Refer to the ‘DICOM Settings’ section of ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’

1. Select Worklist from Patient on the monitor or touch screen.

2. After entering at least one item out of Patient ID, Last Name, Worklist Number (Accession Number),
Procedure ID, Exam Date, and/or name of the equipment being used for exam (AE Title), click
Search. The list of patients who match the criteria will be displayed.

Clicking items such as Date/Time or Patient Name sorts entries into alphabetical or numerical order
Tips! for the selected criteria.
Select Today, Last Week, Last Month, or Manual as Exam Date.
After running a search, the date of the last update is displayed in the bottom right corner.

3. Select the desired patient from the list and click OK. This applies the selected patient information
to the system.

[Figure 6.15 Search - Worklist]

6-17
Chapter 7
Diagnosis Modes

‹‹Information.......................................................7-3
Types of Diagnosis Modes....................................................7-3
Basic Use......................................................................................7-4

‹‹Basic Mode.........................................................7-6
2D Mode......................................................................................7-6
M Mode......................................................................................7-16
Color Doppler Mode ............................................................7-19
Power Doppler Mode............................................................7-24
PW Spectral Doppler Mode................................................7-26
CW Spectral Doppler Mode ...............................................7-31
TDI Mode...................................................................................7-33
TDW Mode................................................................................7-34
ElastoScan Mode....................................................................7-35

‹‹Combined Mode............................................. 7-40


2D/C/PW Mode.......................................................................7-40
2D/PD/PW Mode....................................................................7-40
2D/C/M Mode .........................................................................7-40
2D/C/CW Mode.......................................................................7-40
2D/TDI/TDW Mode................................................................7-41
Dual Live Mode.......................................................................7-41

‹‹Multi-Image Mode......................................... 7-42


Dual Mode.................................................................................7-42
Quad Mode...............................................................................7-43
Chapter 7
‹‹3D/4D Mode................................................... 7-44
3D Stand By..............................................................................7-48
3D View – MPR.........................................................................7-50
VOCAL.........................................................................................7-57
3D XI............................................................................................7-64
XI VOCAL....................................................................................7-74
XI STIC.........................................................................................7-81
4D.................................................................................................7-84
3D Utility Menu.......................................................................7-85
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Information

Types of Diagnosis Modes


This product supports a variety of diagnosis modes including Basic Mode, Combined Mode, Multi-Image
Mode, and 3D/4D Mode.
Basic Mode: Consists of different modes, each of which has a specific usage and function. By default, 2D
„„
Mode is applied together with another mode.
Combined Mode: For an image, two or three Basic Modes are applied at the same time. By default, 2D
„„
Mode is applied together with another mode. An image is viewed in a single screen.
Multi-Image Mode: The screen is divided into two (dual) or four (quad) sub screens, each of which is used
„„
to view an image. Since each sub screen can display a different image, it can be a very useful feature,
allowing multilateral views of an organ.
3D/4D Mode: 3D and 4D images can be obtained.
„„

The types of diagnosis mode that are available with the product are shown below:
Mode Type

2D Mode
Color Doppler Mode
Power Doppler Mode
M Mode
Basic Mode PW Spectral Doppler Mode
CW Spectral Doppler Mode
TDI (Tissue Doppler Imaging) Mode
TDW (Tissue Doppler Wave) Mode
ElastoScan Mode
2D/C/PW Mode
2D/PD/PW Mode
2D/C/CW Mode
Combined Mode
2D/C/M Mode
2D/TDI/TDW Mode
Dual Live Mode
Dual Mode
Multi-Image Mode
Quad Mode
3D Mode
3D/4D Mode
4D Mode

NOTE: The functionalities for each mode may be restricted by the selected probe.

7-3
User Manual

Basic Use
The items that are commonly used in each diagnosis mode are shown below:

 Using the Control Panel


The items that can be used in each diagnosis mode are provided as menu items. You can change the
image format or optimize an image to facilitate your diagnosis.

Gain
„„
Use the dial-button on the control panel. The Gain button appears differently depending on the
diagnosis mode, but it is usually in the form of a dial-button used to select a diagnosis mode.
You can adjust the brightness of an image. If you rotate the Gain dial-button clockwise, its value
increases.

TGC (Time Gain Compensation)


„„
Tap the TGC button on the touch screen to open the TGC window for use.
In general, ultrasound penetration gets weaker with depth. TGC can be used to compensate for this
effect.
The product provides eight TGC sliders for varying depths, allowing you to adjust Gain by area.
Among the eight sliders, the top slider represents the shallowest area, while the lower sliders
represent the deeper ones.
Move the slider to the right to increase Gain, brightening the image.
When the TGC preset is selected, the TGC preset is applied to the system and then the system is
switched to diagnosis mode. The user can adjust TGC as needed, and press Save to save it for use.

Focus
„„
Use the Focus switch on the control panel to adjust the location of the focus.

Depth
„„
Use the Depth switch on the control panel to adjust the image scanning depth. The allowable
range for adjustment varies depending on the probe type.

Zoom
„„
Use the Zoom dial-button on the control panel.
You can magnify an image. An image can be magnified by either Read Zoom or Write Zoom.

7-4
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Read Zoom: This function allows you to zoom in on an image saved on a hard disk.
XX

1. Rotate the Zoom dial-button on the control panel.

2. Adjust the position of the zoomed-in screen with the trackball.

3. Observe the magnified image.

Write Zoom: This function allows you to magnify and scan an image in real time.
XX

1. Press the Zoom dial-button on the control panel. The Write Zoom box will appear on the
screen.

2. Use the Change button to move and resize the Zoom box.

3. To finish Zoom mode, press the Zoom dial-button once again. Or press the Exit button on
the control panel.

Quick Scan
„„

NOTE: The Quick Scan function is only available with specific probes and applications.

Use the Q Scan button on the control panel. The ‘Q Scan’ mark will appear at the top of an image.
In 2D Mode, it is used to optimize the contrast and brightness of an image by adjusting Gain and
TGC automatically. In PW Spectral Doppler Mode, it is used to optimize the spectrum by adjusting
Scale and Baseline automatically.
Tap the Q scan Off button on the screen to exit Quick Scan Mode.

 Using Touch Screen Menus


The items that can be used in each diagnosis mode are provided as touch screen menu items. You can
change the image format or optimize an image to facilitate your diagnosis.

1. In diagnosis mode, the menu for the diagnosis mode currently being used is displayed on the touch
screen.

In a combined mode that uses more than one diagnosis mode, tap the relevant tab on the touch
XX
screen to specify settings for each mode.

2. Select a value by pressing a button or by rotating the dial-button on the touch screen.

7-5
User Manual

Basic Mode

2D Mode
This basic mode, also referred to as B Mode (Brightness mode), provides scan planes of organs. This is
used to display two-dimensional anatomy images in the direction of scanning in real time.

[Figure 7.1 2D Mode]

 Entering 2D Mode

NOTE: Because 2D Mode is applied by default for all diagnosis modes, it cannot be terminated.

Press the 2D dial-button on the control panel.

If you press the 2D dial-button in other diagnosis modes, it will switch to the basic 2D Mode.

7-6
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 2D Mode Menu

[Figure 7.2 2D Mode - Touch Screen]

Harmonic
„„
Turn this function on or off by tapping Harmonic on the touch screen. The phrase ‘Harmonic’ will
be included in the image information. This product provides an OHI (Optimal Harmonic Imaging)
function, which optimizes images using high frequencies.

NOTE: Harmonic only works with certain probes.

Frequency
„„
Tap Frequency on the touch screen. This enables you to configure the probe’s frequency.
The selected frequency is displayed in the title area, allowing you to determine the state of the
current frequency easily.

L/R Flip (Left/Right Flip)


„„
Tap L/R Flip on the touch screen.
Pressing this button flips the image horizontally (Left/Right Flip). The S mark at the top of the image
indicates the current orientation of the image.

7-7
User Manual

Dual Live
„„
Tap Dual Live on the touch screen to select On or Off.
View the 2D/Color Doppler images of the scanned area simultaneously in real time.
When viewing Cine images in Dual Live mode, various settings are applied only to the Cine image
on the right side, allowing you to compare it with the unaffected Cine image on the left side.
Since Dual Live mode is frequently used during an exam, H60 includes this item in the 2D menu for
convenience. You can easily switch between them with a single press of button.

Pulse Inversion
„„
Turn Pulse Inversion on or off by tapping Pulse Inversion on the touch screen.
If Pulse Inversion is turned on, pulses are inverted to sharpen the displayed image. The phrase ‘Pulse
Inv’ will be displayed in the image information.

NOTE: Pulse Inversion only works with certain probes.

Line Density
„„
Tap Line Density on the touch screen. Set the scan line density. Select Low, Med, or High by tapping
the button.
Selecting High increases the number of scan lines and improves the image resolution. However, the
frame rate is reduced.

U/D Flip (Up / Down Flip)


„„
Tap U/D Flip on the touch screen.
The image flips up or down each time this button is pressed.

Biopsy Guide
„„
Tap Biopsy Guide on the touch screen.

NOTE: Make sure to adjust the biopsy guideline before using the biopsy feature.

7-8
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

[Figure 7.3 Biopsy]

Editing the Biopsy Guideline


Tips!
NOTE:
XX
If the system is rebooted, the biopsy guideline settings are restored to the
default.
XX
Make sure to adjust the biopsy guideline before using the biopsy feature.

Support for Multiple Guidelines


If the probe supports multiple biopsy angles, the user may select the biopsy guide angle as desired.
(Angle types: Off, 1, 2, 3)
Starting and Finishing a Biopsy
1. Tap Biopsy Guide on the touch screen.
2. Insert the needle along the guideline. And then perform the biopsy as desired.
3. When all procedures are complete, tap Biopsy Guide again to turn this Off. Biopsy will end.

7-9
User Manual

Biopsy Guide Edit Mode


Tips!
NOTE:
XX
Only available in 2D mode and Single mode.
XX
Not available in Dual Live or Freeze state.
XX
Not available in Write Zoom or Read Zoom state.

Starting and Ending Biopsy Guide Edit Mode


1. Tap Biopsy Guide on the touch screen.
2. Use the Angle dial-button on the control panel to enter Biopsy Guide Edit mode.
3. When you enter Biopsy Guide Edit mode, Angle Offset appears.
4. Rotate the Angle dial-button to select Angle Offset or Lateral Offset.
−− Angle Offset: This is the angle for the currently selected biopsy guide; the maximum
adjustable offset is the guideline's outer line angle. Adjustments can be made in 0.1 degree
increments.
−− Lateral Offset: This is the lateral direction for the currently selected biopsy guide. Adjustments
can be made in 0.1mm increments.
5. Press the Angle dial-button to exit Biopsy Guide Edit mode.

Needle Mate
„„
Tap Needle Mate on the touchscreen. Needle Mate is a feature that helps visualize the biopsy
needle clearly in an ultrasound image. Choose the direction to optimize the image between From
Left and From Right. Select Off to turn off the feature.

From Left From Right

From top left to bottom right or from From top right to bottom left or from
Description
bottom right to top left bottom left to top right
Select this if the needle is being inserted Select this if the needle is being inserted
Purpose from the top left to bottom right or from from the top right to bottom left or from
the bottom right to top left. the bottom left to top right.

When turned on, Needle Enhance and Needle ROI are enabled.

NOTE:
XX
Needle Mate is an optional feature of this product.
XX
This feature only works with certain probes. For more information, refer to ‘Probe List’ in ‘Chapter
5. Probes’.

7-10
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Needle Enhance
„„
This feature only works when Needle Mate is on. Select Low, Med, or High by tapping the button on
the touchscreen to select the degree of needle enhancement.

Needle ROI
„„
This feature only works when Needle Mate is on. Select the area of the needle to enhance. The range
of Needle ROI you can select varies depending on the depth of the current 2D image.

ClearVision
„„
Tap ClearVision on the touchscreen. When turned on, ClearVision removes noise from the image
and enhances outlines to help show the image more clearly. The ‘ClearVision’ symbol will be
displayed in the Image Information. Tap the touchscreen button to select an Index between 1 and
5. Select Off to turn off this feature.

Trapezoidal
„„
Turn it on or off by tapping Trapezoidal on the touch screen.
The rectangular frame provided by a Linear Probe is changed to a trapezoidal shape. This allows a
wider view of an image.

NOTE: Trapezoidal only works with Linear probes.

MultiVision
„„
Tap MultiVision on the touchscreen. MultiVision is a feature that compensates for an image that
cannot be obtained due to speckle noise or background scattering. It works by compositing
ultrasound beams sent and received from multiple angles into an image.
When this feature is turned on, the ‘MultiVision’ mark will be displayed in the image information. Tap
the button on the touchscreen to set MultiVision to Low, Medium, or High. Note that Multivision
can only be set to Low in 2D/C Mode. Select Off to turn off the feature.

NOTE:
XX
MultiVision is an optional feature of this product.
XX
This feature only works with certain probes. For more information, refer to ‘Probe List’ in ‘Chapter
5. Probes’.

7-11
User Manual

Panoramic
„„
Tap Panoramic on the touchscreen. For more information, please refer to ‘Panoramic’ in this chapter.

NOTE:
XX
Panoramic is an optional feature of this product.
XX
This feature only works with certain probes. For more information, refer to ‘Probe List’ in ‘Chapter
5. Probes’.

ElastoScan
„„
Tap ElastoScan on the touchscreen. For more information, please refer to ‘ElastoScan Mode’ in this
chapter.

NOTE:
XX
ElastoScan is an optional feature of this product.
XX
This feature only works with certain probes. For more information, refer to ‘Probe List’ in ‘Chapter
5. Probes’.

Rotation
„„
Tap Rotation on the touchscreen to rotate a 2D image. Select a rotation angle between 0˚, 90˚, 180˚,
and 270˚.

DR (Dynamic Range)
„„
Select a value between 30 and 240 by using the DR dial-button on the touch screen. The Dynamic
Range function adjusts contrast by changing the ratio of the minimum and maximum values of
input signals. When this value becomes higher, the image is displayed more smoothly.

Frame Average
„„
Tap the Frame Average dial-button on the touch screen. Select a value from 0 to 9 using the dial-
button. Use this to minimize the appearance of speckles in updated images when the same location
is scanned repeatedly.

Gray Map
„„
Tap the Gray Map dial-button on the touch screen. Select a value between 1 and 12 by using the
dial-button. This changes the 2D Post Curve.

7-12
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Chroma Map
„„
Use the Chroma Map dial-button on the touch screen to select either Off, or a value between 1 and 11.

Power
„„
Use the Power dial-button on the touch screen to select a value between 2 and 100 for the power
of the ultrasound output.

Focus Number
„„
Change the number of focusing points at the target location you wish to stud

Reject
„„
Use the Reject dial-button on the touch screen to select a value between 0 and 30.

Image Size
„„
Use the Image Size dial-button on the touch screen to select the size of the 2D image.

Scan Area
„„
Use the Scan Area dial-button on the touch screen to select a value between 40 and 100 as the
image width (%). Increasing the image width reduces the frame rate. You may also press the Change
button on the control panel to change the trackball state to ROI Size, and then use the trackball to
adjust the view area.

ROI Position
„„
Press the Change button on the control panel to change the trackball state to ROI Position, and
then use the trackball to adjust the ROI position. This is enabled only when Scan Area is less than
100%.

Steer Angle
„„
You can adjust the angle of the ultrasound beam without moving the probe by using the Steer
Angle dial-button.

NOTE: The Steer function appears on the soft menu only when a linear probe is used.

7-13
User Manual

 Panoramic
NOTE:
XX
Panoramic is an optional feature of this product.
XX
This feature only works with certain probes. For more information, refer to ‘Probe List’ in ‘Chapter
5. Probes’.

Panoramic Imaging is the function that acquires images over a wider range by using continuous
ultrasonographic images. Up to 1,000 frames can be used.

Acquiring a Panoramic Image


„„

1. Tap Panoramic on the touchscreen. The touchscreen will be switched to the Panoramic Ready
screen.

2. Tap Start/Stop on the touchscreen. The system will begin to acquire a panoramic image.

3. Press Start/Stop to finish acquiring the panoramic image. The touchscreen will switch to the
Panoramic Review screen.

Things to remember when acquiring a Panoramic image


Tips! XX
When scanning a curved surface, ensure that the scan surface and the contact surface of the
probe are always at right angles.
XX
Moving in the opposite direction while acquiring an image erases the previously saved frames
and saves new frames.
XX
The image quality may deteriorate if the contact surface of the probe loses contact with the
scan surface.
XX
If the scan speed is fast or the angle of the contact surface of the probe changes, artifacts may
occur.

Reviewing a Panoramic Image


„„

NOTE:
XX
You can perform basic measurements by using the Caliper button. But other functions on the
control panel are not available.
XX
L/R Flip, U/D Flip, and Zoom are available only when the Layout is set to Full Screen.

L/R Flip: Flip the panoramic image horizontally.


XX

U/D Flip: Flip the panoramic image vertically.


XX

7-14
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Ruler: Press this button to turn this option on or off. When turned on, a ruler is displayed on the
XX
panoramic image.

Cine Save: Saves Cine images.


XX

Layout: Specify how the panoramic image will be displayed on the screen.
XX

−− Full Screen: Display the panoramic image in full screen mode.

−− Up/Down: Display the 2D and panoramic images at the top and bottom of the screen,
respectively.

−− Side by side: Display the 2D and panoramic images on the left and right of the screen,
respectively.

Return: Return to the Panoramic Ready screen.


XX

Exit: Exit Panoramic Imaging.


XX

7-15
User Manual

M Mode
The M Mode is used to specify an observation area in a 2D image with the M Line, and display changes
over time.

This mode is appropriate for the observation of organs with a lot of movement, such as cardiac valves.
The 2D Mode image is also shown, allowing the marking and adjustment of an observation area within
the entire image.

[Figure 7.4 M Mode]

 Entering & Exiting M Mode

Entering M Mode
„„

1. Press the M dial-button on the control panel.

2. Configure settings relating to M image acquisition on the touchscreen.

3. Press the M dial-button again to enter M Mode and display the M image on the screen.

Exiting M Mode
„„
Press the M dial-button while the M image is being displayed. You can also press the 2D dial-button
to exit M Mode.

7-16
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 M Mode Screen

M Line
„„
Use the trackball on the control panel to move the line to the right or left. The M Line indicates
the relative position of the M Mode image in the 2D image. Therefore, you can move the M Line to
change the observation area.

 M Mode Menu

Anatomical M
„„

NOTE: Available only with the phased array probe or the cardiac application.

Tap the Anatomical M dial-button on the touchscreen to turn it on or off. When set to On, you can
change the M line length, and use the Change button to reposition M Point 1 and M Point 2.

AMM Angle: Use the touch screen dial-button to rotate the cursor line for Anatomical M. You can
XX
select an angle from 0 to 178.

Sweep Speed
„„
Tap Sweep Speed on the touch screen. Allows the user to adjust the sweep speed so that he can
view various spectrums in a screen.

Display Format
„„
Tap Display Format on the touch screen. Select either Up/Down, Side by Side, or M Only using
the touch screen button.

Display Size
„„
The display size can be changed to a range of values between 30/70, 50/50, 70/30 tapping the
relevant button on the touch screen. This option is not enabled if Display Format is set to M Only.

M Mode Map
„„
Used to configure the post curve in M. Select a value between 1 and 12 by using the dial-button.

7-17
User Manual

Steer Angle
„„
Adjust the angle of the ultrasound beam. Steered M line can be selected by rotating Steer Angle
dial-button.

NOTE: The Steer function appears on the soft menu only when a linear probe is used.

[Figure 7.5 M Mode - Touch Screen]

NOTE: For more information on other soft menu options and functions, refer to the ‘2D Mode’
section.

7-18
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Color Doppler Mode


This mode displays the colored blood flow pattern of the ROI (Region of Interest) within the 2D image.

It is appropriate for examining the presence of blood flow, its average speed, and its direction. The 2D
Mode image is also shown, allowing the marking and adjustment of the ROI within the entire image.

[Figure 7.6 Color Doppler Mode]

 Entering & Exiting C Mode


Press the Color dial-button on the control panel. Press this button again to exit Color Doppler mode
and return to 2D mode.

7-19
User Manual

 C Mode Screen

ROI Box
„„
ROI stands for Region of Interest. The ROI Box outlines the area of the 2D image where color (blood
flow) information is displayed in Color Doppler Mode.
Use the Change button to reposition or resize the ROI box. Each time you press the Change button,
the current state of the ROI box is displayed in the lower middle of the screen.

ROI Position: In this state, the position of the ROI box can be changed. Use the trackball to move
XX
and position the ROI Box.

ROI Size: In this state, the size of the ROI box can be changed. Use the trackball to move the ROI
XX
Box and specify its size.

Color Bar
„„
In Color Doppler mode, the color bar indicates the direction and speed of blood flow. Based on the
Baseline at the middle, red indicates the direction and speed of blood flow toward the probe. By
contrast, the blue color indicates the direction and speed of blood flow away from the probe.

Adjusting the color bar baseline: Use the Baseline dial-button on the touch screen. If you rotate
XX
the Baseline dial-button clockwise, the baseline on the color bar rises.

 C Mode Menu

Frequency
„„
Tap Frequency on the touch screen. This enables you to configure the probe’s frequency.
The selected frequency is displayed in the title area, allowing you to determine the state of the
current frequency easily.

Hide Color
„„
Select C mode to use. If you tap Hide Color on the touch screen, the Color mode image will not be
displayed in the Color ROI area, and only the B mode image will be displayed. Tap this button again
to cancel the selection and return to Color + B/W mode.

Invert
„„
Tap Invert on the touch screen. The color bar is inverted each time this button is tapped. When the
color bar is inverted, the color displayed on the image is also inverted.

7-20
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Line Density
„„
Select the density of the scan line. Select Low, Med, or High by tapping the button on the touch
screen or using the dial-button.
Selecting High increases the number of scan lines and improves the image resolution. However, the
frame rate is reduced.

Filter
„„
Select a value between 1-4 by using the Filter dial-button on the touch screen.
This is an electric filter to remove the low-frequency doppler signals generated by the movement
of blood vessel walls. Adjust the Cutoff Frequency to remove doppler signals whose frequency is
lower than the cutoff frequency.

PRF
„„
Use this function by rotating the PRF dial-button on the touch screen. Rotating the PRF dial-button
in the clockwise direction increases the PRF (Pulse Repetition Frequency), displaying a wider range
of blood flow speed. Rotating the dial-button in the counter-clockwise direction decreases the PRF,
displaying a narrower range of blood flow speed.

Color Map
„„
Used to configure the post curve in a color image. Select a value between 1 and 12 by using the
Color Map dial-button on the touch screen. This can help to display blood flow with greater clarity.

Sensitivity
„„
Enhances the sensitivity and accuracy or frame rate of a color image.
You can use the Sensitivity dial-button on the touch screen to adjust the number of Sensitivity
between 0-5.

Balance
„„
Select a balance value from 0 to 16 by using the Balance dial-button on the touch screen. The range
of a color image is adjusted by comparing the gray levels of 2D images with the doppler signal
values of color images. When the Balance value increases, the color image also appears in the part
where the gray level of a 2D image is high (the bright part), increasing the range of the color image.

7-21
User Manual

BaseLine
„„
Rotating the dial-button clockwise decreases the Baseline. In Color Doppler mode, the color bar
indicates the direction and speed of blood flow. Based on the Baseline at the middle, red indicates
the direction and speed of blood flow toward the probe. By contrast, the blue color indicates the
direction and speed of blood flow away from the probe.

Steer
„„

NOTE: The Steer function appears on the soft menu only when a linear probe is used.

Adjust the angle of the ultrasound beam. Loss of color information resulting from the angle of the
ultrasound beam is minimized. You can adjust the angle of the ultrasound beam by using the Steer
Angle dial-button on the touch screen.

Smoothing (Spatial Filter)


„„
Select a smoothing value from 0-5 by using the Smoothing dial-button.
This allows smoother display of color images.

Vel + Var
„„
Tap Vel + Var on the touchscreen to turn it on or off. It expresses the blood flow velocity in green on
the Color Bar. Vel and Var stand for Velocity and Variance respectively.

NOTE: Vel + Var feature is available in the following applications and presets:
XX
Cardiac Adult Echo, Ped Echo
XX
OB - Fetal Heart
XX
Vascular - Carotid, Arterial, Venous

TDI
„„
Switches to TDI Mode. TDI stands for Tissue Doppler Imaging.

NOTE:
XX
This can only be used when the cardiac application is selected in Phased Array Probe.
XX
For more information on TDI, see ‘TDI Mode’.

7-22
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

[Figure 7.7 Color Doppler Mode - Touch Screen]

NOTE: For more information on other soft menu options and functions, refer to the ‘2D Mode’
section.

7-23
User Manual

Power Doppler Mode


This mode displays the color intensity of blood flow within the ROI in the 2D image.

It is appropriate for examining the presence and amount of blood flow. The 2D Mode image is also shown,
allowing the marking and adjustment of the ROI within the entire image.

[Figure 7.8 Power Doppler Mode]

 Entering & Exiting PD Mode


Press the PD button on the control panel to enter PD mode. Press this button again. PD Mode will be
terminated and the mode will switch to 2D.

 PD Mode Screen

Color Bar
„„
In PD mode, the color bar displayed varies depending on the Power Doppler mode display method
that is in use. The color bar indicates the presence of blood flow and its amount. The top of the color
bar is the brightest section, where the amount of blood flow is at its highest.

ROI Box
„„
The ROI (Region of Interest) outlines the area of the 2D image where color (blood flow) information
is displayed in Power Doppler Mode.

7-24
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 PD Mode Menu

S-Flow
„„
Tap S-Flow on the touch screen. The direction of the blood flow will be displayed.

[Figure 7.9 Power Doppler Mode - Touch Screen]

NOTE: The description of touch screen menu items is the same as for 'Color Doppler Mode'.

7-25
User Manual

PW Spectral Doppler Mode


PW stands for Pulse Wave. This mode displays the blood flow speed at a specific blood vessel location
within a specific time frame. Distance (depth) information can also be obtained by transmitting pulses
over particular time frames.

This mode is useful for measuring low-speed blood flow, such as in the abdomen and peripheral vessels.
The 2D Mode image is also shown, allowing the marking and adjustment of an observation area within
the entire image.

[Figure 7.10 PW Spectral Doppler Mode]

 Entering & Exiting PW Spectral Doppler Mode

Entering PW Spectral Doppler Mode


„„

1. Press the PW button on the control panel to enter PW Spectral Doppler Mode.

2. Configure settings relating to Doppler image acquisition on the touchscreen.

3. Press the PW dial-button again to enter PW Spectral Doppler Mode and display the Doppler
image on the screen.

Exiting PW Spectral Doppler Mode


„„
Press the PW dial-button while the Doppler image is being displayed. You can also press the 2D
dial-button to exit PW Spectral Doppler Mode.

7-26
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

NOTE: The doppler image can only be obtained in the D Only or Simultaneous states.

PW Spectral Doppler Mode Screen


„„
The doppler spectrum is displayed when the Sample Volume is located above the blood flow on the
2D image. The size of the Sample Volume is displayed in mm units. Use the trackball to adjust the
position of the Sample Volume.

Moving Sample Volume: Use the trackball on the control panel.


XX

Resizing Sample Volume: Using the touch screen: Select the SV Size dial-button on the touch
XX
screen.

Adjusting Sample Volume Angle: Rotate the Angle dial-button on the control panel to select a
XX
value between -80-80 degrees. Press the Angle dial-button to select either -60, 0, or 60 degrees.

Adjusting Doppler Baseline


„„
Adjust the Baseline by rotating the dial-button on the touch screen.

HPRF (High PRF) Function


„„
Adjust the blood flow above the speed limit at a specific depth. The scale is increased; this can only
be used in PW Spectral Doppler mode (D Only).

NOTE: Configure Setup > System > Imaging > Display > Common Settings > HPRF.

Activating HPRF
XX
Increasing the scale at a specific depth to a certain point automatically activates HPRF. The
Phantom Gate will appear on the D Line at a position higher than the sample volume. Once
HPRF starts, PRF does not increase even if you increase the scale value.

Finishing HPRF
XX
While HPRF is in use, decrease the scale value by one step to finish HPRF. Here, the PRF value
becomes the maximum value in the current PW Spectral Doppler mode.

7-27
User Manual

Moving Sample Volume


XX
To move the Sample Volume position in the D Only state, the system calculates PRF values and
the Phantom Gate position, and updates them on the PW Spectral Doppler image. HPRF is
terminated when HPRF cannot be activated.
When Sample Volume is moved in the 2D Only state, the PRF values don’t change.

CAUTION:
XX
The Phantom Gate position can be located outside the 2D image area in Zoom Mode.
XX
Make sure that sample volume and Phantom Gate are not placed together in the measuring
area. If more than two Sample Volumes are located in the vessels, all Doppler components will
appear in the spectrum, causing noise.

 PW Spectral Doppler Mode Menu

Simultaneous
„„
Tap Simultaneous on the touch screen. Each time you tap the button, the Simultaneous function
turns on or off. If the Simultaneous option is turned on, you can view real-time 2D and spectral
Doppler images at the same time. If the option is not turned on, however, you will only be able to
view the image from one of the modes. The Simultaneous function decreases Doppler PRF, thus
decreasing the measurable speed range.

Invert
„„
Tap Invert on the touch screen. Each time the button is tapped, the speed indicator (+ / –) for a
spectrum is inverted.

AutoCalc
„„
Tap Auto Calc. on the touch screen to select Off, Live, or Frozen.
If set to Live, the PS, ED, MD, PI, RI, PS/ED, ED/PS, HR, TAMAX, and TAMEAN are calculated after
acquiring the Doppler Trace. If set to Frozen, the PS, ED, MD, PI, RI, PS/ED, ED/PS, HR, TAMAX, and
TAMEAN are calculated when the image is frozen. The values selected in Setup > Measurement
> Parameter1 > Doppler Auto Calculation Items are displayed on screen. For selecting displayed
values, refer to the measurement settings in 'Chapter 3. Utilities’.

CAUTION: The measurements carried out by Auto Trace under Measure and Real Time Automatic
Doppler Trace (Automatic Calculator) may be different from each other. This is because the
algorithms for these two methods are different. It is recommended that you use Auto Trace under
Measure for more accurate measurement.

7-28
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Things to Consider when using Real Time Automatic Doppler Trace


Tips! 1. Aliasing occurs because PRF is too low in comparison to the image speed, or the spectrum is
clustered around the baseline because PRF is too high.
2. Peak is indistinctive or intermittent such as in Spectral waveforms for veins.
3. Meaningful spectrum distinction becomes difficult because Doppler Gain is set too high or too
low.
4. An index is displayed during the transition time after Sample Volume is moved with the Trackball.
5. The major spectral signals are cut off because Doppler Wall Filter is set too high.
6. Peak Trace is interrupted due to abnormal Doppler noise or artifact, and the heart rate is above
approximately 140 bpm.
If any of the above apply, Real Time Automatic Doppler Trace may not produce an accurate trace or
results. In addition, during auto calculation, results will not be displayed if the Freeze function is run
against inaccurate values.

Trace Method
„„
Tap Trace Method on the touch screen. Max or Mean Trace for the selected spectrum is performed.
It will not be performed if set to Off.

Trace Direction
„„
Tap Trace Direction on the touch screen. Select the part of the spectrum to calculate with AutoCalc
from Both, Above, or Below.

Sound
„„
Adjusts the doppler volume. Select a value between 0 and 100 by rotating the Sound dial-button.

Display Format
„„
Tap Display Format on the touch screen. Select either Up/Down, Side by Side, or Doppler Only by
using the button on the touch screen.

Doppler Map
„„
Used to configure the post curve in doppler mode. Select a value between 1 and 12 by using the
dial-button.

7-29
User Manual

TDW
„„
Switches to TDW Mode. TDW stands for Tissue Doppler Wave.

NOTE:
XX
This can only be used when the cardiac application is selected in Phased Array Probe.
XX
For more information on TDW, see TDW Mode.

[Figure 7.11 PW Spectral Doppler Mode - Touch Screen]

NOTE: For more information on other touch screen menu items, refer to '2D Mode' and 'Color
Doppler Mode' sections.

7-30
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

CW Spectral Doppler Mode


CW stands for Continuous Wave. This mode displays the blood flow speed and direction at a specific
blood vessel location within a specific time frame. Unlike PW Spectral Doppler Mode, it does not provide
Sample Volume.

NOTE:
XX
CW Spectral Doppler mode is an optional feature of this product.
XX
This dial-button can be used with the Phased Array or Static CW probes.

[Figure 7.12 CW Spectral Doppler Mode]

Steered CW Spectral Doppler Mode


„„
This mode can only be used if the Phased Array probe is used. The 2D Mode image is also shown,
allowing the marking and adjusting of an observation area within the entire image.

Static CW Spectral Doppler Mode


„„
This mode is only available with a Static CW Probe. The 2D image is not displayed.

7-31
User Manual

 Entering & Exiting CW Spectral Doppler Mode

Entering CW Spectral Doppler Mode


„„

1. Press the CW button on the control panel to enter CW Spectral Doppler Mode.

2. Configure settings relating to Doppler image acquisition on the touchscreen.

3. Press the CW dial-button again to enter CW Spectral Doppler Mode and display the Doppler
image on the screen.

Exiting CW Spectral Doppler Mode


„„
Press the CW dial-button while the Doppler image is being displayed. You can also press the 2D
dial-button to exit CW Spectral Doppler Mode.

 CW Spectral Doppler Mode Menu

[Figure 7.13 CW Spectral Doppler Mode - Touch Screen]

NOTE: The menu for CW Spectral Doppler Mode is identical to that of PW Spectral Doppler Mode.

7-32
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

TDI Mode
NOTE: Appears on the Soft Menu only when using the phased array probe and the cardiac
application.

TDI stands for Tissue Doppler Imaging. It visualizes the movement of rapidly moving tissues such as the
heart.

It is available in Color Doppler Mode. In Color Doppler Mode, TDI provides color information for cardiac
tissues.

[Figure 7.14 Tissue Doppler Imaging Mode]

 Starting and Ending TDI Mode


In Color Doppler Mode, tap TDI on the touchscreen. Pressing the button once more switches the mode
from TDI to C.

NOTE: For information about the touchscreen menu, refer to ‘Color Doppler Mode’.

7-33
User Manual

TDW Mode
TDW stands for Tissue Doppler Wave. It visualizes the movement of rapidly moving tissues such as the
heart. TDW Mode is available in the PW Spectral Doppler Mode. If it is used in Spectral Doppler Mode
along with Color Doppler mode, changes in cardiac tissues over time can be observed.

[Figure 7.15 TDW Mode]

NOTE: This can only be used when the cardiac application is selected in Phased Array Probe.

 Starting and Ending TDW Mode


Tap TDW on the touchscreen in PW Spectral Doppler Mode to run it. Pressing the button once more
switches the mode from TDW to PW Spectral Doppler.

NOTE: For information about the touchscreen menu, refer to the ‘PW Spectral Mode’ section.

7-34
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

ElastoScan Mode
The elasticity of ROI in a 2D image is shown in color. The 2D Mode image is also shown, allowing the
marking and adjustment of the ROI within the scanned image.

NOTE:
XX
ElastoScan Mode is an optional feature of this product.
XX
The probes, applications, and presets that support ElastoScan are as follows:
−− L5-13, LF5-13, LA3-14AD: Small Parts – Breast
−− ER4-9, EVN4-9, VR5-9: Gynecology, Urology
−− 3D4-9, V5-9: Gynecology, Urology

[Figure 7.16 ElastoScan Mode]

ElastoScan
Tips!
An elastogram is the elasticity imaging of an object, based on continuous ultrasound images. The
function that measures the elasticity of an object and converts it to images is called ElastoScan.
ElastoScan visualizes the presence of a solid mass or stiffness in tissue.
It is already well known that lesions such as tumors are different from healthy tissue in terms of their
stiffness. Up until now, palpation has been used for examination, but this method has certain depth
limitations.
Because stiff tissues such as tumors do not deform readily, they are less elastic than the surrounding
tissues. Therefore, the differences in elasticity measured by an elastogram can be used to infer the
presence of a lesion.

7-35
User Manual

 Entering and Exiting E Mode


In 2D Mode, tap ElastoScan on the touchscreen. Press the 2D button to exit E Mode and enter 2D
Mode.

 E Mode Screen
In this mode, the elastogram and the 2D image are displayed together on the screen. Tap Single/
Dual/Quad on the touchscreen to select Single Mode, Dual Mode, or Quad Mode.

ROI Mode
„„
Tap ROI Mode on the touchscreen.
ROI stands for Region of Interest. In E Mode, the ROI Box represents the area where elasticity
information is shown. Tap ROI Mode on the touchscreen to turn ROI Mode on or off.
You can adjust the position and size of the ROI box by using the Change button on the control
panel. Each time the Change button is pressed, the current status of the ROI Box is shown in the
User Information area of the screen.

E ROI Pos.: The position of the ROI Box can be changed. Move the ROI Box with the Trackball to
XX
confirm the new position.

E ROI Size: The size of the ROI Box can be changed. Resize the ROI Box with the Trackball and
XX
press the Change button to confirm the new size.

[Figure 7.17 ROI Mode]

7-36
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Performing a Scan
When using ElastoScan Mode, place the probe on the surface of the area to observe and periodically
apply compression to the surface. The compression should be adjusted so that the strain stays within
3-5%.

Breast
„„
A breast is a complex organ which consists of lactiferous ducts, lactiferous glands, fibrous tissue,
and chest muscles. Moving a probe along vertically causes unintended movements of the tissues.
To observe a lesion in ElastoScan Mode (E Mode), it is recommended that tissue movements in axial,
lateral, and any other direction are kept to a minimum.

Prostate
„„
The prostate consists of tissues simpler than a breast, and there are relatively fewer unintended
movements.

 Screen Layout

Color Bar
„„
In E Mode, the color bar indicates the stiffness of a tissue. Regardless of the color, the lower section
of the bar indicates that the target area is stiffer than the surrounding tissues, and the upper section
indicates that the target area is less stiff than the surrounding tissues.

7-37
User Manual

 E Mode Menu

[Figure 7.18 ElastoScan Mode - Touch Screen]

Invert
„„
Tap this button on the touchscreen to invert the Color Bar. Inverting the color bar also inverts the
color displayed on the image.

Alpha Blending
„„
Alpha Blending blends 2D and E images so that they appear to overlap with each other. Tap this
button on the touchscreen to turn this feature on or off. When turned on, the Blending Level
button will be enabled in the Soft Menu. You may adjust the blending ratio.

E Gain
„„
Adjust the brightness of the E image by between 0 and 100%.

Contrast
„„
Select the contrast of the elastogram. Select a value between 0 and 100%.

Enhancement
„„
Adjusts the enhancement of the image. Use the dial-button to select a setting between 0 and 100%.
A higher setting provides more clearly defined boundaries, at the expense of increased noise.

7-38
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Color Map
„„
Select the color of the elastogram. Select a value between 1 and 5 by using the dial-button on the
touchscreen. If you change the Color Map, the color bar will also change accordingly.

Blending Level
„„
Select the ratio of Alpha Blending. Use the dial-button to select a setting between 0 and 100%.
Setting the value to 0% shows an E image only and setting it to 100% shows a 2D image only.

Frame Average
„„
Specify the speed of change between frames. You can adjust the level in 1% increments between 0
and 100% by pressing the buttons on the touch screen or using the dial-button. Selecting a higher
value increases the rate of frame change.

7-39
User Manual

Combined Mode
In Combined Mode, three different modes are combined, including the default 2D Mode. Note that, in
2D/C Live Mode, only two modes are combined: 2D and Color Doppler Modes.

2D/C/PW Mode
Color Doppler Mode and PW Spectral Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously.

In Color Doppler mode, press the PW dial-button on the control panel. Or, in PW Spectral Doppler mode,
press the C dial-button on the control panel.

2D/PD/PW Mode
Power Doppler Mode and PW Spectral Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously.

In Power Doppler mode, press the PW dial-button on the control panel. Or, in PW Spectral Doppler Mode,
press the PD button on the control panel.

2D/C/M Mode
Color Doppler Mode and M Mode are displayed simultaneously.

2D/C/CW Mode
Color Doppler Mode and CW Spectral Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously. This mode is available
only with certain probes.

In Color Doppler Mode, press the CW button on the control panel. Or, in CW Spectral Doppler Mode,
press the C dial-button on the control panel.

7-40
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

2D/TDI/TDW Mode

NOTE: This can only be used when the cardiac application is selected in Phased Array Probe.

TDI Mode and TDW Mode are displayed simultaneously. In PD mode or Color Doppler mode, press the
TDI, and then press the PW dial-button.

Dual Live Mode


2D Mode and Color Doppler Mode are displayed simultaneously. In either 2D mode or C mode, select
Dual Live on the touch screen.

 Changing Combined Mode Format

Changing Trackball State


„„
In Combined Mode, more than two image modes are used at the same time.
Depending on the trackball’s state, you can change the position or size of: ROI on the active image;
the Sample Volume; M line, etc. Press the Change button on the control panel to change the state
of the trackball.
Note that when frozen, you can press the Change button to select the type of Cine image.

Changing the menu


„„
You can change the menu and touch screen menu items without changing the active image mode.
The functions of the buttons on the control panel vary depending on the active image mode.
For example, when the touch screen menu for 2D mode is displayed on the screen in 2D/C/PW
mode, you can select another mode from the touch screen menu to switch to that mode.

NOTE: For information on optimizing an image in Combined Mode, please refer to ‘Basic Mode’.

7-41
User Manual

Multi-Image Mode
The product supports Dual Mode and Quad Mode.

In Multi-Image Mode, an image can be displayed in different combined modes. Button operations in an
active area are the same as in Combined Mode.

Dual Mode
Press the Dual button on the control panel.

You can compare two different images at the same time. Each time you press the Dual or Set button, one
of the two images is selected. The currently active image mode is indicated by a blue marker at the top of
the image. The buttons and menu operate according to the image mode that is currently in use.

To exit Dual mode, press the Single button or the 2D dial-button on the control panel.

[Figure 7.19 Dual mode]

7-42
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Quad Mode
Press the Quad button on the control panel to enter Quad Mode.

You can compare four different images at the same time. Each time you tap the Quad or Set button, one
of the four images is selected. The currently active image mode is indicated by a blue marker at the top of
the image. The buttons and menu operate according to the image mode that is currently in use.

To exit Quad mode, press the Single button or the 2D dial-button on the control panel.

[Figure 7.20 Quad mode]

NOTE: For information on optimizing an image in Multi-image mode, please refer to ‘Basic Mode’.

7-43
User Manual

3D/4D Mode
These modes show 3D images of the region being examined. H60 provides 3D Mode, 4D Mode (optional)
and XI STIC (optional).

NOTE: Standard probes cannot be used for 3D/4D Modes.

 Entering and Exiting 3D/4D Mode


Press the 3D/4D button on the control panel. Press the button again to exit 3D/4D mode and return
to 2D mode.

 3D/4D Mode Screen

ROI Box
„„
In 3D/4D mode, the ROI box is also referred to as the volume box. The box is used to indicate 3D/4D
conversion areas.
You can adjust the position and size of the ROI box by using the Change button on the control
panel. Each time the Change button is pressed, the state of the ROI box is displayed in the lower
middle part of the screen as follows:

ROI Position: In this state, the position of the ROI box can be changed. You can move the ROI box
XX
by using the trackball.

ROI Size: In this state, the size of the ROI box can be changed. After resizing the ROI box with the
XX
trackball, press the Change button to confirm the new size.

7-44
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 3D Mode
The product uses the 3D probe to provide 3D mode and XI STIC.

[Figure 7.21 3D Mode]

3D
„„
In this mode, you can obtain 3D images by using a 3D probe.

XI STIC
„„
In this mode, fetal cardiac cycle and STIC volume data can be obtained with 3D probes. For more
information, please refer to 'XI STIC' in this chapter.

NOTE: XI STIC is an option of this product.

7-45
User Manual

 4D Mode
In 4D Mode, 3D images can be obtained in real time with 3D probes. This mode is also called Live 3D
Mode.

NOTE: 4D Mode is an optional feature of this product.

[Figure 7.22 4D Mode]

7-46
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Acquiring 3D/4D Images


1. Specify the location and size of the ROI Box as desired.

2. Set the required parameters in the 3D StandBy screen on the touch screen.

Select the menu tab for 3D/4D mode, and configure in the following order: View Mode 
XX
Rendering Preset  Other Items.

3. Press the Freeze or Set button on the control panel. The system will start acquiring 3D images.

4. Once 3D image acquisition is complete, the 3D View screen will be shown (if configured to do so).
‘3D View’ is displayed at the top left side of the monitor screen.

If a horizontally flipped 3D image is obtained, the image will also be shown horizontally flipped
XX
in 3D View.

5. You can perform diagnosis by optimizing images. Press the 3D/4D button to acquire 3D images
again.

How to Improve 3D Image Quality


Tips! XX
Consider the direction, size and section of the viewpoint as well as the visibility of an object.
XX
Before acquiring 3D images, adjust the contrast in 2D Mode.
XX
The bigger the ROI box, the slower the rendering speed. Therefore, set an appropriate ROI box
size.
XX
To see the 3D image of a fetus in frontal view, position the fetal head in the direction of the
Direction Mark, putting it in the coronal plane. Then scan the fetus from back to abdomen.
XX
The 3D image of a fetal face can be more easily located in the coronal plane than in the Sagittal
plane.
XX
To determine surface contour, subjects such as amniotic fluid that do not generate echoes
should be insulated with hypo-echoic textures.
XX
Once 3D image acquisition is complete, you can adjust the low-threshold level to clean up the
image. The general rule is not to adjust High Threshold; set it to the maximum value of 255.

7-47
User Manual

3D Stand By
This screen is displayed on the touch screen when 3D/4D Modes are entered. Set the required parameters
to specify how 3D images are acquired.

[Figure 7.23 3D StandBy - Touch Screen]

 Menu Tab
Select a tab for 3D/4D Modes. Different tabs are displayed on the touch screen depending on the
probe currently being used.

Adjusting 2D Images in 3D/4D Modes


Tips!
Tap the 2D Menu tab on the touch screen to optimize a 2D image before acquiring the
corresponding 3D image.
Once the 2D image is optimized, tap 3D Menu on the touch screen to return to 3D StandBy mode.

 View Mode
Select a view mode to use after 3D images are acquired.

3D View
„„
The standard view mode for 3D image review. Press MPR to select.

7-48
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Rendering Preset
Selects a Preset for 3D images. For more information, refer to the preset information contained in the
‘3D View-MPR Mode’ section.

 Scan Quality
Selects the quality of 3D images. Select Low, Med, or High by tapping the button on the touch screen
or using the dial-button.

High: Image quality is high, but the speed of capturing (or rendering) 3D image is low.
XX

Med2: Provides better image capturing speed and lower image quality than the High setting.
XX

Med1: Provides better image capturing speed and lower image quality than the Med2 setting.
XX

Low: Provides the highest 3D image capturing speed and the lowest image quality.
XX

NOTE: Scan Quality is not available in the XI STIC menu tab.

 Volume Angle
Set the scan angle by tapping the touch screen or using the dial-button. The setting range varies
depending on the selected probe.

NOTE: In XI STIC, set the scan angle between 10° and 60°.

7-49
User Manual

3D View – MPR
This view mode is enabled upon acquisition of images when MPR is selected in 3D StandBy.

You can optimize 3D images, perform diagnosis, and take measurements.

Changing View Mode


Tips!
Select the 3D Menu tab on the touch screen to change the view mode.

 The Basics of 3D View Mode

Screen Layout
„„

1 2

3 5 4

[Figure 7.24 3D View]

1 A Plane: The slice image of the axial section.


2 B Plane: The slice image of the sagittal section.
3 C Plane: The slice image of the coronal section.
4 3D Image
5 Trackball state indication: The current state of the trackball is displayed at the bottom of the
monitor screen. You can select Pointer, Move, or ROI for trackball. Press the Change button on
the control panel to change the trackball state. The trackball state changes sequentially each
time the button is pressed.

7-50
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Pointer: Re-adjusts the position of ROI Box. Pressing the Pointer button on the control panel
XX
switches to Pointer state. You can rotate the ROI box around the image axis by using the pointer
while pressing the Set button. Press the Change button again to switch to another state.

Move: Moves the 3D image with the trackball. The acquired 3D image moves as you move the
XX
trackball.

ROI: You can resize the ROI box with the trackball. The ROI box on the 3D image is resized as you
XX
move the trackball.

Touch Screen Layout


„„
Only those buttons that are available in the current mode are enabled.

[Figure 7.25 3D View Menu]

Post Gain
„„
Works independently from 2D Gain, with a separate value. The initial value is 0, but this value can be
set to any value from -255 to 255. In 4D mode, Post Gain works during Freeze.

Zooming In to/Out of Images


„„
Turn the Zoom dial-button on the control panel to zoom in to/out of images. The current zoom
factor appears at the bottom of the screen.

7-51
User Manual

VCT Zoom
„„

NOTE: This option is available with VCT.

Use the Zoom dial-button on the control panel. Pressing the dial-button switches the function to
VCT Zoom. Rotate the dial-button to zoom in to/out of VCT images. The current VCT Zoom factor
appears at the bottom of the screen.

Rotating Image around X Axis


„„
Use the M / x dial-button on the control panel.

Rotating Image around Y Axis


„„
Use the PW / y dial-button on the control panel.

Rotating Image around Z Axis


„„
Use the Color / z dial-button on the control panel.

Measurements by Application:
„„

NOTE:
XX
Measurements can only be taken for images in MPR, MSV, Oblique, or 4D modes.
XX
Measurements cannot be taken in MSV mode if the display format is 2*3 or higher.
XX
While measurements are being taken, only the Review, Patient, Report, and Annotation
buttons may be used.

Press the Calculator button on the control panel. Measurement methods are identical to those
described in ‘Chapter 8. Measurements and Calculations’.

Basic Measurement
„„
Press the Caliper button on the control panel. For more information, refer to ‘Chapter 8.
Measurements and Calculations’, and specifically the ‘Basic Measurement’ section.

7-52
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Saving Images
„„

NOTE: If volume data contains both 4D and 3D Cine images, choose either 4D or 3D for saving.

1. Press the Store button on the control panel. The 3D Data Save screen is displayed on the touch
screen.

2. Specify settings such as Data Type, Save Item, and Volume Format.

3. Tap Save on the touch screen to finish saving. Tap Exit to cancel.

Volume Data
Tips! 1. If volume data contains a Cine image, it is saved at the same time.
2. If images are saved with volume data, they can be converted to new 3D rendering images with
SonoView.

[Figure 7.26 3D Data Save]

Printing Images
„„
Press the Store (or S1, S2, or S3) button on the control panel.

7-53
User Manual

 Mode
Select the display format in which 3D images are presented.

Render
„„
Axial, Sagittal, or Coronal plane images are displayed together with the 3D image.

2D
„„
Axial, Sagittal and Coronal plane images, along with OH (Orientation Help), are displayed on the
screen. OH indicates the relative position of the currently selected plane in regard to volume data.

Tips! Tap Single on the touch screen for a more detailed view.

VCT
„„
Axial, Sagittal and Coronal plane images and combinations of them are displayed. Each plane is
displayed with a different colored frame. VCT is an abbreviation for Volume CT.

Accept ROI
„„

NOTE: This option is available with Render.

Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to turn it on or off. If it is turned on, ROI will not
be displayed.

 Display Format
You can change the display format by using the touch screen. The display format varies for each mode.

Single: Switches to Full screen.


XX

Dual: Switches to 2D/3D screen.


XX

Quad: Switches to ROI 3D screen.


XX

NOTE: In 2D or VCT mode, only Single or Quad Format can be used.

7-54
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Ref. Image
Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to select a reference image from among A, B, and
C. The selected image will be highlighted with orange borders.

A: Axial Section
XX

B: Sagittal Section
XX

C: Coronal Section
XX

OH (Orientation Help)
„„

NOTE: 2D. This option is available with Render.

Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to turn it on or off. If it is turned on, a 3D image
will be displayed along with OH.

 3D Rotation

NOTE: 3D Rotation, Mix, Th.Low, and Transparency are available in Render mode.

Select -90°, 90°, or 180° by tapping the button on the touch screen. The coordinate system rotates
based on the current 3D image.

 Init
When you tap the touch screen, the position information of the 3D image is initialized.

 Mix
Configure the mix of Render modes 1 and 2. Use the dial-button to select a ratio between 0:100(%)
and 100:0(%).

NOTE: For details on Render mode, refer to ‘Render Setup’ in '3D Utility Menu'.

7-55
User Manual

 Th. Low
Specify the minimum range of Threshold. Use the dial-button to select a value between 0 and 254.

Threshold
Tips!
This option allows you to adjust the threshold value in order to eliminate unnecessary data from
images. As the number increases, cyst elements become more apparent. As the number decreases,
bone elements become more apparent.

 Select
Select Post Curve. Use the dial-button to select 2D, 3D, 2D Color, or 3D Color.

 Position
Set the position of the post curve selected under Select. Use the dial-button to select a value
between 0 and 100.

 Bias
Set the bias of the post curve selected under Select. Use the dial-button to select a value between
-100 and 100.

 Transparency
Set the transparency of a 3D image. Use the dial-button to select a value between 20 and 250.

The lowest value (20) is for complete transparency, and the highest value (250) is for complete
opacity.

7-56
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

VOCAL
Measure the volume of tissues within the human body. VOCAL is an abbreviation for Virtual Organ
Computer Aided anaLysis.

VOCAL can be performed in the following order: VOCAL Define  VOCAL Edit  VOCAL

*
[Figure 7.27 VOCAL]

VOCAL Define
Specify the settings required for VOCAL execution.

 Contour Type
Select the contour line type. A contour line is automatically created for all types except Manual.

Solid
„„
Used for object data with many echoes.

General
„„
Draw a contour line based on a typical object. This is faster than other automatic contour types but
less accurate.

7-57
User Manual

Prostate
„„
Used for prostate data.

Cystic
„„
Used for object data with fewer echoes.

Sphere
„„
After creating a spherical object, edit its contour to make it into the desired shape.

Manual
„„
Create the desired shape of an object manually.

 Ref. Image
Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to select a reference image from among A, B, and
C. The selected image will be highlighted with orange borders.

 Step Angle
Set the rotation angle. Select 12, 18 or 30 by tapping the corresponding button on the touch screen.

 Moving Pole Points by Using the Trackball


Set the range to perform VOCAL in a reference image. In a reference image, Pole 1 indicates the
position of the upper arrow and Pole 2 indicates the position of the lower arrow. Adjust by using
either the trackball and Set button on the control panel or the dial-button on the touch screen.

 Init
When you tap the touch screen, the position information of the 3D image is initialized.

 Start
Tap the touch screen to begin creation of VOCAL data.

7-58
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

When Contour Type is set to Manual


Tips! 1. Tap Start on the touch screen. The Image Position screen will be displayed on the touch screen.
2. After tapping the Set button over an image, move the trackball to contour.

XX
Tap Next to move to the next frame.

XX
Tap Previous to move to the previous frame.
3. Tap Done on the touch screen. Start VOCAL.

XX
If you tap Done without contouring, VOCAL is performed over a sphere.

[Figure 7.28 VOCAL Define - Touch Screen]

7-59
User Manual

VOCAL Edit
Once VOCAL data is created, volume information will be displayed on the screen. In VOCAL Edit Mode,
you can modify or redo the existing contour lines.

 Shell Mode
Set the shell of an object based on its contour line.

Off
„„
Do not use Shell Mode. The created contour and the shell overlap.

Inside
„„
The shell is drawn inside the contour generated by the Shell Thick. specified.

Outside
„„
The shell is drawn outside the contour generated by the Shell Thick. specified.

Symmetric
„„
Half the shell is drawn inside the contour and the other half of the shell is drawn outside the contour,
with each drawn at half of the Shell Thick. specified.

 Shell Thick.
Set the shell thickness of an object. Use the dial-button to select a value between 1 and 20mm.
This option appears on the touch screen only when Shell Mode is used.

 Image Position
Review contour lines for each frame. Use Previous and Next to move through frames.

7-60
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Multi Edit
Modify more than one contour line at once. Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature
on or off. If it is turned on, up to 6 contour lines can be displayed simultaneously on the screen.
When there are more than 6 lines, use the MEV Page dial-button to navigate through pages.
MEV is an abbreviation for Multi Edit View.

Use Pole 1 and Pole 2 to edit contour lines. You can also use the trackball and the Set button on the
control panel to edit contour lines. Once editing is complete, tap Multi Edit again to turn it off.

 Clear Contour
When you tap this button on the touch screen, the VOCAL data are deleted, the settings are maintained,
and the system returns to the VOCAL Define step.

 New Contour
Tap the button on the touch screen to move from VOCAL Manual page to VOCAL Setup page.
This button only appears if Contour Type is set to Manual.

 Accept Contour
Tap the button on the touch screen to apply changes. The screen will switch to the VOCAL data review
screen.

[Figure 7.29 VOCAL Edit - Touch Screen]

7-61
User Manual

VOCAL
Optimizes VOCAL data for review.

 VOCAL Mode
Specify how VOCAL data are presented.

ROI 3D
„„
Shows images in the Axial, Sagittal and Coronal planes, together with VOCAL data.

Fixed 3D
„„
Shows images in the Axial, Sagittal and Coronal planes, together with 3D images for VOCAL data.

VCT
„„
Shows actual combinations of images in the Axial, Sagittal and Coronal planes and VOCAL data.
Use the VCT Type dial-button to select one from Type 1-Type 8.

 Display Format
When you tap this button on the touch screen and select Single or Quad, the VOCAL data are displayed
in full screen. This can be used in every mode. When you press this button again, the display returns
to the previous screen.

 Ref. Image
Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to select a reference image from among A, B, and
C. The selected image will be highlighted with orange borders

 VOCAL Edit
Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to return to the VOCAL Edit stage.

 Init
When you tap the touch screen, the position information of the 3D image is initialized.

7-62
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Mode

NOTE: This option is available with ROI 3D.

Specify how the surface of VOCAL data is presented. Use the dial-button to select Surface or Wireframe.

Surface: VOCAL data are represented using the method of expressing the exterior of images by
XX
curves.

Wireframe: VOCAL data are represented by dots and lines.


XX

[Figure 7.30 VOCAL - Touch Screen]

7-63
User Manual

3D XI
NOTE:
XX
3D XI is an optional feature of this product.
XX
3D XI is available only when 3D probes are used.

This view mode is enabled if 3D image acquisition is completed when MSV or Oblique View is selected
in 3D StandBy. An image can be viewed in multiple slices.

MSV
An image can be viewed in multiple slices. MSV is an abbreviation for Multi-Slice View.

[Figure 7.31 Multi Slice View]

NOTE: Available options are Calculator, Caliper, Text and Arrow.

7-64
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 MSV Screen
The images sliced at the thickness set in Slice Thick. are displayed on the screen. Slice Number/Total
Number of Slices is shown at the bottom of each slice image. The currently selected slice image is
indicated by an orange contour.

The image information displays the current mode, Ref.Image, and Slice Thick.

Rotating Image
„„
Rotating the reference plane affects all other planes.

X-axis Rotation: Use the M/X dial-button on the control panel. If the trackball is in Pointer mode,
XX
place the Pointer near the X-axis in an image and then move the trackball while pressing the Set
button.

Y-axis Rotation: Use the PW/Y dial-button on the control panel. If the trackball is in Pointer mode,
XX
place the Pointer near the Y-axis in an image and then move the trackball while pressing the Set
button.

Z-axis Rotation: Use the Color/Z dial-button on the control panel. If the trackball is in Pointer
XX
mode, place the Pointer near the Z-axis in an image and then move the trackball while pressing
the Set button.

Moving Image
„„
Set the trackball in Move Mode, and then move it up/down/left/right. The image will move along
the X and Y axes.

[Figure 7.32 Multi Slice View - Touch Screen]

7-65
User Manual

 Display Format
Set the layout of slice images. Select from 1*1, 2*1, 2*2, 3*2, 3*3 or 4*3 by tapping the corresponding
button on the touch screen. The number of indices that can be displayed simultaneously on the screen
varies depending on this setting. If the layout is changed, the selected slice image moves to the first
position on the screen.

 Ref. Image
Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to select a reference image from among A, B, and C.

MSV OH
„„
Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. If it is turned on, the A, B and C
planes of the selected slice image will be displayed on the screen. The selected slice and reference
images will be highlighted with orange borders.

 Page
Change the page on the screen. This option can be useful when the total number of slice images
exceeds what is specified in Display Format. Select a page by tapping the Previous and Next buttons
on the touch screen.

 Selected Slice
Select a slice image to observe. Use the dial-button to select an Index. The selected index will be
highlighted with orange borders.

 Slice Thick.

NOTE: The Slice Thick. represents the slice width in volume data, rather than the actual anatomical
position.

Set the cut depth of images. Use the dial-button to select 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, or 10.0mm.
Depending on your selection, the number of indices and pages will vary.

7-66
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Position
Set the position of the post curve. Use the dial-button to select a value between 0 and 100.

 Bias
Set the bias of the post curve. Use the dial-button to select a value between -100 and 100.

 Ruler
Set the position of the ruler. Use the dial-button to select None, Right, Left, Top, Bottom or All.

 Select
Select Post Curve. Use the dial-button to select 2D or 2D Color.

NOTE:
The following 3D Utility Menu items are enabled in MSV mode: Orientation Dot, Chroma, 4D Cine,
Post Processing, Preset
For more information on 3D Utility, see ‘3D Utility Menu’.

7-67
User Manual

Oblique View
After drawing a straight or curved line in the selected image in MSV Mode, you can study the related
oblique image. To do this, follow the procedure below:

1. Select Display Format and then specify the number of oblique images to study.

2. Set the Cut Type.

3. Draw a straight or curved line in a reference image by using the trackball and the Set button. An
oblique image will appear with the start (S) and end (E) points shown.

If the trackball is in Move state, the position of the line can be changed.
XX

4. Optimize the image for observation by using other buttons on the touch screen.

NOTE:
XX
Functions such as Text and Arrow can be used.
XX
When Display Format is 2*1, measurement functions such as Calculator and Caliper can be
used.

[Figure 7.33 Oblique View]

7-68
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Oblique View Screen


The reference image that is selected in MSV Mode is displayed on the screen. The reference image is
highlighted with orange borders and always placed in the top left corner of the screen.

When more than one line is used for observation, each line is indicated by a different color and number.

The image information displays the current mode, Ref.Image, Oblique Cut Type, and Plumb Size (or
Slice Thick.).

NOTE: When OVIX is used, the image information also displays OVIX Line Offset, Mix, Threshold
Low, and Render Mode 1, 2.

Direction of View of Oblique Image


Tips!
The observer is located perpendicular to the section of a reference image. Please see the view
direction below:

 Display Format
Set the layout of oblique images. Select 2*1, 3*2 or 3*3 by tapping the corresponding button on the
touch screen. Depending on this setting, the number of oblique images and the Oblique Cut Type will
vary.

7-69
User Manual

 Cut Type
Specify how images are cut by tapping the corresponding button on the touch screen.

Line
„„
The oblique image of a straight line can be studied.

Contour
„„
The oblique image of a curved line or contour line can be studied.

Multi Line & Multi Contour


Tips!
If Display Format is set to 3*2 or 3*3, enable Auto Increment to draw more than one line.

Parallel
„„

NOTE: This cannot be used when Display Format is 2*1.

The oblique image of a straight line and its parallel lines can be studied. If a straight line is drawn, its
parallel lines are automatically shown on the screen.

Plumb
„„

NOTE: This cannot be used when Display Format is 2*1.

The oblique image of a straight line and its perpendicular lines can be observed. If a straight line is
drawn, its perpendicular lines are automatically shown on the screen.

 Image Rotation
Specify the direction of an oblique image. Select 90°, 180° or -90°, by tapping the button on the screen.
Select the oblique image that you wish to change the direction of from Select Slice.

 Clear Line
Tap the touch screen to delete an oblique image.

7-70
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Selected Slice

NOTE: This cannot be used when Display Format is 2*1.

Use the dial-button to select a line. The oblique image of the selected line is indicated by blue
contour.

 Plumb Size

NOTE: This is used only when Cut Type is Plumb.

Use the dial-button to adjust the length of the perpendicular line. The length of the centermost line
may be adjusted by 1mm; its current length is displayed in image information.

 Slice Thick.

NOTE: This is used only when Oblique Cut Type is Parallel.

Use the dial-button to adjust the interval between the perpendicular lines. The length of the
centermost line may be adjusted by 1mm; its current length is displayed in image information.

 Rotate Line
NOTE: This cannot be used when:
XX
Cut Type is Contour; or
XX
Cut Type is Line and Selected Slice is Select All.

Use the dial-button to rotate a line. When the line is rotated, the oblique image is also changed
accordingly.

7-71
User Manual

 OVIX

NOTE: This cannot be used when Cut Type is Contour.

OVIX is the abbreviation for Oblique View eXtended, which sets the cross-sectional thickness of an
oblique image and shows the image in 3D.

Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to turn it on or off. When this is on, an OVIX Line
appears in the reference image, which indicates the cross-sectional thickness of the oblique image of
the reference image.

The thickness of the OVIX Line can be adjusted with OVIX Thick.. To change the 3D image settings,
select and adjust Setting or OVIX Post Curve from the 3D Utility Menu.

 OVIX Thick.
Use the dial-button to adjust the thickness of OVIX. The 3D image for the set thickness appears.

 Select
Select Post Curve. Use the dial-button to select 2D, OVIX, 2D Color, or OVIX Color.

7-72
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Init
Tap the touch screen to delete the Oblique image and reset the position information for Ref. Image.

NOTE:
The following 3D utility menu items are enabled in Oblique View mode: Setting, Chroma,
Orientation Dot, 4D Cine, Post Processing, Preset
For more information on 3D Utility, refer to ‘3D Utility Menu’.

[Figure 7.34 Oblique View - Touch Screen]

7-73
User Manual

XI VOCAL

NOTE: XI VOCAL is one of the 3D XI features. It is available as an optional feature of this product.

Measure the volume of tissues in 3D XI Mode.

[Figure 7.35 XI VOCAL]

VOCAL vs XI VOCAL
Tips! XX
VOCAL: Measures the volume of an object in a general 3D image. Uses rotating slices.
XX
XI VOCAL: Measures the volume of an object in the selected reference image in MSV Mode by
using parallel slices. Uses parallel slices. Calculates the volume of an object by cutting it into
multiple slices.

XI VOCAL is performed in the following order: XI VOCAL Define  XI VOCAL Edit  XI VOCAL

7-74
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

XI VOCAL Define
Specify how slice and contour lines are extracted.

Reference images and slice lines are displayed on the left side of the screen. Slice images with the start (S)
and end (E) points of a slice line are displayed on the right side of the screen.

[Figure 7.36 XI VOCAL Define]

 Contour Type
Select the contour line type. A contour line is automatically created for all types except Manual.

Solid
„„
Used for object data with many echoes.

Cystic
„„
Used for object data with fewer echoes.

General
„„
Draw a contour line based on a typical object. This is faster than other automatic contour types but
less accurate.

7-75
User Manual

Manual
„„
Create the desired shape of an object manually. A contour line can be specified in the XI VOCAL Edit
screen.

 Ref. Image
Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to select a reference image from among A, B, and
C. The selected image will be highlighted with orange borders.

Ref. Contour
„„
Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. If it is turned on, a contour line can
be drawn by using the trackball and the Set button.

 Slice Direction
Set the direction of a slice line. Select from Vertical or Horizontal by tapping the corresponding button
on the touch screen. Changing the direction of a slice line also changes the slice image displayed on
the screen.

 Init
When you tap the touch screen, the position information of the 3D image is initialized.

 Start
Tap the touch screen to switch to the XI VOCAL Edit screen.

NOTE: If Contour Type is set to Manual, the system switches to the XI VOCAL screen when Start is
pressed.

7-76
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 # of Slices
Specify the number of slice images. Use the dial-button to select 5, 10, 15, or 20. Depending on the
selected number of images, the interval between slices will vary.

[Figure 7.37 XI VOCAL Define - Touch Screen]

7-77
User Manual

XI VOCAL Edit
Specify the contour extraction range or run XI VOCAL.

Based on slice lines, slice images and pole points will be displayed on the screen. A pole point is a
reference point against which an object contour is extracted. Two pole points appear in each slice image.

The selected slice image is highlighted with orange borders. ‘The image number/the total number of
slice images’ is shown at the bottom of each image.

Reference Image and Slice Line


Tips!
These always appear in the bottom right corner of the XI VOCAL Edit screen. They can be useful
when the position of a slice image needs to be considered.

[Figure 7.38 XI VOCAL Edit]

 Ref. Page
Use the dial-button to change the screen page.

 New Contour
Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to delete the current data and return to the XI
VOCAL Define stage.

7-78
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Accept Contour
Tap the button on the touch screen to apply changes and run XI VOCAL. The system will switch to the
XI VOCAL screen.

When Contour Type is set to Manual


Tips!
Use the Set button and the trackball to draw a contour line before pressing Accept Contour.
If you press Accept Contour without drawing a contour line, a general type contour line will be
extracted.

[Figure 7.39 XI VOCAL Edit - Touch Screen]

7-79
User Manual

XI VOCAL
Optimize XI VOCAL data for review.

Slice images with their contour line shown and 3D reference images are displayed. The 3D reference
image is highlighted with orange borders, and the calculated volume is shown at the bottom of the
image.

3D Reference Image
Tips!
Use XI VOCAL to display an object for which volume has been obtained in 3D. Use the Zoom, M / x,
PW / y or Color / z dial-buttons on the control panel to zoom or rotate for observation.

 View All Slices


Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. If it is turned on, all XI VOCAL data –
including reference image, slice line and slice image – will be displayed simultaneously on the screen.

 Edit Contour
Tap the touch screen to return to the XI VOCAL Edit screen. You can edit the contour line by using the
trackball and the Set button.

[Figure 7.40 XI VOCAL - Touch Screen]

7-80
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

XI STIC
NOTE:
XX
XI STIC is an optional feature of this product.
XX
XI STIC is only available when 3D probes are used.
XX
This only appears when the Application is set to OB.
XX
When you enter 3D Standby in Fetal Heart Preset, the system will automatically switch to STIC.

This option can be used to obtain the fetal cardiac cycle with volume data on the fetal cardiac area, and
to recompile the volume data for display. STIC is an abbreviation for Spatio-Temporal Image Correlation.

[Figure 7.41 XI STIC]

 Acquiring XI STIC Images


NOTE: If the motion artifacting is severe, data does not contain the cardiac cycle, or the heart rate
cannot be calculated for any other reason, you will be returned to the XI STIC image preparation
screen.

1. Select the XI STIC tab in the 3D Stand By screen on the touchscreen.

2. Set the various parameters as you would for acquisition of standard 3D images.

3. Press the Freeze or Set button on the control panel. The system will begin acquiring 3D images.

4. When image acquisition is complete, XI STIC is displayed on the monitor screen and the XI STIC
Confirm screen appears on the touchscreen. Check the fetal cardiac cycle calculated.

7-81
User Manual

5. Tap Yes on the touchscreen to continue. Tap No to cancel and acquire the images again.

6. You can perform diagnosis by optimizing images.

To obtain superior STIC volume data


Tips! XX
Volume Angle: If the size of the fetal heart is small, use a smaller Volume Angle.
XX
Scan Position: Adjust the scan position so that the center of the Volume Angle and the fetal
heart are aligned properly.
XX
ROI Box: Adjust the size of the volume box so that it nearly fits the size of the fetal heart.

 Volume Angle
Set the scan angle. Select a value between 10 and 60 by using the dial-button.

 Scan Time
Set the image acquisition time. Use the dial-button to select between 7 and 15 seconds.

 Trimester
Set the pregnancy trimester. Use the dial-button to select 1st, 2nd, or 3rd.

Trimester
Tips!
If 1st-3rd are selected, the recommended scan time and STIC angle are automatically set for the
specified trimester. Please see the following table:

Trimester 1st 2nd 3rd

Scan Time 10 seconds 12 seconds 15 seconds

Volume Angle 20˚ 25˚ 30˚

If a scan time and Volume Angle other than those in the above table are set, the trimester is
displayed as User Set.

NOTE: For information on other usage, please refer to “3D Stand By” section.

7-82
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Reviewing XI STIC Image


XI STIC image is played as a Volume Cine; on the left side of the screen XI STIC information including
HR, Scan Time, Img. Angle, Vol. Angle, and Volume Index are displayed.

NOTE: During Volume Cine, only MPR, MSV, and Oblique View Modes are available.

Press the Freeze button on the control panel to stop Volume Cine playback.

 Speed
Select the playback speed for XI STIC images. Use the dial-button to select Very Slow, Slow, Normal,
Fast, or Fastest. This rate is based on the fetal heart rate (100%).

 Vol. Index
Use the dial-button to select an Index.

NOTE:
XX
This option is only available when Freeze is enabled.
XX
Refer to 3D View-MPR and 3D XI for further information on its use.

[Figure 7.42 XI STIC - Touchscreen]

7-83
User Manual

4D
NOTE:
XX
4D Mode is an optional feature of this product.
XX
4D Mode is available only when 3D probes are used.

In 4D Mode, 3D images can be obtained in real time with 3D probes. This mode is also called Live 3D
Mode.

Images can be acquired in the same way as for standard 3D images.

 4D Mode Screen
Press the Freeze button on the control panel to switch to the 4D Cine screen.

NOTE: In 4D state, only MPR, MSV, and Oblique View modes are available. For more information,
see 3D View-MPR and 3D XI.

7-84
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

3D Utility Menu

 3D Cine
The 3D images saved temporarily in the system can be reviewed. The 3D Cine Define screen is displayed
on the touch screen.

3D Cine Define
Specify the settings needed for creation of a Cine image.

Rotation Angle
„„
Set the overall rotation angle by tapping the corresponding button on the touch screen. Select a
value from 30, 45, 60, 90, 180 or 360°.

Step Angle
„„
Set the rotation angle for a single step in an image by tapping the corresponding button on the
touch screen. Select a value from 1, 3, 5, or 15°.

The Difference between Rotation Angle and Step Angle


Tips!
A Cine image rotates to the angle specified under Rotation Angle. During this process, each
rotational step is equivalent to the angle specified under Step Angle. For example, if Rotation Angle
is set to 360˚ and Step Angle is set to 15˚, a 3D Cine image rotates to 360˚ in 25 steps, each of
which involves a rotation of 15˚.

Rotate Axis
„„
Set the rotational axis by tapping the corresponding button on the touch screen.

Generate Cine
„„
Cine images are generated by applying the current settings. Once the images are generated, the
touch screen switches to 3D Cine Review.

Review
„„
Review Cine images generated previously. The touch screen switches to 3D Cine Review.

7-85
User Manual

Start Angle
„„
Use the dial-button to set the start angle of a Cine image. When Start Angle is set, Rotation
Angle is cancelled.

End Angle
„„
Use the dial-button to set the end angle of a Cine image. When End Angle is set, Rotation Angle
is cancelled.

[Figure 7.43 3D Cine Define - Touch Screen]

7-86
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

3D Cine Review
Specify the settings needed for review of a Cine image.

[Figure 7.44 3D Cine Review]

Play Mode
„„
Select the play mode for Cine images. Select Loop or Yoyo by tapping the button on the touch
screen.

Loop: Repeats playback in one direction.


XX

Yoyo: Plays until the end in one direction, and then plays in the reverse direction.
XX

Cine Play
„„
Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. Cine images are played when
this is on. If it is turned off, Cine Frame will appear on the touch screen.

New Cine
„„
Clears the current Cine image and creates a new one. The system switches to the 3D Cine Define
screen.

Speed
„„
Use the dial-button to select the playback speed of a Cine image. Select from Very Slow, Slow,
Normal, Fast, or Fastest.

7-87
User Manual

Trim Start
„„
After specifying the position of the first frame by using the dial-button, tap the dial-button to save
it.

Trim End
„„
After specifying the position of the last frame by using the dial-button, tap the dial-button to save it.

Cine Frame
„„

NOTE: This option is available when Play is turned off. The ‘current Cine frame number/total
number of Cine frames’ is displayed.

Select a Cine frame to review. Use the dial-button or move the trackball left or right to select.

[Figure 7.45 3D Cine Review - Touch Screen]

7-88
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 MagiCut
NOTE:
XX
Select this in MPR mode.
XX
If MagiCut is enabled, Accept ROI is turned on automatically.
XX
After MagiCut is enabled, if the system is switched to a mode other than MPR Mode, MagiCut is
disabled.

The MagiCut screen is displayed on the touch screen. You can cut the parts that are not relevant to
diagnosis away from 3D images. Set the area to cut by using the trackball and the Set button.

Mode
„„
Set how parts are cut by tapping the corresponding button on the touch screen.

Inside Contour: Cuts the inside of the selected area.


XX

Outside Contour: Cuts the outside of the selected area.


XX

Inside Box: Cuts the inside of the box.


XX

Outside Box: Cuts the outside of the box.


XX

Small Eraser: Cuts the selected contour line.


XX

Big Eraser: Cuts the selected contour line. This uses a thicker contour line than Small Eraser.
XX

Full Depth
„„
Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to turn Full Depth on or off. If it is turned on, the
entire area will be cut. If it is turned off, Depth will appear on the touch screen.

Depth
„„
Set the cut depth. Use the dial-button to select a value between 1 and 100.

Undo
„„
Cancel the previous task(s).

Undo: Cancel the last task.


XX

Undo All: Cancel all tasks that have been done so far.
XX

7-89
User Manual

Mix
„„
Configure the mix of Render modes 1 and 2. Use the dial-button to select a ratio between
0:100(%) and 100:0(%).

Th.Low
„„
Specify the minimum range of Threshold. Use the dial-button to select a value between 0 and 254.

[Figure 7.46 MagiCut - Touch Screen]

 Orientation Dot
Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to turn the Orientation Dot on or off. When this is
on, a dot appears at the center of the reference image.

 3D CI
Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. 3D CI is an abbreviation for 3D
Compound Imaging. If set to On, images are compounded to reduce noise and enhance image quality.
Use the 3D CI Offset dial-button to select a value between 1~10 as the distance between images used
for 3D CI.

NOTE: When 3D CI is set to On in Post Processing under the 3D Utility Menu, the 3D CI Offset
button is created, which can then be used to adjust the distance between images.

7-90
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Render Setup

NOTE: In Oblique View Mode, this option is available only when OVIX is On.

The Settings screen appears on the touch screen. Specify the image rendering method.

After selecting the rendering mode tab on the touch screen, specify the required settings including
Render Direction and Render Mode. The specified settings will be displayed in the image information
area.

This product provides four Render modes – Gray, Inversion, Color, and SeeThru.

[Figure 7.47 Render Setup - Touch Screen]

7-91
User Manual

Gray
Specify how volume data acquired with the gray method should be rendered into 3D images.

Render Direction
„„
Set the rendering direction by clicking the corresponding button on the touch screen.

Render Mode 1, 2
„„
Enter Render Modes 1 and 2 by tapping the corresponding buttons on the touch screen.

Surface: Represents 3D images in the Ray-Casting method, which shows the shell of an image
XX
with curved surfaces.

Smooth: Represents 3D images that are smoother than those created by the Surface method.
XX

Max: Represents 3D images at maximum intensity. It can be useful for the observation of bone
XX
structures in a human body.

Min: Represents 3D images at minimum intensity. It can be useful for observation of vessels or
XX
hollow parts in a human body.

Light: Represents the depth of 3D images in terms of brightness.


XX

X-Ray: Represents 3D images in terms of average intensity. This shows images that are similar to
XX
X-ray images.

NOTE: For descriptions of other menu items, see 'Render Setup'.

Mix
„„
Configure the mix of Render modes 1 and 2. Use the dial-button to select a value between 0 and
100.

Th.High
„„
Used to specify the maximum threshold range. Use the dial-button to select a value between 1
and 255.

Th.Low
„„
Specify the minimum range of Threshold. Use the dial-button to select a value between 0 and 254.

7-92
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Threshold
Tips!
This option allows you to adjust the threshold value in order to eliminate unnecessary data from
images. As the number increases, cyst elements become more apparent. As the number decreases,
bone elements become more apparent.

Th.Power
„„
Specify the Threshold for color. Use the dial-button to select a value between 0 and 255. As this
value increases, more color is removed from an image.

Color
Specify how the volume data acquired with the Angio/CFM method are rendered into 3D images. Other
settings are configured in the same way as Gray Render Mode.

See Thru
Set the method for rendering the data from Gray+Angio, Gray+CFM combinations as a 3D image. Settings
other than Render Mode 1 and 2 are configured in the same way as Gray Render Mode.

Transparent-Transparent
„„
Adjust the transparencies of both Gray and Color data, so that the Color data inside the Gray data
may be studied. The parts that are obscured by the Gray data are displayed slightly darker.

Transparent-Surface
„„
Adjust the transparency of Gray data, so that the Color data inside the Gray data may be studied.
The parts that are obscured by the Gray data are displayed slightly darker.

Max-Transparent
„„
Set Gray data to ‘Max’, and Color data to ‘Transp’, to study Color data. The parts that are obscured by
the Gray data are displayed slightly lighter.

Max-Surface
„„
Set Gray data to ‘Max’, and Color data to ‘Surface’, to study Color data. The parts that are obscured by
the Gray data are displayed slightly lighter.

7-93
User Manual

Inversion
This option shows inverted images when the volume data acquired by the gray method is rendered into
3D images. Other settings can be specified in the same way as with Gray Render Mode.

 Chroma
The Chroma Map screen is displayed on the touch screen. Set the color of 2D and 3D images by tapping
the corresponding button on the touch screen.

[Figure 7.48 Chroma Map - Touch Screen]

7-94
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

 Post Processing
The Post Processing screen is displayed on the touch screen.

[Figure 7.49 Post Processing - Touch Screen]

Gradient Mask
„„
Adjust the brightness of a specific area in an image. Make a selection by tapping the corresponding
button on the touch screen.

Flip Image
„„
Inverts the position of an image.

NOTE: This option is only available in MSV Mode.

Tap the image on the touch screen and flip the image left and right or up and down.

Negative
„„
Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. If it is turned on, the brightness of
an image will be inverted.

7-95
User Manual

Auto Contrast
„„
Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. If it is turned on, the contrast of an
image will be adjusted automatically.

Threshold
„„
Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. If it is turned on, the Th.Low or
Th.High dial-buttons can be used to adjust the threshold.

Sharpen
„„
Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. If it is turned on, the boundary
of an image will become more apparent. Select a value between 100 and 400 by using the Sharp
dial-button.

3D CI
„„
Tap this button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. 3D CI is an abbreviation for 3D
Compound Imaging.
If set to On, images are compounded to reduce noise and enhance image quality. Use the 3D CI
Offset dial-button to select a value between 1~10 as the distance between images used for 3D CI.

 Preset
The Preset screen appears on the touch screen. You can set the currently selected Preset or rename the
Rendering Preset. Default is the default value of the system.

[Figure 7.50 Preset - Touch Screen]

7-96
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Default
„„
Use the default setting (General Preset) for the probe.

Load
„„
When you tap this button on the touch screen, the currently selected Preset is applied to the system.
Then the Preset screen is closed.

Save
„„
Tap Save. When you tap this button on the touch screen, the current Preset is saved.

Rename
„„
Change the name of the selected Rendering Preset. When you tap this button on the touch screen,
the Name screen appears. After changing the name, tap OK to save the changed name. Tap Cancel
to cancel the change.

Reset
„„
When you tap this button on the touch screen, the Preset is reset to its default value.

 4D Cine
The 4D images saved temporarily in the system can be reviewed. The 4D Cine screen is displayed on
the touch screen.

NOTE: You can also press the Freeze button in 4D Mode to execute 4D Cine.

Play Mode
„„
Select the play mode for Cine images. Use the dial-button to select Loop or Yoyo.

Loop: Repeats playback in one direction.


XX

Yoyo: Plays until the end in one direction, and then plays in the reverse direction.
XX

7-97
User Manual

Cine Type
„„
Select the Cine image type by tapping the corresponding button on the touch screen.

Volume: This button appears when Cine images are played. The MPR, MSV, or Oblique buttons
XX
are enabled, depending on the state before the 4D Cine was started. Cine images can be played
by changing Display Format, etc.

Image: This is the general Cine playing method.


XX

Cine Play
„„

Volume: Tap the Play button on the touch screen to play; tap the Freeze button to freeze.
XX

Image: Tap the Play button on the touch screen to play; tap Play again to freeze.
XX

Cine Speed
„„
Set the speed at which Cine images are played. Use the dial-button to select Very Slow, Slow,
Normal, Fast, or Fastest.

Vol.Index
„„
Move the trackball or use the dial-button to select an Index. ‘The current volume data number /
total number of volume data’ is displayed.

[Figure 7.51 4D Cine - Touch Screen]

7-98
 VolumeNT/IT

NOTE: VolumeNT/IT is an optional feature of this product.

This feature locates the Mid-Sagittal View and measures the thickness of the nuchal translucency (NT)
of the fetus. The VolumeNT window appears on the touch screen.

Use the trackball to place NT Seed in NT area, and press the Set button to display the NT measurement
on the A Plane.

How To get good results


Tips! XX
You can get better results when the Sagittal View of the fetus is captured as accurately as
possible.
XX
The higher the contrast between the fetus's palate and nasal bone, the better.
XX
It is preferable to have the lateral direction of the probe be parallel to the body orientation of the
fetus.
XX
It is preferable to have the probe's angle to the fetus's nasal bone as close to 30 degrees as
possible.

Display Format
„„
Tap the touch screen and select the button to select the image display format. If full screen is
selected, the A Plane image is displayed in full screen.

NT/IT Caliper Placement


„„
Tap the touch screen to select the NT/IT measurement type.

On to On: Measure by placing the cursor on the NT/IT’s inner-inner.


XX

Cursor

On to Max Brightness: One side of the cursor is placed on the outside of the NT/IT, and
XX
measurement is taken with inner-outer. This method is used when Harmonic is used and one
side of the nuchal translucency is blurred.
User Manual

Cursor

In to In: Similar to On to On, this method takes measurement with inner-inner, albeit with a
XX
narrower cursor interval.

Cursor

Items
„„

NT: The acquired A, B, and C plane images and the automatically measured NT are displayed in
XX
the 3D View screen.

IT: Locates mid-sagittal view and tests the fetus for spina bifida.
XX
Pressing the button will hide the marker and the measurements from the screen.

Assign
„„
Tap the touch screen to include the results in the OB report.

Init
„„
The image’s position information is reset.

Hide All
„„
Pressing this button will hide the marker and the measurements for NT and IT from the screen.

Auto
„„
Tap the corresponding button on the touch screen to turn this feature on or off. If set to On,
automatically locates Mid-Sagittal View. To calculate NT, place the cursor on NT area and press the
Set button on the control panel.

7-100
Chapter 7 Diagnosis Modes

Edit
„„
Edit markers for each item that is displayed as a result.
If the trackball’s state is Cursor, moving the cursor near a + marker will change the marker’s color
from green to orange.
Press the Set button and move the trackball to edit the marker as desired.

Marker Size
„„
You can select Small, Medium or Large for the marker size by using the dial-button.

NOTE:
XX
Select this in MPR mode.
XX
This function can be used only in Render mode.

ROI Height
„„
After measuring the NT, use the dial-button to adjust the height of the ROI Line. You can select a
height between 1 and 50mm.

[Figure 7.52 VolumeNT - Touch Screen]

7-101
Chapter 8 Measurements and
Calculations

‹‹Measurement Accuracy...................................8-3
Causes of Measurement Errors............................................8-3
Optimization of Measurement Accuracy........................8-5
Measurement Accuracy Table..............................................8-7

‹‹Basic Measurements........................................8-8
Distance Measurement........................................................8-11
Circumference and Area Measurement.........................8-18
Volume Measurement..........................................................8-21

‹‹Calculations by Application ......................... 8-24


Things to note..........................................................................8-24
Common Measurement Methods ..................................8-27
OB Calculations ......................................................................8-31
Fetal Heart Calculations.......................................................8-41
Gynecology Calculations.....................................................8-45
Cardiac Calculations..............................................................8-52
Abdomen Calculations.........................................................8-65
Pediatric Hip Calculations...................................................8-66
Urology Calculations.............................................................8-68
Small Parts Calculations.......................................................8-70
MSK Measurement (Musculoskeletal Calculations)..8-74
Vascular Calculations............................................................8-75
Chapter 8
‹‹Reports............................................................ 8-98
Viewing Reports .....................................................................8-98
Editing Report (Worksheet)................................................8-99
Adding Comments..............................................................8-102
Printing Reports...................................................................8-103
Saving Reports.....................................................................8-103
Store SR...................................................................................8-104
Attaching Images................................................................8-104
Graphs ....................................................................................8-106
Anatomy.................................................................................8-111
Closing Reports....................................................................8-113
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Accuracy
Measurement values can vary depending on the nature of the ultrasound wave, the body’s response
to ultrasound waves, the measurement tools, algorithms, product settings, probe type and operations
performed by the user.

Before using this product, make sure to read and understand the following information regarding the
causes of measurement errors, and measurement optimization.

Causes of Measurement Errors

 Image Resolution
The resolution of an ultrasound image may be limited by spatial causes.

Errors caused by signal range may be minimized by adjusting the focus settings. Optimizing
XX
focus settings increases the resolution of the measurement area.

In general, lateral resolution is lower than axial resolution. Therefore, measurements should be
XX
performed along the axis of the ultrasound beam to obtain accurate values.

Gain has a direct impact on resolution. Gain can be adjusted by using the Gain button for each
XX
mode.

In general, increasing the frequency of ultrasound enhances resolution.


XX

 Pixel Size
This product’s ultrasound images consist of pixels.
XX

Since a single pixel represents the basic unit of an image, a measurement error may result in the
XX
displacement of approximately ±1 pixel when compared to the original image size.

However, this error is significant only when a narrow interval is being measured on the monitor.
XX

8-3
User Manual

 Ultrasound Velocity
The average velocity of ultrasound used for measurement is usually 1,540m/s.
XX

The velocity of ultrasound may vary depending on the cell type.


XX

The possible range of error is approximately 2-5% depending on the structure of cells (about 2%
XX
for typical cells and about 5% for fatty cells).

 Doppler Signal Adjustment


During velocity measurement, an error may occur depending on the cosine angle between the
XX
blood flow and the ultrasound beam.

For Doppler velocity measurements, the most accurate results can be ensured when the
XX
ultrasound beam is aligned in parallel with the blood flow.

If that is not possible, the angle between them should be adjusted by using the Angle option.
XX

 Aliasing
PW Spectral Doppler Mode uses a signal sampling technique to calculate the frequency (or
XX
velocity) spectrum.

Adjust the baseline or the velocity scale to minimize aliasing. A lower frequency probe can also
XX
be used to reduce aliasing.

 Calculation Equation
Some of the calculation equations used for clinical purposes originate from hypotheses and
XX
approximation.

All calculation equations are based on medical reports and articles.


XX

 Human Error
Human error may occur due to inappropriate use or lack of experience.
XX

This can be minimized through compliance with and thorough understanding of the manuals.
XX

8-4
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Optimization of Measurement Accuracy

 2D Mode
Resolution is in proportion to the frequency of the probe.
XX

Penetration is inversely proportional to the frequency of the probe.


XX

The highest resolution can be obtained at the focus of the probe where the ultrasound beam is
XX
narrowest.

The most accurate measurements can be obtained at the focus depth. As the distance from the
XX
focus increases, the beam width increases, which results in lower accuracy.

Using the zoom function or minimizing the depth display makes distance or area measurements
XX
more accurate.

 M Mode
The accuracy of time measurements can be increased when the sweep velocity and the display
XX
format are set to high values.

The accuracy of distance measurements can be increased when the display format is set to a
XX
higher value.

 Doppler Mode
Using lower frequency ultrasound is recommended for measurement of faster blood flows.
XX

The size of the sample volume is limited by the axial direction of the ultrasound.
XX

Using lower frequency ultrasound increases penetration.


XX

The accuracy of time measurements can be increased when the sweep velocity is increased.
XX

The accuracy of velocity measurements can be increased when the vertical scale is set to smaller
XX
values.

It is most important to use an optimal Doppler angle to enhance the accuracy of velocity
XX
measurements.

8-5
User Manual

 Color/Power Doppler Mode


A protocol is not specified for images in Color Doppler Mode or Power Doppler Mode. Therefore,
XX
the same limitations imposed on measurements taken in B/W images also apply to the accuracy
of measurements taken in Color Doppler and Power Doppler Modes.

Using Color/Power Doppler Mode images for measuring accurate blood flow velocity is not
XX
recommended.

The amount of blood flow is calculated based on the average velocity rather than the peak
XX
velocity.

In all applications, the amount of blood flow is measured in PW Spectral Doppler Mode.
XX

 Cursor Position
All measurements are affected by input data.
XX

To ensure accurate positioning of the cursor:


XX
Adjust the images on the screen so that they are displayed at maximum granularity.
Use the front edge or boundary point of a probe to make the start and end points of a
measurement object more distinct.
Make sure that the probe direction remains aligned during measurement.

8-6
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Accuracy Table


The following tables show the accuracy of the measurements that can be taken using this product. Ensure
that the results of measurement accuracy checks are kept within the ranges specified in the table. Except
for certain applications or probes, the following accuracy ranges should be maintained for measurement
of distance on a straight line.

NOTE: To ensure accurate measurements, an accuracy check should be performed at least once
per year. If the measurement accuracy falls outside the ranges specified in the following table,
contact the Samsung Medison Service Department.

 2D Mode

System Tolerance Test Accuracy


Measurements Range
(Whichever is greater) Methodology Based on

Axial Distance < ± 4% or 1mm Phantom Acquisition Full Screen

Lateral Distance < ± 4% or 2mm Phantom Acquisition Full Screen

 M Mode

System Tolerance Test Accuracy


Measurements Range
(whichever is greater) Methodology Based on

Depth < ± 5% or 3 mm Phantom Acquisition 1 ~ 25 cm

Time < ± 5% Signal generator Acquisition 0.01 ~ 11.3 sec

 PW/CW Spectral Doppler Mode


System Tolerance
Doppler Measurement Test Methodology Range
(whichever is greater)

PW: 0.1 cm/s ~ 8.8 m/s


Velocity < ± 15% Phantom
CW: 1 cm/s ~ 19.3 m/s

Time < ± 5% Signal generator 10 ms ~ 9.44 s

8-7
User Manual

Basic Measurements
Press the Caliper button on the control panel.

NOTE: Take basic measurements of distance and area regardless of the application. For information
on measurements for each application, please refer to “Measurements by Application” in this
chapter.

The available measurement methods vary depending on the current diagnosis mode. Please refer to the
following table:

Measurement Category Diagnosis Modes Measurement Methods

Distance
Trace Length
Open Spline
2D, M, D
3 Points Angle
2 Lines Angle
% Stenosis (D)

Distance (M)
Slope
M
HR
Distance Measurement
Time (M)

Velocity
Acc
RI
Manual Trace
D
Limited Trace
HR
VolumeFlow (D)
VolumeFlow (A)

Ellipse
Circumference and Area Trace
2D, M, D
Measurement Closed Spline
% Stenosis (A)

1 Dist. Volume
2 Dist. Volume
3 Dist. Volume
Volume Measurement 2D, M, D
Ellipse Volume
Ellipse + Dist.Vol
Disk Volume

[Table 8.1 Basic Measurements by Diagnosis Mode]

8-8
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 Basic Measurement Operations


The following is the information on common button operations for basic measurements:

Changing/selecting measurement method


„„
Select a measurement method on the touch screen. The menu items that can be selected on the
touch screen vary according to diagnosis mode. The selected measurement method is displayed in
the User Information area.

Adjusting font size


„„
Select the font size to use in the measurement result display area at Setup > Measurement > General
> Result > Font Size.

Canceling measurement results


„„

Exit: Press the Exit button on the control panel. You can undo the measurement operations of
XX
the Caliper in reverse order

Undo: Turn the dial-button 5 below Undo/Redo on the touch screen counter-clockwise. Parts of
XX
the curved line being traced to measure Trace, Trace Length, Disk Volume, or Doppler Manual
Trace will be erased in reverse order.

Redo: Turn the dial-button 5 below Undo/Redo on the touch screen clockwise. The erased
XX
portions of the curved line being traced to measure Trace, Trace Length, Disk Volume, or
Doppler Manual Trace will be restored.

Delete Last: Tap Delete Last on the touch screen to delete the last measurement taken. The
XX
value displayed in the corresponding application report will also be deleted.

Setting the display position of the measurement results


„„
Place the pointer over the measurement and press the Set button. Use the trackball to move the
measurement to the desired location, and press the Set button to place the movement at that
location.

Resetting Measurement Result Position


„„
Go to Setup > Measurement > General Page, and change the value for Position on 2D or Position On
D/M in Result to reset the position of the measurement results as desired.

8-9
User Manual

NOTE: You may select Left-Top, Left-Bottom, Right-Bottom, Right-Top, or Custom.

Deleting Measurement Results


„„
Press the Clear button on the control panel.

Printing Measurement Results


„„
Press the Store button on the control panel.

NOTE: Use by configuring the Store, S1, S2, or S3 button at Setup > Peripherals > Customize Keys.

Exiting Basic Measurement


„„
When all measurements have been taken (or cancelled), press the Exit button on the control panel.

NOTE: To change measurement units and other settings, select Setup > Measurement > General
on the keyboard. For more information, refer to ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’ in this manual.

[Figure 8.1 Caliper]

8-10
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Distance Measurement

 Distance
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Specify two points on a 2D image
and measure the length of the straight line between the points.

1. Select Distance on the monitor or touch screen. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control
panel to specify both end points of the measurement area.

Use the trackball to place the cursor at the desired position and then press the Set button.
XX

Repositioning Point
Tips!
Instead of pressing the Set button to confirm the point position, you can press the Change button
to change it.

2. Specify both end points and then the distance between them will be measured.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

 Trace Length
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Specify a point on a 2D image and
trace a curve from that point to measure its length.

1. Select Trace Length on the monitor or touch screen. Use the trackball and the Set button on the
control panel to specify the start point of the measurement area.

Use the trackball to place the cursor at the desired position and then press the Set button.
XX

2. Use the trackball to draw the desired curve and then press the Set button to set the end point.

Editing Curves
Tips!
Before specifying the end point by pressing the Set button, you can delete part of the curve being
traced by rotating the soft menu dial-button 5 counter-clockwise.

3. Specify both end points and then the length of the curve will be automatically measured.

8-11
User Manual

 Open Spline
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Specify multiple points on a 2D
image to measure the length of the resulting Open Spline curve.

1. Select Open Spline on the monitor or touch screen. Use the trackball and the Set button on the
control panel to specify as many points as desired. After specifying the last point of the Open Spline,
press the Set button twice to finish measuring the Open Spline.

At least three points must be specified before the Open Spline can be measured.
XX

2. The length of the Open Spline curve created with the points you have specified will be calculated
and displayed on screen.

 3 Point Angle
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Designate three points on a 2D
image and measure the angle formed by the points.

1. Tap 3 Point Angle on the touch screen.

2. Specify three points.

3. The angle formed by the three points will be calculated and displayed on the screen.

 2 Lines Angle
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Specify two straight lines on a 2D
image to measure the angle between the two lines.

1. Tap 2 Lines Angle on the touch screen.

2. Draw two straight lines. Refer to ‘Distance’ for instructions on how to draw a straight line.

3. The angle between the two lines will be calculated and displayed on the screen.

When two angles are calculated, the smaller angle is displayed.


XX

 % Stenosis (D)
StD stands for Stenosis Distance, which is a basic measurement available in all diagnosis modes. The
diameter of a blood vessel is measured on a 2D image to calculate its stenosis ratio (%).

8-12
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

1. Select % Stenosis (D) on the monitor or touch screen.

2. Measure the total diameter of a vessel using the Distance measurement method.

3. When the second cursor appears, measure the diameter of the vessel’s inner wall under stenosis.

4. Calculate %StD with the following equation:


%Stenosis (D) = (Outer Distance – Inner Distance) / Outer Distance x 100

 Distance (M)
This is a basic measurement that is only available in M mode. Specify two points on an M image, and
measure the distance between the two points

1. Select Distance (M) on the monitor or touch screen. Specify two points and measure the length of
the straight line between the points. Measurement is taken in the same way as ‘Distance’.

2. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

 Slope
This is a basic measurement that is only available in M mode. Specify two points on an M image, and
measure the velocity between the two points

1. Select Slope on the monitor or touch screen.

2. Specify two points and measure the length of the straight line between the points. Measurement is
taken in the same way as ‘Distance’.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

 HR
Specify two bars on an image and measure the heart rate between the two bars.

1. Select HR on the monitor or touch screen.

2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to select two bars.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

8-13
User Manual

 Time (M)
This is a basic measurement that is only available in M mode. Specify two bars on an M image and
measure the time between the two bars.

1. Select Time (M) on the monitor or touch screen.

2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to select two bars.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

 Velocity
This is a basic measurement that is only available in Spectral Doppler mode. Specify one point on a
Spectral Doppler image to measure the velocity.

NOTE: In a Spectral Doppler image, the X- and Y-axes represent time and velocity, respectively.

1. Select Velocity on the monitor or touch screen.

2. Specify a point.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

 Accel
This is a basic measurement that is only available in Spectral Doppler mode. Specify two points on a
Spectral Doppler image and measure the velocity at each point to calculate the time and acceleration.

1. Select Accel on the monitor or touch screen.

2. Specify two points and measure the length of the straight line between the points. Measurement is
taken in the same way as ‘Distance’.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

The equation for measuring Accel is as follows:

XX

8-14
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 RI
This is a basic measurement that is only available in Spectral Doppler mode. Specify two points on a
Spectral Doppler image and measure the velocity at each point to calculate the Resistivity Index (RI).

1. Tap RI on the touch screen.

2. Specify two points and measure the length of the straight line between the points. Measurement is
taken in the same way as ‘Distance’.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

The equations used for D RI measurement are as follows:

XX

 Manual Trace
This is a basic measurement that is only available in Spectral Doppler mode. Specify one point on a
Spectral Doppler image, and trace a curve from that point to calculate the blood flow velocity, average
velocity, RI, and Pulsatility Index (PI).

1. Select Manual Trace on the monitor or touch screen.

2. Trace the curve. Measurement is taken in the same way as ‘Line Trace’.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen. Displayed results will vary
depending on the settings in Setup > Measurement > Parameter1

PS: Peak Systolic Velocity


XX PI: Pulsatility Index
XX

MD: Min Diastolic Velocity


XX RI: Resistivity Index
XX

ED: End Diastolic Velocity


XX PS/ED: PS ED Ratio
XX

TAmax: Time Averaged Max Velocity


XX ED/PS: ED PS Ratio
XX

TAMEAN: Time Average Mean Velocity


XX HR
XX

8-15
User Manual

The equations used for Manual Trace measurement are as follows:

VTI
V mean =
XX
Duration of flow

PS − ED
RI =
XX
PS

PS − ED
PI
XX =
Vmean

 Limited Trace
This is a basic measurement that is only available in Spectral Doppler mode. Specify two bars in a
Spectral Doppler image to calculate the average velocity between the bars, RI, and Pulsatility Index
(PI).

1. Select Limited Trace on the monitor or touch screen. Use the trackball and the Set button on the
control panel to select two bars.

2. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

PS: Peak Systolic Velocity


XX PI: Pulsatility Index
XX

MD: Min Diastolic Velocity


XX RI: Resistivity Index
XX

ED: End Diastolic Velocity


XX PS/ED: PS ED Ratio
XX

TAmax: Time Averaged Max Velocity


XX ED/PS: ED PS Ratio
XX

TAMEAN: Time Average Mean Velocity


XX HR
XX

8-16
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

The equations used for D Limited Trace measurement are as follows:

VTI
V mean =
XX
Duration of flow

PS − ED
RI =
XX
PS

PS − ED
PI
XX =
Vmean

V1
V1 / V2 =
XX
V2

 VolumeFlow (D)
This is a basic measurement that is only available in Spectral Doppler Mode and 2D Image Mode.
Specify two bars on a Spectral Doppler image, and specify two points in 2D Image mode to calculate
the VoumeFlow.

1. Select VolumeFlow (D) on the monitor or touch screen.

2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to select two bars. Measurement is taken
in the same way as M Time. This can only be done in the Loop area.

3. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to select two points. 2D Image Mode will
activate automatically so that you can measure the distance.

4. Measurement is taken in the same way as DistanceWhen the measurement is finished, its result is
shown on the screen.

8-17
User Manual

Circumference and Area Measurement

 Ellipse
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Measure the circumference and
area of circle (ellipse)-shaped objects on a 2D image.

1. Click Ellipse on the monitor or tap Ellipse on the touch screen.

2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify the diameter (axis) of the
measurement area.

Use the trackball to place the cursor at the desired position and then press the Set button.
XX

Repositioning Point
Tips!
Instead of pressing the Set button to confirm the point position, you can press the Change button
to change it.

3. Specify the size of the circle (ellipse).

Adjust the size using the trackball, and then press the Set button.
XX

4. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

The following equation is used for Ellipse measurement:

, (a: Half Long axis, b: Half Short axis)

Area = , (a, b: Axis)

8-18
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 Trace
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Measure the circumference and
area of an irregularly shaped object on a 2D image.

1. Select Trace on the monitor or touch screen.

2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to specify the start point for tracing over
the contour of the measurement area.

Use the trackball to place the cursor at the desired position and then press the Set button.
XX

3. Trace the curve so that the measurement cursor returns to the start point, and then press the Set
button.

NOTE: The Trace Line must be a closed curve. If you press the Set button before tracing is
complete, a straight line will be traced between the current position and the start point, resulting in
a significant error.

4. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

The equations used for Trace measurement are as follows:

, (N = 1, 2… last point)

, (N = 1, 2… last point)

 Closed Spline
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Specify multiple points on a 2D
image to measure the circumference and area of the resulting closed spline.

1. Select Closed Spline on the monitor or touch screen. Use the trackball and the Set button on the
control panel to specify as many points as desired. After specifying the last point of the Spline, press
the Set button twice to finish measuring the Spline.

At least three points must be specified before spline can be measured.


XX

2. The circumference and area of the closed spline created with the points you have specified will be
calculated and displayed on screen.

8-19
User Manual

 % Stenosis (A)
StA stands for Stenosis Area, which is a basic measurement available in all diagnosis modes. The area
of a blood vessel is measured on a 2D image to calculate its stenosis ratio (%).

1. Select % Stenosis (A) on the monitor or touch screen. Measure the area of the vessel outer wall
using the Area measurement method.

2. When the second cursor appears, measure the area of the vessel’s inner wall under stenosis.

3. Calculate % Stenosis (A) with the following equation:


%Stenosis (A) = (Outer Area – Inner Area) / Outer Area x 100

 VolumeFlow (A)
This is a basic measurement that is only available in Spectral Doppler mode and 2D Image mode.
Specify two bars on a Spectral Doppler image, and specify an ellipse in 2D Image mode to calculate
the VoumeFlow.

1. Select VolumeFlow(A) on the monitor or touchscreen. Use the trackball and the Set button on the
control panel to select two bars. Measurement is taken in the same way as M Time. This can only be
done in the Loop area.

2. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel to select an ellipse. 2D Image Mode will
activate automatically so that you can measure the ellipse. Measurement is taken in the same way
as Ellipse.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

8-20
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Volume Measurement
NOTE: Since Dual Mode simultaneously displays two images on the screen, you don’t have to
return to the diagnosis mode to measure volume in Dual Mode.

 1 Distance Volume
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Measure the volume of an object
by using only one straight line on a 2D image.

1. Select 1 Distance Volume on the monitor or touch screen. Specify two points and measure the
length of the straight line between the points. Measurement is taken in the same way as ‘Distance’.

2. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen. The volume (Vol.) will be
calculated along with the length of the line.

The equations used for 1 Distance measurement are as follows:

, (D: distance)

 2 Distance Volume
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Measure the volume of an object
by using two straight lines on a 2D image.

1. Select 2 Distance Volume on the monitor or touch screen. Specify two points and measure the
length of the straight line between the points. Measurement is taken in the same way as ‘Distance’.

2. Measure the length of the last remaining straight line using the same method as above.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen. The volume (Vol.) will be
calculated along with the length of each line.

The equations used for 2 Distance measurement are as follows:

π
D1 > D2, Vol = ⋅ D 1 ⋅ D 2 2 , (D: distance)
6

8-21
User Manual

 3 Distance Volume
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Measure the volume of an object
by using three straight lines on a 2D image.

1. Select 3 Distance Volume on the monitor or touch screen. Specify two points and measure the
length of the straight line between the points. Measurement is taken in the same way as ‘Distance’.

2. Measure the length of the remaining two straight lines as in the above.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen. The volume (Vol.) will be
calculated along with the length of each line.

The equations used for 3 Distance measurement are as follows:

, (D: distance)

 Ellipse Volume
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Measure the volume of a cone-
shaped object by using one circle (ellipse) on a 2D image.

1. Tap Ellipse Volume on the touch screen. Specify the size of the circle (ellipse). Measurement is
taken in the same way as ‘Ellipse’.

2. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

The following equation is used for Ellipse measurement:

8-22
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 Ellipse + Dist. Vol.


This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Measure the volume of an object
by using one straight line and one circle (ellipse) on a 2D image.

1. Tap Ellipse + Dist Vol. on the touch screen. Specify the size of the circle (ellipse). Measurement is
taken in the same way as ‘Ellipse’.

2. Specify two points and measure the length of the straight line between the points. Measurement is
taken in the same way as ‘Distance’.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

The equation for measuring ‘Ellipse+ Dist Vol.’ is as follows:

 Disk Volume
This is a basic measurement that is available in all diagnosis modes. Calculate the volume of an
irregularly shaped object by measuring the area and the length of its long axis on a 2D image.

1. Select Disk Volume on the monitor or touch screen. Draw the contour of the area to be measured.
Measurement is taken in the same way as ‘Trace’.

2. Measure the length of the long axis. Measurement is taken in the same way as ‘Distance’.

3. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

Editing Curves
Tips!
Before specifying the end point by pressing the Set button, you can delete part of the curve being
traced by rotating the soft menu dial-button 5 counter-clockwise.

8-23
User Manual

Calculations by Application
Press the Calculator button on the control panel.

Things to note

 Before Starting Measurement

Register Patient
„„
Make sure the currently registered patient information is correct. If the patient is not registered,
press the Patient button on the control panel to register the patient.
Use the Study Information tab to enter or change a patient’s information per diagnosis item.
For information on the Patient Information menu and how to enter the information, refer to ‘Patient
Information’ in ‘Chapter 6. Starting Diagnosis’.

Check the Probe, Application, and Preset


„„

Check the name of the probe and the application displayed in Title area. To use a different probe
XX
or application, press the Probe button on the control panel.

Check the preset settings in the Probe Selection screen.


XX

Measurement Menu Settings


„„
Set the related menus for convenient measurement. Refer to ‘Measurement Settings’ section in
‘Chapter 3. Utilities’ for information on measurement menus and how to set them up.

 Measurement Operations
The following gives information on the common button operations for measurements:

Select Measurement Item


„„
Select a measurement item from the menu on the touch screen.

8-24
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Change Measurement Method


„„
If the current measurement may be taken in more ways than one, the measurement method may
be changed. While taking a measurement, you may rotate the dial-button below the Change Tool
menu on the touch screen to change the measurement method.

Delete Trace Line


„„

While taking Trace Length, Trace measurements, rotating the touch screen Undo/Redo dial-
XX
button counter-clockwise will delete the traced curve.

Move the trackball in the opposite direction to delete the traced line. You can only delete the line
XX
while you are manually tracing the Doppler spectrum.

Deleting Measurement Results


„„
Press the Clear button on the control panel.

NOTE: The measurement results are deleted from the screen, but still shown on the report for the
corresponding application.

Printing Measurement Results


„„
Press the Store button on the control panel.

Exit Measurement
„„
When all measurements have been taken (or cancelled), press the Exit button on the control panel.

End Diagnosis
„„
Press the End Exam button on the control panel. The study for the currently registered patient will
end, and all measurement results will be saved.

Package
„„
Tap the Package button at the top of the touch screen to select a measurement package.

Fetus
„„
Either click the Fetus button displayed at the top of the left menu, or rotate the dial-button 1 to
select the fetus to measure among A, B, C, and D.

8-25
User Manual

Directions
„„
Either click the Direction button displayed at the top of the left menu, or rotate the dial-button 2 to
select the direction of the object to measure between left (Rt) and right (Lt). This is only displayed
in specific packages.

Location
„„
Either click the Location button displayed at the top of the left menu, or rotate the dial-button 3 to
select the location of the object to measure among Prox, Mid, and Distal.

Trace Direction
„„
Tap Trace Direction on the touch screen to set the trace direction of the Doppler spectrum. This is
activated only after Limited Trace has been performed in Spectral Doppler mode.

Above: Only the + part of the doppler waveform is traced.


XX

Below: Only the - part of the doppler waveform is traced.


XX

Both: All parts of the Doppler waveform are traced.


XX

HR Cycle
„„
Settings may be configured for each application at Setup > Measurement > Parameter1. In Heart
Rate, the number of cycles for heart rate (HR) may be specified at Heart Rate Cycle.

Specifying Measurement Result Position


„„
Place the pointer over the measurement and press the Set button. Use the trackball to move the
measurement to the desired location, and press the Set button to place the movement at that
location.

Deleting Recent Measurement Item


„„
Tap Delete Last on the touch screen to cancel the last measurement taken.

Report
„„
Tap Report on the touch screen to switch to the Report screen.

8-26
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Common Measurement Methods


This section provides information on the common measurement methods used for applications.

 Measurements in Spectral Doppler Mode


In general, if you trace a Doppler spectrum, you obtain results for various measurement items
automatically. There are 3 ways to trace a Doppler spectrum.

H60 also allows you to select a specific item under the measurement menu and take measurements
individually without tracing a Doppler spectrum.

Limited Trace
„„
Specify a measurement range, and a spectrum will be traced automatically. This can be enabled in
the measurement menu in Spectral Doppler Mode.

1. Select Limited Trace in the measurement menu. A bar will appear, with which you can specify
range.

2. Specify the measurement range.

Place the bar at a desired position with the trackball, and press the Set button.
XX

3. The system traces spectrums within the specified range automatically.

4. When Trace is complete, the measurement results are displayed on the screen.

Manual Trace
„„
A spectrum is traced manually. This can be enabled in the measurement menu in Spectral Doppler
Mode.

1. Select Manual Trace in the measurement menu. The measurement cursor will appear over the
spectrum.

2. Trace the spectrum.

3. When Trace is complete, the measurement results are displayed on the screen.

8-27
User Manual

Measurement by Item
„„
In the Measurement menu, select an individual item and take a measurement.

1. Press the Calculator button on the control panel after obtaining a desired image.

2. Select the item you want from the Measurement menu. The + cursor will appear over the spectral
waveform.

3. Position the “+” cursor and press the Set button.

4. The measurement results for the selected item are displayed on the screen.

Item Category Unit Equation

PSV (Peak Systolic Velocity) Velocity cm/s or m/s

ED (End Diastolic Velocity) Velocity cm/s or m/s

Minimum Diastole Velocity (MD) Velocity cm/s or m/s

PI (Pulsatility Index) Calculation Ratio (PS-ED)/TAMAX

RI (Resistivity Index) Calculation Ratio (PS-ED)/PS or (PS-MD)/PS

PS/ED (Ratio of PS to ED) Calculation Ratio PS/ED

ED/PS (Ratio of ED to PS) Calculation Ratio ED/PS

TAMAX (Time Average Max Velocity) Velocity cm/s or m/s

TAMEAN (Time Average Mean Velocity) Velocity cm/s or m/s

Taking measurements via Auto Calc


Tips!
This product can measure specific items set up in advance by using Auto Calc.
Measured items are as follows. For instructions on setting up the measurement items, please refer
to ‘Measurement’ in ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’.
XX
Peak Systolic Velocity (PS)
XX
End Diastolic Velocity (ED)
XX
Minimum Diastole Velocity (MD)
XX
Pulsatility Index (PI)
XX
Resistive Index (RI)
XX
Systole/Diastole Ratio (PS/ED)
XX
Diastole/Systole Ratio (ED/PS)
XX
HR
XX
Time Averaged Peak Velocity (TAMAX)
XX
Time Averaged Mean Velocity (TAMEAN)

8-28
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 Volume Flow Measurement


Select Volume Flow in the measurement menu.

Volume Flow can be calculated by measuring an area or distance. For information on measuring
distance or area, refer to ‘Basic Measurement’. TAMEAN (Time Average Mean Velocity) value is measured
automatically.

Vesl. Area (Vessel Area)


„„
Measure the area of a blood vessel to calculate TAMEAN and Volume Flow.

Vesl. Dist. (Vessel Distance)


„„
Measure the width of a blood vessel to calculate TAMEAN and Volume Flow.

 Stenosis Measurement
You can measure the stenosis of each blood vessel system by measuring and calculating an area or
distance.

% Stenosis (A)
„„
Measures the area of the inner wall and the outer wall of the blood vessel. % Stenosis (A) stands for
Stenosis Area.

1. Select the % Stenosis (A) menu and the first cursor will appear in 2D Mode.

2. Measure the area of the vessel’s outer wall using the Circ/Area measurement method.

3. When the second cursor appears, measure the area of the vessel’s inner wall under stenosis.
%Stenosis (A) = (Outer Area – Inner Area) / Outer Area x 100

8-29
User Manual

% Stenosis (D)
„„
Measure the diameter of the blood vessel. Stenosis (D) stands for Stenosis Distance.

1. Select the % Stenosis (D) menu and the first cursor will appear in 2D Mode.

2. Measure the total diameter of a vessel using the Distance measurement method.

3. When the second cursor appears, measure the diameter of the vessel’s inner wall under
stenosis.
% Stenosis (D) = (Outer Distance – Inner Distance) / Outer Distance x 100

 Heart Rate Measurement

HR (Heart Rate)
„„
You can calculate heart rates for a certain period of time.

1. Select HR from the Measurement menu. A bar will appear, with which you can specify range.

2. Specify the measurement range.

Place the bar at a desired position with the trackball, and press the Set button.
XX

3. The system will automatically measure the heart rate within the measurement range. The
measurement result is displayed on screen.

8-30
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

OB Calculations
NOTE:
XX
Ductus Venosus and Fetal HR can only be measured in Doppler Mode.
XX
For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’.
XX
For references on measurement items, see ‘Reference Manual Part 1’.

 Before Taking OB Measurements

OB Basic Information
„„
Enter the information required for OB diagnosis in the Patient Information window. The basic OB
information includes LMP (Last Menstrual Period) and Number of Fetuses.
Once LMP is entered, EDD (Estimated Delivery Date) and GA (Gestational Age) are entered
automatically. LMP is required for the calculation of values such as EDD and SD in obstetrics
measurement.

EDD (LMP) = LMP + 280 days


XX

GA (LMP) = Current System Date - LMP


XX
Enter Ovulation Date, and LMP will be automatically entered, followed by GA (LMP) and EDD (LMP).

LMP = Ovul. Date -14


XX
The physician may choose to override the LMP and manually enter the EDD into ‘Estab. Due Date’.
A maximum of four fetuses can be entered as Number of Fetuses. The default value is ‘1’. In the
case of twins, enter ‘2’.
For further information about patient information menus and how to input patient information,
refer to ‘Patient Information in Chapter 6 ‘Starting Diagnosis’.

8-31
User Manual

OB Measurement Menu Settings


„„
Set up the GA Equation, GA Table and OB measurement menus that are used in obstetrics
measurements. The user can manually write, back up or restore GA Tables. For more information
on the GA Equation and Table, refer to the Reference Manual Part 1.

NOTE:
XX
For convenience, you may want to assign obstetrics measurement items to the functions of
User Key 1 and User Key 2 on the control panel. You can do so at Setup > Peripherals >
Customize Keys.
XX
For twins, distinguish fetuses by specifying them as Fetus A and Fetus B in the Measurement
menu. Either click the Fetus button displayed at the top of the left menu, or rotate the dial-
button 1 to select the fetus to measure among A, B, C, and D.

Refer to ‘Measurement Settings’ section in ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’ for more information on measurement
menus and how to set them up.

8-32
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 1 Trim. Measurement Menu


When the measurements for the selected items are complete, the measurements and gestational
age are displayed on the screen. The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic
measurement. Measured items are automatically entered into the report.

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

GS All Distance Measurement cm

YS All Distance Measurement cm

CRL All Distance Measurement cm

Fetal Biometry BPD All Distance Measurement cm

FL All Distance Measurement cm

AC All Circumference cm

EFW All

NT All Distance Measurement cm

Fetal Cranium IT All Distance Measurement cm

NB All Distance Measurement cm

Duct V S Vmax PW Velocity measurement cm/s

Duct V D Vmax PW Velocity measurement cm/s


Ductus Venosus
Duct V A Vmax PW Velocity measurement cm/s

Fetal HR PW Heart Rate bpm

 Automatic Calculation
Some items in the measurement menu are automatically calculated based on measurements of other
items.

NOTE: For reference, the Osaka University/Tokyo University methods are mainly used in Asia, the
Merz method in Europe, and the Shepard/ Hadlock methods on the American continent.

8-33
User Manual

 2-3 Trim. Measurement Menu


When the measurements for the selected items are complete, the measurements and gestational
age are displayed on the screen. The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic
measurement. Measured items are automatically entered into the report.

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

GS All Distance Measurement cm

YS All Distance Measurement cm

CRL All Distance Measurement cm

BPD All Distance Measurement cm

FL All Distance Measurement cm

AC All Calculation cm

OFD All Distance Measurement cm

HC All Calculation cm
Fetal Biometry
APAD All Distance Measurement cm

TAD All Distance Measurement cm

FTA All Calculation cm2

SL All Distance Measurement cm

ThC All Distance Measurement cm

APTD All Distance Measurement cm

TTD All Distance Measurement cm

EFW All

HL All Distance Measurement cm

RAD All Distance Measurement cm

ULNA All Distance Measurement cm

Fetal Long Bones FIB All Distance Measurement cm

CLAV All Distance Measurement cm

TIB All Distance Measurement cm

LV All Distance Measurement cm

8-34
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

NT All Distance Measurement cm

IT All Distance Measurement cm

NB All Distance Measurement cm

NF All Distance Measurement cm

CEREB All Distance Measurement cm

Fetal Cranium CM All Distance Measurement cm

Lat Vent All Distance Measurement cm

OOD All Distance Measurement cm

IOD All Distance Measurement cm

HW All Distance Measurement cm

FMF angle All degree

Foot All Distance Measurement cm

Ear All Distance Measurement cm

MP All Distance Measurement cm


Fetal Others
Renal L All Distance Measurement cm

Renal AP All Distance Measurement cm

Pelvis All Distance Measurement cm

Q1 All Distance Measurement cm

Q2 All Distance Measurement cm

AFI Q3 All Distance Measurement cm

Q4 All Distance Measurement cm

MVP All Distance Measurement cm

8-35
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

ThD ap All Distance Measurement cm

ThD trans All Distance Measurement cm

HrtD ap All Distance Measurement cm


CTAR
HrtD trans All Distance Measurement cm

ThA All Area measurement cm2

HrtA All Area measurement cm2

Cervix L All Distance Measurement cm


Maternal Others
Placenta Thick All Distance Measurement cm

PLI S Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

PLI D Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


PLI
PLI A Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Fetal HR PW Heart Rate bpm

8-36
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

%StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


%StA All %
circumference

Auto Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

Limited Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

Umbilical A PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Mid Cereb A
Uterine A ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s
Placenta A MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s
Fetal Carotids
Fetal Aorta PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s
Renal A
RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

S/D PW Continuous Measurement

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

Fetal HR PW Heart Rate bpm

D Echo Fetal HR PW Heart Rate bpm

8-37
User Manual

 AFI (Amniotic Fluid Index)


Measure Amniotic Fluid Index. Measurements are performed by dividing the pregnant woman’s
abdomen into four parts. The distance between the fetus and the farthest point of each area
is measured. To obtain a specific image from each quadrant plane, press the Freeze button to go
to the diagnosis mode. After obtaining the image, press the Freeze button again to return to the
measurement mode.

 Calculating Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW)


When measurements for the following items are complete, the system uses the results to calculate
the estimated fetal weight automatically. For an equation for calculating fetal weight, please refer to
‘Estimated Fetal Weight Formula’ in the Reference Manual Part 1.
BPD and AC
XX AC and FL
XX

BPD, FL and FTA


XX BPD, AC and FL
XX

BPD, APTD, TTD and FL


XX HC, AC and FL
XX

BPD, APTD, TTD and SL


XX BPD,HC, AC and FL
XX

BPD and TTD


XX AC
XX

 Continuous Measurement / Review for EFW Calculation


You can measure OB item (s) continuously for EFW calculation.

Before starting measurement


Tips! 1. Make sure that the User Key has been set for EFW continuous measurements. You can configure
the User Key for EFW continuous measurements at Setup > Peripherals > Customize Keys >
User Key > EFW Measure. For more information, refer to the ‘Peripheral Device Settings’ section
in ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’.
2. Check EFW Reference. If it is not set, or if you want to change it, select it at Setup > Measurement
> Author2 > EFW Equation.

NOTE: This function is not available in 3D Mode.

8-38
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Methods
„„

1. Press User Key 1 (or User Key 2) on the control panel. The OB Measurement menu will be
displayed on screen.

2. Measure the items for EFW calculation using the trackball and the Set button.

3. Use the trackball and the Set button on the control panel again to start the measurement of the
following items.

4. Once all measurements have been taken, the EFW is displayed on screen.
The EFW measurements taken and the order in which they are measured are as follows:
Reference Measure Item (by Order)

Campbell AC

Hadlock BPDAC

Hadlock1 ACFL

Hadlock2 BPDACFL

Hadlock3 ACFLHC

Hadlock4 BPD, HCACFL

Hansmann BPDTTD

Merz BPDAC

Osaka BPDFTAFL

Persson BPDMADFL

Schild HCACFL

Shepard BPDAC

Shinozuka1 BPDACFL

Shinozuka2 BPDAPTD, TTDSL

Shinozuka3 BPDAPTD, TTDFL

Tokyo BPDAPTD, TTDFL

8-39
User Manual

Review the Result of EFW Calculation


„„

1. Press User Key 1 (or User Key 2) on the control panel. The measured items taken for calculating
EFW will be displayed on screen together with the result.

2. To remove the results, press the Clear button on the control panel.

CAUTION:
XX
To calculate the GA and the EFW by measuring a specific part of a fetus, an accurate reference
must be selected.
XX
If the EFW Reference of the H60 is changed, the existing EFW is recalculated with the new
reference and then shown on the report. Therefore, it is recommended that you do not change
the EFW Reference of a patient.
XX
Since multiple GAs and EFW References are provided, the specialist must make a choice based
on his or her clinical judgment. Choosing an inappropriate reference may result in incorrect
measurements.
XX
When performing an exam, one must bear in mind that measurements may vary depending on
the posture of the fetus.
XX
In cases where there are multiple fetuses, be sure to verify the Fetus ID to avoid confusion.
XX
The GA and EFW Reference possess national and regional characteristics, which must be taken
into consideration when selecting a reference

8-40
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Fetal Heart Calculations


The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. In addition, measurement
items are similar to those of cardiology measurements (Cardiac Calculations). Measured items are
automatically entered into the report.

NOTE:
XX
For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’.
XX
For references on measurement items, see ‘Reference Manual Part 1’.

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

LVEDV A2C All Dist 20 ml

LVESV A2C All Dist 20 ml


LV Vol. (Simpson)
LVEDV A4C All Dist 20 ml

LVESV A4C All Dist 20 ml

Asc Ao All Distance Measurement cm

MPA Diam All Distance Measurement cm

Duct Art All Distance Measurement cm

LA Diam All Distance Measurement cm

RA Diam All Distance Measurement cm

RV Dd All Distance Measurement cm


2D Echo
IVS All Distance Measurement cm

LVIDd All Distance Measurement cm

LVIDs All Distance Measurement cm

LVPW All Distance Measurement cm

HrtC All Circumference cm

ThC All Circumference cm

8-41
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

ThD ap All Distance Measurement cm

ThD trans All Distance Measurement cm

HrtD ap All Distance Measurement cm


CTAR
HrtD trans All Distance Measurement cm

ThA All Circumference cm2

HrtA All Circumference cm2

IVSd M Distance Measurement cm

LVIDd M Distance Measurement cm

LVIDs M Distance Measurement cm

M Echo LVPWd M Distance Measurement cm

IVSs M Distance Measurement cm

LVPWs M Distance Measurement cm

RVDd M Distance Measurement cm

MPA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MPA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MPA MPA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MPA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MPA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Duct Artriosus PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Duct Artriosus ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Duct Artriosus Duct Artriosus MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Duct Artriosus PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Duct Artriosus RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

8-42
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

IVC PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

IVC ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

IVC IVC MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

IVC PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

IVC RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Duct Venosus S Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Duct Venosus Duct Venosus D Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Duct Venosus A Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Asc Aorta PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Asc Aorta ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Asc Aorta Asc Aorta MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Asc Aorta PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Asc Aorta RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Dsc Aorta PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Dsc Aorta ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Dsc Aorta Dsc Aorta MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Dsc Aorta PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Dsc Aorta RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MV E PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MV MV A PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

TV E PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

TV TV A PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

TV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

8-43
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

PLI S Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

PLI PLI D Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

PLI A Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

TEI TST PW Time Measurement s


TEI
TEI ET PW Time Measurement s

D Echo Fetal HR PW Heart Rate bpm

CTAR (Cardio-Thorax Area Ratio)


„„
This measurement compares the size of the fetus’s heart in relation to the size of its thorax. ThD ap,
ThD trans, HrtD ap, and HrtD trans values are acquired to obtain the comparative value.

8-44
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Gynecology Calculations
NOTE:
XX
For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’.
XX
For references on measurement items, see ‘Reference Manual Part 2’.

 Before Taking GYN Measurements


Enter the information required for gynecologic diagnosis on the Patient Information screen.
Basic information for gynecology includes Gravida, Para, Aborta, and Ectopic.

 Measurement Menu
The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are
automatically entered into the report.

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Uterus Length All Distance Measurement cm

Uterus Width All Distance Measurement cm


Uterus
Uterus Height All Distance Measurement cm

Endo.Thick All Distance Measurement cm

Cervix Length All Distance Measurement cm

Cervix Cervix Width All Distance Measurement cm

Cervix Height All Distance Measurement cm

Cyst Length All Distance Measurement cm

Cyst Cyst Width All Distance Measurement cm

Cyst Height All Distance Measurement cm

Ovary Length All Distance Measurement cm

Ovary Ovary Width All Distance Measurement cm

Ovary Height All Distance Measurement cm

8-45
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Follicle #1 All Volume Measurement cm3

Follicle #2 All Volume Measurement cm3

Follicle #3 All Volume Measurement cm3

Follicle #4 All Volume Measurement cm3

Follicle #5 All Volume Measurement cm3

Follicle #6 All Volume Measurement cm3


Follicle
Follicle #7 All Volume Measurement cm3

Follicle #8 All Volume Measurement cm3

Follicle #9 All Volume Measurement cm3

Follicle #10 All Volume Measurement cm3

Follicle #11 All Volume Measurement cm3

Follicle #12 All Volume Measurement cm3

Mass1 Length All Distance Measurement cm

Mass1 Width All Distance Measurement cm

Mass1 Height All Distance Measurement cm

Mass1 PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Mass1
Mass1 ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass1 MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass1 PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass1 RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

8-46
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Mass2 Length All Distance Measurement cm

Mass2 Width All Distance Measurement cm

Mass2 Height All Distance Measurement cm

Mass2 PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Mass2
Mass2 ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass2 MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass2 PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass2 RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass3 Length All Distance Measurement cm

Mass3 Width All Distance Measurement cm

Mass3 Height All Distance Measurement cm

Mass3 PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Mass3
Mass3 ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass3 MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass3 PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass3 RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ovarian A %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Ovarian A %StA All %
circumference

Ovarian A PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ovarian A ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ovarian A MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Ovarian A
Ovarian A PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ovarian A RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring


Ovarian A Vol.Flow (D) PW l/min
TAmean, Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring


Ovarian A Vol.Flow (A) PW l/min
TAmean, Vesl. Area

8-47
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Uterine A %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Uterine A %StA All %
circumference

Uterine A PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine A ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine A MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Uterine A
Uterine A PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine A RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring


Uterine A Vol.Flow (D) PW l/min
TAmean, Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring


Uterine A Vol.Flow (A) PW l/min
TAmean, Vesl. Area

Pericystic %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Pericystic %StA All %
circumference

Pericystic PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Pericystic ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Pericystic MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Pericystic
Pericystic PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Pericystic RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring


Pericystic Vol.Flow (D) PW l/min
TAmean, Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring


Pericystic Vol.Flow (A) PW l/min
TAmean, Vesl. Area

8-48
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Endometrial %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Endometrial %StA All %
circumference

Endometrial PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Endometrial ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Endometrial MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Endometrial
Endometrial PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Endometrial RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring


Endometrial Vol.Flow (D) PW l/min
TAmean, Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring


Endometrial Vol.Flow (A) PW l/min
TAmean, Vesl. Area

Endo. Polyp Length All Distance Measurement cm

Endo. Polyp Width All Distance Measurement cm

Endo. Polyp Height All Distance Measurement cm

Endo. Polyp PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Endo. Polyp
Endo. Polyp ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Endo. Polyp MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Endo. Polyp PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Endo. Polyp RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

8-49
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Ovarian Mass Length All Distance Measurement cm

Ovarian Mass Width All Distance Measurement cm

Ovarian Mass Height All Distance Measurement cm

Ovarian Mass PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Ovarian Mass
Ovarian Mass ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ovarian Mass MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ovarian Mass PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ovarian Mass RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor1 Length All Distance Measurement cm

Uterine Tumor1 Width All Distance Measurement cm

Uterine Tumor1 Height All Distance Measurement cm

Uterine Tumor1 PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Uterine Tumor1
Uterine Tumor1 ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor1 MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor1 PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor1 RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor2 Length All Distance Measurement cm

Uterine Tumor2 Width All Distance Measurement cm

Uterine Tumor2 Height All Distance Measurement cm

Uterine Tumor2 PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Uterine Tumor2
Uterine Tumor2 ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor2 MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor2 PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor2 RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

8-50
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Uterine Tumor3 Length All Distance Measurement cm

Uterine Tumor3 Width All Distance Measurement cm

Uterine Tumor3 Height All Distance Measurement cm

Uterine Tumor3 PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Uterine Tumor3
Uterine Tumor3 ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor3 MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor3 PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Uterine Tumor3 RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Cervical Tumor Length All Distance Measurement cm

Cervical Tumor Width All Distance Measurement cm

Cervical Tumor Height All Distance Measurement cm

Cervical Tumor PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Cervical Tumor
Cervical Tumor ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Cervical Tumor MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Cervical Tumor PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Cervical Tumor RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ectopic Length All Distance Measurement cm

Ectopic Width All Distance Measurement cm

Ectopic Height All Distance Measurement cm

Ectopic PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Ectopic
Ectopic ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ectopic MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ectopic PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ectopic RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Most of the gynecology measurements are distance measurements and volume measurements based
on the distance measurement results. If multiple images, such as long axis images and transverse axis
images are needed, press the Freeze button to switch to Scan Mode and obtain images from another
perspective.
8-51
User Manual

Cardiac Calculations

NOTE: Cardiac measurement is an optional item.

The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are
automatically recorded in a report.

NOTE:
XX
For information on basic measurement methods, refer to ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’ in this chapter.
XX
‘For references on measurement items, refer to the Reference Manual Part 2.

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

All LVd (2D) All Continuous Measurement

IVSd All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVIDd All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVPWd All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LV (2D) All LVs (2D) All Continuous Measurement

IVSs All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVIDs All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVPWs All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LV HR M, PW Heart Rate bpm

8-52
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

RVIDd All Distance Measurement cm, mm

RVAd All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

RVAWd All Distance Measurement cm, mm

RVIDs All Distance Measurement cm, mm


RV (2D)
RVAWs All Distance Measurement cm, mm

RVAs All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

RV Major All Distance Measurement cm, mm

RV Minor All Distance Measurement cm, mm

All LV/RV (M) M Continuous Measurement

All LV (M) M Continuous Measurement

LV EF (M) M Continuous Measurement

IVSd M Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVIDd M Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVPWd M Distance Measurement cm, mm

IVSs M Distance Measurement cm, mm


LV (M)
LVIDs M Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVPWs M Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVET M Time Measurement ms

LVPEP M Time Measurement ms

LV (M) HR M, PW Heart Rate bpm

Time Sept to PW M Time Measurement ms

TAPSE LV M Distance Measurement cm, mm

8-53
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

All RV (M) M Continuous measurement

RVIDd M Distance Measurement cm, mm

RVAWd M Distance Measurement cm, mm

RVIDs M Distance Measurement cm, mm


RV (M)
RVAWs M Distance Measurement cm, mm

RVPEP M Time Measurement ms

RVET M Time Measurement ms

TAPSE RV M Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVEDV A4C All Dist 20 ml

LVESV A4C All Dist 20 ml

LV Vol. (Simpson) LVEDV A2C All Dist 20 ml

LVESV A2C All Dist 20 ml

BP HR

LVEDV A2C AL All Dist 20 ml

LVESV A2C AL All Dist 20 ml

HR A2C M, PW Heart Rate bpm


LV Vol. (A/L)
LVEDV A4C AL All Dist 20 ml

LVESV A4C AL All Dist 20 ml

HR A4C M, PW Heart Rate bpm

LVAd SAX MV All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

LVAs SAX MV All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

LV Vol. (Bullet) LVLd Apical All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVLs Apical All Distance Measurement cm, mm

Bullet HR M, PW Heart Rate bpm

8-54
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

All LV Mass All Calculate after measuring area g

LVAd SAX PM Epi All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

LVAd SAX PM All Area Measurement cm2, mm2


LV Mass
LVLd apical All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LV TE a All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LV TE d All Distance Measurement cm, mm

Ao Diam (2D) All Distance Measurement cm, mm

Ao Arch Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

Asc Ao Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

Aorta Desc Ao Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

Ao Isth Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

Ao ST Junct Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

Ao Sinus Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

All LA Vol. All Continuous Measurement

LA/Ao (2D) All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LA Diam (2D) All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LA Major All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LA LA Minor All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LAAd A2C All 2D Trace cm2, mm2

LAAs A2C All 2D Trace cm2, mm2

LAAd A4C All 2D Trace cm2, mm2

LAAs A4C All 2D Trace cm2, mm2

LAEDV A2C All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

LAESV A2C All Area Measurement cm2, mm2


LA Vol. (Simpson)
LAEDV A4C All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

LAESV A4C All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

8-55
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

RA Major All Distance Measurement cm, mm

RA Minor All Distance Measurement cm, mm

RAAd All Area Measurement cm2, mm2


RA
RAAs All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

RAEDV All Dist 20 Ml

RAESV All Dist 20 Ml

Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

LVOT Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LVOT LVOT Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

LVOT VTI PW Doppler spectrum trace cm, mm

LVOT HR M, PW Heart Rate bpm

Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

RVOT Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

RVOT RVOT Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

RVOT VTI PW Doppler spectrum trace cm, mm

RVOT HR M, PW Heart Rate bpm

AV Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

AV Cusp All Distance Measurement cm, mm

AV Cusp (M) M Distance Measurement cm, mm

AV Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

AVA Planimetry All Area Measurement cm2, mm2


AV
Q to AV Open M Time ms

AV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

AV VTI PW M Trace (D) cm, mm

AV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

AV PHT PW Time Measurement ms

8-56
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Desc. Ao Vel. PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

AV AccT/ET All Continuous Measurement

AV AccT PW Time Measurement ms

AV DecT PW Time Measurement ms

AV ET PW Time Measurement ms

R-R Int M, PW Heart Rate bpm

AR Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

AR VCW All Distance Measurement cm, mm

AR Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

AR ed Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s


AV
AR PHT PW Time Measurement ms

AR PISA Rad C PISA-Radius cm, mm

AR VTI PW M Trace (D) cm, mm

AR Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

AVO C, PW Time Measurement ms

AVC C, PW Time Measurement ms

AR Jet Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

AR Jet Area All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

AR AccT PW Time Measurement ms

AR DecT PW Time Measurement ms

All MV (M) M Distance Measurement cm, mm

MV D-E M Distance Measurement cm, mm

MV E-F Slope M Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s


MV
MV A-C Interval M Time Measurement ms

MV EPSS M Distance Measurement cm, mm

MV Ann Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

8-57
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

MV Diam1 All Distance Measurement cm, mm

MV Diam2 All Distance Measurement cm, mm

MVA Planimetry All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

MR VCW M, PW Distance Measurement cm, mm

MV Vp M Distance Measurement cm, mm

MV Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

MV E-DT-A PW Velocity Measurement

MV E/A PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

MV Peak E PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

MV Peak A PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

MV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

MV MV PHT PW Time Measurement ms

MV AccT PW Time Measurement ms

MV DecT PW Time Measurement ms

MV A Dur PW Time Measurement ms

MV ET PW Time Measurement ms

R-R Int M, PW Heart Rate bpm

MR Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

MR VTI PW M Trace (D) cm, mm

MR V max PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

MR dp/dt PW Continuous Measurement mmHg/s

MV IVRT PW Time Measurement ms

MR PISA Rad C PISA-Radius cm, mm

8-58
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

TV D-E M Distance measurement cm, mm

TV E-F Slope M Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

TV A-C Interval M Time Measurement ms

TV Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

TV Ann Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

TV Diam1 All Distance Measurement cm, mm

TV Diam2 All Distance Measurement cm, mm

TVA Planimetry All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

TV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

TV E/A PW Continuous measurement

TV Peak E PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

TV Peak A PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

TV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

TV TV PHT PW Time Measurement

TV VTI PW M Trace (D) cm, mm

TV AccT PW Time Measurement ms

TV DecT PW Time Measurement ms

TV A Dur PW Time Measurement ms

Q to TV Open PW Time Measurement ms

R-R Int M, PW Heart Rate bpm

TR Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

TR Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

TR VCW M, PW Distance Measurement cm, mm

TR VTI PW Doppler spectrum trace cm, mm

TR dp/dt PW Calculate after measuring time mmHg/s

TR PISA Rad C PISA-Radius cm, mm

RAP M, PW RAP mmHg

8-59
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

PV Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

PV Ann Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

PVA Planimetry All Area Measurement cm2, mm2

PV PHT PW Time Measurement ms

PV VTI PW Doppler spectrum trace cm, mm

PV AccT/ET All Continuous measurement

PV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

PV AccT PW Time Measurement ms

PV DecT PW Time Measurement ms

PR Manual Trace PW Doppler spectrum trace

PR VCW ALL Distance Measurement cm, mm

PV PR Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

PR PHT PW Time Measurement ms

PV ET PW Time Measurement ms

R-R Int M, PW Heart Rate bpm

Q to PV Open M Time Measurement ms

Q to PV Close M Time Measurement ms

MPA Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

PR AccT PW Time Measurement ms

PR DecT PW Time Measurement ms

PR VTI PW Doppler spectrum trace cm, mm

PR End Vel. PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

PR PISA Rad C PISA-Radius cm, mm

8-60
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

All LV Tei Index PW Continuous measurement

LV TST PW Time Measurement ms

LV ET PW Time Measurement ms

LV IVCT PW Time Measurement ms

LV IVRT PW Time Measurement ms


Tei Index
All RV Tei Index PW Continuous measurement

RV TST PW Time Measurement ms

RV ET PW Time Measurement ms

RV IVCT PW Time Measurement ms

RV IVRT PW Time Measurement ms

P Vein S/D PW Continuous measurement

P Vein S Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

Pulm. Veins P Vein D Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

P Vein A Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

P Vein A Dur PW Time Measurement ms

H Vein S/D PW Continuous measurement

H Vein S Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

Hepatic Veins H Vein D Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

H Vein A Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

H Vein A Dur PW Time Measurement ms

8-61
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

LV E’-A’-S’ PW Continuous measurement

LV Peak E’ PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

LV Peak A’ PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

LV Peak S’ PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

LV AccT PW Time Measurement ms

LV DecT PW Time Measurement ms

RV E’-A’-S’ PW Continuous measurement

RV Peak E’ PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

RV Peak A’ PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s


Tissue Doppler
RV Peak S’ PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

RV AccT PW Time Measurement ms

RV DecT PW Time Measurement ms

LV Lat E’-A’-S’ PW Continuous measurement

LV Lat Peak E’ PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

LV Lat Peak A’ PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

LV Lat Peak S’ PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

LV Lat AccT PW Time Measurement ms

LV Lat DecT PW Time Measurement ms

Systemic VTI PW M Trace (D) cm, mm


Qp / Qs
Pulmonic VTI PW M Trace (D) cm, mm

8-62
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

MPA Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

LPA Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

RPA Diam All Distance Measurement cm, mm

SVC Diam, Exp All Distance Measurement cm, mm

SVC Diam, Insp All Distance Measurement cm, mm

SVC S/D PW Continuous measurement

SVC S Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

SVC D Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

Shunts SVC A Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

SVC A Dur PW Time Measurement ms

IVC S/D PW Continuous measurement

IVC S Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

IVC D Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

IVC A Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s, m/s

IVC A Dur PW Time Measurement ms

PEd All Distance Measurement cm, mm

PEs All Distance Measurement cm, mm

IVC Diam, Exp All Distance Measurement cm, mm

IVC Diam, Insp All Distance Measurement cm, mm


IVC
IVC Diam, Exp(M) M Distance Measurement cm, mm

IVC Diam, Insp(M) M Distance Measurement cm, mm

8-63
User Manual

Dist 20
„„
Traces the cardiac circumference and then draw the cardiac axis. The system automatically draws 20
straight lines perpendicular to the axis and calculates its volume.

NOTE:
XX
MR dp/dt can be measured only at 1-3m/s.
XX
In Dual 2D Mode, two images can be viewed simultaneously.
XX
For RVAWd, RVIDd, RVAWs, and RVIDs, see the LV measurement method.
XX
MPA Diam, RPA Diam, and LPA Diam are measured under Aortic Valve Level in Parasternal
Short Axis.
XX
C Mode is mainly used for measuring reverse cardiac blood flow.
XX
As PISA-Radius or PISA-Alias Vel. measurements require Velocity values, you have to select
color display for Velocity or Vel + Var in C Mode. For more information, refer to the ‘Color Doppler
Mode’ section in Chapter 7. ‘Diagnosis Mode’.
XX
Tissue Doppler can be measured in TDI Mode.

8-64
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Abdomen Calculations
The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are
automatically entered into the report.

NOTE:
XX
It is convenient to calculate each measurement value on the Spectral Doppler image.
XX
For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’.

 Abdomen Measurement Menu


Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

CBD All Distance Measurement cm

GB Wall All Distance Measurement cm

Gallbladder GB Length All Distance Measurement cm

GB Width All Distance Measurement cm

GB Height All Distance Measurement cm

Pancreas Head All Distance Measurement cm

Pancreas Body All Distance Measurement cm


Pancreas
Pancreas Tail All Distance Measurement cm

Pancreas Duct All Distance Measurement cm

Stomach Wall All Distance Measurement cm

Bowel Small Bowel Wall All Distance Measurement cm

Large Bowel Wall All Distance Measurement cm

Kidney Length All Distance Measurement cm

Kidney Height All Distance Measurement cm


Kidney Vol.
Kidney Width All Distance Measurement cm

HR PW Heart Rate bpm

8-65
User Manual

Pediatric Hip Calculations

 Measurement Menu
The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are
automatically entered into the report.

NOTE: For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’.

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Calculation of angle after


Hip Angle Type All degree
measurement of three straight lines

 Measurement Methods
1. Specify the first straight line by using the trackball and the Set button.

Use the trackball to place the cursor at the desired position and then press the Set button.
XX

Repositioning Point
Tips!
Instead of pressing the Set button to confirm the point position, you can press the Change button
to change it.

2. Repeat the above process to specify two other straight lines.

3. The angle between them will be calculated automatically.

α: The angle between the first and the second straight lines
XX

β: The angle between the first and the third straight lines
XX

4. When the measurement is finished, its result is shown on the screen.

8-66
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

See the table below for Hip Joint Type information:

Type α β

1a 60 ≤ α < 90 0 < ß < 55

1b 60 ≤ α < 90 55 ≤ β < 90

2a/b 50 ≤ α < 60 0 < ß < 90

2c 43 ≤ α < 50 77 ≤ β < 90

d 43 ≤ α < 50 0 < ß < 77

3/4 0 < α < 43

[Table 8.2 Hip Joint Type Table]

8-67
User Manual

Urology Calculations

 Before Taking Urology Measurements


Set the related menus for convenient measurement.

Refer to ‘Measurement Settings’ section in ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’ for more information on measurement
menus and how to set them up.

 Measurement Menu
The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are
automatically entered into the report.

NOTE:
XX
For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’.
XX
For references on measurement items, see ‘Reference Manual Part 2’.

3Distance
„„
Calculate a volume by measuring three distances.

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

WG Prostate Length All Distance Measurement cm

WG Prostate WG Prostate Height All Distance Measurement cm

WG Prostate Width All Distance Measurement cm

T-Zone Length All Distance Measurement cm

T-Zone T-Zone Height All Distance Measurement cm

T-Zone Width All Distance Measurement cm

Bladder Length All Distance Measurement cm

Bladder Bladder Height All Distance Measurement cm

Bladder Width All Distance Measurement cm

8-68
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Pre Residual Length All Distance Measurement cm

Pre Residual Pre Residual Height All Distance Measurement cm

Pre Residual Width All Distance Measurement cm

Post Residual Length All Distance Measurement cm

Post Residual Post Residual Height All Distance Measurement cm

Post Residual Width All Distance Measurement cm

Renal Length All Distance Measurement cm

Renal Height All Distance Measurement cm


Renal
Renal Width All Distance Measurement cm

Renal Pelvis All Distance Measurement cm

8-69
User Manual

Small Parts Calculations


The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are
automatically entered into the report.

NOTE:
XX
It is convenient to calculate each measurement value on the Spectral Doppler image.
XX
For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’.

 Thyroid Measurement Menu

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Thyroid Length All Distance Measurement cm

Thyroid Vol. Thyroid Height All Distance Measurement cm

Thyroid Width All Distance Measurement cm

Thyroid Flow %StD PW Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Thyroid Flow %StA PW %
circumference

Thyroid Flow PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Thyroid Flow ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Thyroid Flow MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Thyroid Flow PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Thyroid Flow
Thyroid Flow SI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring


Thyroid Flow VF (D) All l/min
TAmean, Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring


Thyroid Flow VF (A) All l/min
TAmean, Vesl. Area

Thyroid Flow Vel. A PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Thyroid Flow Vel. B PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass 1~5 Length All Distance Measurement cm

Mass 1~5 Mass 1~5 Height All Distance Measurement cm

Mass 1~5 Width All Distance Measurement cm

8-70
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 Breast Measurement Menu

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Mass1~10 Length All Distance Measurement cm

Mass1~10 Mass1~10 Height All Distance Measurement cm

Mass1~10 Width All Distance Measurement cm

Breast Flow %StD PW Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Breast Flow %StA PW %
circumference

Breast Flow PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Breast Flow ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Breast Flow MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Breast Flow PI All Velocity Measurement cm/s


Breast Flow
Breast Flow RI All Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Breast Flow VF (D) All l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Breast Flow VF (A) All l/min
Vesl. Area

Breast Flow Vel. A PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Breast Flow Vel. B PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

8-71
User Manual

 Testis Measurement Menu (Testis Calculations)

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Testis Length All Distance Measurement cm

Testis Vol. Testis Height All Distance Measurement cm

Testis Width All Distance Measurement cm

Epididymis D1 All Distance Measurement cm


Epididymis
Epididymis D2 All Distance Measurement cm

Testis Flow %StD PW Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Testis Flow %StA PW %
circumference

Testis Flow PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Testis Flow ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Testis Flow MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Testis Flow PI All Velocity Measurement cm/s


Testis Flow
Testis Flow RI All Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Testis Flow VF (D) All l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Testis Flow VF (A) All l/min
Vesl. Area

Testis Flow Vel. A PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Testis Flow Vel. B PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass 1~5 Length All Distance Measurement cm

Mass 1~5 Mass 1~5 Height All Distance Measurement cm

Mass 1~5 Width All Distance Measurement cm

8-72
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 Superficial Measurement Menu (Superficial Calculations)

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Superficial Length All Distance Measurement cm

Superficial Vol. Superficial Height All Distance Measurement cm

Superficial Width All Distance Measurement cm

Superficial Flow %StD PW Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Superficial Flow %StA PW %
circumference

Superficial Flow PS PW Velocity Measurement cm

Superficial Flow ED PW Velocity Measurement cm

Superficial Flow MD PW Velocity Measurement cm

Superficial Flow PI All Velocity Measurement cm


Superficial Flow
Superficial Flow RI All Velocity Measurement cm

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Superficial Flow VF (D) All l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Superficial Flow VF (A) All l/min
Vesl. Area

Superficial Flow Vel. A PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Superficial Flow Vel. B PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Mass 1~5 Length All Distance Measurement cm

Mass 1~5 Mass 1~5 Height All Distance Measurement cm

Mass 1~5 Width All Distance Measurement cm

8-73
User Manual

MSK Measurement (Musculoskeletal Calculations)

 Measurement Menu
The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are
automatically entered into the report.

NOTE: For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’.

Measurement Menu Item Method Unit

Shoulder Shoulder #1~#10 Distance Measurement cm

Wrist Wrist #1~#10 Distance Measurement cm

Knee Knee #1~#10 Distance Measurement cm

Ankle Ankle #1~#10 Distance Measurement cm

8-74
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Vascular Calculations
The measurement method for each item is the same as for basic measurement. Measured items are
automatically entered into the report.

NOTE:
XX
For information on basic measurement methods, see ‘Basic Measurements’ and ‘Common
Measurement Methods’.
XX
For references on measurement items, see ‘Reference Manual Part 1’.

 Carotid Measurement Menu

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

SCA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


SCA %StA All %
circumference

SCA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SCA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SCA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Subclavian A
SCA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SCA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


SCA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


SCA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-75
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

CCA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


CCA %StA All %
circumference

CCA IMT All Distance Measurement cm

CCA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CCA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


CCA
CCA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CCA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CCA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


CCA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


CCA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

Bulb %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Bulb %StA All %
circumference

Bulb IMT All Distance Measurement cm

Bulb PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Bulb ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Bulb
Bulb MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Bulb PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Bulb RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Bulb VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Bulb VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-76
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

ICA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


ICA %StA All %
circumference

ICA IMT All Distance Measurement cm

ICA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

ICA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


ICA
ICA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

ICA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

ICA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


ICA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


ICA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

ECA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


ECA %StA All %
circumference

ECA IMT All Distance Measurement cm

ECA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

ECA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


ECA
ECA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

ECA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

ECA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


ECA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


ECA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-77
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

VA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


VA %StA All %
circumference

VA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

VA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

VA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Vertebral A
VA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

VA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


VA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


VA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

 Auto IMT+
This function allows you to take IMT measurement easily and quickly.

NOTE:
Auto IMT+ is an optional feature of this product.
Auto IMT+ is available only under the following conditions:
XX
Probe: Linear Probe
XX
Application: Vascular
XX
Diagnosis Mode: 2D Freeze Mode

8-78
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Auto IMT Screen

[Figure 8.2 Auto IMT]

Auto IMT+ Measurement


„„

1. After checking the probe and the application, start a carotid scan.

2. If the desired images are obtained, press Freeze. Use the trackball to select an image for IMT
measurement.

3. Tap Auto IMT+ on the touchscreen. The Auto IMT screen will be displayed.

4. Use the trackball and the Set button to set a location for IMT measurement.

Measure the length of a specific section. Press and hold the Set button at the starting point, and
XX
use the trackball to specify the end point.

You can change the Near and Far positions of the measured area by using the Change button on
XX
the control panel.

5. Once the measurement finishes, measurement values will be listed in a table.

6. Use the left screen menu, the touch screen or the dial-button to select the measurement label,
the location of the blood vessel, and the direction of blood flow.

8-79
User Manual

Setting Up Measurement Items


„„
In the left screen menu or on the touch screen, you may set up the measurement item, the location
of the blood vessel, and the direction of blood flow.

Measurement item: Select a measurement item from CCA, Bulb, ICA, and ECA. Use the left screen
XX
menu, or use the touch screen button.

Direction: Select Left or Right as the direction of blood flow. Use the left screen menu, or the
XX
dial-button 2.

Location: Select Prox (Proximal), Mid (Middle), or Dist (Distal) as the location of the blood vessel
XX
to measure. Use the left screen menu, or the dial-button 3.

NOTE: Doing one of the following will exit Auto IMT+:


XX
Changing Image Mode, Zoom, or Depth
XX
Annotation, Body Marker, Patient, SonoView

Measurement Result
„„

Max: The maximum thickness of the Intima/Adventitia pair.


XX

Mean: The average thickness of the Intima/Adventitia pair


XX

SD: Standard Deviation


XX

QI: The distance ratio of the measured point in a distance for Quality Index measurement.
XX

NOTE: You may click the measurement result window to reposition the window

Applying to the Report


„„
The Auto IMT measurement result is automatically applied to the Report. Press the Vascular tab at
the left side of the Report screen to view Auto IMT measurement result.

8-80
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Auto IMT+ Measurement Analysis


„„

1. Tap Analysis on the touch screen and the Analysis screen will be displayed.

2. Select the desired analysis from Framingham/CHD, Risk Factor, Normal IMT, or User Graph by
using the trackball and the Set button.

The bar that corresponds to the measurement will be displayed on each graph. However, if the
XX
measurement is smaller than Framingham/CHD, or Risk Factor, no bar will be displayed.

User Graph
Tips!
You can use User Graph to adjust the graph and analyze the measurement results as you wish.

3. To finish analyzing, tap the Exit button on the touch screen.

4. The following materials were referred to when analyzing the measurements of Auto IMT+.

Framingham/CHD
„„
Correlation between the Framingham Risk Score and Intima Media Thickness: the Paroi Arterielle et
Risque Cardio-vasculair (PARC) Study.
Pierre-Jean Touboul, EricVicaut, Julien Labreuche, Jean-Pierre Belliard, Serge Cohen, Serge Kownator,
Jean-Jacques Portal, Isabelle Pithois-Merli, Pierre Amarenco. On behalf of PARC Study participating
physicians.

Risk Factor
„„
Mannheim Carotid Intima-Media Thickness Consensus (2004~2006)
P.-J. Touboul, M.G. Hennerici, S.Meairs, H.Adams, P.Amarenco, N.Borstein, L.Csiba, M.Desvarieux,
S.Ebrahim, M.Fatar, R.Hermandez Hernandez, M.Jaff, S.Kownator, P.Prati, T.Rundek, M.Sitzer,
U.Schiminke, J.-C. Tardif, A.Taylor, E.Vicaut, K.S.Woo, F.Zannad, M.Zureik

Normal IMT
„„
Simon A, Gariepy J, Chironi G, Megnien JL, Levenson J: Intima-media thickness: a new tool for
diagnosis and treatment of cardiovascular risk. Journal of Hypertension 20:159-169, 2002

8-81
User Manual

 UE Artery Measurement Menu

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

SCA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


SCA %StA All %
circumference

SCA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SCA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SCA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Subclavian A
SCA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SCA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


SCA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


SCA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

Axill A %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Axill A %StA All %
circumference

Axill A PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Axill A ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Axill A MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Axillary A
Axill A PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Axill A RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Axill A VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Axill A VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-82
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

BA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


BA %StA All %
circumference

BA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

BA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

BA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Brachial A
BA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

BA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


BA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


BA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

RA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


RA %StA All %
circumference

RA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

RA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

RA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Radial A
RA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

RA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


RA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


RA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-83
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

UA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


UA %StA All %
circumference

UA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

UA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

UA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Ulnar A
UA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

UA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


UA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


UA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

SPA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


SPA %StA All %
circumference

SPA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SPA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SPA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


SPA
SPA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SPA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


SPA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


SPA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-84
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 UE Vein Measurement Menu

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

IJV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

IJV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Internal Jugular V
IJV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

IJV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

Inn Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Inn Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Innominate V
Inn Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

Inn Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

SCV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SCV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Subclavian V
SCV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

SCV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

Axill V Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Axill V Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Axillary V
Axill V Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

Axill V Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

Br V Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Br V Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Brachial V
Br V Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

Br V Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

Ceph V Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Ceph V Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Cephalic V
Ceph V Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

Ceph V Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

8-85
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Br V Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Br V Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Basilic V
Br V Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

Br V Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

RV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

RV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Radial V
RV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

RV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

UV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

UV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Ulnar V
UV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

UV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

8-86
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 LE Artery Measurement Menu

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

CIA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


CIA %StA All %
circumference

CIA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CIA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CIA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


CIA
CIA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CIA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


CIA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


CIA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

IIA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


IIA %StA All %
circumference

IIA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

IIA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

IIA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


IIA
IIA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

IIA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


IIA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


IIA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-87
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

EIA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


EIA %StA All %
circumference

EIA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

EIA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

EIA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


EIA
EIA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

EIA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


EIA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


EIA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

CFA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


CFA %StA All %
circumference

CFA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CFA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CFA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


CFA
CFA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CFA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


CFA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


CFA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-88
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

SFA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


SFA %StA All %
circumference

SFA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SFA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SFA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


SFA
SFA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SFA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


SFA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


SFA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

DFA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


DFA %StA All %
circumference

DFA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

DFA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

DFA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


DFA
DFA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

DFA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


DFA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


DFA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-89
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Pop A %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Pop A %StA All %
circumference

Pop A PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Pop A ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Pop A MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Popliteal A
Pop A PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Pop A RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Pop A VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Pop A VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

ATA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


ATA %StA All %
circumference

ATA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

ATA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

ATA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


ATA
ATA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

ATA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


ATA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


ATA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-90
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

PTA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


PTA %StA All %
circumference

PTA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

PTA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

PTA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


PTA
PTA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

PTA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


PTA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


PTA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

Peron %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Peron %StA All %
circumference

Peron PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Peron ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Peron MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Peroneal A
Peron PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Peron RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Peron VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Peron VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-91
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

DPA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


DPA %StA All %
circumference

DPA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

DPA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

DPA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


DPA
DPA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

DPA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


DPA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


DPA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

MPA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


MPA %StA All %
circumference

MPA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MPA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MPA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


MPA
MPA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MPA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


MPA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


MPA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-92
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

LPA %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


LPA %StA All %
circumference

LPA PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

LPA ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

LPA MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


LPA
LPA PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

LPA RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


LPA VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


LPA VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

Metatarsal A %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Metatarsal A %StA All %
circumference

Metatarsal A PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Metatarsal A ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Metatarsal A MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Metatarsal A
Metatarsal A PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Metatarsal A RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Metatarsal A VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Metatarsal A VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-93
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

Digital A %StD All Calculate after measuring distance %

Calculate after measuring


Digital A %StA All %
circumference

Digital A PS PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Digital A ED PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Digital A MD PW Velocity Measurement cm/s


Digital A
Digital A PI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Digital A RI PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Digital A VF (D) PW l/min
Vesl. Dist

Calculate after measuring TAmean,


Digital A VF (A) PW l/min
Vesl. Area

8-94
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

 LE Vein Measurement Menu

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

CIV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CIV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


CIV
CIV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

CIV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

IIV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

IIV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


IIV
IIV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

IIV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

EIV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

EIV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


EIV
EIV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

EIV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

CFV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

CFV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


CFV
CFV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

CFV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

PFV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

PFV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


PFV
PFV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

PFV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

SFV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

SFV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


SFV
SFV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

SFV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

8-95
User Manual

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

GSV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

GSV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


GSV
GSV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

GSV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

Pop V Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Pop V Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Popliteal V
Pop V Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

Pop V Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

LSV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

LSV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


LSV
LSV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

LSV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

ATV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

ATV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


ATV
ATV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

ATV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

PTV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

PTV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


PTV
PTV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

PTV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

Peron Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Peron Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Peroneal V
Peron Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

Peron Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

8-96
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Measurement Menu Item Mode Method Unit

MPV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

MPV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


MPV
MPV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

MPV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

LPV Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

LPV Dur T PW Time Measurement s


LPV
LPV Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

LPV Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

Metatarsal V Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Metatarsal V Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Metatarsal V
Metatarsal V Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

Metatarsal V Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

Digital V Vmax PW Velocity Measurement cm/s

Digital V Dur T PW Time Measurement s


Digital V
Digital V Vesl. D. All Distance Measurement cm

Digital V Vesl. A. All Circumference Measurement cm2

8-97
User Manual

Reports
The measurement results are summarized by application, and shown on the screen in a report format.

Viewing Reports
Press the Report button on the control panel or tap Report on the touch screen; the screen will switch
to Ultrasound Measure Report.

The measurement results are summarized by application, and shown on the screen in a report format.

NOTE: Reports are displayed only for the applications that have measurement results.

Page
„„
Pages are divided into Worksheet, Anatomy, Comment, and Attach image for each application;
opening a report will show the Worksheet screen by default. You can go to each section from the
Left Menu or Touch; if a section contains large amount of data to display, it will be divided into
multiple pages, which you may navigate from Touch.

8-98
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Editing Report (Worksheet)


When you move the focus to a value that can be edited on a Worksheet, the borders of the edit window
will be marked in white, and Edit mode will start automatically.

Single
„„
A graph representing one obstetrics measurement will be displayed.

Quad
„„
A graph representing four obstetrics measurements will be displayed.

Page
„„
Rotate the Page dial-button on the touch screen to select an application.

[Figure 8.3 Worksheet]

8-99
User Manual

[Figure 8.4 Worksheet - Touch Screen]

 Modify Measurements
After you have edited a value and moved the focus away from the value, the edited value will be
applied. To delete a value, click the value that you wish to delete; the Delete button will be activated
on the touch screen. Press this button to delete the value immediately.

Default Author
„„
Reverts to the author of Setup settings.

Delete Cell
„„
Select and delete a measurement value.

Delete Line
„„
Delete all values with the same label as the selected value.

Delete All
„„
Delete all measurement values.

NOTE: If you change the Author in a Worksheet, the GA value will be changed. The Author
you change in a Report is only valid within the Report; the Author of the Setup will be used for
calculating the GA when you are taking measurements in Measurement mode.

8-100
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

AV.US
„„
If Composite GA is AUA, you may select or exclude each Label’s GA values that have been used for
calculation.

 Measurement Display Method


The product allows you to measure one measurement item several times. However, only the first three
measurement results are saved in a report.

When taking measurements for the same item more than once, measurements can be displayed in
four ways. On the Edit Report screen, you can specify or change the measurement display method.

Average
„„
Obtain the average of the measurements and display it on the screen.

Latest
„„
Display the last measurement on the screen.

Max
„„
Display the largest value of the measurements on the screen.

Min
„„
Display the smallest value of the measurements on the screen.

8-101
User Manual

Adding Comments
Either tap Comment on the touch screen or click Comment in the Left Menu on the Ultrasound Report
screen. A screen in which you can enter opinions appears.

Tap the bottom of the entry window or the Comment button on the touch screen, and a window will open
to let you select a comment you have previously entered in Setup. Select Comment in the window, and the
selected text will be entered at the location of the cursor in the comment entry window.

NOTE: Comments may be added at Setup > Report > Comments. For more information, refer to
the ‘Report’ section in ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’.

[Figure 8.5 Comment]

[Figure 8.6 Comment - Touch Screen]

8-102
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Printing Reports
Tap the Print button on the touch screen or click Print in the Left Menu on the Report screen. The
measurement report for the selected application will be printed on a connected printer.

NOTE: You can change the printer settings for printing measurement reports at Setup >
Peripherals > Peripherals > Printer. For more information, refer to the ‘Peripheral Device Settings’
section in ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’.

Saving Reports
Tap Export on the touch screen. Or click Export on the left side of the Report screen.
The Export window will appear, allowing you to save the report to external storage media.

When the Export window opens, specify a directory, drive, filename, and file type. Click OK on the screen
to save the report. Click Cancel to cancel.

[Figure 8.7 Export]

8-103
User Manual

Store SR
Tap StoreSR on the touch screen or the Left Menu to save the Measure SR Information.

Attaching Images
Select this if you want to attach images to the report. Tap the Attach Image button on the touch screen
or click Attach Image in the Left Menu on the Ultrasound Report screen, and a window will open to let
you select images.

[Figure 8.8 Attach Image]

[Figure 8.9 Attach Image - Touch Screen]

8-104
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

1. Select images from the thumbnail on the right.

2. When images are selected, the Add button becomes active on the touch screen. Tap the Add
button to attach the selected images to the report. Alternatively, double-click selected images
among the thumbnails to attach the associated images.

3. If you select images attached to a report, the Delete button becomes active so that you may delete
attached images. Press the Delete All button to delete all the attached images.

4. You may select 1x1, 2x2, 3x3, or 4x4 for layout.

8-105
User Manual

Graphs
After taking OB measurements, press Report on the touchscreen or control panel. Tapping Graph on the
touchscreen switches it to the Graph screen.

Click/tap the Single or Quad button on the screen/touch screen. Select the layout on the graph screen.
You can review the graph and trend. To return to the Report screen, tap Worksheet on the touch screen.

NOTE: The graph function can only be used with OB reports.

The list of measured items appears on the right side of the screen. If you select an item, a graph for the
selected item will appear on the screen.

How to select and print OB graph


Tips!
You can select and print the graph for a desired label.
1. At the bottom of the report screen, select the Print Graph checkbox.
2. Select the checkbox of the label you want to print.
3. Tap the Print button on the touch screen or click Print in the Left Menu on the screen.

NOTE:
XX
To execute the graph function, at least one Label containing a Growth Table must be measured,
and only a Label that has been measured may display graphs.
XX
A graph is created based on the patient ID, LMP and measurement date.

[Figure 8.10 Graph]

8-106
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

[Figure 8.11 Graph - Touch Screen]

Select a Graph
„„
Use the Trackball and the Set button to select an item from the list.

Single
„„
A graph representing one obstetrics measurement will be displayed.

Quad
„„
A graph representing four obstetrics measurements will be displayed.

Hide Grid
„„
Erase the grids on a graph.

All Fetus
„„
Display graphs for all measured fetuses.

Current Fetus
„„
Display graphs for the fetus currently being measured.

8-107
User Manual

Trend
„„
Tap Trend on the touch screen. The current and past measurements for a fetus are displayed by
study date. When the study date changes, the shape of the marker is changed and displayed on
the graph.

Current
„„
Tap Current on the touch screen. The current measurements for a fetus are displayed by study date.

User History
„„
The past and present measurement values for the fetus are displayed in a table format.

Manual Trend
„„
Display the measurement values-manually entered by the user-which are to be displayed on the OB
Growth Curve in Trend. Enter manually in Patient window.

Prev
„„
Return to the previous page.

Next
„„
Move on to the next page.

8-108
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Standard Deviation & Percentile


Tips!
Among the OB information, the Growth table and the typical fetal distribution, for the same number
of weeks, are used to determine the following information:
XX
The normal distribution curve.
XX
The measurements for an actual fetus or a position in EFW distribution.
XX
Whether a distribution point is within the normal range.
The number of weeks referenced for the Growth table can be set to LMP, Estab. Due Date, or Average
US GA, under Pctl. Criteria. The typical setting is LMP.
When the LMP is not known or uncertain, or when the difference between the LMP and the Average
US GA is substantial, care must be taken, as selecting different Pctl. Criteria can result in a significant
difference.
The distribution of the number of weeks in the Growth table for the selected reference is a normal
distribution. It is laterally symmetrical around 50% (the average), and it shows the distance from the
average as a deviation. The deviation can be represented by Standard Deviation (SD) or Percentile.

[Figure 8.12 The distribution of the Growth Table for the selected week (m: mean, σ: standard deviation)]

8-109
User Manual

When expressing with SD, a value approaches ±0 SD as it approaches the mean, and approaches
Tips! the minimum or the maximum value as it deviates from the mean. The greater part of the range
falls within ±3 SD, with ±1 SD representing 68.3% of the entire range. Thus it can be seen that most
fetal measurements are tightly clustered around the average value.
The Percentile represents a point in distribution from between 0 and 100 inclusive. Therefore, the
average point is represented as 50 Percentile.
As shown in the figure, the average point corresponds to 0 SD (that is, 50 Percentile). If a point is in
the range between -1 SD and +1 SD, it falls within 68.3% of the entire range. This means that the
point falls within the range between 16 and 84.
Further, if a point is in the range between -2 SD and +2 SD, it falls within 95.5% of the entire range.
Thus, the point falls in the range between 3 and 97.
The SD and Percentile are interchangeable. Percentile can be used when a fetal measurement
ranking is desired, and SD can be used when the distance between actual fetal measurements and
the average measurement is sought.
While the range of Growth table references that are primarily used with OB measurement data
varies depending on the user, the typical range accepted by most users is as below:
1) When references are created based on SD:
XX
-2.0 SD ~ +2.0 SD (if converted to percentile, 2.28 percentile ~ 97.72 percentile)
XX
-1.5 SD ~ +1.5 SD (if converted to percentile, 6.68 percentile ~ 93.32 percentile)
XX
-1.0 SD ~ +1.0 SD (if converted to percentile, 15.87 percentile ~ 84.13 percentile)
2) When references are created based on Percentile:
XX
2.5 percentile ~ 97.5 percentile (if converted to SD, -1.96 SD ~ 1.96 SD)
XX
5.0 percentile ~ 95.0 percentile (if converted to SD, -1.645 SD ~ 1.645 SD)
XX
10.0 percentile ~ 90.0 percentile (if converted to SD, -1.288 SD ~ 1.288 SD)

8-110
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Anatomy
Tap Anatomy on the touch screen. OB, Gyn, Vascular, and Urology applications have their own preset
items; for other applications, only user-added items are available.

General OB
„„
This item only becomes active when OB measurement is available. Tap General OB button on the
touch screen, and you can select a description for the selected item.

Early OB
„„
This item only becomes active when OB measurement is available. Tap Early OB button on the
touch screen, and you can select a description for the selected item.

Biophysical Profiles
„„
Breathing, Movement, Tone, AFV, and NST may be left blank or set as 0, 1, or 2; the sum of each item
will be displayed as Total.

Delete Last
„„
Delete the user item that was added last.

Default
„„
Set with a value preset by the user.

Save as Default
„„
Save the values currently set on the screen as default values.

Clear
„„
Delete all items.

New
„„
Add items on the current screen immediately. The study will disappear upon exiting.

8-111
User Manual

Fetus Compare
„„
Select the Number of Fetuses in OB Study Information screen, and you can take measurement for
each fetus when taking OB measurements. Tap the Fetus Compare button on the touch screen,
and measurement for each fetus is displayed.

[Figure 8.13 Anatomy]

[Figure 8.14 Anatomy - Touch Screen]

8-112
Chapter 8 Measurements and Calculations

Closing Reports
Tap Exit on the touch screen or in the Left Menu. Alternatively, press the Report button on the control
panel.

8-113
Chapter 9
Image Managements

‹‹Cine / Loop.........................................................9-3

‹‹Annotating Images...........................................9-5
Annotation .................................................................................9-5
Body Marker ............................................................................9-10

‹‹Saving, Playing and Transferring Images... 9-14


Saving Images..........................................................................9-14
Playing Images........................................................................9-15
Transferring Images...............................................................9-15

‹‹Printing Images.............................................. 9-17


Printing Images.......................................................................9-17

‹‹SonoView Mode............................................. 9-18


Exam SonoView Mode..........................................................9-19
Chapter 9 Image Managements

Cine / Loop
Images are automatically saved in the memory during scanning. The saved images are useful for patient
diagnosis and review.

The saved images can be in Cine or Loop, depending on the diagnosis mode.

2D Cine: These are images temporarily saved in all diagnosis modes except M Mode and
XX
Spectral Mode.

Trace Cine: Images that are saved in M Mode and Spectral Mode.
XX

[Figure 9.1 Cine]

 Starting and Finishing Image Review


During scanning, press the Freeze button on the control panel. The scanning is stopped and the
system switches to the image review mode screen.

Press the Freeze button again to return to the scan mode.

 How to Review Images


Move the cursor to the Cine or Bar in the user information area to review an image. You can search
through saved images by moving the cursor with the trackball. The total number of saved images
and the number of the image currently being reviewed are shown next to the bar.

9-3
User Manual

Selecting Loop
„„
Select an image to play by pressing the Change button in the control panel.
The touch screen menu is changed when images are reviewed.

[Figure 9.2 Reviewing Images - Touch Screen]

Cine Play
„„
Tap Cine Play on the touch screen. You can stop or resume playback of an image by tapping the
button.

Cine Speed
„„
Use the Cine Speed button on the touch screen to adjust the automatic playback speed of 2D
Cine or Trace Cine. Speed may be adjusted between 6-300%.

NOTE: For an explanation of the other items on the touch screen, refer to Basic Mode in ‘Chapter 7.
Diagnosis Mode’.

 Reviewing Image in Multi-image Mode


Only the images in an active area can be reviewed. To review images in another area, change the
active area by using the Dual or Quad button on the control panel.

9-4
Chapter 9 Image Managements

Annotating Images

Annotation
Enter or display text, Arrow, or Body Marker on an image. This function is useful for differentiating or
marking a diagnosis area.

 Starting Annotation Mode


Press the Annotate button on the control panel. Select either Text or Arrow.

[Figure 9.3 Annotation Mode]

 Typing Text
Press the Annotate button in the control panel and enter text directly with the keyboard, or select
predefined text on the touch screen.

You can move the cursor by using the Trackball or the arrow keys on the keyboard.

9-5
User Manual

 Text Mode in Soft Menu

[Figure 9.4 Screen Keyboard]

Change App.
„„
Tap the touch screen or use the dial-button to change application. The text list will change
depending on the selected application.

Arrow
„„
You can enter an arrow over an image.

Keyboard
„„
Tapping the button on the touch screen opens the on screen keyboard.

Delete Last
„„
Erase the last entered text. Alternatively, use the Annotation key on the keyboard.

Delete All words


„„
All of the entered text is erased.

NOTE: Selecting Setup > Annotation > Library allows you to edit the entire page. For a more
detailed description, refer to ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’.

Home
„„
When you tap Home on the touch screen, the cursor moves to the position set with Store Home
Position button.

9-6
Chapter 9 Image Managements

Store Home Position


„„
Set the initial cursor position when Annotation mode starts. Place the cursor on the screen and
tap Store Home Position on the touch screen.

NOTE: This can be used in Patient and SonoView.

Font Size
„„
Select the font size to use. Select a value between 8 and 72 by tapping the touch screen or by
using the dial-button.

 Deleting Text
Press the Clear button on the control panel. All the text entered on the screen will be deleted.

 Exiting Text Mode


Press the Exit button on the control panel or tap the Exit button on the touch screen.

9-7
User Manual

 Arrow Mode
You can enter an arrow over an image. This function is useful for differentiating or marking a
diagnosis area. Up to 100 arrows can be entered.

[Figure 9.5 Arrow Mode]

 Entering Arrow
1. Press the Annotate button on the control panel, and press the Arrow button to switch to entry
mode. Alternatively, press Arrow on the keyboard.

2. Use the dial-button’s Arrow Type to select the type of arrow you want.

3. Move the arrow to the desired position by using the trackball.

4. To adjust the size of the arrow, use the dial-button’s Arrow Size.

5. To adjust the rotation angle of the arrow, use the dial-button’s Rotate Arrow.

6. Press the Set button to finish. Press Exit to cancel.

Arrow and pointer button


Tips!
Pointer function does not work in Annotation mode.

9-8
Chapter 9 Image Managements

 Deleting Arrows
Press the Clear button on the control panel and all arrows displayed on the screen will be deleted.

Tap Delete Last on the touch screen to delete only the last arrow entered.

 Exiting Arrow Mode


Tap Exit on the touch screen.

9-9
User Manual

Body Marker
Enter a Body Marker over an image. This function is useful for differentiating or marking a diagnosis
area.

 Entering Body Marker Mode


When you press the Body Marker button on the control panel, Body Marker input mode will start
and Body Marker will appear on the touch screen.

[Figure 9.6 Body Marker Mode]

 Inserting Body Marker


1. Body Marker will appear on the touch screen.

The types of Body Marker shown on the touch screen vary depending on the selected
XX
application.

A maximum of 20 Body Marker are displayed on the screen at any one time. If the number of
XX
provided Body Marker exceeds 20, use the > button on the touch screen to navigate the pages.

2. Tap the button on the touch screen for the Body Marker that you want. The Body Marker will appear
in the image.

3. Position the probe cursor on the Body Marker using the Trackball.

4. Use the dial-button’s Rotate Probe to adjust the angle of the probe cursor.

9-10
Chapter 9 Image Managements

5. To finish entering Body Marker, press the Set or Exit button on the control panel. To cancel, press
the Clear button on the control panel.

 Changing Body Marker Position


1. Press the Move Marker button on the control panel or tap the Move Marker button on the touch
screen.

2. Move the Body Marker to a desired position by using the Trackball.

3. Press the Set button on the control panel again to confirm the new position.

 Deleting a Body Marker


Press the Clear button on the control panel.

 Exiting Body Marker Mode


Press the Exit button on the control panel or tap the Exit button on the touch screen.

NOTE: You can set the library of Body Marker in Setup > Body Marker. For a more detailed
description, refer to ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’.

9-11
User Manual

e-Motion Marker (Optional)


Tips!
If you are using e-Motion Marker, which is an optional feature for this product, you can run
e-Motion Marker by pressing the Body Marker button on the control panel. The e-Motion Marker
displays the direction of the probe’s beam plane on the screen.

WARNING:
XX
The e-Motion Marker provides reference information to assist in diagnosis. It
does not provide any numerical diagrams or final diagnosis.
XX
The e-Motion Marker displays the relative directions of a beam plane, so
the direction displayed may differ from the actual probe direction because
of accumulated errors. Therefore, press the Initialize button to initialize the
position before starting to use the e-Motion Marker.

NOTE:
XX
e-Motion Marker can be used only if the following conditions are met:
−− Probe: EVN4-9
−− Application: Gynecology
−− Preset: Uterus
XX
Be sure to refer to the installation guide that comes with the e-Motion Marker
package before installing the e-Motion Marker.

XX
How to use e-Motion Marker
Press the e-Motion Marker buttons to use their pre-assigned functions.

1: If pressed briefly, the Initialize button initializes the e-Motion Marker's sensor. Pressing and
holding the button for three seconds or longer will start Calibration mode. Pressing and holding
the button for three seconds or longer a second time will end Calibration mode. The user may
not assign another function to this button.
NOTE:
XX
Since the strength of the magnetic field varies depending on the latitude of
your location, you need to perform a Sensor Calibration at least once when
you use the product for the first time.
XX
For Sensor Calibration Settings, be sure to refer to the installation guide.

2~4: These buttons may be assigned functions as desired by the user. Go to Setup > Body
Marker > Body Marker > e-Motion Marker to assign a function to each button. Refer to ‘Body
Marker’ in ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’ for instructions on the setup.

9-12
Chapter 9 Image Managements

Tips!

1
2 3
4

[Figure 9.7 e-Motion Marker]

[Figure 9.8 e-Motion Marker Screen]

WARNING:
XX
e-Motion Marker's circuitry contains a sensor, and must not be dropped or
subjected to other forms of mechanical impact. Performance may degrade,
and damage to the exterior, such as breakage or cracking, may occur.
XX
The e-Motion Marker meets the IPX 7 rating. However, do not cleanse or
sterilize the probe while the e-Motion Marker is mounted.
XX
Do not use e-Motion Marker near metallic objects, magnetic objects, or
products that contain high electric current, because they may affect the
magnetic sensor and cause malfunction.

9-13
User Manual

Saving, Playing and Transferring


Images

Saving Images
WARNING: You must always enter the patient ID, because all images are saved according to
patient ID. Failure to enter a patient ID may result in a loss of and/or critical errors in previously
saved images.

The saved images are displayed in the thumbnail area.

 Saving Image
If no patient information has been entered, a Temp ID will be created and saved. The saved images can
then be edited and managed in SonoView mode.

 Saving (Still Image/Multi Frame Image)


To save, use the Store, S1, S2, S3 buttons’ Store Clip function. For a detailed description of setting up
Store Clip, refer to ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’.

Only in 2D Live/Dual Live Mode will the active area’s Cine be saved.

When frozen, specify the range of the image you want to save by using the trackball or the Trim
XX
Start, Trim End button on the touch screen, then tap Store to save the Cine image.

Live Mode works as shown below according to settings. For information about the settings,
XX
please refer to ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’.

If patient information does not exist, saving Cine in Freeze Mode will create a Temp ID for saving.

If all frames are saved in Live Mode, the saving process is automatically finished according to a
predefined time.

The saved images are added to the thumbnail list on the right side of the screen.

9-14
Chapter 9 Image Managements

Playing Images
You can play the saved images in SonoView and Diagnosis Modes.

 Playing Images in SonoView

NOTE: Refer to ‘SonoView’ in this chapter.

 Viewing Images in Diagnosis Mode


Use the Pointer button on the control panel. Note that this function is available only when there
are images saved in the thumbnail list. Press the Pointer button and the cursor will appear on the
screen.

Transferring Images
H60 allows you to transfer images to a PACS system that supports DICOM. You can transfer all saved
images automatically, or select a desired image and transfer it manually. For information on the DICOM
server settings and DICOM operations, please refer to ‘Connectivity Settings' in ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’.

 Transferring Images in Diagnosis Mode


You can transfer images automatically. Images are transferred by using the storage server
transmission method in Setup > Connectivity > DICOM. Please refer to ‘‘Connectivity Settings' in
’Chapter 3. Utilities’ of this manual.

 Transferring Images in SonoView


You can transfer images manually. The following two methods are available:

9-15
User Manual

Sending Exam
„„
Send all images for an exam.

1. Select an exam from the Exam List.

2. Click the Send button on the left side of the screen. All images for the selected exam will be
sent.

Sending Selected Images


„„
Select a desired image from among the images for an exam and send it out.

1. Select the image in the ‘SonoView’ screen.

2. Click the Send button on the left side of the screen. The selected images will be sent.

9-16
Chapter 9 Image Managements

Printing Images
NOTE: Configure the print functions in Setup > Peripherals > Customize Keys before use.

Printing Images
Press the Store, S1, S2, and S3 buttons on the control panel. Images are printed via an echo printer. For
information on how to set up a printer, please refer to ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’.

9-17
User Manual

SonoView Mode
This is the H60’s integrated image management program. It provides image saving/filing, preview,
delete, and other PC-compatible export features.

The image file types used in this product follow the international standard DICOM (Digital Imaging and
Communication in Medicine). As a result, the PACS (Picture Archiving Communication System) can be
implemented without any additional costs, and it’s easy to exchange image files with other hospitals or
equipment.

This product supports the Bitmap file format (.bmp), which is commonly used on standard PCs,
ensuring easier exchange of image data.

 Launching SonoView Mode


Press the SonoView button on the control panel. This will launch the SonoView screen.

If there are saved images available for the current exam, the information and saved images for the
exam will appear when SonoView Mode starts.

WARNING:
Before saving images or using SonoView Mode, you must register the patient information.
All diagnosis information in the product is saved and managed for each patient ID. As a result,
saving images without entering a patient ID may result in a loss of and/or critical errors in previously
saved images.

9-18
Chapter 9 Image Managements

Exam SonoView Mode


Press the SonoView button on the control panel.

In Exam SonoView Mode, you can review the current or saved exam.

[Figure 9.9 Exam Mode]

[Figure 9.10 Exam Mode - Touch Screen]

9-19
User Manual

 SonoView Mode Screen


You can review the one exam you have selected in Exam List.

 Image Scroll
The image of the previous or next page is displayed on the screen. Use by rotating the Page dial-
button on the touch screen. Rotating the dial-button to the left displays the previous page image,
while rotating it to the right displays the next page image.

However, this button may not be used when the number of exams saved is less than the number of
images that appear on a page under the current layout.

 Selecting Image
Use the trackball and the Set button to select an image from the thumbnail list. The selected image
is highlighted in yellow in the list. Select a location on the screen where the image will be displayed,
and then the selected image will appear.

 Thumb Scroll
The image of the previous or next page is displayed on the thumbnail list.

Tap Thumb Scroll and use the dial-button on the touch screen. Rotating the dial-button to the left
displays the previous page’s images in the thumbnail list. Rotating it to the right displays the next
page’s images in the thumbnail list.

Show in Image Area


„„
The images stored for an exam are displayed in the thumbnail area on the right side of the screen.
To review an image, double-click the image to review it in the thumbnail area.

If you want to browse the next or previous page in the thumbnail area, select the 1 x 1, 2 x 2
XX
icon below the thumbnail area to view the images.

The stored image information is displayed in the feedback area.


XX

NOTE: Only scanned data can be loaded into the image area.

9-20
Chapter 9 Image Managements

 Closing Exam SonoView


Click Exit on the screen.

 Layouts
You can adjust the number of images displayed on the screen. Use the touch screen button that
represents the layout. Up to 9 images (3 x 3) can be compared at the same time.

The numbers shown in the layout section indicate the column and row of an image to display on the
screen. You can change the numbers shown in the layout section to configure various layouts.

 Displaying in Full Screen


Place the cursor on an image and press the Set button twice to display the image in full screen.

 Selecting Multiple Images


Use the trackball and Set button to select images. The selected image is highlighted in yellow.

 Selecting All Images


Tap the Select All button on the touch screen. All images saved for the current exam are selected
and highlighted in yellow.

 Deselecting All Images


Tap the Unselect All button on the touch screen. All images are deselected and no longer
highlighted.

 Reviewing 3D Images
If the saved image is 3D, the 3D indicator appears at the bottom of the image. Click 3D and the
3D View screen will appear, allowing you to review the image.

9-21
User Manual

 Cine Play
Tap Play on the touch screen if the saved image is Cine. You can use Play, Pause, and Stop to navigate
the image forwards and backwards.

 Searching Exam
Press Exam List. The Exam List screen appears.

Configure the search criteria at the top of the Exam List screen, and press Search. Search results are
displayed in the list on the screen.

The Patient’s ID, Name, Age, Application, Exam Date, Number of Saved Images (Img), File Size (Size),
and Description are displayed in the list. When you click one of the fields, such as Patient ID and
Name, the data are sorted by the alphabetic or numeric order of the selected field.

You can select an exam from the list and examine, delete, or send it.

Refer to ‘Printing Images’ and ‘Transferring Images via DICOM’.

 Printing Images
1. Press the Print button. The Print window will be displayed.

2. Select the type, printing direction, and options for the printer.

3. Click the Print button to print the image. Click Close to cancel.

Canceling a print job in progress


Tips!
To cancel a print job in progress, use Setup > Peripherals > Peripherals > Printer > Printer Queue.
Select the printer with the print job you want to cancel, and press the Clear Print Queue button.
For more information, refer to ‘Chapter 3. Utilities’ in this manual.

NOTE: If Thermal Printer is selected, Include Header and Include Page Numbers will be inactive, and
headers and page numbers will not be printed on the pages.

9-22
Chapter 9 Image Managements

[Figure 9.11 Image Print]

 Transferring Images via DICOM


Transfer the selected image and measurement data via DICOM. The icon is enabled only when an
image is selected. The icon is disabled in a system where DICOM is not enabled.

1. Select an image and click the Send button on the screen. The DICOM Storage window will appear.

2. Press the Transfer button to transfer the selected image to the DICOM server. Click Close to cancel.

[Figure 9.12 DICOM Storage]

9-23
User Manual

 Transferring Images

NOTE: Image transfer will not be performed if there are spaces in the file or directory name.

1. Press the Export button. Export window will open.

2. Specify the various parameters, such as directory, drive, filename and file format.

Select the Create Patient Folder(s) checkbox to automatically create folders using patient
XX
information.

If the Hide Patient Information checkbox has been selected, patient information is not
XX
displayed.

You can select Low, Mid, or High for Image Quality.


XX

3. Click the Export button to start a transfer. Click the Close button to cancel.

[Figure 9.13 Image Export]

 Deleting Images
Press the Delete button. Press OK to delete the selected image.

 Exiting SonoView
Click the Exit button on the screen. Alternatively, you can press the SonoView button or the Exit
button on the control panel to exit SonoView Mode.

9-24
SAMSUNG MEDISON
DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM

H60
Reference Manual
SAMSUNG MEDISON
DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM

Version 2.00

H60
Reference Manual
English
Table of Contents

PART 1. OB REFERENCE KURTZ 29


MERZ 30
NICOLAIDES 32
OSAKA 33
OB REFERENCE 8 REMPEN 37
SABBAGHA 37
Gestational Age Formula and Table List 8 SHINOZUKA 38
TOKYO 39

ABDOMINAL CIRCUMFERENCE (AC) CROWN-RUMP LENGTH (CRL)


ASUM 8
ASUM 41
CFEF 9
HADLOCK 42
CHITTY 10
HANSMANN 43
CHITTY_DERIVED 10
JSUM 45
HADLOCK 11
NELSON 46
HANSMANN 11
OSAKA 46
JEANTY 12
REMPEN 47
JOHNSEN 12
ROBINSON 47
JSUM 13
SHINOZUKA 48
KURMANAVICIUS 14
TOKYO 49
MERZ 14
NICOLAIDES 17
SHINOZUKA 17
FIBULA LENGTH (FIB)
JEANTY 50
TOKYO 18

BIPARIETAL DIAMETER (BPD) FIBULA LENGTH (FL)


ASUM 50
ASUM 19
CFEF 51
CFEF 20
CHITTY 52
CHITTY_OI 21
HADLOCK 53
CHITTY_OO 22
HANSMANN 54
HADLOCK 24
HOHLER 54
HANSMANN 24
JEANTY 54
JEANTY 26
JOHNSEN 55
JOHNSEN 27
JSUM 56
JSUM 27
KURMANAVICIUS 57
KURMANAVICIUS 29
Reference Manual 2

MERZ 57 MERZ 79
NICOLAIDES 59 OSAKA 80
OSAKA 59
SHINOZUKA 63 TIBIA (TIB)
TOKYO 64 JEANTY 83
MERZ 85
ANTERIOR POSTERIOR THORACIC DIAMETER (APTD)
HANSMANN 66 THORAX TRANSVERSE DIAMETER (TTD)
HANSMANN 86
ANTERIOR POSTERIOR THORACIC DIAMETER (APTD) AND
THORAX TRANSVERSE DIAMETER (TTD) CEREBELLUM (CEREB)
SHINOZUKA 67 CHITTY 87
GOLDSTEIN 87
ANTERIOR POSTERIOR THORACIC DIAMETER (APTD) AND HILL 88
THORAX TRANSVERSE DIAMETER (TTD) (AXT) NICOLAIDES 88
TOKYO 68
ULNA
GESTATIONAL SAC (GS) JEANTY 88
HANSMANN 70 MERZ 90
HELLMAN 71
REMPEN 71 HEAD CIRCUMFERENCE (HC)
TOKYO 72 ASUM 90
CFEF 91
OCCIPITAL FRONTAL DIAMETER (OFD) CHITTY 92
ASUM 73 CHITTY_DERIVED 93
HANSMANN 74 HADLOCK 94
KURMANAVICIUS 75 HANSMANN 94
NICOLAIDES 75 JOHNSEN 95
KURMANAVICIUS 96
OUTER OCULAR DISTANCE (OOD) MERZ 97
JEANTY 76 NICOLAIDES 99

HUMERUS (HL) HEAD CIRCUMFERENCE (HC_DIV_AC)


ASUM 77 CAMPBELL 100
JEANTY 78
Reference Manual 3

FETAL TRUNK CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA (FTA) THORACIC CIRCUMFERENCE (THC)


OSAKA 100 CHITIKARA 113

CLAVICLE (CLAV) LENGTH OF VERTEBRA (LV)


YARKONI 104 TOKYO 114

RADIUS LENGTH (RAD) CISTERNA MAGNA DIAMETER (CM)


JEANTY 104 NICOLAIDES 116
MERZ 105
AMNIOTIC FLUID INDEX (AFI)
MIDDLE ABDOMINAL DIAMETER (MAD) MOORE 116
EIK_NES 105
KURMANAVICIUS 107 NASAL BONE LENGTH (NB)
SONEK 117
MID CEREBRAL ARTERY (MCA)-RESISTANCE INDEX (RI)
SHINOZUKA 107 UTERINE ARTERY. -RESISTANCE INDEX (RI)
JSUM 107 KURMANAVICIUS 117
KURMANAVICIUS 108
UTERINE ARTERY-RESISTANCE INDEX (RI)
MID CEREBRAL ARTERY (MCA)-PULSATILITY INDEX (PI) BAHLMANN 118
SHINOZUKA 108
JSUM 109
UTERINE ARTERY-PULSATILITY INDEX (PI)
BAHLMANN 118
UMBILICAL ARTERY (UMA)-RESISTANCE INDEX (RI)
SHINOZUKA 109
DUCTUS VENOSUS - PULSATILITY INDEX (PI)
JSUM 110
Kessler 119
KURMANAVICIUS 110

UMBILICAL ARTERY (UMA)-PULSATILITY INDEX (PI)


SHINOZUKA 111
JSUM 111
RIZZO 112

TRANSVERSE ABDOMINAL DIAMETER (TAD)


CFEF 112
Reference Manual 4

Fetal Ratio Reference 119 Estimate Fetal Weight Formula/Algorithm 121

FEMUR LENGTH/HEAD CIRCUMFERENCE (FL/HC) METHOD USING


HADLOCK 119 AC 121
AC, BPD 122
FEMUR LENGTH/FOOT LENGTH (FL/FOOT) AC, FL 122
CAMPBELL 120 BPD, AC, FL 123
HC, AC, FL 123
BPD/OFD (CEPHLIC INDEX) BPD, HC, AC, FL 124
HADLOCK 120 BPD, TTD 124
AC, BPD 124
BPD, FTA, FL 125
FEMUR LENGTH/ABDOMINAL CIRCUMFERENCE (FL/AC)
AC, BPD 125
HADLOCK 120
BPD, APTD, TTD, SL 125
BPD, AC, FL 126
FEMUR LENGTH/BIPARIETAL DIAMETER (FL/BPD)
BPD, APTD, TTD, FL 126
HOHLER 120
BPD, APTD, TTD, FL 126

THORACIC CIRCUMFERENCE/ABDOMINAL
CIRCUMFERENC (THC/AC) Estimated Fetal Weight Growth Reference 126
CHITKARA 120
ESTIMATE FETAL WEIGHT (EFW)
HEAD CIRCUMFERENCE/ABDOMINAL CIRCUMFERENC BRENNER 126
(HC/AC) DOUBILET 127
CAMPBELL 120 HADLOCK 127
HANSMANN 128
LATERAL VENTRICULAR WIDTH (LAT VENT) / HEMISPHERIC JOHNSEN 129
WIDTH (HW) JSUM 129
JOHNSEN 121 OSAKA 130
SHINOZUKA 133
TOKYO 134
WILLIAMS 136
YARKONI 137
Reference Manual 5

PART 2. OTHER REFERENCE VASCULAR REFERENCE 141


Carotid, UE Artery, UE Vein, LE Artery, LE Vein 141
UROLOGY REFERENCE 138
Resistivity Index 138 Resistivity Index 141
Pulsatility Index 138 Pulsatility Index 141
S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) 138 S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) 141
D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity) 138 D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity) 141
Pressure Gradient 138 Pressure Gradient 141
Volume Flow (Area) 138 %STA 141
Volume Flow (Dist.) 138 %STD 141
Prostate Vloume (3 Distances) 138 Volume Flow (Area) 141
Prostate Vloume (3 Distances x Factor) 138 Volume Flow (Dist.) 141
Prostate Vloume (Ellipsoid) 138
Prostate Vloume (Sum of 20 Disks) 139
Prostate Spec. Antigen 139 GYNECOLOGY REFERENCE 142
Residual Volume 139 Resistivity Index 142
%STA 139 Pulsatility Index 142
%STD 139 S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) 142
Fetal HR 139 D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity) 142
Pressure Gradient 142
%STA 142
FETAL HEART REFERENCE 139 %STD 142
Stroke Volume (SV) 139 Volume Flow (Area) 142
Cardiac Output (CO) 139 Volume Flow (Dist.) 142
Ejection Fraction (EF) 139
LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic) 139
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) 140 ABDOMEN REFERENCE 143
LV Mass 140 Resistivity Index 143
Fractional Shortening of Left Ventricle Internal diameter 140 Pulsatility Index 143
Resistivity Index 140 S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) 143
Pulsatility Index 140 D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity) 143
S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) 140 Pressure Gradient 143
D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity) 140 %STA 143
Preload Index 140 %STD 143
Reference Manual 6

Volume Flow (Area) 143 Fraction Shortening (%FS) 146


Volume Flow (Dist.) 143 LV Mass 146
Vol. 143 LV Mass Index 146
Vol. Index 143 LV Vol. (MOD, Method Of Disk) 147
LV Vol. (A/L) 147
LV Vol. (Bullet) 147
SMALL PART REFERENCE 144 LV Mass 148
LA Vol. (Left Atrium Volume) 149
RA Vol. (Right Atrium Volume) 149
Thyroid, Breast, Testis, Superficial 144 LVOT Area 150
Resistivity Index 144 RVOT Area 150
Pulsatility Index 144 Mitral Valve (MV) Area 150
S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) 144 Tricuspid Valve (TV) Area 150
D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity) 144 Aorta Diameter 150
Pressure Gradient 144
%STA 144 Cardiology M mode 151
%STD 144
Volume Flow (Area) 144 Left Ventricle 151
Volume Flow (Dist.) 144 LV Mass 151
Mass Vol. 144 LV Mass Index 151
Right Ventricle 151
MV (Mitral Valve) 152
CARDIOLOGY REFERENCE 145 Ao/LA 152
Area 153

Cardiology 2D 145
Cardiology C mode 153
BSA (Body Surface Area) 145
AV Regurg (AR), MV Regurg (MR), TV Regurg (TR) 153
LV. Ventricle (2D) 145
LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic) 145
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) 146 Cardiology Doppler 155
Stroke Volume (SV) 146
LVOT, RVOT, Aortic Valve, Mitral Valve, Tricuspid Valve, Pulmonic Valve 155
Stroke Volume Index (SI) 146
Pulmonic Veins, Hepatic Veins 157
Cardiac Output (CO) 146
QP : QS = Pulmonic CO / Sysemic CO 157
Cardiac Index (CI) 146
Velocity Circumferential Fiber Shortening (Circ / Sec) 157
Ejection Fraction (EF) 146
Propagation Velocity (Vp) 157
Reference Manual 7

PART 3. ACOUSTIC OUTPUT TABLES FDA Tables 191


Symbols and Definitions 191
Explanatory Notes 192
ACOUSTIC OUTPUT TABLES 158 CS1-4 193
C2-8 194
IEC 60601-2-37 Tables 158 CA1-7AD 196
CA2-8AD 197
Symbols and Definitions 158 CF2-8 199
Explanatory Notes 159 CF4-9 200
CS1-4 160 CV1-8AD 202
C2-8 161 L5-13 203
CA1-7AD 163 LA3-14AD 205
CA2-8AD 164 LF5-13 206
CF2-8 166 ER4-9 208
CF4-9 167 EVN4-9 209
CV1-8AD 169 PE2-4 211
L5-13 170 SP3-8 213
LA3-14AD 172 V5-9 215
LF5-13 173 VR5-9 216
ER4-9 175 VE4-8 218
EVN4-9 176 3D2-6 219
PE2-4 178 3D4-9 221
SP3-8 180 CW2.0 222
V5-9 182 CW4.0 223
VR5-9 183 DP2B 223
VE4-8 185
3D2-6 186 Patient-Applied Part Temperature Table 224
3D4-9 188
CW2.0 189
CW4.0 190
DP2B 190
Reference Manual 8

OB Reference Meas
(cm)
Lower
(day)
Mean
(day)
Upper
(day)
SD
(day)
Meas
(cm)
Lower
(day)
Mean
(day)
Upper
(day)
SD
(day)
18.6 151.0 161.0 171.0 10.0 35.6 245.0 273.0 301.0 28.0
20.1 158.0 168.0 178.0 10.0 36.2 252.0 280.0 308.0 28.0
Gestational Age Formula and Table List
21.2 165.0 175.0 185.0 10.0 36.7 259.0 287.0 315.0 28.0
22.3 168.0 182.0 196.0 14.0
Abdominal Circumference (AC) : ASUM

GA Table Fetal Growth Table


“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population”, compiled by Susan
“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
http://www.asum.com.au/open.home.htm
http://www.asum.com.au/open.home.htm
Date: December 2003
Date: December 2003
Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
5.2 70.0 77.0 84.0 7.0 23.0 175.0 189.0 203.0 14.0
11 4.200 5.200 6.200 27 20.500 23.000 25.500
6.3 77.0 84.0 91.0 7.0 24.2 182.0 196.0 210.0 14.0
12 5.300 6.300 7.300 28 21.700 24.200 26.700
7.4 84.0 91.0 98.0 7.0 25.9 189.0 203.0 217.0 14.0
13 6.400 7.400 8.400 29 23.400 25.900 28.400
8.4 91.0 98.0 105.0 7.0 26.2 196.0 210.0 224.0 14.0
14 7.400 8.400 9.400 30 23.700 26.200 28.700
9.6 98.0 105.0 112.0 7.0 27.2 196.0 217.0 238.0 21.0
15 8.600 9.600 10.600 31 24.200 27.200 30.200
10.6 105.0 112.0 119.0 7.0 28.3 203.0 224.0 245.0 21.0 16 9.600 10.600 11.600 32 25.300 28.300 31.300
12.0 112.0 119.0 126.0 7.0 29.4 210.0 231.0 252.0 21.0 17 10.500 12.000 13.500 33 26.400 29.400 32.400
13.1 116.0 126.0 136.0 10.0 30.5 217.0 238.0 259.0 21.0 18 11.600 13.100 14.600 34 27.500 30.500 33.500
14.0 123.0 133.0 143.0 10.0 31.5 224.0 245.0 266.0 21.0 19 12.500 14.000 15.500 35 28.500 31.500 34.500
15.1 130.0 140.0 150.0 10.0 32.5 224.0 252.0 280.0 28.0 20 13.600 15.100 16.600 36 29.000 32.500 36.000
16.4 137.0 147.0 157.0 10.0 33.3 231.0 259.0 287.0 28.0 21 14.400 16.400 18.400 37 29.800 33.300 36.800
17.6 144.0 154.0 164.0 10.0 34.2 238.0 266.0 294.0 28.0 22 15.600 17.600 19.600 38 30.700 34.200 37.700
Reference Manual 9

Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD Fetal Growth Table
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) Créquat, J., Duyme, M., Brodaty, G., “Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the French College
23 16.600 18.600 20.600 39 32.100 35.600 39.100 of fetal ultrasonography and the Inserm U 155“, Gynécol Obstét Fertil, Vol. 28 No. 2, 2000,
pages 435-445
24 18.100 20.100 22.100 40 32.700 36.200 39.700
25 19.200 21.200 23.200 41 33.200 36.700 40.200 Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97%
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
26 19.800 22.300 24.800
15 80.700 95.000 108.800 28 206.200 234.400 262.600
16 91.300 106.400 121.600 29 214.700 244.000 273.300
Abdominal Circumference (AC) : CFEF 17 101.700 118.000 134.000 30 223.200 253.600 283.700
18 111.800 129.200 146.600 31 231.600 263.000 294.400
GA Table 19 122.000 140.400 158.800 32 239.700 272.200 304.600
Créquat, J., Duyme, M., Brodaty, G., “Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the French College 20 132.000 151.400 171.000 33 247.800 281.200 314.800
of fetal ultrasonography and the Inserm U 155“, Gynécol.Obstét Fertil, Vol. 28 No. 2, 2000,
21 141.600 162.300 183.000 34 255.600 290.200 324.800
pages 435-445
22 151.400 173.000 194.700 35 263.200 298.800 334.500
Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) 23 160.900 183.600 206.300 36 271.000 307.400 344.300
95.0 105.0 194.0 168.0 281.2 231.0 24 170.200 194.000 218.000 37 278.300 316.000 353.800
106.4 112.0 204.4 175.0 290.2 238.0 25 179.300 204.400 229.300 38 285.600 324.700 363.000
118.0 119.0 214.5 182.0 298.8 245.0 26 188.400 214.500 240.600 39 292.700 332.400 372.200
129.2 126.0 224.5 189.0 307.4 252.0 27 197.300 224.500 251.600 40 298.000 339.000 380.000
140.4 133.0 234.4 196.0 316.0 259.0
151.4 140.0 244.0 203.0 324.7 266.0
162.3 147.0 253.6 210.0 332.4 273.0
173.0 154.0 263.0 217.0 339.0 280.0
183.6 161.0 272.2 224.0
Reference Manual 10

Abdominal Circumference (AC) : CHITTY Abdominal Circumference (AC) : CHITTY_DERIVED

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table


Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G., Henderson, A., Campbell,S., “Charts of fetal size: 3. Abdominal Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G., Henderson, A., Campbell, S., “Charts of fetal size: 3. Abdominal
measurements“, Br.J.Obstet.Gynaecol. Vol. 101 No. 2, 1994, pages 125-131 measurements“, Br.J.Obstet.Gynaecol. Vol. 101 No. 2, 1994, pages 125-131

Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
12 4.770 5.890 7.020 28 21.410 23.910 26.410 12 49.000 55.800 62.600 28 207.900 230.600 253.200
13 5.870 7.090 8.300 29 22.360 24.940 27.530 13 59.600 67.400 75.200 29 216.900 240.500 264.200
14 6.970 8.270 9.570 30 23.290 25.960 28.630 14 70.100 78.900 87.700 30 225.800 250.400 275.000
15 8.060 9.450 10.830 31 24.200 26.960 29.720 15 80.500 90.300 100.100 31 234.500 260.100 285.700
16 9.150 10.620 12.090 32 25.100 27.950 30.800 16 90.900 101.600 112.400 32 243.100 269.700 296.300
17 10.220 11.780 13.330 33 25.990 28.920 31.850 17 101.100 112.900 124.700 33 251.500 279.100 306.700
18 11.290 12.930 14.570 34 26.860 29.880 32.900 18 111.300 124.100 136.900 34 259.800 288.400 317.000
19 12.350 14.080 15.810 35 27.710 30.820 33.920 19 121.500 135.200 149.000 35 267.900 297.500 327.000
20 13.400 15.210 17.030 36 28.550 31.740 34.930 20 131.500 146.200 161.000 36 275.800 306.400 337.000
21 14.440 16.340 18.240 37 29.370 32.640 35.920 21 141.400 157.100 172.900 37 283.600 315.100 346.700
22 15.470 17.460 19.440 38 30.170 33.530 36.890 22 151.300 168.000 184.700 38 291.200 323.700 356.300
23 16.490 18.560 20.630 39 30.950 34.400 37.850 23 161.000 178.700 196.400 39 298.600 332.100 365.700
24 17.500 19.660 21.810 40 31.720 35.250 38.780 24 170.600 189.300 208.000 40 305.800 340.400 374.900
25 18.500 20.740 22.980 41 32.460 36.080 39.700 25 180.100 199.800 219.500 41 312.900 348.400 383.900
26 19.480 21.810 24.140 42 33.180 36.890 40.600 26 189.500 210.200 230.800 42 319.700 356.200 392.700
27 20.450 22.870 25.280 27 198.800 220.400 242.100
Reference Manual 11

Abdominal Circumference (AC) : HADLOCK Abdominal Circumference (AC) : HANSMANN

GA Table GA Table
“Hadlock,F.P., Deter,R.L., Harrist,R.B., Park,S.K.,“ Estimating fetal age: computer-assisted “Hansmann, Hackelöer, Staudach, “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology“
analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters“, Radiology Vol. 152 No. 2, 1984, pages 497-501“ Springer - Verlag, New York, 1986, p.431.“
GA = 8.14 + 0.753 × AC + 0.0036 × (AC2)
Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
Output Unit: w (weeks)
5.3 84.0 15.5 154.0 24.9 224.0
Input Unit: cm
6.3 91.0 16.5 161.0 25.8 231.0
Min Range: 5cm
7.5 98.0 17.3 168.0 26.8 238.0
Max Range: 38cm
8.5 105.0 18.3 175.0 27.7 245.0

Fetal Growth Table 9.7 112.0 19.1 182.0 28.7 252.0

Hadlock F.P., Deter R.L., Harrist R.B., Park S.K. “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted 10.7 119.0 20.2 189.0 29.6 259.0
Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters“ Radiology 1984; 152: 497-501 11.6 126.0 21.1 196.0 30.6 266.0
AC = -13.3 + 1.61 × {GA} - 0.00998 × {GA}2 12.6 133.0 22.2 203.0 31.5 273.0
Output Unit : cm
13.5 140.0 23.0 210.0 32.0 280.0
Input Unit: w (week)
14.5 147.0 24.0 217.0
Min Range: 12w
Max Range: 40w
Reference Manual 12

Abdominal Circumference (AC) : JEANTY Abdominal Circumference (AC) : JOHNSEN

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table


Jeanty P., Cousaert E., Cantraine F. “Normal Growth of the Abdominal Perimeter“ American Johnsen SL, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T, Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand, 2005; 84: 725-733
Journal of Perinatology; Volume1; Number 2; January 1984; pages 129-135
Age 10% 50% 90% Age 10% 50% 90%
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% (day) (mm) (mm) (mm) (day) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) 70 31.000 37.000 44.000 182 203.000 219.000 236.000
12 3.500 5.700 8.000 27 19.300 21.500 23.800 77 41.000 47.000 55.000 189 213.000 230.000 248.000
13 4.500 6.700 9.000 28 20.300 22.500 24.800 84 51.000 58.000 67.000 196 223.000 240.000 259.000
14 5.500 7.700 10.000 29 21.300 23.500 25.700 91 61.000 69.000 79.000 203 233.000 251.000 270.000
15 6.500 8.800 11.000 30 22.200 24.400 26.700 98 72.000 81.000 91.000 210 243.000 261.000 281.000
16 7.600 9.800 12.000 31 23.100 25.400 27.600 105 83.000 93.000 103.000 217 252.000 272.000 292.000
17 8.600 10.900 13.100 32 24.000 26.200 28.500 112 94.000 104.000 116.000 224 262.000 282.000 303.000
18 9.700 11.900 14.200 33 24.800 27.100 29.300 119 105.000 116.000 128.000 231 271.000 292.000 314.000
19 10.800 13.000 15.200 34 25.600 27.900 30.100 126 116.000 128.000 141.000 238 280.000 302.000 325.000
20 11.900 14.100 16.300 35 26.400 28.600 30.900 133 128.000 140.000 153.000 245 290.000 312.000 335.000
21 12.900 15.200 17.400 36 27.100 29.300 31.600 140 139.000 151.000 165.000 252 299.000 321.000 346.000
22 14.000 16.300 18.500 37 27.800 30.000 32.200 147 150.000 163.000 177.000 259 308.000 331.000 356.000
23 15.100 17.300 19.600 38 28.300 30.600 32.800 154 160.000 174.000 189.000 266 316.000 341.000 367.000
24 16.200 18.400 20.600 39 28.900 31.100 33.300 161 171.000 186.000 201.000 273 325.000 350.000 377.000
25 17.200 19.500 21.700 40 29.400 31.600 33.800 168 182.000 197.000 213.000 280 334.000 360.000 387.000
26 18.300 20.500 22.700 175 192.000 208.000 225.000 286 341.000 368.000 396.000
Reference Manual 13

Abdominal Circumference (AC) : JSUM Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)

GA Table 19.5 163.0 174.0 185.0 11.0 31.0 253.0 268.0 283.0 15.0

“Takashi Okai, Chairman of JSUM, Ultrasound Diagnostic standard & language committee 20.0 167.0 178.0 189.0 11.0 31.5 258.0 273.0 288.0 15.0
Ultrasound Fetal measurement standardization & Japanese standard proposals J. Med 20.5 170.0 181.0 192.0 11.0 32.0 264.0 279.0 294.0 15.0
Ultrasonics Vol. 28 No.5 (2001)“
21.0 173.0 185.0 197.0 12.0 32.5 269.0 284.0 299.0 15.0
Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
10.0 100.0 108.0 116.0 8.0 21.5 177.0 189.0 201.0 12.0 Fetal Growth Table
10.5 104.0 112.0 120.0 8.0 22.0 180.0 192.0 204.0 12.0 Takashi Okai, Chairman of JSUM, Ultrasound Diagnostic standard & language committee“
11.0 108.0 116.0 124.0 8.0 22.5 184.0 196.0 208.0 12.0 Ultrasound Fetal measurement standardization & Japanese standard proposals“ J Med
Ultrasonics Vol. 28 No.5 (2001)
11.5 111.0 119.0 127.0 8.0 23.0 188.0 200.0 212.0 12.0
12.0 114.0 123.0 132.0 9.0 23.5 191.0 203.0 215.0 12.0 Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
12.5 117.0 126.0 135.0 9.0 24.0 194.0 207.0 220.0 13.0
16 9.030 10.460 11.890 30 21.920 24.350 26.780
13.0 121.0 130.0 139.0 9.0 24.5 198.0 211.0 224.0 13.0
17 9.990 11.490 12.990 31 22.750 25.250 27.750
13.5 124.0 133.0 142.0 9.0 25.0 202.0 215.0 228.0 13.0
18 10.950 12.520 14.090 32 23.550 26.120 28.690
14.0 128.0 137.0 146.0 9.0 25.5 206.0 219.0 232.0 13.0
19 11.910 13.550 15.200 33 24.330 26.970 29.620
14.5 131.0 140.0 149.0 9.0 26.0 210.0 223.0 236.0 13.0
20 12.870 14.580 16.290 34 25.090 27.800 30.520
15.0 133.0 143.0 153.0 10.0 26.5 214.0 227.0 240.0 13.0
21 13.820 15.600 17.390 35 25.820 28.610 31.390
15.5 137.0 147.0 157.0 10.0 27.0 219.0 232.0 245.0 13.0 22 14.760 16.620 18.480 36 26.530 29.380 32.240
16.0 140.0 150.0 160.0 10.0 27.5 222.0 236.0 250.0 14.0 23 15.700 17.630 19.560 37 27.210 30.130 33.060
16.5 144.0 154.0 164.0 10.0 28.0 226.0 240.0 254.0 14.0 24 16.630 18.630 20.630 38 27.860 30.850 33.850
17.0 147.0 157.0 167.0 10.0 28.5 231.0 245.0 259.0 14.0 25 17.550 19.620 21.690 39 28.470 31.540 34.610
17.5 150.0 160.0 170.0 10.0 29.0 235.0 249.0 263.0 14.0 26 18.450 20.590 22.730 40 29.060 32.200 35.340
18.0 153.0 164.0 175.0 11.0 29.5 240.0 254.0 268.0 14.0 27 19.340 21.560 23.770 41 29.610 32.830 36.040
18.5 156.0 167.0 178.0 11.0 30.0 245.0 259.0 273.0 14.0 28 20.220 22.510 24.790 42 30.130 33.410 36.700
19.0 160.0 171.0 182.0 11.0 30.5 250.0 264.0 278.0 14.0 29 21.080 23.440 25.790
Reference Manual 14

Abdominal Circumference (AC) : KURMANAVICIUS Abdominal Circumference (AC) : MERZ

Fetal Growth Table GA Table


Standard-Tabellen und Kurven für Ultraschall-/Dopplersonografie, Dept. Frauenheilkunde “E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics“ Text book
Klinik und Poliklinik für Geburtshilfe; Copyright (1997) J. Kurmanavicius et al Prof. Dr. A. Huch and Atlas, 1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, pp.326“

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
12 4.530 5.660 6.790 28 20.800 23.180 25.560 5.6 76.0 85.0 93.0 20.4 171.0 183.0 195.0
13 5.610 6.820 8.030 29 21.710 24.170 26.630 5.8 78.0 86.0 95.0 20.6 172.0 185.0 197.0
14 6.690 7.980 9.270 30 22.610 25.150 27.690 6.0 79.0 88.0 96.0 20.8 174.0 186.0 198.0
15 7.760 9.130 10.500 31 23.500 26.110 28.730 6.2 81.0 89.0 97.0 21.0 175.0 188.0 200.0
16 8.830 10.270 11.720 32 24.360 27.060 29.760 6.4 82.0 90.0 99.0 21.2 176.0 189.0 201.0
17 9.880 11.400 12.930 33 25.220 27.990 30.770 6.6 83.0 92.0 100.0 21.4 177.0 190.0 202.0
18 10.930 12.530 14.130 34 26.050 28.900 31.760 6.8 84.0 93.0 102.0 21.6 179.0 191.0 204.0
19 11.970 13.640 15.320 35 26.870 29.800 32.730 7.0 85.0 95.0 103.0 21.8 180.0 193.0 205.0
20 12.990 14.750 16.510 36 27.670 30.680 33.690 7.2 87.0 95.0 104.0 22.0 181.0 194.0 207.0
21 14.010 15.850 17.680 37 28.450 31.540 34.620 7.4 88.0 97.0 106.0 22.2 183.0 195.0 208.0
22 15.020 16.930 18.840 38 29.210 32.380 35.540 7.6 90.0 98.0 107.0 22.4 184.0 197.0 209.0
23 16.010 18.000 20.000 39 29.950 33.200 36.440 7.8 90.0 99.0 109.0 22.6 185.0 198.0 211.0
24 16.990 19.060 21.130 40 30.680 34.000 37.320 8.0 92.0 101.0 110.0 22.8 186.0 200.0 212.0
25 17.960 20.110 22.260 41 31.380 34.780 38.180 8.2 93.0 102.0 111.0 23.0 188.0 201.0 214.0
26 18.920 21.150 23.370 42 32.060 35.530 39.010 8.4 95.0 104.0 113.0 23.2 189.0 202.0 215.0
27 19.870 22.170 24.480 8.6 96.0 105.0 114.0 23.4 190.0 203.0 216.0
8.8 97.0 106.0 116.0 23.6 192.0 204.0 218.0
9.0 98.0 108.0 117.0 23.8 193.0 206.0 219.0
9.2 99.0 109.0 118.0 24.0 194.0 207.0 221.0
Reference Manual 15

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
9.4 101.0 110.0 120.0 24.2 195.0 209.0 222.0 14.2 132.0 142.0 153.0 29.0 226.0 241.0 256.0
9.6 102.0 111.0 121.0 24.4 197.0 210.0 223.0 14.4 133.0 144.0 154.0 29.2 228.0 242.0 257.0
9.8 104.0 113.0 123.0 24.6 198.0 211.0 225.0 14.6 134.0 145.0 155.0 29.4 228.0 243.0 258.0
10.0 104.0 114.0 124.0 24.8 199.0 213.0 226.0 14.8 135.0 146.0 157.0 29.6 230.0 244.0 260.0
10.2 106.0 116.0 125.0 25.0 200.0 214.0 228.0 15.0 137.0 148.0 158.0 29.8 231.0 246.0 260.0
10.4 107.0 117.0 127.0 25.2 202.0 216.0 229.0 15.2 138.0 148.0 160.0 30.0 232.0 247.0 262.0
10.6 109.0 118.0 128.0 25.4 203.0 216.0 230.0 15.4 139.0 150.0 161.0 30.2 234.0 249.0 263.0
10.8 110.0 120.0 129.0 25.6 204.0 218.0 232.0 15.6 141.0 151.0 162.0 30.4 235.0 250.0 265.0
11.0 111.0 121.0 130.0 25.8 206.0 219.0 233.0 15.8 141.0 153.0 164.0 30.6 236.0 251.0 266.0
11.2 112.0 122.0 132.0 26.0 207.0 221.0 235.0 16.0 143.0 154.0 165.0 30.8 237.0 253.0 267.0
11.4 113.0 123.0 133.0 26.2 208.0 222.0 236.0 16.2 144.0 155.0 167.0 31.0 239.0 254.0 269.0
11.6 115.0 125.0 134.0 26.4 209.0 223.0 237.0 16.4 146.0 157.0 168.0 31.2 240.0 256.0 270.0
11.8 116.0 126.0 136.0 26.6 211.0 225.0 239.0 16.6 147.0 158.0 169.0 31.4 242.0 256.0 272.0
12.0 118.0 127.0 137.0 26.8 212.0 226.0 240.0 16.8 148.0 160.0 171.0 31.6 242.0 258.0 273.0
12.2 119.0 129.0 139.0 27.0 214.0 228.0 242.0 17.0 149.0 161.0 172.0 31.8 244.0 259.0 274.0
12.4 120.0 130.0 140.0 27.2 214.0 229.0 243.0 17.2 151.0 162.0 174.0 32.0 245.0 260.0 276.0
12.6 121.0 132.0 141.0 27.4 216.0 230.0 244.0 17.4 152.0 163.0 175.0 32.2 246.0 262.0 277.0
12.8 123.0 133.0 143.0 27.6 217.0 231.0 246.0 17.6 153.0 165.0 176.0 32.4 248.0 263.0 279.0
13.0 124.0 134.0 144.0 27.8 218.0 232.0 247.0 17.8 155.0 166.0 178.0 32.6 249.0 265.0 280.0
13.2 125.0 135.0 146.0 28.0 220.0 234.0 249.0 18.0 155.0 167.0 179.0 32.8 250.0 266.0 281.0
13.4 126.0 137.0 147.0 28.2 221.0 235.0 250.0 18.2 157.0 169.0 181.0 33.0 251.0 267.0 283.0
13.6 127.0 138.0 148.0 28.4 222.0 237.0 251.0 18.4 158.0 170.0 182.0 33.2 253.0 269.0 284.0
13.8 129.0 139.0 150.0 28.6 223.0 238.0 253.0 18.6 160.0 172.0 183.0 33.4 254.0 270.0 286.0
14.0 130.0 141.0 151.0 28.8 225.0 239.0 254.0 18.8 161.0 173.0 185.0 33.6 256.0 271.0 287.0
Reference Manual 16

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
19.0 162.0 174.0 186.0 33.8 257.0 272.0 288.0 119 9.600 11.100 12.500 224 24.400 26.600 28.800
19.2 163.0 175.0 188.0 34.0 258.0 274.0 290.0 123 10.200 11.600 13.100 228 24.900 27.100 29.300
19.4 165.0 176.0 189.0 34.2 259.0 275.0 291.0 126 10.700 12.200 13.600 231 25.300 27.600 29.800
19.6 166.0 178.0 190.0 34.4 260.0 277.0 293.0 130 11.200 12.700 14.200 235 25.800 28.000 30.300
19.8 167.0 179.0 192.0 34.6 262.0 278.0 294.0 133 11.700 13.200 14.800 238 26.200 28.500 30.800
20.0 169.0 181.0 193.0 34.8 263.0 279.0 295.0 137 12.200 13.800 15.300 242 26.600 28.900 31.300
20.2 170.0 182.0 195.0 140 12.700 14.300 15.900 245 27.000 29.400 31.700
144 13.300 14.900 16.500 249 27.500 29.800 32.200
147 13.800 15.400 17.000 252 27.900 30.300 32.700
Fetal Growth Table
151 14.300 15.900 17.600 256 28.300 30.700 33.100
Merz E., Wellek S.
154 14.800 16.500 18.100 259 28.700 31.100 33.600
“Normal Fetal Development Profiles A Model to obtain Standard Development Graphs for
the Head and Abdominal Parameters and the Long Limb Bones“Ultraschall in der Medizin 158 15.300 17.000 18.700 263 29.000 31.500 34.000
17 (1996) 153-162 161 15.800 17.500 19.300 266 29.400 31.900 34.400
165 16.300 18.100 19.800 270 29.800 32.300 34.800
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) 168 16.800 18.600 20.400 273 30.100 32.700 35.200
88 5.000 6.200 7.400 193 20.200 22.200 24.200 172 17.300 19.100 20.900 277 30.500 33.100 35.600
91 5.500 6.700 8.000 196 20.700 22.700 24.700 175 17.800 19.600 21.500 280 30.800 33.400 36.000
95 6.000 7.300 8.500 200 21.200 23.200 25.200 179 18.300 20.200 22.000 284 31.100 33.800 36.400
98 6.500 7.800 9.100 203 21.700 23.700 25.700 182 18.800 20.700 22.600 287 31.400 34.100 36.700
102 7.100 8.300 9.600 207 22.100 24.200 26.300 186 19.300 21.200 23.100 291 31.700 34.300 37.000
105 7.600 8.900 10.200 210 22.600 24.700 26.800 189 19.800 21.700 23.600
109 8.100 9.400 10.800 214 23.100 25.200 27.300
112 8.600 10.000 11.400 217 23.500 25.700 27.800
116 9.100 10.500 11.900 221 24.000 26.200 28.300
Reference Manual 17

Abdominal Circumference (AC) : NICOLAIDES Abdominal Circumference (AC) : SHINOZUKA

Fetal Growth Table GA Table


R. J. M. Snijders and K. H. Nicolaides; “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation“ Ultrasound Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. "Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry"
Obstet. Gynecol. 4 (1994) 34-48 Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd)
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) 10.0 15w3d 1w1d 22.0 27w3d 1w5d
14 8.000 9.000 10.200 27 20.500 23.100 25.900 10.5 16w0d 1w1d 22.5 28w0d 1w5d
15 8.800 9.900 11.200 28 21.600 24.300 27.200 11.0 16w4d 1w1d 23.0 28w4d 1w5d
16 9.600 10.800 12.200 29 22.600 25.400 28.500 11.5 17w0d 1w1d 23.5 29w0d 1w5d
17 10.500 11.800 13.300 30 23.700 26.600 29.800
12.0 17w4d 1w2d 24.0 29w4d 1w6d
18 11.400 12.800 14.400 31 24.600 27.700 31.000
12.5 18w0d 1w2d 24.5 30w1d 1w6d
19 12.300 13.900 15.600 32 25.600 28.700 32.200
13.0 18w4d 1w2d 25.0 30w5d 1w6d
20 13.300 14.900 16.800 33 26.500 29.700 33.400
13.5 19w0d 1w2d 25.5 31w2d 1w6d
21 14.300 16.100 18.100 34 27.400 30.700 34.500
14.0 19w4d 1w2d 26.0 31w6d 1w6d
22 15.300 17.200 19.300 35 28.200 31.600 35.500
14.5 20w0d 1w2d 26.5 32w3d 1w6d
23 16.300 18.300 20.600 36 28.900 32.400 36.400
15.0 20w3d 1w3d 27.0 33w1d 1w6d
24 17.400 19.500 21.900 37 29.500 33.200 37.200
15.5 21w0d 1w3d 27.5 33w5d 2w0d
25 18.400 20.700 23.300 38 30.200 33.900 38.000
16.0 21w3d 1w3d 28.0 34w2d 2w0d
26 19.500 21.900 24.600 39 30.700 34.500 38.700
16.5 22w0d 1w3d 28.5 35w0d 2w0d
17.0 22w3d 1w3d 29.0 35w4d 2w0d
17.5 22w6d 1w3d 29.5 36w2d 2w0d
18.0 23w3d 1w4d 30.0 37w0d 2w0d
18.5 23w6d 1w4d 30.5 37w5d 2w0d
19.0 24w3d 1w4d 31.0 38w2d 2w1d
Reference Manual 18

Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Meas (cm) Age (wd) ±SD (wd) Abdominal Circumference (AC) : TOKYO
19.5 24w6d 1w4d 31.5 39w0d 2w1d
20.0 25w3d 1w4d 32.0 39w6d 2w1d GA Table
20.5 25w6d 1w4d 32.5 40w4d 2w1d “Shinozuka N., Masuda H., Kagawa H., Taketani Y.
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Tokyo Faculty of Medicine, “Standard
21.0 26w3d 1w5d 33.0 41w2d 2w1d
Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry“
21.5 27w0d 1w5d
Jpn J Med Ultrasonics 23 (12) 877-888; 1996“

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD


(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
Fetal Growth Table
10.0 100.0 108.0 116.0 8.0 22.0 180.0 192.0 204.0 12.0
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry”
Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888 10.5 104.0 112.0 120.0 8.0 22.5 184.0 196.0 208.0 12.0
11.0 108.0 116.0 124.0 8.0 23.0 188.0 200.0 212.0 12.0
Age Meas -1.5SD +1.5SD Age Meas -1.5SD +1.5SD
(wd) (cm) (cm) (cm) (wd) (cm) (cm) (cm) 11.5 111.0 119.0 127.0 8.0 23.5 191.0 203.0 215.0 12.0
16w3d 10.90 9.50 12.40 30w3d 24.70 22.20 27.10 12.0 114.0 123.0 132.0 9.0 24.0 194.0 207.0 220.0 13.0
17w3d 12.00 10.40 13.50 31w3d 25.60 23.00 28.10 12.5 117.0 126.0 135.0 9.0 24.5 198.0 211.0 224.0 13.0
18w3d 13.00 11.40 14.60 32w3d 26.50 23.80 29.00 13.0 121.0 130.0 139.0 9.0 25.0 202.0 215.0 228.0 13.0
19w3d 14.00 12.30 15.70 33w3d 27.30 24.50 29.90 13.5 124.0 133.0 142.0 9.0 25.5 206.0 219.0 232.0 13.0
20w3d 15.10 13.30 16.80 34w3d 28.10 25.30 30.70 14.0 128.0 137.0 146.0 9.0 26.0 210.0 223.0 236.0 13.0
21w3d 16.10 14.20 17.80 35w3d 28.90 26.00 31.60 14.5 131.0 140.0 149.0 9.0 26.5 214.0 227.0 240.0 13.0
22w3d 17.10 15.10 18.90 36w3d 29.70 26.60 32.40
15.0 133.0 143.0 153.0 10.0 27.0 219.0 232.0 245.0 13.0
23w3d 18.10 16.10 20.00 37w3d 30.40 27.30 33.20
15.5 137.0 147.0 157.0 10.0 27.5 222.0 236.0 250.0 14.0
24w3d 19.10 17.00 21.10 38w3d 31.10 27.90 34.00
16.0 140.0 150.0 160.0 10.0 28.0 226.0 240.0 254.0 14.0
25w3d 20.10 17.90 22.10 39w3d 31.80 28.50 34.70
16.5 144.0 154.0 164.0 10.0 28.5 231.0 245.0 259.0 14.0
26w3d 21.00 18.80 23.10 40w3d 32.40 29.10 35.40
17.0 147.0 157.0 167.0 10.0 29.0 235.0 249.0 263.0 14.0
27w3d 22.00 19.70 24.20 41w3d 33.00 29.60 36.10
17.5 150.0 160.0 170.0 10.0 29.5 240.0 254.0 268.0 14.0
28w3d 22.90 20.50 25.20 42w3d 33.60 30.10 36.70
18.0 153.0 164.0 175.0 11.0 30.0 238.0 252.0 266.0 14.0
29w3d 23.80 21.40 26.10
Reference Manual 19

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Age -1.64SD Mean +1.64SD Age -1.64SD Mean +1.64SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
18.5 156.0 167.0 178.0 11.0 30.5 250.0 264.0 278.0 14.0 26 18.600 21.000 23.300 40 28.800 32.400 35.700
19.0 160.0 171.0 182.0 11.0 31.0 253.0 268.0 283.0 15.0 27 19.500 22.000 24.400 41 29.300 33.000 36.400

19.5 163.0 174.0 185.0 11.0 31.5 258.0 273.0 288.0 15.0 28 20.300 22.900 25.400 42 29.700 33.600 37.000

20.0 167.0 178.0 189.0 11.0 32.0 264.0 279.0 294.0 15.0 29 21.100 23.800 26.400

20.5 170.0 181.0 192.0 11.0 32.5 269.0 284.0 299.0 15.0
21.0 173.0 185.0 197.0 12.0 33.0 274.0 289.0 304.0 15.0
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : ASUM
21.5 177.0 189.0 201.0 12.0

GA Table
“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
Fetal Growth Table
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
Shinozuka N., Masuda H., Kagawa H., Taketani Y.
http://www.asum.com.au/open.home.htm
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Tokyo Faculty of Medicine, “Standard
Date: December 2003
Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry“ Jpn J Med Ultrasonics 23 (12) 877-888; 1996
Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
Age -1.64SD Mean +1.64SD Age -1.64SD Mean +1.64SD (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
1.6 73.0 77.0 81.0 4.0 6.8 177.0 189.0 201.0 12.0
16 9.300 10.900 12.500 30 22.000 24.700 27.300
2.0 77.0 84.0 91.0 7.0 7.2 184.0 196.0 208.0 12.0
17 10.300 12.000 13.600 31 22.800 25.600 28.300
2.4 84.0 91.0 98.0 7.0 7.5 191.0 203.0 215.0 12.0
18 11.200 13.000 14.700 32 23.500 26.500 29.200
2.8 91.0 98.0 105.0 7.0 7.6 196.0 210.0 224.0 14.0
19 12.200 14.000 15.800 33 24.300 27.300 30.100
3.1 98.0 105.0 112.0 7.0 8.0 201.0 217.0 233.0 16.0
20 13.100 15.100 16.900 34 25.000 28.100 31.000
3.6 105.0 112.0 119.0 7.0 8.1 208.0 224.0 240.0 16.0
21 14.000 16.100 18.000 35 25.700 28.900 31.900
22 15.000 17.100 19.100 36 26.400 29.700 32.700 3.9 109.0 119.0 129.0 10.0 8.4 210.0 231.0 252.0 21.0

23 15.900 18.100 20.200 37 27.000 30.400 33.500 4.2 116.0 126.0 136.0 10.0 8.6 217.0 238.0 259.0 21.0

24 16.800 19.100 21.200 38 27.600 31.100 34.300 4.5 123.0 133.0 143.0 10.0 8.8 224.0 245.0 266.0 21.0

25 17.700 20.100 22.300 39 28.200 31.800 35.000 4.7 130.0 140.0 150.0 10.0 9.0 231.0 252.0 273.0 21.0
Reference Manual 20

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
4.9 137.0 147.0 157.0 10.0 9.2 235.0 259.0 283.0 24.0 22 4.700 5.200 5.700 38 8.700 9.300 9.900
5.2 144.0 154.0 164.0 10.0 9.3 242.0 266.0 290.0 24.0 23 5.200 5.700 6.200 39 8.700 9.500 10.300

5.7 151.0 161.0 171.0 10.0 9.5 245.0 273.0 301.0 28.0 24 5.400 6.000 6.600 40 8.800 9.600 10.400

6.0 158.0 168.0 178.0 10.0 9.6 252.0 280.0 308.0 28.0 25 5.800 6.400 7.000 41 9.000 9.800 10.600

6.4 165.0 175.0 185.0 10.0 9.8 259.0 287.0 315.0 28.0 26 6.300 6.700 7.100

6.7 170.0 182.0 194.0 12.0

Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : CFEF


Fetal Growth Table
“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan GA Table
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney. “Créquat,J., Duyme,M., Brodaty,G., “Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the French College
http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm of fetal ultrasonography and the Inserm U 155“, Gynécol.Obstét Fertil, Vol. 28 No. 2, 2000,
pages 435-445“
Date: December 2003
Meas (mm) Mean (day) Meas (mm) Mean (day) Meas (mm) Mean (day)
Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) 15.36 77.0 54.53 154.0 82.14 231.0
11 1.400 1.600 1.800 27 6.300 6.800 7.300 19.4 84.0 57.51 161.0 84.07 238.0
12 1.600 2.000 2.400 28 6.800 7.200 7.600 23.3 91.0 60.42 168.0 85.9 245.0
13 2.000 2.400 2.800 29 7.100 7.500 7.900 27.14 98.0 63.25 175.0 87.61 252.0
14 2.400 2.800 3.200 30 7.200 7.600 8.000 30.89 105.0 65.94 182.0 89.24 259.0
15 2.700 3.100 3.500 31 7.400 8.000 8.600 34.53 112.0 68.55 189.0 90.7 266.0
16 3.100 3.600 4.100 32 7.700 8.100 8.500 38.12 119.0 71.03 196.0 92.1 273.0
17 3.400 3.900 4.400 33 7.800 8.400 9.000 41.58 126.0 73.5 203.0 93.45 280.0
18 3.800 4.200 4.600 34 8.000 8.600 9.200 45.0 133.0 75.8 210.0 94.0 287.0
19 4.000 4.500 5.000 35 8.150 8.800 9.450 48.22 140.0 78.0 217.0
20 4.300 4.700 5.100 36 8.400 9.000 9.600 51.43 147.0 80.16 224.0
21 4.500 4.900 5.300 37 8.550 9.200 9.850
Reference Manual 21

Fetal Growth Table Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : CHITTY_OI


Créquat,J., Duyme,M., Brodaty,G., “Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the French College
of fetal ultrasonography and the Inserm U 155“, Gynécol Obstét Fertil, Vol. 28 No. 2, 2000,
GA Table
pages 435-445
“Altmann D.G.; Chitty L.S. “New charts for ultrasound dating of pregnancy“. Ultrasound in
Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97% Obstetrics and Gynecology Vol. 10: 174-191, 1997“
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
11 12.080 15.360 18.630 27 62.120 68.550 75.000
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
12 15.810 19.400 22.920 28 64.500 71.030 77.600
2.1 83.0 89.0 96.0 5.6 149.0 162.0 177.0
13 19.470 23.300 27.120 29 66.840 73.500 80.090
2.2 85.0 91.0 98.0 5.7 151.0 165.0 179.0
14 23.050 27.140 31.230 30 69.070 75.800 82.520
2.3 87.0 93.0 100.0 5.8 153.0 167.0 182.0
15 26.560 30.890 35.230 31 71.220 78.000 84.800
2.4 88.0 95.0 102.0 5.9 155.0 169.0 185.0
16 29.970 34.530 39.080 32 73.300 80.160 87.000
2.5 90.0 97.0 104.0 6.0 157.0 172.0 188.0
17 33.320 38.120 42.870 33 75.240 82.140 89.040
2.6 92.0 99.0 106.0 6.1 159.0 174.0 190.0
18 36.550 41.580 46.560 34 77.140 84.070 91.000
2.7 94.0 101.0 108.0 6.2 162.0 177.0 193.0
19 39.760 45.000 50.180 35 78.940 85.900 92.830
2.8 95.0 103.0 110.0 6.3 164.0 179.0 196.0
20 42.850 48.220 53.640 36 80.640 87.610 94.560
2.9 97.0 104.0 112.0 6.4 166.0 182.0 199.0
21 45.860 51.430 57.000 37 82.270 89.240 96.190
3.0 99.0 106.0 114.0 6.5 168.0 184.0 202.0
22 48.790 54.530 60.300 38 83.780 90.700 97.660
3.1 101.0 108.0 117.0 6.6 170.0 187.0 204.0
23 51.630 57.510 63.450 39 85.220 92.100 99.050
3.2 102.0 110.0 119.0 6.7 172.0 189.0 207.0
24 54.380 60.420 66.500 40 86.570 93.450 100.310
3.3 104.0 112.0 121.0 6.8 175.0 192.0 210.0
25 57.040 63.250 69.420 41 87.000 94.000 101.000
3.4 106.0 114.0 123.0 6.9 177.0 194.0 213.0
26 59.620 65.940 72.270
3.5 108.0 116.0 125.0 7.0 179.0 197.0 216.0
3.6 110.0 118.0 128.0 7.1 181.0 199.0 219.0
3.7 111.0 120.0 130.0 7.2 184.0 202.0 222.0
3.8 113.0 122.0 132.0 7.3 186.0 205.0 225.0
3.9 115.0 125.0 135.0 7.4 188.0 207.0 228.0
Reference Manual 22

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : CHITTY_OO
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
4.0 117.0 127.0 137.0 7.5 191.0 210.0 231.0 GA Table
4.1 119.0 129.0 139.0 7.6 193.0 212.0 234.0 “Altmann D.G.; Chitty L.S. “New charts for ultrasound dating of pregnancy“. Ultrasound in
4.2 121.0 131.0 142.0 7.7 195.0 215.0 237.0 Obstetrics and Gynecology Vol. 10: 174-191, 1997“
4.3 123.0 133.0 144.0 7.8 198.0 218.0 240.0 Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
4.4 125.0 135.0 146.0 7.9 200.0 221.0 243.0 (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
4.5 127.0 137.0 149.0 8.0 202.0 223.0 246.0 2.2 82.0 88.0 95.0 5.7 145.0 159.0 173.0
4.6 129.0 139.0 151.0 8.1 205.0 226.0 250.0 2.3 84.0 90.0 97.0 5.8 147.0 161.0 176.0
4.7 131.0 142.0 154.0 8.2 207.0 229.0 253.0 2.4 85.0 92.0 99.0 5.9 149.0 163.0 179.0
4.8 133.0 144.0 156.0 8.3 210.0 232.0 256.0 2.5 87.0 94.0 101.0 6.0 151.0 166.0 181.0
4.9 135.0 146.0 159.0 8.4 212.0 234.0 259.0 2.6 89.0 95.0 103.0 6.1 153.0 168.0 184.0
5.0 137.0 148.0 161.0 8.5 215.0 237.0 262.0 2.7 90.0 97.0 105.0 6.2 155.0 170.0 187.0
5.1 139.0 151.0 164.0 8.6 217.0 240.0 266.0 2.8 92.0 99.0 107.0 6.3 158.0 173.0 189.0
5.2 141.0 153.0 166.0 8.7 219.0 243.0 269.0 2.9 94.0 101.0 109.0 6.4 160.0 175.0 192.0
5.3 143.0 155.0 169.0 8.8 222.0 246.0 272.0 3.0 95.0 103.0 111.0 6.5 162.0 177.0 195.0
5.4 145.0 158.0 172.0 8.9 224.0 249.0 276.0 3.1 97.0 105.0 113.0 6.6 164.0 180.0 198.0
5.5 147.0 160.0 174.0 3.2 99.0 107.0 115.0 6.7 166.0 182.0 200.0
3.3 101.0 109.0 117.0 6.8 168.0 185.0 203.0
3.4 102.0 110.0 119.0 6.9 170.0 187.0 206.0
3.5 104.0 112.0 121.0 7.0 172.0 190.0 209.0
3.6 106.0 114.0 124.0 7.1 175.0 192.0 212.0
3.7 108.0 116.0 126.0 7.2 177.0 195.0 214.0
3.8 109.0 118.0 128.0 7.3 179.0 197.0 217.0
3.9 111.0 120.0 130.0 7.4 181.0 200.0 220.0
4.0 113.0 122.0 133.0 7.5 184.0 202.0 223.0
Reference Manual 23

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Fetal Growth Table
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) Chitty,L.S., Altman,D.G., Henderson,A., Campbell,S., “Charts of fetal size: 2. Head
4.1 115.0 124.0 135.0 7.6 186.0 205.0 226.0 measurements“ Br.J Obstet Gynaecol., Vol. 101, 1994, pages 35-43.

4.2 116.0 126.0 137.0 7.7 188.0 208.0 229.0 Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97%
4.3 118.0 128.0 139.0 7.8 190.0 210.0 232.0 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)

4.4 120.0 130.0 142.0 7.9 193.0 213.0 235.0 12 1.550 1.970 2.390 28 6.740 7.340 7.930

4.5 122.0 133.0 144.0 8.0 195.0 215.0 238.0 13 1.920 2.350 2.780 29 6.990 7.600 8.210

4.6 124.0 135.0 146.0 8.1 197.0 218.0 241.0 14 2.290 2.730 3.170 30 7.240 7.860 8.470

4.7 126.0 137.0 149.0 8.2 199.0 221.0 244.0 15 2.650 3.100 3.560 31 7.470 8.100 8.730

4.8 128.0 139.0 151.0 8.3 202.0 223.0 247.0 16 3.010 3.470 3.940 32 7.690 8.330 8.970

4.9 130.0 141.0 154.0 8.4 204.0 226.0 251.0 17 3.360 3.830 4.310 33 7.900 8.550 9.210

5.0 131.0 143.0 156.0 8.5 207.0 229.0 254.0 18 3.700 4.190 4.680 34 8.100 8.760 9.430

5.1 133.0 145.0 158.0 8.6 209.0 232.0 257.0 19 4.040 4.540 5.040 35 8.290 8.960 9.630

5.2 135.0 148.0 161.0 8.7 211.0 234.0 260.0 20 4.370 4.880 5.390 36 8.460 9.150 9.830

5.3 137.0 150.0 163.0 8.8 214.0 237.0 263.0 21 4.700 5.220 5.740 37 8.620 9.320 10.010

5.4 139.0 152.0 166.0 8.9 216.0 240.0 267.0 22 5.020 5.550 6.080 38 8.770 9.480 10.180

5.5 141.0 154.0 168.0 9.0 218.0 243.0 270.0 23 5.330 5.870 6.410 39 8.900 9.620 10.340

5.6 143.0 156.0 171.0 9.1 221.0 246.0 273.0 24 5.630 6.180 6.730 40 9.020 9.750 10.480
25 5.920 6.480 7.040 41 9.130 9.870 10.610
26 6.200 6.780 7.350 42 9.220 9.970 10.720
27 6.480 7.060 7.650
Reference Manual 24

Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : HADLOCK Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : HANSMANN

GA Table GA Table
“Hadlock,F.P., Deter,R.L., Harrist,R.B., Park,S.K., “Estimating fetal age: computer-assisted “Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittmann “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters“, Radiology Vol. 152 No. 2, 1984, pages 497-501.“ Gynecology“ Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986. p.440-441“
GA = 9.54 + 1.482 × {OB_BPD} + 0.1676 × ({OB_BPD}2)
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
Output Unit: w (weeks) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
Input Unit: cm 2.9 86.0 94.0 101.0 6.8 171.0 181.0 191.0
Min Range: 1.4cm 3.0 89.0 96.0 103.0 6.9 174.0 183.0 193.0
Max Range: 10.3cm 3.1 90.0 98.0 106.0 7.0 175.0 185.0 195.0
3.2 93.0 100.0 108.0 7.1 177.0 187.0 199.0
Fetal Growth Table 3.3 94.0 102.0 111.0 7.2 179.0 190.0 200.0
Hadlock F.P., Deter R.L.; Harrist R.B., Park S.K.
3.4 96.0 105.0 114.0 7.3 182.0 192.0 205.0
“Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters“
3.5 99.0 107.0 115.0 7.4 183.0 195.0 207.0
Radiology 1984; 152: 497-501
3.6 101.0 109.0 118.0 7.5 185.0 197.0 209.0
AC = -3.08 + 0.41 x {GA} - 0.000061 x {GA}3
3.7 104.0 112.0 120.0 7.6 187.0 200.0 212.0
Output Unit : cm
3.8 105.0 114.0 123.0 7.7 190.0 202.0 215.0
Input Unit: w (week)
3.9 108.0 116.0 125.0 7.8 191.0 205.0 220.0
Min Range: 12w
4.0 110.0 119.0 127.0 7.9 192.0 208.0 224.0
Max Range: 40w
4.1 112.0 121.0 130.0 8.0 195.0 210.0 225.0
4.2 115.0 123.0 132.0 8.1 198.0 213.0 228.0
4.3 116.0 125.0 134.0 8.2 202.0 217.0 232.0
4.4 118.0 127.0 136.0 8.3 203.0 219.0 236.0
4.5 121.0 130.0 139.0 8.4 206.0 223.0 240.0
4.6 123.0 132.0 141.0 8.5 209.0 226.0 242.0
4.7 125.0 134.0 144.0 8.6 211.0 229.0 246.0
Reference Manual 25

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Fetal Growth Table
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) Hansmann, Hackelöer, Staudach, (Wittmann) “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
4.8 126.0 136.0 146.0 8.7 212.0 233.0 253.0 Gynecology“ Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986. p.432

4.9 127.0 138.0 148.0 8.8 217.0 236.0 255.0 Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
5.0 130.0 140.0 148.0 8.9 221.0 240.0 259.0 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)

5.1 133.0 143.0 153.0 9.0 224.0 243.0 262.0 12 2.000 2.000 2.000 27 6.600 7.100 7.700

5.2 135.0 145.0 155.0 9.1 225.0 246.0 271.0 13 1.900 2.400 2.900 28 6.800 7.400 8.000

5.3 136.0 147.0 158.0 9.2 233.0 251.0 275.0 14 2.300 2.800 3.200 29 7.100 7.700 8.300

5.4 140.0 150.0 160.0 9.3 236.0 257.0 278.0 15 2.700 3.200 3.500 30 7.300 8.000 8.600

5.5 142.0 152.0 161.0 9.4 243.0 262.0 281.0 16 3.100 3.500 3.900 31 7.500 8.200 8.800

5.6 145.0 154.0 163.0 9.5 247.0 269.0 287.0 17 3.400 3.800 4.200 32 7.800 8.500 9.100

5.7 147.0 156.0 165.0 9.6 247.0 272.0 290.0 18 3.800 4.200 4.600 33 8.000 8.700 9.300

5.8 150.0 159.0 167.0 9.7 251.0 273.0 294.0 19 4.100 4.600 5.000 34 8.200 8.900 9.500

5.9 151.0 161.0 171.0 9.8 255.0 275.0 294.0 20 4.400 4.900 5.300 35 8.400 9.100 9.700

6.0 153.0 163.0 172.0 9.9 256.0 276.0 298.0 21 4.800 5.200 5.700 36 8.600 9.300 9.900

6.1 155.0 165.0 175.0 10.0 257.0 277.0 296.0 22 5.100 5.600 6.000 37 8.800 9.500 10.100

6.2 158.0 168.0 178.0 10.1 260.0 278.0 298.0 23 5.400 5.900 6.400 38 8.900 9.600 10.200

6.3 160.0 170.0 179.0 10.2 260.0 279.0 296.0 24 5.700 6.200 6.700 39 9.000 9.800 10.400

6.4 162.0 172.0 182.0 10.3 261.0 280.0 296.0 25 6.000 6.500 7.100 40 9.200 9.900 10.500

6.5 165.0 174.0 184.0 10.4 262.0 281.0 296.0 26 6.300 6.800 7.400 41 9.300 10.000 10.600

6.6 167.0 176.0 187.0 10.5 265.0 282.0 296.0


6.7 169.0 178.0 190.0
Reference Manual 26

Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : JEANTY Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)

GA Table 2.9 81.0 99.0 118.0 7.2 176.0 195.0 214.0

“Jeanty P., Romero R. “Obstetrical Ultrasound“ McGraw-Hill Book Company, pages 57-61, 3.0 83.0 102.0 120.0 7.3 179.0 198.0 216.0
1984.“ 3.1 85.0 104.0 122.0 7.4 182.0 201.0 219.0

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper 3.2 86.0 106.0 124.0 7.5 185.0 204.0 222.0
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) 3.3 88.0 107.0 126.0 7.6 188.0 207.0 225.0
1.0 46.0 64.0 83.0 5.3 130.0 148.0 167.0 3.4 90.0 109.0 128.0 7.7 190.0 209.0 228.0
1.1 48.0 67.0 85.0 5.4 132.0 151.0 169.0 3.5 92.0 111.0 130.0 7.8 193.0 212.0 231.0
1.2 49.0 68.0 87.0 5.5 134.0 153.0 172.0 3.6 95.0 113.0 132.0 7.9 196.0 215.0 234.0
1.3 51.0 70.0 89.0 5.6 137.0 155.0 174.0 3.7 96.0 115.0 134.0 8.0 200.0 218.0 237.0
1.4 53.0 72.0 90.0 5.7 139.0 158.0 176.0 3.8 98.0 117.0 136.0 8.1 202.0 221.0 240.0
1.5 55.0 74.0 92.0 5.8 141.0 160.0 179.0 3.9 100.0 119.0 138.0 8.2 205.0 224.0 243.0
1.6 57.0 76.0 94.0 5.9 144.0 162.0 181.0 4.0 102.0 121.0 139.0 8.3 209.0 228.0 246.0
1.7 59.0 78.0 96.0 6.0 146.0 165.0 183.0 4.1 104.0 123.0 141.0 8.4 211.0 230.0 249.0
1.8 60.0 79.0 98.0 6.1 148.0 167.0 186.0 4.2 106.0 125.0 144.0 8.5 215.0 234.0 252.0
1.9 62.0 81.0 99.0 6.2 151.0 169.0 188.0 4.3 108.0 127.0 146.0 8.6 218.0 237.0 256.0
2.0 64.0 83.0 102.0 6.3 153.0 172.0 190.0 4.4 110.0 129.0 148.0 8.7 221.0 240.0 259.0
2.1 66.0 85.0 104.0 6.4 155.0 174.0 193.0 4.5 112.0 131.0 150.0 8.8 225.0 244.0 262.0
2.2 68.0 87.0 105.0 6.5 158.0 177.0 195.0 4.6 114.0 133.0 152.0 8.9 228.0 247.0 265.0
2.3 69.0 88.0 107.0 6.6 160.0 179.0 198.0 4.7 116.0 135.0 154.0 9.0 231.0 250.0 269.0
2.4 71.0 90.0 109.0 6.7 163.0 182.0 200.0 4.8 118.0 137.0 156.0 9.1 235.0 253.0 272.0
2.5 74.0 92.0 111.0 6.8 166.0 185.0 203.0 4.9 120.0 139.0 158.0 9.2 238.0 257.0 276.0
2.6 75.0 94.0 113.0 6.9 168.0 187.0 206.0 5.0 123.0 142.0 160.0 9.3 242.0 260.0 279.0
2.7 77.0 96.0 115.0 7.0 171.0 190.0 209.0 5.1 125.0 144.0 162.0 9.4 245.0 264.0 283.0
2.8 79.0 98.0 116.0 7.1 174.0 193.0 211.0 5.2 127.0 146.0 165.0 9.5 249.0 268.0 286.0
Reference Manual 27

Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : JOHNSEN Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)

GA Table 3.3 102.0 107.0 113.0 5.7 151.0 159.0 167.0

“Johnsen,S.L., Rasmussen,S., Sollien,R., Kiserud,T., “Fetal age assessment based on ultrasound 3.4 104.0 109.0 115.0 5.8 153.0 161.0 169.0
head biometry and the effect of maternal and fetal factors“, Acta Obstet Gynecol.Scand. Vol. 3.5 106.0 111.0 117.0 5.9 156.0 164.0 172.0
83 No. 8, 2004, pages 716-723.“ 3.6 107.0 113.0 119.0 6.0 158.0 166.0 175.0
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper 3.7 109.0 115.0 121.0
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
1.4 69.0 73.0 76.0 3.8 111.0 117.0 123.0
1.5 71.0 75.0 79.0 3.9 113.0 119.0 125.0 Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : JSUM
1.6 73.0 76.0 80.0 4.0 115.0 121.0 127.0
1.7 74.0 78.0 82.0 4.1 117.0 123.0 129.0 GA Table
1.8 76.0 80.0 84.0 4.2 119.0 125.0 131.0 “Takashi Okai, Chairman of JSUM, Ultrasound Diagnostic standard & language committee
Ultrasound Fetal measurement standardization & Japanese standard proposals J Med
1.9 78.0 82.0 86.0 4.3 121.0 127.0 134.0
Ultrasonics Vol. 28 No.5 (2001)“
2.0 79.0 84.0 88.0 4.4 123.0 129.0 136.0
Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
2.1 81.0 86.0 90.0 4.5 125.0 131.0 138.0 (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
2.2 83.0 87.0 92.0 4.6 127.0 133.0 140.0 1.3 67.0 71.0 75.0 4.0 5.2 146.0 153.0 160.0 7.0
2.3 85.0 89.0 94.0 4.7 129.0 136.0 143.0 1.4 69.0 73.0 77.0 4.0 5.3 147.0 155.0 163.0 8.0
2.4 86.0 91.0 96.0 4.8 131.0 138.0 145.0 1.5 71.0 75.0 79.0 4.0 5.4 149.0 157.0 165.0 8.0
2.5 88.0 93.0 98.0 4.9 133.0 140.0 147.0
1.6 73.0 77.0 81.0 4.0 5.5 151.0 159.0 167.0 8.0
2.6 90.0 94.0 99.0 5.0 135.0 142.0 150.0
1.7 75.0 79.0 83.0 4.0 5.6 154.0 162.0 170.0 8.0
2.7 91.0 96.0 101.0 5.1 137.0 144.0 152.0
1.8 77.0 81.0 85.0 4.0 5.7 156.0 164.0 172.0 8.0
2.8 93.0 98.0 103.0 5.2 140.0 147.0 154.0
1.9 79.0 83.0 87.0 4.0 5.8 158.0 166.0 174.0 8.0
2.9 95.0 100.0 105.0 5.3 142.0 149.0 157.0
2.0 81.0 85.0 89.0 4.0 5.9 161.0 169.0 177.0 8.0
3.0 97.0 102.0 107.0 5.4 144.0 151.0 159.0
2.1 83.0 87.0 91.0 4.0 6.0 162.0 171.0 180.0 9.0
3.1 98.0 104.0 109.0 5.5 146.0 154.0 162.0
2.2 86.0 90.0 94.0 4.0 6.1 164.0 173.0 182.0 9.0
3.2 100.0 105.0 111.0 5.6 149.0 156.0 164.0
Reference Manual 28

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
2.3 87.0 92.0 97.0 5.0 6.2 167.0 176.0 185.0 9.0 4.7 135.0 142.0 149.0 7.0 8.6 234.0 248.0 262.0 14.0
2.4 89.0 94.0 99.0 5.0 6.3 169.0 178.0 187.0 9.0 4.8 137.0 144.0 151.0 7.0 8.7 238.0 252.0 266.0 14.0
2.5 91.0 96.0 101.0 5.0 6.4 171.0 180.0 189.0 9.0 4.9 139.0 146.0 153.0 7.0 8.8 243.0 257.0 271.0 14.0
2.6 93.0 98.0 103.0 5.0 6.5 174.0 183.0 192.0 9.0 5.0 141.0 148.0 155.0 7.0 8.9 249.0 263.0 277.0 14.0
2.7 95.0 100.0 105.0 5.0 6.6 175.0 185.0 195.0 10.0 5.1 143.0 150.0 157.0 7.0 9.0 254.0 269.0 284.0 15.0
2.8 97.0 102.0 107.0 5.0 6.7 178.0 188.0 198.0 10.0
2.9 99.0 104.0 109.0 5.0 6.8 181.0 191.0 201.0 10.0
Fetal Growth Table
3.0 101.0 106.0 111.0 5.0 6.9 183.0 193.0 203.0 10.0
Takashi Okai, Chairman of JSUM, Ultrasound Diagnostic standard & language committee
3.1 103.0 108.0 113.0 5.0 7.0 186.0 196.0 206.0 10.0 Ultrasound Fetal measurement standardization & Japanese standard proposals J Med
3.2 105.0 110.0 115.0 5.0 7.1 189.0 199.0 209.0 10.0 Ultrasonics Vol. 28 No.5 (2001)

3.3 107.0 112.0 117.0 5.0 7.2 190.0 201.0 212.0 11.0 Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
3.4 109.0 114.0 119.0 5.0 7.3 193.0 204.0 215.0 11.0 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)

3.5 111.0 116.0 121.0 5.0 7.4 196.0 207.0 218.0 11.0 11 1.240 1.590 1.940 27 6.260 6.740 7.220

3.6 112.0 118.0 124.0 6.0 7.5 199.0 210.0 221.0 11.0 12 1.570 1.930 2.290 28 6.520 7.010 7.500
13 1.900 2.270 2.640 29 6.760 7.260 7.760
3.7 114.0 120.0 126.0 6.0 7.6 202.0 213.0 224.0 11.0
14 2.230 2.610 2.990 30 7.000 7.510 8.020
3.8 117.0 123.0 129.0 6.0 7.7 204.0 216.0 228.0 12.0
15 2.560 2.950 3.340 31 7.220 7.740 8.260
3.9 119.0 125.0 131.0 6.0 7.8 207.0 219.0 231.0 12.0
16 2.900 3.290 3.680 32 7.430 7.960 8.490
4.0 121.0 127.0 133.0 6.0 7.9 210.0 222.0 234.0 12.0
17 3.230 3.630 4.030 33 7.630 8.170 8.710
4.1 123.0 129.0 135.0 6.0 8.0 213.0 225.0 237.0 12.0
18 3.550 3.960 4.370 34 7.820 8.360 8.900
4.2 125.0 131.0 137.0 6.0 8.1 217.0 229.0 241.0 12.0
19 3.880 4.300 4.720 35 7.980 8.530 9.080
4.3 127.0 133.0 139.0 6.0 8.2 219.0 232.0 245.0 13.0
20 4.190 4.620 5.050 36 8.130 8.690 9.250
4.4 129.0 135.0 141.0 6.0 8.3 223.0 236.0 249.0 13.0
21 4.520 4.950 5.390 37 8.260 8.830 9.400
4.5 131.0 137.0 143.0 6.0 8.4 227.0 240.0 253.0 13.0
22 4.820 5.260 5.700 38 8.380 8.960 9.540
4.6 133.0 140.0 147.0 7.0 8.5 231.0 244.0 257.0 13.0
Reference Manual 29

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
23 5.120 5.570 6.020 39 8.480 9.060 9.650 24 5.810 6.340 6.870 40 9.120 9.820 10.520
24 5.420 5.880 6.340 40 8.560 9.150 9.740 25 6.110 6.650 7.190 41 9.210 9.920 10.630
25 5.700 6.170 6.640 41 8.620 9.220 9.820 26 6.390 6.940 7.490 42 9.290 10.010 10.730
26 5.980 6.460 6.940 42 8.650 9.260 9.870 27 6.660 7.220 7.780

Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : KURMANAVICIUS Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : KURTZ

Fetal Growth Table GA Table


Standard-Tabellen und Kurven für Ultraschall-/Dopplersonografie, Dept. Frauenheilkunde “Kurtz A.B., Wapner R.J., Kurtz R.J., Dershaw D., Rubin C.S., Cole-Beuglet C., Goldberg B.B,
Klinik und Poliklinik für Geburtshilfe; Copyright (1997) J. Kurmanavicius et al Prof. Dr. A. Huch “Analysis of Biparietal Diameter as an Accurate Indicator of Gestational Age“
J Clin Ultrasound 8:319-326; August 1980“
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
12 1.700 2.100 2.500 28 6.920 7.490 8.070 (mm) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day)
13 2.080 2.490 2.900 29 7.170 7.760 8.340 20.0 84.0 84.0 84.0 60.0 156.1 167.3 178.5
14 2.450 2.870 3.290 30 7.410 8.010 8.600 21.0 84.0 84.0 84.0 61.0 158.2 169.4 180.6
15 2.820 3.250 3.680 31 7.640 8.250 8.850 22.0 85.4 88.9 92.4 62.0 161.7 172.2 182.7
16 3.180 3.620 4.060 32 7.860 8.470 9.090 23.0 86.8 91.0 95.2 63.0 163.8 174.3 184.8
17 3.530 3.990 4.440 33 8.060 8.690 9.310 24.0 88.2 92.4 96.6 64.0 166.6 177.1 187.6
18 3.880 4.350 4.810 34 8.250 8.890 9.530 25.0 90.3 94.5 98.7 65.0 168.7 179.2 189.7
19 4.220 4.700 5.170 35 8.430 9.080 9.730 26.0 91.7 95.9 100.1 66.0 171.5 182.0 192.5
20 4.560 5.040 5.530 36 8.600 9.260 9.910 27.0 93.8 98.0 102.2 67.0 175.0 184.8 194.6
21 4.880 5.380 5.880 37 8.750 9.420 10.090 28.0 95.2 100.1 105.0 68.0 177.1 186.9 196.7
22 5.200 5.710 6.220 38 8.890 9.570 10.250 29.0 97.3 101.85 106.4 69.0 180.6 189.7 198.8
23 5.510 6.030 6.550 39 9.010 9.700 10.390 30.0 98.7 103.6 108.5 70.0 184.1 192.5 200.9
Reference Manual 30

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(mm) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day)
31.0 100.1 105.7 111.3 71.0 186.9 195.3 203.7 55.0 142.8 155.4 168.0 95.0 269.5 277.9 286.3
32.0 101.5 107.1 112.7 72.0 190.4 198.1 205.8 56.0 144.9 157.5 170.1 96.0 273.7 282.1 290.5
33.0 102.9 109.2 115.5 73.0 193.2 200.9 208.6 57.0 147.7 159.6 171.5 97.0 279.3 287.0 294.7
34.0 105.0 111.3 117.6 74.0 196.7 203.7 210.7 58.0 150.5 162.4 174.3 98.0 283.5 292.6 301.7
35.0 106.4 113.4 120.4 75.0 199.5 206.5 213.5 59.0 153.3 164.5 175.7
36.0 107.8 114.8 121.8 76.0 203.0 210.0 217.0
37.0 109.2 116.9 124.6 77.0 204.4 212.1 219.8
38.0 111.3 119.0 126.7 78.0 207.2 215.6 224.0
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : MERZ
39.0 112.7 121.1 129.5 79.0 209.3 218.4 227.5
GA Table
40.0 114.8 123.2 131.6 80.0 211.4 221.2 231.0
E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics“ Textbook
41.0 115.5 125.3 135.1 81.0 214.9 224.7 234.5
and Atlas, 1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, pp.326
42.0 116.2 127.4 138.6 82.0 218.4 228.2 238.0
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
43.0 117.6 129.5 141.4 83.0 220.5 231.0 241.5
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
44.0 118.3 131.6 144.9 84.0 223.3 234.5 245.7
2.1 75.0 85.0 96.0 6.2 155.0 169.0 183.0
45.0 119.0 133.7 148.4 85.0 226.1 238.0 249.9
2.2 76.0 87.0 97.0 6.3 158.0 172.0 186.0
46.0 121.8 135.8 149.8 86.0 229.6 241.5 253.4
2.3 78.0 89.0 99.0 6.4 160.0 174.0 188.0
47.0 124.6 137.9 151.2 87.0 233.8 245.0 256.2
2.4 81.0 91.0 102.0 6.5 162.0 176.0 190.0
48.0 127.4 140.0 152.6 88.0 237.3 248.5 259.7
2.5 82.0 92.0 103.0 6.6 165.0 179.0 193.0
49.0 130.2 142.1 154.0 89.0 242.2 252.7 263.2
2.6 84.0 95.0 105.0 6.7 167.0 181.0 195.0
50.0 133.0 144.2 155.4 90.0 245.7 256.2 266.7
2.7 85.0 97.0 108.0 6.8 169.0 183.0 198.0
51.0 135.1 146.3 157.5 91.0 251.3 260.4 269.5
2.8 88.0 99.0 110.0 6.9 171.0 186.0 200.0
52.0 136.5 148.4 160.3 92.0 256.9 264.6 272.3
2.9 89.0 100.0 111.0 7.0 173.0 188.0 202.0
53.0 138.6 150.5 162.4 93.0 261.1 268.1 275.1
3.0 91.0 102.0 113.0 7.1 176.0 190.0 205.0
54.0 140.7 153.3 165.9 94.0 265.3 273.0 280.7
3.1 93.0 104.0 116.0 7.2 179.0 193.0 208.0
Reference Manual 31

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
3.2 95.0 106.0 118.0 7.3 181.0 195.0 210.0 5.6 142.0 155.0 169.0 9.7 248.0 265.0 281.0
3.3 97.0 108.0 119.0 7.4 183.0 198.0 213.0 5.7 144.0 158.0 171.0 9.8 251.0 268.0 285.0
3.4 98.0 110.0 122.0 7.5 186.0 200.0 215.0 5.8 146.0 160.0 173.0 9.9 255.0 272.0 288.0
3.5 100.0 112.0 124.0 7.6 188.0 203.0 218.0 5.9 148.0 162.0 176.0 10.0 258.0 275.0 293.0
3.6 102.0 114.0 126.0 7.7 190.0 206.0 221.0 6.0 151.0 165.0 179.0 10.1 261.0 279.0 296.0
3.7 104.0 116.0 127.0 7.8 193.0 209.0 224.0 6.1 153.0 167.0 181.0 10.2 265.0 282.0 300.0
3.8 106.0 118.0 130.0 7.9 195.0 211.0 226.0
3.9 108.0 120.0 132.0 8.0 198.0 214.0 229.0
Fetal Growth Table
4.0 110.0 122.0 134.0 8.1 201.0 216.0 232.0
Merz E., Wellek S.
4.1 111.0 124.0 137.0 8.2 204.0 219.0 235.0
“Normal Fetal Development Profiles - A Model to obtain Standard Development Graphs for
4.2 113.0 126.0 139.0 8.3 207.0 222.0 237.0 the Head and Abdominal Parameters and the Long Limb Bones“ Ultraschall in der Medizin
4.3 116.0 128.0 141.0 8.4 209.0 225.0 240.0 17 (1996) 153-162
4.4 118.0 130.0 143.0 8.5 212.0 228.0 243.0
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
4.5 120.0 132.0 145.0 8.6 215.0 230.0 246.0 (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
4.6 122.0 134.0 147.0 8.7 217.0 233.0 249.0 88 2.100 2.500 2.900 193 6.800 7.300 7.800
4.7 123.0 136.0 148.0 8.8 221.0 237.0 253.0 91 2.300 2.600 3.000 196 6.900 7.400 7.900
4.8 125.0 138.0 151.0 8.9 223.0 239.0 256.0 95 2.400 2.800 3.100 200 7.100 7.600 8.100
4.9 127.0 140.0 153.0 9.0 226.0 242.0 258.0 98 2.500 2.900 3.300 203 7.200 7.700 8.200
5.0 130.0 143.0 155.0 9.1 230.0 246.0 262.0 102 2.700 3.100 3.500 207 7.300 7.800 8.400
5.1 132.0 145.0 158.0 9.2 232.0 249.0 265.0 105 2.800 3.200 3.600 210 7.400 8.000 8.500
5.2 134.0 147.0 160.0 9.3 235.0 251.0 267.0 109 3.000 3.400 3.800 214 7.600 8.100 8.600
5.3 136.0 149.0 162.0 9.4 238.0 255.0 272.0 112 3.100 3.500 3.900 217 7.700 8.200 8.800
5.4 138.0 151.0 165.0 9.5 242.0 258.0 275.0 116 3.300 3.700 4.100 221 7.800 8.300 8.900
5.5 140.0 153.0 167.0 9.6 244.0 261.0 278.0 119 3.500 3.900 4.300 224 7.900 8.500 9.000
Reference Manual 32

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : NICOLAIDES
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
123 3.600 4.000 4.500 228 8.000 8.600 9.100 Fetal Growth Table
126 3.800 4.200 4.600 231 8.100 8.700 9.200 R. J. M. Snijders and K. H. Nicolaides; “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation“ Ultrasound
130 4.000 4.400 4.800 235 8.200 8.800 9.300 Obstet. Gynecol. 4 (1994) 34-48
133 4.100 4.600 5.000 238 8.300 8.900 9.500 Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
137 4.300 4.700 5.200 242 8.400 9.000 9.600 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
140 4.500 4.900 5.300 245 8.500 9.100 9.700 14 2.800 3.100 3.400 27 6.600 7.200 7.800
144 4.600 5.100 5.500 249 8.600 9.200 9.700 15 3.100 3.400 3.700 28 6.900 7.500 8.100
147 4.800 5.200 5.700 252 8.700 9.200 9.800 16 3.400 3.700 4.000 29 7.200 7.800 8.500
151 4.900 5.400 5.900 256 8.700 9.300 9.900 17 3.600 4.000 4.300 30 7.400 8.100 8.800
154 5.100 5.600 6.000 259 8.800 9.400 10.000 18 3.900 4.300 4.700 31 7.700 8.300 9.000
158 5.300 5.700 6.200 263 8.900 9.500 10.100 19 4.200 4.600 5.000 32 7.900 8.600 9.300
161 5.400 5.900 6.400 266 8.900 9.500 10.100 20 4.500 4.900 5.400 33 8.100 8.800 9.600
165 5.600 6.100 6.500 270 9.000 9.600 10.200 21 4.800 5.200 5.700 34 8.300 9.000 9.800
168 5.700 6.200 6.700 273 9.000 9.600 10.300 22 5.100 5.600 6.100 35 8.500 9.200 10.000
172 5.900 6.400 6.900 277 9.100 9.700 10.300 23 5.400 5.900 6.400 36 8.600 9.400 10.200
175 6.100 6.500 7.000 280 9.100 9.700 10.300 24 5.700 6.200 6.800 37 8.700 9.500 10.300
179 6.200 6.700 7.200 284 9.100 9.700 10.400 25 6.000 6.600 7.100 38 8.800 9.600 10.400
182 6.400 6.800 7.300 287 9.100 9.800 10.400 26 6.300 6.900 7.500 39 8.900 9.700 10.500
186 6.500 7.000 7.500 291 9.200 9.800 10.400
189 6.600 7.100 7.700
Reference Manual 33

Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : OSAKA Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
2.41 90.0 5.79 161.0 8.43 231.0
GA Table 2.46 91.0 5.83 162.0 8.46 232.0
Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5 2.52 92.0 5.87 163.0 8.48 233.0
Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) 2.57 93.0 5.92 164.0 8.51 234.0
1.33 70.0 4.9 141.0 7.78 211.0 2.62 94.0 5.96 165.0 8.54 235.0
1.38 71.0 4.94 142.0 7.81 212.0 2.67 95.0 6.0 166.0 8.57 236.0
1.44 72.0 4.99 143.0 7.85 213.0 2.72 96.0 6.05 167.0 8.6 237.0
1.5 73.0 5.03 144.0 7.88 214.0 2.77 97.0 6.09 168.0 8.62 238.0
1.55 74.0 5.08 145.0 7.92 215.0 2.82 98.0 6.13 169.0 8.65 239.0
1.61 75.0 5.12 146.0 7.95 216.0 2.87 99.0 6.17 170.0 8.68 240.0
1.66 76.0 5.17 147.0 7.98 217.0 2.93 100.0 6.22 171.0 8.7 241.0
1.72 77.0 5.21 148.0 8.02 218.0 2.98 101.0 6.26 172.0 8.73 242.0
1.77 78.0 5.26 149.0 8.05 219.0 3.03 102.0 6.3 173.0 8.75 243.0
1.83 79.0 5.3 150.0 8.08 220.0 3.08 103.0 6.34 174.0 8.78 244.0
1.88 80.0 5.35 151.0 8.12 221.0 3.13 104.0 6.39 175.0 8.8 245.0
1.93 81.0 5.39 152.0 8.15 222.0 3.18 105.0 6.43 176.0 8.83 246.0
1.99 82.0 5.44 153.0 8.18 223.0 3.23 106.0 6.47 177.0 8.85 247.0
2.04 83.0 5.48 154.0 8.21 224.0 3.28 107.0 6.51 178.0 8.87 248.0
2.09 84.0 5.52 155.0 8.24 225.0 3.33 108.0 6.55 179.0 8.9 249.0
2.15 85.0 5.57 156.0 8.27 226.0 3.38 109.0 6.59 180.0 8.92 250.0
2.2 86.0 5.61 157.0 8.31 227.0 3.42 110.0 6.63 181.0 8.94 251.0
2.25 87.0 5.66 158.0 8.34 228.0 3.47 111.0 6.67 182.0 8.96 252.0
2.31 88.0 5.7 159.0 8.37 229.0 3.52 112.0 6.71 183.0 8.98 253.0
2.36 89.0 5.74 160.0 8.4 230.0 3.57 113.0 6.75 184.0 9.0 254.0
Reference Manual 34

Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
3.62 114.0 6.8 185.0 9.02 255.0 4.76 138.0 7.71 209.0 9.36 279.0
3.67 115.0 6.84 186.0 9.04 256.0 4.85 140.0 7.74 210.0 9.36 280.0
3.72 116.0 6.88 187.0 9.06 257.0
3.77 117.0 6.92 188.0 9.08 258.0
Fetal Growth Table
3.81 118.0 6.95 189.0 9.1 259.0
Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5
3.86 119.0 6.99 190.0 9.12 260.0
Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
3.91 120.0 7.03 191.0 9.14 261.0
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
3.96 121.0 7.07 192.0 9.15 262.0
70 1.045 1.330 1.615 176 5.950 6.430 6.910
4.01 122.0 7.11 193.0 9.17 263.0
71 1.095 1.380 1.665 177 5.975 6.470 6.965
4.05 123.0 7.15 194.0 9.18 264.0 72 1.155 1.440 1.725 178 6.015 6.510 7.005
4.1 124.0 7.19 195.0 9.2 265.0 73 1.215 1.500 1.785 179 6.055 6.550 7.045
4.15 125.0 7.23 196.0 9.21 266.0 74 1.265 1.550 1.835 180 6.095 6.590 7.085
4.2 126.0 7.27 197.0 9.23 267.0 75 1.325 1.610 1.895 181 6.135 6.630 7.125
4.24 127.0 7.3 198.0 9.24 268.0 76 1.360 1.660 1.960 182 6.175 6.670 7.165
4.29 128.0 7.34 199.0 9.26 269.0 77 1.420 1.720 2.020 183 6.215 6.710 7.205
4.34 129.0 7.38 200.0 9.27 270.0 78 1.470 1.770 2.070 184 6.255 6.750 7.245
4.39 130.0 7.42 201.0 9.28 271.0 79 1.530 1.830 2.130 185 6.305 6.800 7.295
4.43 131.0 7.45 202.0 9.29 272.0 80 1.580 1.880 2.180 186 6.345 6.840 7.335
4.48 132.0 7.49 203.0 9.3 273.0 81 1.630 1.930 2.230 187 6.385 6.880 7.375

4.53 133.0 7.53 204.0 9.31 274.0 82 1.675 1.990 2.305 188 6.410 6.920 7.430

4.57 134.0 7.56 205.0 9.32 275.0 83 1.725 2.040 2.355 189 6.440 6.950 7.460

4.62 135.0 7.6 206.0 9.33 276.0 84 1.775 2.090 2.405 190 6.480 6.990 7.500

4.67 136.0 7.64 207.0 9.34 277.0 85 1.835 2.150 2.465 191 6.520 7.030 7.540
86 1.885 2.200 2.515 192 6.560 7.070 7.580
4.71 137.0 7.67 208.0 9.35 278.0
Reference Manual 35

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
87 1.935 2.250 2.565 193 6.600 7.110 7.620 111 3.095 3.470 3.845 217 7.440 7.980 8.520
88 1.995 2.310 2.625 194 6.640 7.150 7.660 112 3.145 3.520 3.895 218 7.480 8.020 8.560
89 2.030 2.360 2.690 195 6.680 7.190 7.700 113 3.195 3.570 3.945 219 7.510 8.050 8.590
90 2.080 2.410 2.740 196 6.720 7.230 7.740 114 3.245 3.620 3.995 220 7.540 8.080 8.620
91 2.130 2.460 2.790 197 6.760 7.270 7.780 115 3.295 3.670 4.045 221 7.580 8.120 8.660
92 2.190 2.520 2.850 198 6.790 7.300 7.810 116 3.345 3.720 4.095 222 7.610 8.150 8.690
93 2.240 2.570 2.900 199 6.830 7.340 7.850 117 3.380 3.770 4.160 223 7.640 8.180 8.720
94 2.290 2.620 2.950 200 6.855 7.380 7.905 118 3.420 3.810 4.200 224 7.670 8.210 8.750
95 2.325 2.670 3.015 201 6.895 7.420 7.945 119 3.470 3.860 4.250 225 7.700 8.240 8.780
96 2.375 2.720 3.065 202 6.925 7.450 7.975 120 3.520 3.910 4.300 226 7.730 8.270 8.810
97 2.425 2.770 3.115 203 6.965 7.490 8.015 121 3.570 3.960 4.350 227 7.770 8.310 8.850
98 2.475 2.820 3.165 204 7.005 7.530 8.055 122 3.620 4.010 4.400 228 7.785 8.340 8.895
99 2.525 2.870 3.215 205 7.035 7.560 8.085 123 3.660 4.050 4.440 229 7.815 8.370 8.925
100 2.585 2.930 3.275 206 7.075 7.600 8.125 124 3.695 4.100 4.505 230 7.845 8.400 8.955
101 2.635 2.980 3.325 207 7.115 7.640 8.165 125 3.745 4.150 4.555 231 7.875 8.430 8.985
102 2.670 3.030 3.390 208 7.145 7.670 8.195 126 3.795 4.200 4.605 232 7.905 8.460 9.015
103 2.720 3.080 3.440 209 7.185 7.710 8.235 127 3.835 4.240 4.645 233 7.925 8.480 9.035
104 2.770 3.130 3.490 210 7.215 7.740 8.265 128 3.885 4.290 4.695 234 7.955 8.510 9.065
105 2.820 3.180 3.540 211 7.255 7.780 8.305 129 3.935 4.340 4.745 235 7.985 8.540 9.095
106 2.870 3.230 3.590 212 7.285 7.810 8.335 130 3.985 4.390 4.795 236 8.015 8.570 9.125
107 2.920 3.280 3.640 213 7.310 7.850 8.390 131 4.025 4.430 4.835 237 8.045 8.600 9.155
108 2.970 3.330 3.690 214 7.340 7.880 8.420 132 4.060 4.480 4.900 238 8.065 8.620 9.175
109 3.005 3.380 3.755 215 7.380 7.920 8.460 133 4.110 4.530 4.950 239 8.095 8.650 9.205
110 3.045 3.420 3.795 216 7.410 7.950 8.490 134 4.150 4.570 4.990 240 8.125 8.680 9.235
Reference Manual 36

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
135 4.200 4.620 5.040 241 8.145 8.700 9.255 159 5.235 5.700 6.165 265 8.630 9.200 9.770
136 4.250 4.670 5.090 242 8.175 8.730 9.285 160 5.275 5.740 6.205 266 8.640 9.210 9.780
137 4.290 4.710 5.130 243 8.195 8.750 9.305 161 5.325 5.790 6.255 267 8.660 9.230 9.800
138 4.340 4.760 5.180 244 8.225 8.780 9.335 162 5.365 5.830 6.295 268 8.670 9.240 9.810
139 4.380 4.800 5.220 245 8.245 8.800 9.355 163 5.405 5.870 6.335 269 8.675 9.260 9.845
140 4.415 4.850 5.285 246 8.260 8.830 9.400 164 5.455 5.920 6.385 270 8.685 9.270 9.855
141 4.465 4.900 5.335 247 8.280 8.850 9.420 165 5.495 5.960 6.425 271 8.695 9.280 9.865
142 4.505 4.940 5.375 248 8.300 8.870 9.440 166 5.535 6.000 6.465 272 8.705 9.290 9.875
143 4.555 4.990 5.425 249 8.330 8.900 9.470 167 5.570 6.050 6.530 273 8.715 9.300 9.885
144 4.595 5.030 5.465 250 8.350 8.920 9.490 168 5.610 6.090 6.570 274 8.725 9.310 9.895
145 4.645 5.080 5.515 251 8.370 8.940 9.510 169 5.650 6.130 6.610 275 8.735 9.320 9.905
146 4.685 5.120 5.555 252 8.390 8.960 9.530 170 5.690 6.170 6.650 276 8.745 9.330 9.915
147 4.735 5.170 5.605 253 8.410 8.980 9.550 171 5.740 6.220 6.700 277 8.755 9.340 9.925
148 4.775 5.210 5.645 254 8.430 9.000 9.570 172 5.780 6.260 6.740 278 8.765 9.350 9.935
149 4.810 5.260 5.710 255 8.450 9.020 9.590 173 5.820 6.300 6.780 279 8.775 9.360 9.945
150 4.850 5.300 5.750 256 8.470 9.040 9.610 174 5.860 6.340 6.820 280 8.775 9.360 9.945
151 4.900 5.350 5.800 257 8.490 9.060 9.630 175 5.910 6.390 6.870
152 4.940 5.390 5.840 258 8.510 9.080 9.650
153 4.990 5.440 5.890 259 8.530 9.100 9.670
154 5.030 5.480 5.930 260 8.550 9.120 9.690
155 5.070 5.520 5.970 261 8.570 9.140 9.710
156 5.120 5.570 6.020 262 8.580 9.150 9.720
157 5.160 5.610 6.060 263 8.600 9.170 9.740
158 5.195 5.660 6.125 264 8.610 9.180 9.750
Reference Manual 37

Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : REMPEN Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)

GA Table 3.5 107.0 112.0 121.0 6.6 166.0 182.0 194.0

“Rempen, A. Chaoui, R. Kozlowski, P. Häusler, M. Terinde, R. Wisse 3.6 107.0 114.0 126.0 6.7 168.0 184.0 196.0

“Standards zur Ultraschalluntersuchung in der Frühschwangerschaft“; 3.7 112.0 117.0 133.0 6.8 170.0 187.0 198.0

publiziert in: Der Frauenarzt 42 (2001) 327 ff.“ 3.8 112.0 119.0 133.0 6.9 173.0 189.0 203.0
3.9 112.0 121.0 135.0 7.0 173.0 191.0 205.0
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) 4.0 112.0 124.0 135.0 7.1 177.0 194.0 210.0

0.3 43.0 48.0 52.0 1.3 62.0 68.0 75.0 4.1 112.0 126.0 135.0 7.2 177.0 194.0 215.0

0.4 45.0 50.0 55.0 1.4 64.0 70.0 77.0 4.2 114.0 128.0 138.0 7.3 180.0 196.0 217.0

0.5 47.0 52.0 57.0 1.5 66.0 72.0 79.0 4.3 117.0 131.0 140.0 7.4 182.0 198.0 222.0

0.6 49.0 54.0 60.0 1.6 67.0 74.0 82.0 4.4 119.0 133.0 142.0 7.5 184.0 201.0 224.0

0.7 51.0 56.0 62.0 1.7 69.0 76.0 84.0 4.5 121.0 135.0 145.0 7.6 187.0 203.0 229.0

0.8 53.0 58.0 64.0 1.8 71.0 78.0 86.0 4.6 124.0 138.0 147.0 7.7 189.0 208.0 231.0

0.9 55.0 60.0 66.0 1.9 73.0 80.0 88.0 4.7 126.0 140.0 149.0 7.8 191.0 210.0 231.0

1.0 57.0 62.0 68.0 2.0 75.0 82.0 91.0 4.8 128.0 142.0 149.0 7.9 194.0 212.0 233.0

1.1 58.0 64.0 71.0 2.1 77.0 85.0 93.0 4.9 131.0 145.0 152.0 8.0 196.0 215.0 238.0

1.2 60.0 66.0 73.0 2.2 79.0 87.0 96.0 5.0 133.0 147.0 154.0 8.1 198.0 217.0 240.0
5.1 135.0 149.0 156.0 8.2 201.0 219.0 245.0
5.2 138.0 152.0 159.0 8.3 203.0 224.0 250.0
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : SABBAGHA 5.3 140.0 152.0 161.0 8.4 203.0 226.0 252.0
5.4 142.0 154.0 166.0 8.5 205.0 231.0 254.0
GA Table
5.5 145.0 156.0 168.0 8.6 205.0 233.0 254.0
“Sabbagha R.E., Barton B.A., Barton F.B., Kingas E., Orgill J., Turner J.H.
5.6 147.0 159.0 168.0 8.7 208.0 238.0 257.0
“Sonar biparietal diameter II. Predictive of three fetal growth patterns leading to a closer
5.7 149.0 161.0 170.0 8.8 210.0 240.0 259.0
assessment of gestational age and neonatal weight“
5.8 149.0 163.0 173.0 8.9 217.0 247.0 264.0
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology; October 15; 1976; pp.485-490“
Reference Manual 38

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Age -SD +SD Meas Age -SD +SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (wd) (wd) (wd) (cm) (wd) (wd) (wd)
5.9 152.0 166.0 175.0 9.0 222.0 250.0 268.0 2.20 12w6d 12w2d 13w3d 6.10 24w5d 23w3d 26w0d
6.0 152.0 168.0 177.0 9.1 226.0 254.0 271.0 2.30 13w1d 12w3d 13w6d 6.20 25w1d 23w6d 26w3d
6.1 154.0 170.0 180.0 9.2 231.0 254.0 273.0 2.40 13w3d 12w5d 14w1d 6.30 25w3d 24w1d 26w5d
6.2 156.0 173.0 182.0 9.3 236.0 257.0 275.0 2.50 13w5d 13w0d 14w3d 6.40 25w5d 24w3d 27w0d
6.3 159.0 175.0 184.0 9.4 240.0 259.0 278.0 2.60 14w0d 13w2d 14w5d 6.50 26w1d 24w6d 27w3d
6.4 163.0 177.0 187.0 9.5 243.0 261.0 280.0 2.70 14w2d 13w4d 15w0d 6.60 26w3d 25w0d 27w6d
6.5 166.0 180.0 191.0
2.80 14w4d 13w6d 15w2d 6.70 26w6d 25w3d 28w2d
2.90 14w6d 14w1d 15w4d 6.80 27w2d 25w6d 28w5d
3.00 15w1d 14w3d 15w6d 6.90 27w4d 26w1d 29w0d
Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : SHINOZUKA
3.10 15w3d 14w5d 16w1d 7.00 28w0d 26w4d 29w3d

GA Table 3.20 15w5d 15w0d 16w3d 7.10 28w3d 27w0d 29w6d


Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” 3.30 16w0d 15w2d 16w5d 7.20 28w5d 27w1d 30w2d
Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888 3.40 16w2d 15w4d 17w0d 7.30 29w1d 27w4d 30w5d
Meas Age -SD +SD Meas Age -SD +SD 3.50 16w4d 15w6d 17w2d 7.40 29w4d 28w0d 31w1d
(cm) (wd) (wd) (wd) (cm) (wd) (wd) (wd)
3.60 16w6d 16w0d 17w5d 7.50 30w0d 28w3d 31w4d
1.30 10w1d 09w4d 10w5d 5.20 21w6d 20w6d 22w6d
3.70 17w1d 16w2d 18w0d 7.60 30w3d 28w6d 32w0d
1.40 10w3d 09w6d 11w0d 5.30 22w1d 21w0d 23w2d
3.80 17w4d 16w5d 18w3d 7.70 30w6d 29w1d 32w4d
1.50 10w5d 10w1d 11w2d 5.40 22w3d 21w2d 23w4d
3.90 17w6d 17w0d 18w5d 7.80 31w2d 29w4d 33w0d
1.60 11w0d 10w3d 11w4d 5.50 22w5d 21w4d 23w6d
4.00 18w1d 17w2d 19w0d 7.90 31w5d 30w0d 33w3d
1.70 11w2d 10w5d 11w6d 5.60 23w1d 22w0d 24w2d
4.10 18w3d 17w4d 19w2d 8.00 32w1d 30w3d 33w6d
1.80 11w4d 11w0d 12w1d 5.70 23w3d 22w2d 24w4d
4.20 18w5d 17w6d 19w4d 8.10 32w5d 31w0d 34w3d
1.90 11w6d 11w2d 12w3d 5.80 23w5d 22w4d 24w6d
4.30 19w0d 18w1d 19w6d 8.20 33w1d 31w2d 35w0d
2.00 12w1d 11w4d 12w5d 5.90 24w1d 23w0d 25w2d
4.40 19w2d 18w3d 20w1d 8.30 33w5d 31w6d 35w4d
2.10 12w3d 11w6d 13w0d 6.00 24w3d 23w1d 25w5d
Reference Manual 39

Meas Age -SD +SD Meas Age -SD +SD Age Meas -1.5SD +1.5SD Age Meas -1.5SD +1.5SD
(cm) (wd) (wd) (wd) (cm) (wd) (wd) (wd) (wd) (cm) (cm) (cm) (wd) (cm) (cm) (cm)
4.50 19w4d 18w5d 20w3d 8.40 34w2d 32w3d 36w1d 21w3d 5.11 4.67 5.55 38w3d 9.01 8.43 9.59
4.60 20w0d 19w0d 21w0d 8.50 34w6d 33w0d 36w5d 22w3d 5.42 4.97 5.87 39w3d 9.11 8.52 9.70

4.70 20w2d 19w2d 21w2d 8.60 35w3d 33w3d 37w3d 23w3d 5.73 5.27 6.18 40w3d 9.18 8.59 9.78

4.80 20w4d 19w4d 21w4d 8.70 36w0d 34w0d 38w0d 24w3d 6.03 5.56 6.49 41w3d 9.24 8.63 9.85

4.90 20w6d 19w6d 21w6d 8.80 36w5d 34w5d 38w5d 25w3d 6.32 5.85 6.79 42w3d 9.28 8.66 9.89

5.00 21w1d 20w1d 22w1d 8.90 37w4d 35w4d 39w4d 26w3d 6.60 6.12 7.08

5.10 21w3d 20w3d 22w3d 9.00 38w3d 36w2d 40w4d

Biparietal Diameter (BPD) : TOKYO


Fetal Growth Table
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. "Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry"
GA Table
Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888 “Shinozuka N., Masuda H., Kagawa H., Taketani Y.
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Tokyo Faculty of Medicine, “Standard
Age Meas -1.5SD +1.5SD Age Meas -1.5SD +1.5SD
Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry“
(wd) (cm) (cm) (cm) (wd) (cm) (cm) (cm)
Jpn J Med Ultrasonics 23 (12) 877-888; 1996“
10w3d 1.43 1.08 1.77 27w3d 6.87 6.38 7.36
11w3d 1.76 1.41 2.12 28w3d 7.14 6.64 7.63 Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(mm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
12w3d 2.10 1.74 2.47 29w3d 7.39 6.88 7.89
20.0 79.0 85.0 91.0 6.0 56.0 156.0 162.0 168.0 6.0
13w3d 2.44 2.07 2.82 30w3d 7.63 7.11 8.14
21.0 81.0 87.0 93.0 6.0 57.0 158.0 164.0 170.0 6.0
14w3d 2.78 2.40 3.16 31w3d 7.85 7.33 8.38
22.0 83.0 89.0 95.0 6.0 58.0 161.0 167.0 173.0 6.0
15w3d 3.12 2.73 3.51 32w3d 8.06 7.53 8.60
23.0 86.0 92.0 98.0 6.0 59.0 163.0 169.0 175.0 6.0
16w3d 3.46 3.06 3.86 33w3d 8.26 7.72 8.80
24.0 88.0 94.0 100.0 6.0 60.0 165.0 171.0 177.0 6.0
17w3d 3.80 3.39 4.20 34w3d 8.45 7.90 8.99
25.0 90.0 96.0 102.0 6.0 61.0 167.0 174.0 181.0 7.0
18w3d 4.13 3.72 4.55 35w3d 8.61 8.06 9.17
26.0 92.0 98.0 104.0 6.0 62.0 169.0 176.0 183.0 7.0
19w3d 4.46 4.04 4.88 36w3d 8.76 8.20 9.33
20w3d 4.79 4.36 5.22 37w3d 8.90 8.32 9.47 27.0 94.0 100.0 106.0 6.0 63.0 172.0 179.0 186.0 7.0
Reference Manual 40

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(mm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
28.0 96.0 102.0 108.0 6.0 64.0 174.0 181.0 188.0 7.0 52.0 147.0 153.0 159.0 6.0 88.0 244.0 253.0 262.0 9.0
29.0 96.0 102.0 108.0 6.0 65.0 176.0 183.0 190.0 7.0 53.0 148.0 154.0 160.0 6.0 89.0 249.0 258.0 267.0 9.0
30.0 101.0 106.0 111.0 5.0 66.0 179.0 186.0 193.0 7.0 54.0 151.0 157.0 163.0 6.0 90.0 253.0 262.0 271.0 9.0
31.0 103.0 108.0 113.0 5.0 67.0 181.0 188.0 195.0 7.0 55.0 154.0 160.0 166.0 6.0
32.0 105.0 110.0 115.0 5.0 68.0 184.0 191.0 198.0 7.0
33.0 107.0 112.0 117.0 5.0 69.0 187.0 194.0 201.0 7.0
Fetal Growth Table
34.0 109.0 114.0 119.0 5.0 70.0 189.0 196.0 203.0 7.0
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, Masahiko Mizuno Issued by Shindan & Tiryo Sya Tokyo
35.0 111.0 116.0 121.0 5.0 71.0 191.0 199.0 207.0 8.0 University, School of Medicine, OB/GYN dept. “How to interpret OB/GYN ultrasound
36.0 113.0 118.0 123.0 5.0 72.0 193.0 201.0 209.0 8.0 measurement data“; 80. Fetal Measurement Obstetrics & Gynecology Chapter 56 Separate
volume; 1989, Oct. 27th Publication
37.0 115.0 120.0 125.0 5.0 73.0 196.0 204.0 212.0 8.0
38.0 118.0 123.0 128.0 5.0 74.0 199.0 207.0 215.0 8.0 Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(day) (mm) (mm) (mm) (day) (mm) (mm) (mm)
39.0 120.0 125.0 130.0 5.0 75.0 202.0 210.0 218.0 8.0
84 13.880 19.580 24.550 189 60.830 67.420 73.270
40.0 122.0 127.0 132.0 5.0 76.0 205.0 213.0 221.0 8.0
91 17.610 22.990 27.600 196 63.260 70.130 76.140
41.0 124.0 129.0 134.0 5.0 77.0 208.0 216.0 224.0 8.0
98 21.260 26.410 30.740 203 65.610 72.750 78.900
42.0 126.0 131.0 136.0 5.0 78.0 210.0 218.0 226.0 8.0
105 24.830 29.820 33.970 210 67.870 75.270 81.530
43.0 128.0 133.0 138.0 5.0 79.0 213.0 221.0 229.0 8.0
112 28.310 33.200 37.270 217 70.050 77.680 84.010
44.0 130.0 135.0 140.0 5.0 80.0 217.0 225.0 233.0 8.0
119 31.700 36.540 40.620 224 72.140 79.970 86.350
45.0 132.0 138.0 144.0 6.0 81.0 220.0 228.0 236.0 8.0
126 35.000 39.860 43.990 231 74.140 82.140 88.530
46.0 134.0 140.0 146.0 6.0 82.0 223.0 231.0 239.0 8.0
133 38.220 43.140 47.380 238 76.050 84.180 90.540
47.0 136.0 142.0 148.0 6.0 83.0 225.0 234.0 243.0 9.0 140 41.350 46.370 50.770 245 77.880 86.070 92.370
48.0 138.0 144.0 150.0 6.0 84.0 229.0 238.0 247.0 9.0 147 44.390 49.560 54.150 252 79.620 87.820 94.020
49.0 140.0 146.0 152.0 6.0 85.0 232.0 241.0 250.0 9.0 154 47.350 52.700 57.490 259 81.270 89.410 95.480
50.0 142.0 148.0 154.0 6.0 86.0 236.0 245.0 254.0 9.0 161 50.220 55.780 60.790 266 82.840 90.840 96.750
51.0 145.0 151.0 157.0 6.0 87.0 240.0 249.0 258.0 9.0 168 53.000 58.800 64.030 273 84.320 92.080 97.810
Reference Manual 41

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
(day) (mm) (mm) (mm) (day) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1.1 49.0 3.6 71.0 7.2 93.0
175 55.690 61.750 67.200 280 85.720 93.140 98.670
1.1 50.0 3.7 72.0 7.4 94.0
182 58.300 64.630 70.280 287 87.020 94.010 99.310
1.2 51.0 3.8 73.0 7.6 95.0
1.2 52.0 3.9 74.0 7.7 96.0

Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : ASUM 1.3 53.0 3.9 75.0 8.0 97.0
1.4 54.0 4.0 76.0 8.1 98.0
GA Table 1.5 55.0 4.4 77.0 8.4 99.0
“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan 1.7 56.0 4.5 78.0 8.5 100.0
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
1.8 57.0 4.7 79.0 8.6 101.0
http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm
1.9 58.0 4.8 80.0 8.7 102.0
Date: December 2003

Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
0.1 37.0 2.0 59.0 5.2 81.0
Fetal Growth Table
“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
0.2 38.0 2.1 60.0 5.5 82.0
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
0.3 39.0 2.2 61.0 5.6 83.0
http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm
0.3 40.0 2.2 62.0 5.7 84.0 Date: December 2003
0.4 41.0 2.3 63.0 5.8 85.0
Age (day) Mean (cm) Age (day) Mean (cm)
0.4 42.0 2.4 64.0 6.0 86.0
37 0.100 70 3.400
0.5 43.0 2.6 65.0 6.1 87.0
38 0.200 71 3.600
0.6 44.0 2.7 66.0 6.3 88.0
39 0.300 72 3.700
0.7 45.0 2.8 67.0 6.4 89.0
40 0.300 73 3.800
0.8 46.0 2.9 68.0 6.5 90.0
41 0.400 74 3.900
0.9 47.0 3.1 69.0 6.8 91.0
42 0.400 75 3.900
1.0 48.0 3.4 70.0 7.0 92.0 43 0.500 76 4.000
Reference Manual 42

Age (day) Mean (cm) Age (day) Mean (cm) Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : HADLOCK
44 0.600 77 4.400
45 0.700 78 4.500 GA Table
46 0.800 79 4.700 “Hadlock F., Shah Y.P, Kanon D.J., Math B., Lindsey J.V., “Fetal Crown-Rump Length:
Reevaluation of Relation to Menstrual Age (5-18 weeks) with High-Resolution Real-Time
47 0.900 80 4.800
Ultrasound.“ Radiology, 182:501-505, 1992.“
48 1.000 81 5.200
GA= exp(1.684969 + 0.315646 x {OB_CRL} - 0.049306 x ({OB_CRL} 2) + 0.004057 x ({OB_
49 1.100 82 5.500 CRL} 3) - 0.00012046 x ({OB_CRL} 4))
50 1.100 83 5.600
51 1.200 84 5.700 Fetal Growth Table
52 1.200 85 5.800 Hadlock F., Shah Y.P, Kanon D.J., Math B., Lindsey J.V., “Fetal Crown-Rump Length: Reevaluation
53 1.300 86 6.000 of Relation to Menstrual Age (5-18 weeks) with High-Resolution Real-Time Ultrasound.“
Radiology, 182:501-505, 1992.
54 1.400 87 6.100
55 1.500 88 6.300 Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97%
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
56 1.700 89 6.400
35 0.179 0.222 0.265 81 4.108 5.097 6.086
57 1.800 90 6.500
36 0.200 0.248 0.296 82 4.249 5.272 6.294
58 1.900 91 6.800
37 0.223 0.276 0.330 83 4.390 5.447 6.503
59 2.000 92 7.000
38 0.247 0.307 0.366 84 4.531 5.622 6.712
60 2.100 93 7.200
39 0.274 0.340 0.406 85 4.672 5.797 6.921
61 2.200 94 7.400
40 0.304 0.377 0.450 86 4.813 5.971 7.130
62 2.200 95 7.600
41 0.335 0.416 0.497 87 4.953 6.145 7.338
63 2.300 96 7.700
42 0.369 0.458 0.547 88 5.093 6.319 7.545
64 2.400 97 8.000
43 0.406 0.504 0.602 89 5.232 6.491 7.751
65 2.600 98 8.100
44 0.446 0.553 0.660 90 5.370 6.663 7.955
66 2.700 99 8.400
45 0.488 0.605 0.723 91 5.508 6.833 8.159
67 2.800 100 8.500
46 0.533 0.662 0.790 92 5.644 7.002 8.361
68 2.900 101 8.600
69 3.100 102 8.700
Reference Manual 43

Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97%
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
47 0.582 0.722 0.862 93 5.779 7.170 8.561 72 2.882 3.575 4.269 118 8.742 10.846 12.950
48 0.633 0.786 0.938 94 5.913 7.336 8.759 73 3.012 3.737 4.462 119 8.852 10.983 13.113
49 0.688 0.853 1.019 95 6.045 7.500 8.955 74 3.144 3.901 4.658 120 8.963 11.120 13.278
50 0.746 0.925 1.105 96 6.176 7.663 9.150 75 3.278 4.068 4.857 121 9.075 11.259 13.443
51 0.807 1.002 1.196 97 6.306 7.824 9.342 76 3.414 4.236 5.058 122 9.188 11.400 13.611
52 0.872 1.082 1.292 98 6.434 7.983 9.532 77 3.551 4.406 5.260 123 9.303 11.542 13.781
53 0.940 1.167 1.393 99 6.561 8.140 9.720 78 3.689 4.577 5.465 124 9.419 11.686 13.953
54 1.012 1.256 1.500 100 6.686 8.296 9.905 79 3.828 4.749 5.671 125 9.537 11.833 14.128
55 1.088 1.350 1.611 101 6.810 8.449 10.088 80 3.968 4.923 5.878 126 9.658 11.983 14.307
56 1.167 1.447 1.728 102 6.932 8.601 10.270
57 1.249 1.550 1.851 103 7.053 8.751 10.449
58 1.335 1.657 1.978 104 7.173 8.899 10.625
Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : HANSMANN
59 1.425 1.768 2.111 105 7.291 9.045 10.800
GA Table
60 1.518 1.884 2.249 106 7.407 9.190 10.973
“Hansmann, U.Voigt;H.Schuhmacher;P.Jeanty. “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
61 1.615 2.003 2.392 107 7.523 9.333 11.144
Gynecology“ Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986, p.439.“
62 1.715 2.127 2.540 108 7.637 9.475 11.313
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
63 1.818 2.256 2.693 109 7.750 9.615 11.481 (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
64 1.925 2.388 2.851 110 7.862 9.755 11.647 0.6 36.0 43.0 49.0 5.2 77.0 86.0 95.0
65 2.035 2.524 3.014 111 7.974 9.893 11.812 0.7 38.0 44.0 51.0 5.4 77.0 87.0 96.0
66 2.147 2.664 3.181 112 8.084 10.030 11.976 0.8 39.0 46.0 52.0 5.6 78.0 88.0 97.0
67 2.263 2.808 3.353 113 8.194 10.167 12.139 0.9 41.0 48.0 55.0 5.8 79.0 89.0 98.0
68 2.382 2.955 3.528 114 8.304 10.303 12.301 1.0 43.0 49.0 56.0 6.0 80.0 90.0 99.0
69 2.503 3.106 3.708 115 8.413 10.438 12.463 1.1 44.0 51.0 57.0 6.3 81.0 91.0 101.0
70 2.627 3.259 3.892 116 8.523 10.574 12.625 1.2 45.0 52.0 59.0 6.6 82.0 93.0 103.0
71 2.753 3.416 4.079 117 8.632 10.710 12.787 1.3 47.0 53.0 60.0 7.0 84.0 94.0 105.0
Reference Manual 44

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Fetal Growth Table
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) Hansmann, Hackelöer, Staudach, (Wittmann). “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
1.4 48.0 55.0 62.0 7.3 85.0 96.0 106.0 Gynecology.“ Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986, p.438

1.5 49.0 56.0 63.0 7.6 86.0 97.0 108.0 Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD
1.6 51.0 58.0 64.0 8.0 88.0 99.0 110.0 (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)

1.7 52.0 59.0 65.0 8.3 89.0 100.0 112.0 43 0.230 0.690 1.150 86 4.000 5.560 7.130

1.8 53.0 60.0 67.0 8.6 90.0 102.0 114.0 44 0.280 0.760 1.250 88 4.320 5.940 7.550

1.9 54.0 61.0 68.0 9.0 92.0 104.0 116.0 45 0.320 0.830 1.340 90 4.640 6.310 7.980

2.0 55.0 62.0 69.0 9.3 94.0 106.0 118.0 46 0.360 0.900 1.430 93 5.130 6.880 8.630

2.1 56.0 63.0 70.0 9.6 95.0 108.0 120.0 47 0.390 0.960 1.520 95 5.560 7.260 9.060

2.2 57.0 64.0 71.0 10.0 97.0 110.0 122.0 48 0.430 1.020 1.610 97 5.780 7.630 9.480

2.3 58.0 65.0 72.0 10.3 99.0 112.0 125.0 49 0.470 1.080 1.690 100 6.250 8.180 10.110

2.4 59.0 66.0 73.0 10.6 101.0 114.0 127.0 50 0.500 1.140 1.780 102 6.560 8.540 10.520

2.6 61.0 68.0 75.0 11.0 103.0 116.0 130.0 51 0.540 1.210 1.870 104 6.860 8.890 10.920

2.8 62.0 70.0 78.0 11.3 105.0 119.0 133.0 52 0.580 1.270 1.960 107 7.280 9.390 11.500

3.0 64.0 72.0 79.0 11.6 107.0 121.0 135.0 53 0.620 1.330 2.050 109 7.550 9.710 11.870

3.2 65.0 73.0 81.0 12.0 109.0 123.0 137.0 54 0.660 1.400 2.140 111 7.800 10.010 12.220

3.4 67.0 75.0 82.0 12.3 112.0 126.0 140.0 55 0.700 1.470 2.240 114 8.150 10.440 12.730

3.6 68.0 76.0 84.0 12.6 114.0 128.0 143.0 56 0.750 1.540 2.340 116 8.360 10.700 13.040

3.8 69.0 78.0 86.0 13.0 117.0 132.0 146.0 57 0.800 1.620 2.440 118 8.560 10.950 13.340

4.0 71.0 79.0 87.0 13.3 119.0 134.0 149.0 59 0.910 1.780 2.650 121 8.830 11.300 13.770

4.2 72.0 80.0 88.0 13.6 122.0 137.0 153.0 61 1.030 1.960 2.880 123 8.990 11.510 14.040

4.4 73.0 81.0 90.0 14.0 125.0 140.0 156.0 63 1.170 2.150 3.120 125 9.150 11.720 14.290

4.6 75.0 83.0 91.0 14.3 127.0 143.0 159.0 65 1.330 2.360 3.390 128 9.350 12.000 14.650

4.8 76.0 84.0 93.0 14.6 130.0 146.0 162.0 67 1.510 2.590 3.660 130 9.480 12.190 14.890

5.0 76.0 85.0 94.0 15.0 133.0 150.0 166.0 69 1.700 2.830 3.960 132 9.620 12.370 15.120
Reference Manual 45

Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
72 2.030 3.240 4.440 134 9.750 12.550 15.360 2.3 61.0 65.0 71.0 3.9 73.0 77.0 82.0
74 2.270 3.530 4.790 136 9.890 12.740 15.600 2.4 62.0 66.0 72.0 4.0 74.0 78.0 83.0
76 2.520 3.830 5.140 138 10.030 12.940 15.850 2.5 63.0 67.0 73.0 4.1 75.0 79.0 83.0
79 2.930 4.320 5.710 140 10.200 13.160 16.120 2.6 64.0 68.0 74.0 4.2 75.0 79.0 84.0
81 3.220 4.660 6.130 141 10.290 13.280 16.260 2.7 65.0 69.0 75.0 4.3 76.0 80.0 84.0
83 3.530 5.020 6.510 142 10.400 13.400 16.410 2.8 65.0 70.0 75.0

Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : JSUM Fetal Growth Table


Takashi Okai, Chairman of JSUM, Ultrasound Diagnostic standard & language committee
GA Table Ultrasound Fetal measurement standardization & Japanese standard proposals J Med
Ultrasonics Vol. 28 No.5 (2001)
“Takashi Okai, Chairman of JSUM, Ultrasound Diagnostic standard & language committee
Ultrasound Fetal measurement standardization & Japanese standard proposals J Med Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
Ultrasonics Vol. 28 No.5 (2001)“ (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper 49 0.570 1.010 1.720 67 1.510 2.500 3.370
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) 51 0.600 1.050 1.640 69 1.710 2.760 3.730
1.3 52.0 56.0 63.0 2.9 66.0 70.0 76.0 53 0.650 1.130 1.660 71 1.920 3.030 4.070
1.4 53.0 57.0 64.0 3.0 67.0 71.0 77.0 55 0.720 1.250 1.750 73 2.150 3.310 4.410
1.5 54.0 58.0 64.0 3.1 68.0 72.0 77.0 57 0.810 1.400 1.910 75 2.410 3.580 4.710
1.6 55.0 59.0 65.0 3.2 69.0 73.0 78.0 59 0.910 1.580 2.130 77 2.670 3.840 4.980
1.7 56.0 60.0 66.0 3.3 69.0 73.0 79.0 61 1.030 1.780 2.400 79 2.960 4.090 5.210
1.8 57.0 61.0 67.0 3.4 70.0 74.0 79.0 63 1.170 2.000 2.700 81 3.270 4.330 5.380
1.9 58.0 62.0 68.0 3.5 71.0 75.0 80.0 65 1.330 2.250 3.030
2.0 59.0 63.0 69.0 3.6 71.0 75.0 80.0
2.1 60.0 64.0 70.0 3.7 72.0 76.0 81.0
2.2 60.0 65.0 71.0 3.8 73.0 77.0 82.0
Reference Manual 46

Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : NELSON Fetal Growth Table


Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5

GA Table Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD


“Nelson L.H., “Comparison of Methods for Determining Crown-Rump Measurement by Real- (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
Time Ultrasound“ Journal of clinical ultrasound 9: 67-70; February 1981“ 49 0.630 0.870 1.110 70 2.280 3.000 3.720
GA= (51.008 + 6 x {OB_CRL})/7 50 0.655 0.910 1.165 71 2.415 3.150 3.885
51 0.675 0.960 1.245 72 2.545 3.310 4.075
Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : OSAKA 52 0.720 1.020 1.320 73 2.690 3.470 4.250
53 0.750 1.080 1.410 74 2.820 3.630 4.440
GA Table
54 0.805 1.150 1.495 75 2.965 3.790 4.615
Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5
55 0.845 1.220 1.595 76 3.095 3.950 4.805
Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) 56 0.910 1.300 1.690 77 3.250 4.120 4.990
0.87 49.0 2.04 63.0 4.12 77.0 57 0.970 1.390 1.810 78 3.380 4.280 5.180
0.91 50.0 2.16 64.0 4.28 78.0 58 1.055 1.490 1.925 79 3.535 4.450 5.365
0.96 51.0 2.29 65.0 4.45 79.0 59 1.125 1.590 2.055 80 3.675 4.620 5.565
1.02 52.0 2.43 66.0 4.62 80.0 60 1.210 1.690 2.170 81 3.830 4.790 5.750

1.08 53.0 2.57 67.0 4.79 81.0 61 1.290 1.800 2.310 82 3.970 4.960 5.950

1.15 54.0 2.71 68.0 4.96 82.0 62 1.395 1.920 2.445 83 4.125 5.130 6.135

1.22 55.0 2.85 69.0 5.13 83.0 63 1.485 2.040 2.595 84 4.265 5.300 6.335

1.3 56.0 3.0 70.0 5.3 84.0 64 1.590 2.160 2.730 85 4.430 5.480 6.530
65 1.690 2.290 2.890 86 4.570 5.650 6.730
1.39 57.0 3.15 71.0 5.48 85.0
66 1.815 2.430 3.045 87 4.725 5.820 6.915
1.49 58.0 3.31 72.0 5.65 86.0
67 1.925 2.570 3.215 88 4.865 5.990 7.115
1.59 59.0 3.47 73.0 5.82 87.0
68 2.035 2.710 3.385 89 5.020 6.160 7.300
1.69 60.0 3.63 74.0 5.99 88.0
69 2.160 2.850 3.540 90 5.150 6.320 7.490
1.8 61.0 3.79 75.0 6.16 89.0
1.92 62.0 3.95 76.0 6.32 90.0
Reference Manual 47

Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : REMPEN Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)

GA Table 2.0 54.0 59.0 64.0 5.0 76.0 82.0 88.0

“Rempen A., Chaoui R., Kozlowski P., Terinde R., Wisser J.,Häusler M.: “Standards zur 2.1 55.0 60.0 65.0 5.1 77.0 83.0 89.0
Ultraschalluntersuchung in der Frühschwangerschaft“. 2.2 55.0 61.0 66.0 5.2 77.0 83.0 90.0
publiziert in: Der Frauenarzt 42 (2001), 327 ff.“ 2.3 56.0 61.0 67.0 5.3 78.0 84.0 90.0

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper 2.4 57.0 62.0 68.0 5.4 79.0 85.0 91.0
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) 2.5 58.0 63.0 69.0 5.5 79.0 86.0 92.0
0.2 37.0 42.0 46.0 3.2 63.0 69.0 74.0 2.6 59.0 64.0 69.0 5.6 80.0 86.0 93.0
0.3 39.0 43.0 47.0 3.3 64.0 69.0 75.0 2.7 59.0 65.0 70.0 5.7 81.0 87.0 94.0
0.4 40.0 44.0 49.0 3.4 64.0 70.0 76.0 2.8 60.0 65.0 71.0 5.8 82.0 88.0 94.0
0.5 41.0 45.0 50.0 3.5 65.0 71.0 77.0 2.9 61.0 66.0 72.0 5.9 82.0 89.0 95.0
0.6 42.0 46.0 51.0 3.6 66.0 72.0 77.0 3.0 62.0 67.0 73.0 6.0 83.0 89.0 96.0
0.7 43.0 47.0 52.0 3.7 67.0 72.0 78.0 3.1 62.0 68.0 73.0
0.8 44.0 48.0 53.0 3.8 67.0 73.0 79.0
0.9 45.0 49.0 54.0 3.9 68.0 74.0 80.0
1.0 46.0 50.0 55.0 4.0 69.0 75.0 81.0 Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : ROBINSON
1.1 46.0 51.0 56.0 4.1 70.0 75.0 81.0
GA Table
1.2 47.0 52.0 57.0 4.2 70.0 76.0 82.0
Rempen A., Chaoui R., Kozlowski P., Terinde R., Wisser J.,Häusler M.: “Standards zur
1.3 48.0 53.0 58.0 4.3 71.0 77.0 83.0
Ultraschalluntersuchung in der Frühschwangerschaft“. publiziert in: Der Frauenarzt 42
1.4 49.0 54.0 59.0 4.4 72.0 78.0 84.0 (2001), 327 ff.
1.5 50.0 55.0 60.0 4.5 72.0 78.0 84.0 GA = (8.052 x sqrt(10 x {OB_CRL}) + 23.73)/7
1.6 51.0 56.0 61.0 4.6 73.0 79.0 85.0 Output Unit: w (weeks)
1.7 52.0 56.0 62.0 4.7 74.0 80.0 86.0 Input Unit: cm
1.8 52.0 57.0 63.0 4.8 75.0 81.0 87.0 Min Range: 0.6cm
1.9 53.0 58.0 63.0 4.9 75.0 81.0 87.0 Max Range: 8.5cm
Reference Manual 48

Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : SHINOZUKA Age -1.64SD Mean +1.64SD Age -1.64SD Mean +1.64SD
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)

GA Table 54 0.760 1.170 1.580 76 2.620 3.580 4.540

“Shinozuka N., Masuda H., Kagawa H., Taketani Y. 55 0.820 1.250 1.690 77 2.730 3.710 4.700

Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Tokyo Faculty of Medicine, “Standard 56 0.880 1.340 1.800 78 2.840 3.850 4.860
Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry“ 57 0.950 1.430 1.910 79 2.960 4.000 5.030
Jpn J Med Ultrasonics 23 (12) 877-888; 1996“ 58 1.010 1.520 2.030 80 3.080 4.140 5.200
Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD 59 1.080 1.610 2.150 81 3.200 4.290 5.370
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) 60 1.150 1.710 2.270 82 3.330 4.440 5.550
0.5 42.0 45.0 48.0 3.0 3.0 65.0 72.0 79.0 7.0 61 1.220 1.810 2.390 83 3.450 4.590 5.730
1.0 48.0 52.0 56.0 4.0 3.5 68.0 76.0 84.0 8.0 62 1.300 1.910 2.520 84 3.580 4.740 5.910
1.5 52.0 57.0 62.0 5.0 4.0 72.0 80.0 88.0 8.0 63 1.380 2.010 2.650 85 3.720 4.900 6.090
2.0 56.0 62.0 68.0 6.0 4.5 74.0 83.0 92.0 9.0 64 1.460 2.120 2.780 86 3.850 5.060 6.270
2.5 61.0 67.0 73.0 6.0 5.0 76.0 86.0 96.0 10.0 65 1.540 2.230 2.910 87 3.990 5.220 6.460
66 1.630 2.340 3.050 88 4.130 5.390 6.650
67 1.720 2.450 3.180 89 4.270 5.550 6.840
Fetal Growth Table
68 1.810 2.570 3.320 90 4.410 5.720 7.030
Shinozuka N., Masuda H., Kagawa H., Taketani Y.
69 1.900 2.680 3.470 91 4.560 5.890 7.230
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo “Standard
Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry“ Jpn J Med Ultrasonics 23 (12) 877-888; 1996 70 1.990 2.800 3.610

Age -1.64SD Mean +1.64SD Age -1.64SD Mean +1.64SD


(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
49 0.510 0.790 1.070 71 2.090 2.930 3.760
50 0.550 0.860 1.170 72 2.190 3.050 3.910
51 0.600 0.930 1.270 73 2.290 3.180 4.060
52 0.650 1.010 1.370 74 2.400 3.310 4.220
53 0.710 1.090 1.470 75 2.510 3.440 4.380
Reference Manual 49

Crown-Rump Length (CRL) : TOKYO Fetal Growth Table


Tokyo University Method 1986, 6 by University Tokyo

GA Table Age (day) Mean (cm) Age (day) Mean (cm)


Tokyo University Method 1986, 6 by University Tokyo 55 1.300 73 3.200
Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD 56 1.400 74 3.300
(mm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
57 1.500 74 3.400
13.0 47.0 55.0 63.0 8.0 32.0 66.0 73.0 80.0 7.0
58 1.600 75 3.500
14.0 47.0 56.0 65.0 9.0 33.0 67.0 74.0 81.0 7.0
59 1.700 76 3.600
15.0 47.0 57.0 67.0 10.0 34.0 67.0 74.0 81.0 7.0 60 1.800 77 3.700
16.0 50.0 58.0 66.0 8.0 35.0 68.0 75.0 82.0 7.0 61 1.900 78 3.800
17.0 50.0 59.0 68.0 9.0 36.0 69.0 76.0 83.0 7.0 62 2.000 78 3.900
18.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 10.0 37.0 70.0 77.0 84.0 7.0 63 2.100 79 4.000
19.0 53.0 61.0 69.0 8.0 38.0 71.0 78.0 85.0 7.0 64 2.200 80 4.100
20.0 53.0 62.0 71.0 9.0 39.0 71.0 78.0 85.0 7.0 65 2.300 81 4.200
21.0 56.0 63.0 70.0 7.0 40.0 72.0 79.0 86.0 7.0 66 2.400 81 4.300
22.0 57.0 64.0 71.0 7.0 41.0 73.0 80.0 87.0 7.0 67 2.500 82 4.400
23.0 58.0 65.0 72.0 7.0 42.0 74.0 81.0 88.0 7.0 68 2.600 83 4.500
24.0 59.0 66.0 73.0 7.0 43.0 74.0 81.0 88.0 7.0 68 2.700 84 4.600

25.0 60.0 67.0 74.0 7.0 44.0 75.0 82.0 89.0 7.0 69 2.800 84 4.700

26.0 61.0 68.0 75.0 7.0 45.0 76.0 83.0 90.0 7.0 70 2.900 85 4.800

27.0 61.0 68.0 75.0 7.0 46.0 77.0 84.0 91.0 7.0 71 3.000 86 4.900

28.0 62.0 69.0 76.0 7.0 47.0 77.0 84.0 91.0 7.0 72 3.100 86 5.000

29.0 63.0 70.0 77.0 7.0 48.0 78.0 85.0 92.0 7.0
30.0 64.0 71.0 78.0 7.0 49.0 79.0 86.0 93.0 7.0
31.0 65.0 72.0 79.0 7.0 50.0 79.0 86.0 93.0 7.0
Reference Manual 50

Fibula Length (FIB) : JEANTY Femur Length (FL) : ASUM

Fetal Growth Table GA Table


Jeanty,P., “Fetal Limb Biometry” Radiology, Vol. 147 No. 2, 1983, pages 601-602 “Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm) http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm
Date: December 2003
11 2 2 2 26 32 39 43
12 5 5 5 27 35 41 47 Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
13 8 8 8 28 36 43 47
0.8 70.0 77.0 84.0 7.0 5.0 175.0 189.0 203.0 14.0
14 6 11 11 29 40 45 50
1.0 77.0 84.0 91.0 7.0 5.4 182.0 196.0 210.0 14.0
15 10 14 18 30 38 47 52
1.1 84.0 91.0 98.0 7.0 5.5 185.0 203.0 221.0 18.0
16 6 17 22 31 40 48 57
1.5 91.0 98.0 105.0 7.0 5.8 192.0 210.0 228.0 18.0
17 7 19 31 32 40 50 56
18 10 22 28 33 43 51 59 1.7 98.0 105.0 112.0 7.0 5.9 199.0 217.0 235.0 18.0

19 18 24 30 34 46 52 56 2.2 105.0 112.0 119.0 7.0 6.2 203.0 224.0 245.0 21.0

20 18 27 30 35 51 54 57 2.5 112.0 119.0 126.0 7.0 6.5 210.0 231.0 252.0 21.0

21 24 29 34 36 51 55 56 2.8 116.0 126.0 136.0 10.0 6.6 217.0 238.0 259.0 21.0

22 21 31 37 37 55 56 58 3.0 123.0 133.0 143.0 10.0 6.7 224.0 245.0 266.0 21.0
23 23 33 44 38 54 57 59 3.2 130.0 140.0 150.0 10.0 6.9 231.0 252.0 273.0 21.0
24 26 35 41 39 55 58 62 3.4 133.0 147.0 161.0 14.0 7.2 238.0 259.0 280.0 21.0
25 33 37 42 40 54 59 62 3.7 140.0 154.0 168.0 14.0 7.3 245.0 266.0 287.0 21.0
4.3 147.0 161.0 175.0 14.0 7.5 252.0 273.0 294.0 21.0
4.5 154.0 168.0 182.0 14.0 7.6 259.0 280.0 301.0 21.0
4.8 161.0 175.0 189.0 14.0 7.7 266.0 287.0 308.0 21.0
4.9 168.0 182.0 196.0 14.0
Reference Manual 51

Fetal Growth Table Femur Length (FL) : CFEF


“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
GA Table
http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm
“Créquat,J., Duyme,M., Brodaty,G., “Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the French College
Date: December 2003 of fetal ultrasonography and the Inserm U 155“, Gynécol.Obstet Fertil., Vol. 28 No. 2, 2000,
pages 435-445“
Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) Meas (mm) Mean (day) Meas (mm) Mean (day) Meas (mm) Mean (day)
11 0.600 0.800 1.000 27 4.500 5.000 5.500
6.33 84.0 37.87 154.0 61.11 224.0
12 0.750 1.000 1.250 28 5.000 5.400 5.800
9.88 91.0 40.5 161.0 63.0 231.0
13 0.850 1.100 1.350 29 4.950 5.500 6.050
13.33 98.0 43.16 168.0 64.76 238.0
14 1.200 1.500 1.800 30 5.200 5.800 6.400
16.66 105.0 45.69 175.0 66.47 245.0
15 1.350 1.700 2.050 31 5.350 5.900 6.450
19.95 112.0 48.17 182.0 68.13 252.0
16 1.800 2.200 2.600 32 5.600 6.200 6.800
23.12 119.0 50.53 189.0 69.63 259.0
17 2.100 2.500 2.900 33 6.100 6.500 6.900
26.23 126.0 52.8 196.0 71.11 266.0
18 2.300 2.800 3.300 34 6.200 6.600 7.000
29.25 133.0 54.94 203.0 72.48 273.0
19 2.500 3.000 3.500 35 6.100 6.700 7.300
32.23 140.0 57.13 210.0 73.79 280.0
20 2.600 3.200 3.800 36 6.300 6.900 7.500
35.05 147.0 59.15 217.0 74.0 287.0
21 2.800 3.400 4.000 37 6.700 7.200 7.700
22 3.200 3.700 4.200 38 6.750 7.300 7.850
23 3.800 4.300 4.800 39 6.900 7.500 8.100
24 4.100 4.500 4.900 40 7.200 7.600 8.000
25 4.300 4.800 5.300 41 7.200 7.700 8.200
26 4.400 4.900 5.400
Reference Manual 52

Fetal Growth Table Femur Length (FL) : CHITTY


Créquat,J., Duyme,M., Brodaty,G.,“Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the French College
of fetal ultrasonography and the Inserm U 155“, Gynécol Obstét Fertil, Vol. 28 No. 2, 2000,
GA Table
pages 435-445
“Altmann D.G.; Chitty L.S. “New charts for ultrasound dating of pregnancy“
Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97% Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology Vol. 10: 174-191, 1997“
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
12 2.760 6.330 10.000 27 44.950 50.530 56.090 Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(mm) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day)
13 6.090 9.880 13.650 28 47.130 52.800 58.450
1.0 85.0 91.0 97.0 3.9 145.0 158.0 171.0
14 9.400 13.330 17.270 29 49.220 54.940 60.720
1.1 87.0 93.0 99.0 4.0 148.0 160.0 174.0
15 12.560 16.660 20.770 30 51.300 57.130 62.920
1.2 89.0 95.0 102.0 4.1 150.0 163.0 177.0
16 15.700 19.950 24.180 31 53.260 59.150 65.040
1.3 91.0 97.0 104.0 4.2 153.0 166.0 180.0
17 18.740 23.120 27.530 32 55.120 61.110 67.070
1.4 92.0 99.0 106.0 4.3 155.0 169.0 183.0
18 21.690 26.230 30.800 33 56.960 63.000 69.030
1.5 94.0 101.0 108.0 4.4 158.0 171.0 186.0
19 24.590 29.250 33.910 34 58.690 64.760 70.840
1.6 96.0 103.0 111.0 4.5 160.0 174.0 190.0
20 27.420 32.230 37.030 35 60.330 66.470 72.630
1.7 98.0 105.0 113.0 4.6 163.0 177.0 193.0
21 30.120 35.050 40.000 36 61.900 68.130 74.300
1.8 100.0 107.0 115.0 4.7 165.0 180.0 196.0
22 32.830 37.870 42.910 37 63.400 69.630 75.890
1.9 102.0 110.0 118.0 4.8 168.0 183.0 199.0
23 35.340 40.500 45.710 38 64.810 71.110 77.410
2.0 104.0 112.0 120.0 4.9 171.0 186.0 203.0
24 37.890 43.160 48.420 39 66.160 72.480 78.840
2.1 106.0 114.0 122.0 5.0 173.0 189.0 206.0
25 40.330 45.690 51.080 40 67.420 73.790 80.170
2.2 108.0 116.0 125.0 5.1 176.0 192.0 210.0
26 42.660 48.170 53.620 41 68.000 74.000 81.000
2.3 110.0 118.0 127.0 5.2 179.0 195.0 213.0
2.4 112.0 121.0 130.0 5.3 182.0 198.0 217.0
2.5 114.0 123.0 132.0 5.4 184.0 201.0 220.0
2.6 116.0 125.0 135.0 5.5 187.0 205.0 224.0
2.7 118.0 128.0 138.0 5.6 190.0 208.0 227.0
2.8 120.0 130.0 140.0 5.7 193.0 211.0 231.0
Reference Manual 53

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(mm) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2.9 123.0 132.0 143.0 5.8 196.0 214.0 235.0 20 28.500 32.100 35.700 36 62.900 68.200 73.500
3.0 125.0 135.0 145.0 5.9 199.0 218.0 239.0 21 31.100 34.900 38.700 37 64.400 69.700 75.000
3.1 127.0 137.0 148.0 6.0 202.0 221.0 242.0 22 33.800 37.600 41.400 38 65.700 71.100 76.500
3.2 129.0 140.0 151.0 6.1 205.0 225.0 246.0 23 36.400 40.300 44.200 39 67.000 72.400 77.800
3.3 131.0 142.0 154.0 6.2 208.0 228.0 250.0 24 38.800 42.900 47.000 40 68.000 73.600 79.200
3.4 134.0 145.0 156.0 6.3 211.0 232.0 254.0 25 41.400 45.500 49.600 41 68.800 74.600 80.400
3.5 136.0 147.0 159.0 6.4 214.0 235.0 258.0 26 43.700 48.000 52.300 42 69.800 75.600 81.400
3.6 138.0 150.0 162.0 6.5 217.0 239.0 262.0 27 46.100 50.400 54.700
3.7 141.0 152.0 165.0 6.6 220.0 242.0 266.0
3.8 143.0 155.0 168.0 6.7 224.0 246.0 271.0
Femur Length (FL) : HADLOCK

Fetal Growth Table GA Table


Chitty LS, Altman DG, Henderson A, Campbell S (1994). Charts of fetal size: 4. Femur length. “Hadlock,F.P., Deter,R.L., Harrist,R.B., Park,S.K.,“ Estimating fetal age: computer-assisted
Br J Obstet Gynaecol 101:132-135 analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters“, Radiology Vol. 152 No. 2, 1984, pages 497-501.“
GA= 10.35 + 2.46 x {OB_FL} + 0.17 x ({OB_FL}2)
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
12 4.700 7.700 10.700 28 48.300 52.700 57.100 Fetal Growth Table
13 7.900 10.900 13.900 29 50.400 55.000 59.600 “Hadlock F.P., Deter R.L.; Harrist R.B., Park S.K.

14 11.000 14.100 17.200 30 52.500 57.100 61.700 “Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters“
Radiology 1984; 152: 497-501“
15 14.100 17.200 20.300 31 54.400 59.200 64.000
Mean = -3.91 + 0.427 x {GA} - 0.0034 x {GA}2
16 17.000 20.300 23.600 32 56.400 61.200 66.000
Output Unit : cm
17 19.800 23.300 26.800 33 58.200 63.100 68.000
Input Unit: w (week)
18 22.800 26.300 29.800 34 60.000 64.900 69.800
Min Range: 12w
19 25.600 29.200 32.800 35 61.500 66.600 71.700
Max Range: 40w
Reference Manual 54

Femur Length (FL) : HANSMANN Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)

GA Table 16 1.500 1.800 2.300 30 5.100 5.600 6.200

“Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittmann “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and 17 1.800 2.200 2.600 31 5.300 5.900 6.400
Gynecology“ Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.431.“ 18 2.100 2.500 2.900 32 5.500 6.100 6.600
Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) 19 2.400 2.800 3.200 33 5.700 6.300 6.800

1.0 91.0 3.9 161.0 6.3 231.0 20 2.700 3.100 3.500 34 5.900 6.500 7.000

1.2 98.0 4.1 168.0 6.5 238.0 21 2.900 3.400 3.800 35 6.100 6.700 7.200

1.6 105.0 4.4 175.0 6.7 245.0 22 3.200 3.600 4.100 36 6.300 6.900 7.400

1.8 112.0 4.7 182.0 6.9 252.0 23 3.400 3.900 4.400 37 6.500 7.100 7.700
24 3.700 4.100 4.700 38 6.700 7.300 7.900
2.2 119.0 4.9 189.0 7.1 259.0
25 3.900 4.400 4.900 39 6.800 7.400 8.100
2.5 126.0 5.1 196.0 7.3 266.0
26 4.200 4.700 5.200 40 7.000 7.500 8.400
2.8 133.0 5.4 203.0 7.4 273.0
3.1 140.0 5.6 210.0 7.5 280.0
3.4 147.0 5.9 217.0 Femur Length (FL) : HOHLER
3.6 154.0 6.1 224.0
GA Table
“Hohler C.W., Quetel T.A. “Fetal Femur Length: Equations for Computer Calculation of
Fetal Growth Table Gestational Age from Ultrasound Measurements“ American Journal of Obstetrics and
Hansmann, Hackelöer, Staudach, (Wittmann)“Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol. 143, No. 4: 479-481, June 15, 1982“
Gynecology“ Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.431. GA = 9.18 + 2.67 x FL + 0.16 x FL2

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%


(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) Femur Length (FL) : JEANTY
13 1.000 1.000 1.000 27 4.400 4.900 5.500
14 1.200 1.200 1.200 28 4.600 5.100 5.700 GA Table
15 1.300 1.600 2.100 29 4.900 5.400 5.900 Jeanty P., Cousaert E., Cantraine F., Hobbins J.C., Tack B., Struyven J. “A longitudinal Study of
fetal limb growth“ American Journal of Perinatology; Volume 1; Number 2; January 1984
GA = 9.54 + 2.977 x FL + 0.10689 x FL2
Reference Manual 55

Fetal Growth Table Femur Length (FL) : JOHNSEN


Jeanty P., Cousaert E., Cantraine F., Hobbins J.C., Tack B., Struyven J. “A longitudinal Study of
fetal limb growth“ American Journal of Perinatology; Volume 1; Number 2; January 1984;
Fetal Growth Table
136-144
Johnsen SL, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T, Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand , 2005; 84: 725-733
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) Age 10% 50% 90% Age 10% 50% 90%
12 0.400 0.800 1.300 27 4.500 4.900 5.400 (day) (mm) (mm) (mm) (day) (mm) (mm) (mm)

13 0.600 1.100 1.600 28 4.700 5.200 5.600 70 1.000 2.000 3.000 182 44.000 47.000 51.000

14 0.900 1.400 1.800 29 5.000 5.400 5.900 77 2.000 4.000 5.000 189 46.000 49.000 53.000

15 1.200 1.700 2.100 30 5.200 5.600 6.100 84 4.000 6.000 8.000 196 48.000 52.000 55.000

16 1.500 2.000 2.400 31 5.400 5.900 6.300 91 7.000 8.000 11.000 203 50.000 54.000 57.000

17 1.800 2.300 2.700 32 5.600 6.100 6.500 98 9.000 12.000 14.000 210 52.000 56.000 60.000

18 2.100 2.500 3.000 33 5.800 6.300 6.700 105 12.000 15.000 18.000 217 54.000 58.000 62.000

19 2.400 2.800 3.300 34 6.000 6.500 6.900 112 15.000 18.000 22.000 224 56.000 60.000 64.000

20 2.600 3.100 3.600 35 6.200 6.700 7.100 119 18.000 21.000 25.000 231 58.000 62.000 65.000

21 2.900 3.400 3.800 36 6.400 6.800 7.300 126 22.000 25.000 28.000 238 60.000 63.000 67.000

22 3.200 3.600 4.100 37 6.500 7.000 7.400 133 25.000 28.000 32.000 245 61.000 65.000 69.000

23 3.500 3.900 4.400 38 6.700 7.100 7.600 140 28.000 31.000 35.000 252 63.000 67.000 71.000

24 3.700 4.200 4.600 39 6.800 7.300 7.700 147 31.000 34.000 38.000 259 64.000 69.000 73.000

25 4.000 4.400 4.900 40 7.000 7.400 7.900 154 34.000 37.000 41.000 266 66.000 70.000 75.000

26 4.200 4.700 5.100 161 36.000 40.000 43.000 273 67.000 72.000 77.000
168 39.000 42.000 46.000 280 69.000 74.000 79.000
175 42.000 45.000 48.000 286 71.000 75.000 80.000
Reference Manual 56

Femur Length (FL) : JSUM Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)

GA Table 3.8 150.0 159.0 168.0 9.0 6.4 238.0 250.0 262.0 12.0

“Takashi Okai, Chairman of JSUM, Ultrasound Diagnostic standard & language committee 3.9 153.0 162.0 171.0 9.0 6.5 242.0 254.0 266.0 12.0
Ultrasound Fetal measurement standardization & Japanese standard proposals 4.0 156.0 165.0 174.0 9.0 6.6 247.0 259.0 271.0 12.0
J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 28 No.5 (2001)“ 4.1 159.0 168.0 177.0 9.0 6.7 250.0 263.0 276.0 13.0
Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD 4.2 162.0 171.0 180.0 9.0 6.8 254.0 267.0 280.0 13.0
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
4.3 165.0 174.0 183.0 9.0 6.9 258.0 271.0 284.0 13.0
2.0 107.0 113.0 119.0 6.0 4.6 174.0 184.0 194.0 10.0
4.4 169.0 178.0 187.0 9.0 7.0 263.0 276.0 289.0 13.0
2.1 109.0 115.0 121.0 6.0 4.7 177.0 187.0 197.0 10.0
4.5 171.0 181.0 191.0 10.0
2.2 112.0 118.0 124.0 6.0 4.8 181.0 191.0 201.0 10.0
2.3 113.0 120.0 127.0 7.0 4.9 184.0 194.0 204.0 10.0
2.4 115.0 122.0 129.0 7.0 5.0 188.0 198.0 208.0 10.0 Fetal Growth Table
2.5 118.0 125.0 132.0 7.0 5.1 191.0 201.0 211.0 10.0 Takashi Okai, Chairman of JSUM, Ultrasound Diagnostic standard & language committee
Ultrasound Fetal measurement standardization & Japanese standard proposals J Med
2.6 120.0 127.0 134.0 7.0 5.2 194.0 205.0 216.0 11.0
Ultrasonics Vol. 28 No.5 (2001)
2.7 122.0 129.0 136.0 7.0 5.3 197.0 208.0 219.0 11.0
Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
2.8 125.0 132.0 139.0 7.0 5.4 201.0 212.0 223.0 11.0
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
2.9 127.0 134.0 141.0 7.0 5.5 204.0 215.0 226.0 11.0
16 1.610 2.010 2.410 30 4.910 5.380 5.850
3.0 129.0 137.0 145.0 8.0 5.6 208.0 219.0 230.0 11.0 17 1.870 2.270 2.670 31 5.110 5.580 6.050
3.1 132.0 140.0 148.0 8.0 5.7 212.0 223.0 234.0 11.0 18 2.120 2.530 2.940 32 5.300 5.780 6.260
3.2 134.0 142.0 150.0 8.0 5.8 216.0 227.0 238.0 11.0 19 2.370 2.780 3.190 33 5.480 5.960 6.440
3.3 137.0 145.0 153.0 8.0 5.9 219.0 231.0 243.0 12.0 20 2.620 3.040 3.460 34 5.650 6.140 6.630
3.4 140.0 148.0 156.0 8.0 6.0 222.0 234.0 246.0 12.0 21 2.870 3.290 3.710 35 5.810 6.300 6.790
3.5 142.0 150.0 158.0 8.0 6.1 226.0 238.0 250.0 12.0 22 3.110 3.540 3.970 36 5.960 6.460 6.960
3.6 145.0 153.0 161.0 8.0 6.2 230.0 242.0 254.0 12.0 23 3.360 3.790 4.220 37 6.100 6.600 7.100
3.7 147.0 156.0 165.0 9.0 6.3 234.0 246.0 258.0 12.0 24 3.590 4.030 4.470 38 6.230 6.740 7.250
Reference Manual 57

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
25 3.830 4.270 4.710 39 6.350 6.860 7.370 23 3.560 4.010 4.450 39 6.790 7.310 7.840
26 4.050 4.500 4.950 40 6.440 6.960 7.480 24 3.810 4.260 4.720 40 6.930 7.460 7.990
27 4.280 4.730 5.180 41 6.540 7.060 7.580 25 4.050 4.520 4.980 41 7.070 7.600 8.130
28 4.500 4.960 5.420 42 6.610 7.140 7.670 26 4.290 4.760 5.230 42 7.200 7.730 8.260
29 4.710 5.170 5.630 27 4.520 5.000 5.480

Femur Length (FL) : KURMANAVICIUS Femur Length (FL) : MERZ

Fetal Growth Table GA Table


Standard-Tabellen und Kurven für Ultraschall-/Dopplersonografie, Dept. Frauenheilkunde “E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch ““Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics““ Textbook
Klinik und Poliklinik für Geburtshilfe; Copyright (1997) J. Kurmanavicius et al Prof. Dr. A. Huch and Atlas, 1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, pp. 326“

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
12 0.410 0.700 0.980 28 4.750 5.230 5.710 1.0 78.0 86.0 95.0 4.6 165.0 178.0 190.0
13 0.720 1.030 1.340 29 4.970 5.450 5.940 1.1 81.0 89.0 97.0 4.7 168.0 181.0 193.0
14 1.030 1.360 1.690 30 5.180 5.670 6.160 1.2 83.0 91.0 99.0 4.8 171.0 183.0 196.0
15 1.330 1.680 2.040 31 5.390 5.880 6.380 1.3 85.0 93.0 102.0 4.9 173.0 186.0 198.0
16 1.630 2.000 2.370 32 5.590 6.090 6.580 1.4 87.0 96.0 105.0 5.0 176.0 188.0 201.0
17 1.920 2.300 2.690 33 5.780 6.280 6.790 1.5 89.0 98.0 107.0 5.1 179.0 191.0 204.0
18 2.210 2.610 3.000 34 5.960 6.470 6.980 1.6 92.0 101.0 110.0 5.2 181.0 194.0 207.0
19 2.490 2.900 3.310 35 6.140 6.650 7.160 1.7 94.0 103.0 112.0 5.3 183.0 197.0 210.0
20 2.760 3.190 3.610 36 6.310 6.830 7.340 1.8 97.0 106.0 115.0 5.4 186.0 200.0 214.0
21 3.030 3.470 3.900 37 6.480 7.000 7.510 1.9 99.0 108.0 117.0 5.5 189.0 203.0 217.0
22 3.300 3.740 4.180 38 6.640 7.160 7.680 2.0 102.0 111.0 120.0 5.6 192.0 206.0 220.0
Reference Manual 58

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Fetal Growth Table
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) Merz E., Wellek S.
2.1 104.0 113.0 122.0 5.7 195.0 209.0 223.0 “Normal Fetal Development Profiles - A Model to obtain Standard Development Graphs for
2.2 106.0 116.0 125.0 5.8 197.0 211.0 225.0 the Head and Abdominal Parameters and the Long Limb Bones“

2.3 108.0 118.0 127.0 5.9 200.0 214.0 228.0 Ultraschall in der Medizin 17 (1996) 153-162

2.4 111.0 120.0 130.0 6.0 203.0 217.0 231.0 Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
2.5 113.0 123.0 134.0 6.1 207.0 221.0 235.0 (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)

2.6 115.0 125.0 136.0 6.2 209.0 223.0 237.0 88 0.600 0.900 1.200 193 4.800 5.200 5.700

2.7 118.0 128.0 139.0 6.3 212.0 226.0 240.0 91 0.800 1.100 1.400 196 4.900 5.300 5.800

2.8 120.0 130.0 141.0 6.4 216.0 230.0 244.0 95 1.000 1.300 1.600 200 5.000 5.500 5.900

2.9 123.0 133.0 144.0 6.5 218.0 232.0 246.0 98 1.100 1.500 1.800 203 5.100 5.600 6.000

3.0 125.0 136.0 146.0 6.6 221.0 235.0 249.0 102 1.300 1.600 2.000 207 5.200 5.700 6.100

3.1 127.0 138.0 148.0 6.7 224.0 239.0 253.0 105 1.500 1.800 2.100 210 5.300 5.800 6.200

3.2 130.0 141.0 151.0 6.8 227.0 242.0 256.0 109 1.600 2.000 2.300 214 5.400 5.900 6.300

3.3 132.0 144.0 155.0 6.9 230.0 245.0 260.0 112 1.800 2.100 2.500 217 5.500 6.000 6.400

3.4 134.0 146.0 157.0 7.0 233.0 248.0 263.0 116 1.900 2.300 2.600 221 5.600 6.100 6.600

3.5 137.0 148.0 160.0 7.1 237.0 251.0 266.0 119 2.100 2.400 2.800 224 5.700 6.200 6.700

3.6 140.0 151.0 162.0 7.2 239.0 254.0 269.0 123 2.200 2.600 2.900 228 5.800 6.300 6.800

3.7 142.0 153.0 165.0 7.3 242.0 258.0 273.0 126 2.400 2.700 3.100 231 5.900 6.400 6.900

3.8 145.0 156.0 167.0 7.4 246.0 261.0 277.0 130 2.500 2.900 3.200 235 6.000 6.500 7.000

3.9 147.0 159.0 171.0 7.5 249.0 264.0 279.0 133 2.700 3.000 3.400 238 6.100 6.600 7.100

4.0 150.0 162.0 174.0 7.6 252.0 267.0 283.0 137 2.800 3.200 3.500 242 6.200 6.700 7.200

4.1 152.0 164.0 176.0 7.7 256.0 271.0 286.0 140 2.900 3.300 3.700 245 6.300 6.800 7.300

4.2 155.0 167.0 179.0 7.8 259.0 274.0 290.0 144 3.100 3.500 3.800 249 6.400 6.900 7.400

4.3 158.0 169.0 181.0 7.9 262.0 277.0 293.0 147 3.200 3.600 4.000 252 6.500 7.000 7.400

4.4 160.0 172.0 185.0 8.0 265.0 281.0 296.0 151 3.300 3.700 4.100 256 6.600 7.000 7.500

4.5 162.0 175.0 188.0 154 3.500 3.900 4.200 259 6.600 7.100 7.600
Reference Manual 59

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
158 3.600 4.000 4.400 263 6.700 7.200 7.700 20 2.900 3.200 3.600 33 5.900 6.400 6.900
161 3.700 4.100 4.500 266 6.800 7.300 7.800 21 3.200 3.500 3.900 34 6.100 6.600 7.100
165 3.900 4.300 4.600 270 6.900 7.400 7.900 22 3.400 3.800 4.200 35 6.300 6.800 7.300
168 4.000 4.400 4.800 273 6.900 7.400 7.900 23 3.700 4.100 4.500 36 6.400 6.900 7.400
172 4.100 4.500 4.900 277 7.000 7.500 8.000 24 3.900 4.300 4.700 37 6.600 7.100 7.600
175 4.200 4.600 5.000 280 7.100 7.600 8.100 25 4.200 4.600 5.000 38 6.700 7.200 7.700
179 4.300 4.800 5.200 284 7.100 7.600 8.100 26 4.400 4.800 5.300 39 6.800 7.300 7.800
182 4.500 4.900 5.300 287 7.200 7.700 8.200
186 4.600 5.000 5.400 291 7.200 7.700 8.300
189 4.700 5.100 5.500
Femur Length (FL) : OSAKA

GA Table
Femur Length (FL) : NICOLAIDES Prenatal care Val. 9 No. 5

Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
Fetal Growth Table
0.94 91.0 3.61 155.0 5.69 219.0
R. J. M. Snijders and K. H. Nicolaides; “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation“ Ultrasound
0.98 92.0 3.64 156.0 5.71 220.0
Obstet. Gynecol. 4 (1994) 34-48
1.03 93.0 3.68 157.0 5.74 221.0
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) 1.07 94.0 3.72 158.0 5.77 222.0
14 1.400 1.700 1.900 27 4.700 5.100 5.500 1.12 95.0 3.75 159.0 5.8 223.0
15 1.700 1.900 2.200 28 4.900 5.300 5.800 1.17 96.0 3.79 160.0 5.82 224.0
16 1.900 2.200 2.500 29 5.100 5.600 6.000 1.21 97.0 3.83 161.0 5.85 225.0
17 2.100 2.400 2.800 30 5.300 5.800 6.300 1.26 98.0 3.86 162.0 5.88 226.0
18 2.400 2.700 3.000 31 5.500 6.000 6.500 1.3 99.0 3.9 163.0 5.9 227.0
19 2.600 3.000 3.300 32 5.700 6.200 6.700 1.35 100.0 3.93 164.0 5.93 228.0
Reference Manual 60

Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
1.39 101.0 3.97 165.0 5.96 229.0 2.43 125.0 4.78 189.0 6.55 253.0
1.44 102.0 4.01 166.0 5.98 230.0 2.47 126.0 4.82 190.0 6.57 254.0
1.48 103.0 4.04 167.0 6.01 231.0 2.51 127.0 4.85 191.0 6.6 255.0
1.53 104.0 4.08 168.0 6.04 232.0 2.55 128.0 4.88 192.0 6.62 256.0
1.57 105.0 4.11 169.0 6.06 233.0 2.59 129.0 4.91 193.0 6.64 257.0
1.61 106.0 4.15 170.0 6.09 234.0 2.63 130.0 4.94 194.0 6.66 258.0
1.66 107.0 4.18 171.0 6.11 235.0 2.67 131.0 4.97 195.0 6.69 259.0
1.7 108.0 4.22 172.0 6.14 236.0 2.71 132.0 5.01 196.0 6.71 260.0
1.75 109.0 4.25 173.0 6.16 237.0 2.75 133.0 5.04 197.0 6.73 261.0
1.79 110.0 4.28 174.0 6.19 238.0 2.79 134.0 5.07 198.0 6.75 262.0
1.83 111.0 4.32 175.0 6.21 239.0 2.83 135.0 5.1 199.0 6.77 263.0
1.88 112.0 4.35 176.0 6.24 240.0 2.87 136.0 5.13 200.0 6.79 264.0
1.92 113.0 4.39 177.0 6.26 241.0 2.91 137.0 5.16 201.0 6.82 265.0
1.96 114.0 4.42 178.0 6.29 242.0 2.95 138.0 5.19 202.0 6.84 266.0
2.01 115.0 4.45 179.0 6.31 243.0 2.99 139.0 5.22 203.0 6.86 267.0
2.05 116.0 4.49 180.0 6.34 244.0 3.03 140.0 5.25 204.0 6.88 268.0
2.09 117.0 4.52 181.0 6.36 245.0 3.07 141.0 5.28 205.0 6.9 269.0
2.13 118.0 4.56 182.0 6.39 246.0 3.11 142.0 5.31 206.0 6.92 270.0
2.18 119.0 4.59 183.0 6.41 247.0 3.15 143.0 5.34 207.0 6.94 271.0
2.22 120.0 4.62 184.0 6.43 248.0 3.19 144.0 5.37 208.0 6.96 272.0
2.26 121.0 4.65 185.0 6.46 249.0 3.23 145.0 5.4 209.0 6.98 273.0
2.3 122.0 4.69 186.0 6.48 250.0 3.27 146.0 5.43 210.0 7.0 274.0
2.34 123.0 4.72 187.0 6.5 251.0 3.3 147.0 5.46 211.0 7.02 275.0
2.39 124.0 4.75 188.0 6.53 252.0 3.34 148.0 5.49 212.0 7.04 276.0
Reference Manual 61

Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
3.38 149.0 5.52 213.0 7.06 277.0
104 1.200 1.530 1.860 199 4.695 5.100 5.505
3.42 150.0 5.54 214.0 7.08 278.0
105 1.240 1.570 1.900 200 4.725 5.130 5.535
3.46 151.0 5.57 215.0 7.1 279.0
106 1.280 1.610 1.940 201 4.755 5.160 5.565
3.49 152.0 5.6 216.0 7.12 280.0
107 1.330 1.660 1.990 202 4.785 5.190 5.595
3.53 153.0 5.63 217.0
108 1.370 1.700 2.030 203 4.815 5.220 5.625
3.57 154.0 5.66 218.0
109 1.420 1.750 2.080 204 4.845 5.250 5.655
110 1.460 1.790 2.120 205 4.860 5.280 5.700

Fetal Growth Table 111 1.500 1.830 2.160 206 4.890 5.310 5.730
Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5 112 1.550 1.880 2.210 207 4.920 5.340 5.760
113 1.590 1.920 2.250 208 4.950 5.370 5.790
Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) 114 1.630 1.960 2.290 209 4.980 5.400 5.820
91 0.625 0.940 1.255 186 4.300 4.690 5.080 115 1.665 2.010 2.355 210 5.010 5.430 5.850
92 0.665 0.980 1.295 187 4.315 4.720 5.125 116 1.705 2.050 2.395 211 5.040 5.460 5.880
93 0.715 1.030 1.345 188 4.345 4.750 5.155 117 1.745 2.090 2.435 212 5.070 5.490 5.910
94 0.755 1.070 1.385 189 4.375 4.780 5.185 118 1.785 2.130 2.475 213 5.100 5.520 5.940
95 0.805 1.120 1.435 190 4.415 4.820 5.225 119 1.835 2.180 2.525 214 5.120 5.540 5.960
96 0.855 1.170 1.485 191 4.445 4.850 5.255 120 1.875 2.220 2.565 215 5.150 5.570 5.990
97 0.880 1.210 1.540 192 4.475 4.880 5.285 121 1.915 2.260 2.605 216 5.180 5.600 6.020
98 0.930 1.260 1.590 193 4.505 4.910 5.315 122 1.955 2.300 2.645 217 5.210 5.630 6.050
99 0.970 1.300 1.630 194 4.535 4.940 5.345 123 1.995 2.340 2.685 218 5.240 5.660 6.080
100 1.020 1.350 1.680 195 4.565 4.970 5.375 124 2.045 2.390 2.735 219 5.270 5.690 6.110
101 1.060 1.390 1.720 196 4.605 5.010 5.415 125 2.085 2.430 2.775 220 5.290 5.710 6.130
102 1.110 1.440 1.770 197 4.635 5.040 5.445 126 2.125 2.470 2.815 221 5.320 5.740 6.160
103 1.150 1.480 1.810 198 4.665 5.070 5.475 127 2.165 2.510 2.855 222 5.350 5.770 6.190
Reference Manual 62

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
128 2.205 2.550 2.895 223 5.365 5.800 6.235 152 3.115 3.490 3.865 247 5.960 6.410 6.860
129 2.245 2.590 2.935 224 5.385 5.820 6.255 153 3.155 3.530 3.905 248 5.980 6.430 6.880
130 2.285 2.630 2.975 225 5.415 5.850 6.285 154 3.195 3.570 3.945 249 6.010 6.460 6.910
131 2.325 2.670 3.015 226 5.445 5.880 6.315 155 3.235 3.610 3.985 250 6.030 6.480 6.930
132 2.365 2.710 3.055 227 5.465 5.900 6.335 156 3.265 3.640 4.015 251 6.050 6.500 6.950
133 2.390 2.750 3.110 228 5.495 5.930 6.365 157 3.305 3.680 4.055 252 6.080 6.530 6.980
134 2.430 2.790 3.150 229 5.525 5.960 6.395 158 3.345 3.720 4.095 253 6.100 6.550 7.000
135 2.470 2.830 3.190 230 5.545 5.980 6.415 159 3.375 3.750 4.125 254 6.120 6.570 7.020
136 2.510 2.870 3.230 231 5.575 6.010 6.445 160 3.415 3.790 4.165 255 6.150 6.600 7.050
137 2.550 2.910 3.270 232 5.605 6.040 6.475 161 3.455 3.830 4.205 256 6.170 6.620 7.070
138 2.590 2.950 3.310 233 5.625 6.060 6.495 162 3.485 3.860 4.235 257 6.190 6.640 7.090
139 2.630 2.990 3.350 234 5.655 6.090 6.525 163 3.525 3.900 4.275 258 6.210 6.660 7.110
140 2.670 3.030 3.390 235 5.675 6.110 6.545 164 3.555 3.930 4.305 259 6.225 6.690 7.155
141 2.710 3.070 3.430 236 5.705 6.140 6.575 165 3.595 3.970 4.345 260 6.245 6.710 7.175
142 2.750 3.110 3.470 237 5.725 6.160 6.595 166 3.635 4.010 4.385 261 6.265 6.730 7.195
143 2.790 3.150 3.510 238 5.755 6.190 6.625 167 3.665 4.040 4.415 262 6.285 6.750 7.215
144 2.830 3.190 3.550 239 5.775 6.210 6.645 168 3.705 4.080 4.455 263 6.305 6.770 7.235
145 2.870 3.230 3.590 240 5.805 6.240 6.675 169 3.720 4.110 4.500 264 6.325 6.790 7.255
146 2.910 3.270 3.630 241 5.810 6.260 6.710 170 3.760 4.150 4.540 265 6.355 6.820 7.285
147 2.940 3.300 3.660 242 5.840 6.290 6.740 171 3.790 4.180 4.570 266 6.375 6.840 7.305
148 2.980 3.340 3.700 243 5.860 6.310 6.760 172 3.830 4.220 4.610 267 6.395 6.860 7.325
149 3.020 3.380 3.740 244 5.890 6.340 6.790 173 3.860 4.250 4.640 268 6.415 6.880 7.345
150 3.060 3.420 3.780 245 5.910 6.360 6.810 174 3.890 4.280 4.670 269 6.435 6.900 7.365
151 3.085 3.460 3.835 246 5.940 6.390 6.840 175 3.930 4.320 4.710 270 6.455 6.920 7.385
Reference Manual 63

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Meas Age -SD +SD Meas Age -SD +SD
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (wd) (wd) (wd) (cm) (wd) (wd) (wd)
176 3.960 4.350 4.740 271 6.475 6.940 7.405 2.60 18w1d 17w1d 19w1d 5.20 29w2d 27w5d 30w6d
177 4.000 4.390 4.780 272 6.495 6.960 7.425 2.70 18w3d 17w3d 19w3d 5.30 29w5d 28w1d 31w2d
178 4.030 4.420 4.810 273 6.515 6.980 7.445 2.80 18w6d 17w6d 19w6d 5.40 30w2d 28w5d 31w6d
179 4.060 4.450 4.840 274 6.535 7.000 7.465 2.90 19w1d 18w1d 20w1d 5.50 30w5d 29w1d 32w2d
180 4.100 4.490 4.880 275 6.555 7.020 7.485 3.00 19w4d 18w3d 20w5d 5.60 31w2d 29w5d 32w6d
181 4.130 4.520 4.910 276 6.575 7.040 7.505 3.10 20w0d 18w6d 21w1d 5.70 31w6d 30w2d 33w3d
182 4.170 4.560 4.950 277 6.580 7.060 7.540
3.20 20w2d 19w1d 21w3d 5.80 32w3d 30w6d 34w0d
183 4.200 4.590 4.980 278 6.600 7.080 7.560
3.30 20w5d 19w4d 21w6d 5.90 33w0d 31w2d 34w5d
184 4.230 4.620 5.010 279 6.620 7.100 7.580
3.40 21w1d 20w0d 22w2d 6.00 33w3d 31w5d 35w1d
185 4.260 4.650 5.040 280 6.640 7.120 7.600
3.50 21w3d 20w2d 22w4d 6.10 34w0d 32w2d 35w5d
3.60 21w6d 20w5d 23w0d 6.20 34w4d 32w6d 36w2d

Femur Length (FL) : SHINOZUKA 3.70 22w2d 21w0d 23w4d 6.30 35w1d 33w3d 36w6d
3.80 22w5d 21w3d 24w0d 6.40 35w5d 34w0d 37w3d
GA Table 3.90 23w1d 21w6d 24w3d 6.50 36w2d 34w4d 38w0d
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. "Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry" 4.00 23w4d 22w2d 24w6d 6.60 37w0d 35w2d 38w5d
Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888
4.10 24w0d 22w5d 25w2d 6.70 37w4d 35w5d 39w3d
Meas Age -SD +SD Meas Age -SD +SD 4.20 24w3d 23w1d 25w5d 6.80 38w1d 36w2d 40w0d
(cm) (wd) (wd) (wd) (cm) (wd) (wd) (wd)
4.30 24w6d 23w4d 26w1d 6.90 38w5d 36w6d 40w4d
2.00 16w1d 15w2d 17w0d 4.60 26w2d 24w6d 27w5d
4.40 25w3d 24w1d 26w5d 7.00 39w3d 37w4d 41w2d
2.10 16w3d 15w4d 17w2d 4.70 26w5d 25w2d 28w1d
4.50 25w6d 24w3d 27w2d
2.20 16w6d 16w0d 17w5d 4.80 27w2d 25w6d 28w5d
2.30 17w1d 16w1d 18w1d 4.90 27w5d 26w2d 29w1d
2.40 17w3d 16w3d 18w3d 5.00 28w2d 26w6d 29w5d
2.50 17w6d 16w6d 18w6d 5.10 28w5d 27w2d 30w1d
Reference Manual 64

Fetal Growth Table Femur Length (FL) : TOKYO


Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al "Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry"
Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888
GA Table
Age Meas -1.5SD +1.5SD Age -1.64SD Mean +1.64SD Tokyo University Method 1986, 6 by University Tokyo
(w) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
16w3d 2.14 1.74 2.54 30w3d 5.48 5.01 5.95 (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
17w3d 2.40 1.99 2.80 31w3d 5.68 5.21 6.16 33.0 137.0 143.0 149.0 6.0 53.0 200.0 207.0 214.0 7.0
18w3d 2.65 2.25 3.06 32w3d 5.87 5.39 6.35 34.0 140.0 146.0 152.0 6.0 54.0 203.0 210.0 217.0 7.0
19w3d 2.91 2.50 3.32 33w3d 6.05 5.57 6.54 35.0 143.0 149.0 155.0 6.0 55.0 207.0 214.0 221.0 7.0
20w3d 3.16 2.74 3.58 34w3d 6.22 5.73 6.71
36.0 147.0 153.0 159.0 6.0 56.0 210.0 217.0 224.0 7.0
21w3d 3.41 2.99 3.84 35w3d 6.38 5.89 6.88
37.0 150.0 156.0 162.0 6.0 57.0 213.0 220.0 227.0 7.0
22w3d 3.66 3.23 4.09 36w3d 6.53 6.03 7.03
38.0 153.0 159.0 165.0 6.0 58.0 217.0 224.0 231.0 7.0
23w3d 3.91 3.47 4.34 37w3d 6.67 6.17 7.18
39.0 156.0 162.0 168.0 6.0 59.0 220.0 228.0 236.0 8.0
24w3d 4.15 3.71 4.59 38w3d 6.80 6.29 7.31
40.0 160.0 166.0 172.0 6.0 60.0 223.0 231.0 239.0 8.0
25w3d 4.39 3.94 4.83 39w3d 6.91 6.40 7.43
41.0 163.0 169.0 175.0 6.0 61.0 227.0 235.0 243.0 8.0
26w3d 4.62 4.17 5.07 40w3d 7.01 6.49 7.53
42.0 166.0 172.0 178.0 6.0 62.0 231.0 239.0 247.0 8.0
27w3d 4.84 4.39 5.30 41w3d 7.10 6.57 7.62
43.0 169.0 175.0 181.0 6.0 63.0 235.0 243.0 251.0 8.0
28w3d 5.06 4.61 5.52 42w3d 7.17 6.64 7.70
44.0 172.0 178.0 184.0 6.0 64.0 239.0 247.0 255.0 8.0
29w3d 5.28 4.81 5.74
45.0 175.0 181.0 187.0 6.0 65.0 243.0 251.0 259.0 8.0
46.0 178.0 185.0 192.0 7.0 66.0 248.0 256.0 264.0 8.0
47.0 181.0 188.0 195.0 7.0 67.0 252.0 260.0 268.0 8.0
48.0 184.0 191.0 198.0 7.0 68.0 259.0 266.0 273.0 7.0
49.0 187.0 194.0 201.0 7.0 69.0 264.0 271.0 278.0 7.0
50.0 190.0 197.0 204.0 7.0 70.0 271.0 278.0 285.0 7.0
51.0 193.0 200.0 207.0 7.0 71.0 280.0 286.0 292.0 6.0
52.0 197.0 204.0 211.0 7.0
Reference Manual 65

Fetal Growth Table Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%


Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, Masahiko Mizuno Issued by Shindan & Tiryo Sya (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
Tokyo University, School of Medicine, OB/GYN dept. “How to interpret OB/GYN ultrasound 160 3.300 3.840 4.290 234 5.370 6.090 6.720
measurement data“; 80. Fetal Measurement Obstetrics & Gynecology Chapter 56 Separate 161 3.330 3.870 4.330 235 5.400 6.120 6.750
volume; 1989, Oct. 27th Publication
162 3.360 3.900 4.370 236 5.420 6.140 6.770
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% 163 3.390 3.930 4.410 237 5.450 6.170 6.800
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
164 3.420 3.970 4.450 238 5.470 6.190 6.820
140 2.670 3.230 3.420 214 4.860 5.530 6.190
165 3.460 4.000 4.490 239 5.500 6.220 6.840
141 2.700 3.260 3.470 215 4.880 5.560 6.220
166 3.490 4.030 4.530 240 5.520 6.240 6.870
142 2.730 3.290 3.510 216 4.910 5.580 6.240
167 3.520 4.060 4.570 241 5.550 6.270 6.890
143 2.760 3.320 3.560 217 4.940 5.610 6.270
168 3.550 4.090 4.610 242 5.570 6.300 6.910
144 2.800 3.350 3.600 218 4.960 5.640 6.300
169 3.580 4.120 4.650 243 5.590 6.320 6.940
145 2.830 3.380 3.650 219 4.990 5.670 6.330
170 3.610 4.160 4.690 244 5.620 6.340 6.960
146 2.860 3.410 3.690 220 5.010 5.700 6.360
171 3.640 4.190 4.730 245 5.640 6.370 6.980
147 2.890 3.440 3.730 221 5.040 5.730 6.380
172 3.670 4.220 4.770 246 5.670 6.390 7.000
148 2.920 3.470 3.780 222 5.070 5.760 6.410
173 3.700 4.250 4.810 247 5.690 6.420 7.030
149 2.960 3.500 3.820 223 5.090 5.790 6.440
174 3.730 4.280 4.840 248 5.710 6.440 7.050
150 2.990 3.530 3.870 224 5.120 5.820 6.470
175 3.760 4.310 4.880 249 5.740 6.460 7.070
151 3.020 3.560 3.910 225 5.140 5.840 6.490
176 3.790 4.350 4.920 250 5.760 6.490 7.090
152 3.050 3.590 3.950 226 5.170 5.870 6.520
177 3.820 4.380 4.960 251 5.790 6.510 7.110
153 3.080 3.620 3.990 227 5.190 5.900 6.550
178 3.850 4.410 4.990 252 5.810 6.530 7.130
154 3.110 3.650 4.040 228 5.220 5.930 6.570
179 3.870 4.440 5.030 253 5.830 6.550 7.150
155 3.150 3.690 4.080 229 5.250 5.950 6.600
180 3.900 4.470 5.070 254 5.860 6.580 7.170
156 3.180 3.720 4.120 230 5.270 5.980 6.620
181 3.930 4.500 5.100 255 5.880 6.600 7.190
157 3.210 3.750 4.160 231 5.300 6.010 6.650
182 3.960 4.540 5.140 256 5.900 6.620 7.210
158 3.240 3.780 4.210 232 5.320 6.040 6.670
183 3.990 4.570 5.180 257 5.930 6.640 7.230
159 3.270 3.810 4.250 233 5.350 6.060 6.700
Reference Manual 66

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
184 4.020 4.600 5.210 258 5.950 6.660 7.250 209 4.720 5.380 6.040 283 6.500 7.070 7.660
185 4.050 4.630 5.250 259 5.970 6.680 7.270 210 4.750 5.410 6.070 284 6.520 7.080 7.680
186 4.080 4.660 5.280 260 6.000 6.700 7.290 211 4.780 5.440 6.100 285 6.540 7.100 7.690
187 4.110 4.690 5.320 261 6.020 6.720 7.310 212 4.800 5.470 6.130 286 6.560 7.110 7.700
188 4.140 4.730 5.350 262 6.040 6.740 7.330 213 4.830 5.500 6.160 287 6.590 7.120 7.720
189 4.170 4.760 5.390 263 6.060 6.760 7.340
190 4.190 4.790 5.420 264 6.090 6.780 7.360
191 4.220 4.820 5.460 265 6.110 6.800 7.380
Anterior Posterior Thoracic Diameter (APTD) : HANSMANN
192 4.250 4.850 5.490 266 6.130 6.820 7.400
GA Table
193 4.280 4.880 5.530 267 6.150 6.830 7.420
Hansmann M. “Ultraschallbiometrie im II. und III. Trimester der Schwangerschaft“
194 4.310 4.910 5.560 268 6.180 6.850 7.430
Gynäkologe 9 (1976) 144
195 4.340 4.950 5.590 269 6.200 6.870 7.450
196 4.360 4.980 5.630 270 6.220 6.890 7.470 Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)

197 4.390 5.010 5.660 271 6.240 6.900 7.480 2.25 98.0 5.15 168.0 8.15 238.0

198 4.420 5.040 5.690 272 6.260 6.920 7.500 2.58 105.0 5.48 175.0 8.4 245.0
199 4.450 5.070 5.720 273 6.290 6.930 7.510 2.85 112.0 5.8 182.0 8.75 252.0
200 4.480 5.100 5.760 274 6.310 6.950 7.530 3.11 119.0 6.15 189.0 9.02 259.0
201 4.500 5.130 5.790 275 6.330 6.970 7.550 3.46 126.0 6.39 196.0 9.3 266.0
202 4.530 5.160 5.820 276 6.350 6.980 7.560 3.75 133.0 6.7 203.0 9.53 273.0
203 4.560 5.190 5.850 277 6.370 6.990 7.580 4.0 140.0 7.01 210.0 9.68 280.0
204 4.590 5.220 5.880 278 6.400 7.010 7.590 4.34 147.0 7.25 217.0 9.84 287.0
205 4.610 5.250 5.920 279 6.420 7.020 7.610 4.65 154.0 7.62 224.0 9.91 294.0
206 4.640 5.290 5.950 280 6.440 7.040 7.620 4.9 161.0 7.93 231.0
207 4.670 5.320 5.980 281 6.460 7.050 7.630
208 4.690 5.350 6.010 282 6.480 7.060 7.650
Reference Manual 67

Fetal Growth Table Anterior Posterior Thoracic Diameter (APTD) and Thorax Transverse
Hansmann M. “Ultraschallbiometrie im II. und III. Trimester der Schwangerschaft“ Gynäkologe Diameter (TTD) : SHINOZUKA
9 (1976) 133

Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD GA Table


(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hideyuki Kagawa, and Yuji Taketani. Department of
14 2.250 2.250 2.250 29 5.700 6.700 7.700 Obstetrics and Gynecoogy, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo. Jpn J Med Ultrasonics
23(12) 877-888,1996
15 2.210 2.580 2.950 30 6.010 7.010 8.010
16 2.450 2.850 3.250 31 6.100 7.250 8.400 Meas Age ±SD Meas Age ±SD
(cm2) (wd) (wd) (cm2) (wd) (wd)
17 2.610 3.110 3.610 32 6.520 7.620 8.720
10.00 16w1d 01w1d 52.00 29w3d 01w6d
18 3.020 3.460 3.900 33 6.810 7.930 9.050
12.00 17w0d 01w1d 54.00 30w0d 01w6d
19 3.250 3.750 4.250 34 6.900 8.150 9.400
14.00 17w6d 01w1d 56.00 30w3d 01w6d
20 3.400 4.000 4.600 35 7.080 8.400 9.720
16.00 18w4d 01w1d 58.00 31w0d 02w0d
21 3.760 4.340 4.920 36 7.400 8.750 10.100
22 4.040 4.650 5.260 37 7.620 9.020 10.420 18.00 19w3d 01w1d 60.00 31w3d 02w0d

23 4.200 4.900 5.600 38 7.900 9.300 10.700 20.00 20w1d 01w1d 62.00 31w6d 02w0d

24 4.350 5.150 5.950 39 8.060 9.530 11.000 22.00 20w6d 01w2d 64.00 32w3d 02w1d

25 4.680 5.480 6.280 40 8.160 9.680 11.200 24.00 21w4d 01w2d 66.00 32w6d 02w1d

26 4.950 5.800 6.650 41 8.320 9.840 11.350 26.00 22w2d 01w2d 68.00 33w3d 02w1d
27 5.300 6.150 7.000 42 8.410 9.910 11.400 28.00 22w6d 01w2d 70.00 33w6d 02w2d
28 5.430 6.390 7.350 30.00 23w4d 01w2d 72.00 34w2d 02w2d
32.00 24w1d 01w3d 74.00 34w6d 02w3d
34.00 24w5d 01w3d 76.00 35w3d 02w3d
36.00 25w3d 01w3d 78.00 35w6d 02w3d
38.00 25w6d 01w3d 80.00 36w3d 02w4d
40.00 26w3d 01w4d 82.00 37w0d 02w4d
42.00 27w0d 01w4d 84.00 37w4d 02w4d
Reference Manual 68

Meas Age ±SD Meas Age ±SD Anterior Posterior Thoracic Diameter (APTD) and Thorax Transverse
(cm2) (wd) (wd) (cm2) (wd) (wd)
Diameter (TTD) (AxT) : TOKYO
44.00 27w3d 01w4d 86.00 38w1d 02w4d
46.00 28w0d 01w5d 88.00 38w5d 02w5d GA Table
48.00 28w4d 01w5d 90.00 39w2d 02w5d “Shinozuka N., Masuda H., Kagawa H., Taketani Y.
50.00 29w0d 01w5d Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Tokyo Faculty of Medicine, “Standard
Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry“
Jpn J Med Ultrasonics 23 (12) 877-888; 1996“
Fetal Growth Table Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hideyuki Kagawa, and Yuji Taketani. Department of (cm2) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm2) (day) (day) (day) (day)
Obstetrics and Gynecoogy, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo. Jpn J Med Ultrasonics 10.0 105.0 113.0 121.0 8.0 52.0 193.0 206.0 219.0 13.0
23(12) 877-888,1996
12.0 111.0 119.0 127.0 8.0 54.0 197.0 210.0 223.0 13.0
Age Meas -1.28SD +1.28SD Age Meas -1.28SD +1.28SD 14.0 117.0 125.0 133.0 8.0 56.0 200.0 213.0 226.0 13.0
(wd) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (wd) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2)
16.0 122.0 130.0 138.0 8.0 58.0 203.0 217.0 231.0 14.0
16w3d 11.20 7.90 14.60 30w3d 55.70 46.20 65.30
18.0 128.0 136.0 144.0 8.0 60.0 206.0 220.0 234.0 14.0
17w3d 13.30 9.70 17.00 31w3d 59.70 49.60 69.90
20.0 133.0 141.0 149.0 8.0 62.0 209.0 223.0 237.0 14.0
18w3d 15.60 11.60 19.60 32w3d 63.80 53.00 74.50
22.0 137.0 146.0 155.0 9.0 64.0 212.0 227.0 242.0 15.0
19w3d 18.10 13.70 22.40 33w3d 67.80 56.50 79.20
20w3d 20.80 16.10 25.50 34w3d 71.90 59.90 83.90 24.0 142.0 151.0 160.0 9.0 66.0 215.0 230.0 245.0 15.0

21w3d 23.60 18.50 28.80 35w3d 75.90 63.30 88.60 26.0 147.0 156.0 165.0 9.0 68.0 219.0 234.0 249.0 15.0

22w3d 26.70 21.20 32.20 36w3d 79.90 66.60 93.30 28.0 151.0 160.0 169.0 9.0 70.0 221.0 237.0 253.0 16.0

23w3d 29.90 23.90 35.90 37w3d 83.90 69.80 97.90 30.0 156.0 165.0 174.0 9.0 72.0 224.0 240.0 256.0 16.0

24w3d 33.20 26.80 39.70 38w3d 87.70 72.90 102.50 32.0 159.0 169.0 179.0 10.0 74.0 227.0 244.0 261.0 17.0
25w3d 36.70 29.80 43.60 39w3d 91.50 76.00 107.00 34.0 163.0 173.0 183.0 10.0 76.0 231.0 248.0 265.0 17.0
26w3d 40.30 33.00 47.70 40w3d 95.10 78.90 111.40 36.0 167.0 177.0 187.0 10.0 78.0 234.0 251.0 268.0 17.0
27w3d 44.10 36.20 52.00 41w3d 98.60 81.60 115.70 38.0 171.0 181.0 191.0 10.0 80.0 237.0 255.0 273.0 18.0
28w3d 47.90 39.40 56.30 42w3d 102.00 84.10 119.80 40.0 174.0 185.0 196.0 11.0 82.0 241.0 259.0 277.0 18.0
29w3d 51.80 42.80 60.80 42.0 178.0 189.0 200.0 11.0 84.0 245.0 263.0 281.0 18.0
Reference Manual 69

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Age 5% 50% 50% Age 5% 50% 50%
(cm2) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm2) (day) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2)
44.0 181.0 192.0 203.0 11.0 86.0 249.0 267.0 285.0 18.0 152 17.780 24.990 33.070 226 48.630 61.110 76.200
46.0 184.0 196.0 208.0 12.0 88.0 252.0 271.0 290.0 19.0 153 18.030 25.380 33.540 227 49.040 61.670 76.860

48.0 188.0 200.0 212.0 12.0 90.0 256.0 275.0 294.0 19.0 154 18.300 25.770 34.020 228 49.450 62.230 77.510

50.0 191.0 203.0 215.0 12.0 155 18.570 26.170 34.500 229 49.860 62.790 78.170
156 18.860 26.570 34.980 230 50.270 63.350 78.830
157 19.160 26.970 35.470 231 50.680 63.910 79.480
Fetal Growth Table 158 19.470 27.380 35.960 232 51.080 64.470 80.140
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, Masahiko Mizuno Issued by Shindan & Tiryo Sya 159 19.790 27.780 36.460 233 51.490 65.040 80.800
Tokyo University, School of Medicine, OB/GYN dept.
160 20.130 28.200 36.960 234 51.890 65.600 81.460
“How to interpret OB/GYN ultrasound measurement data“; 80. Fetal Measurement Obstetrics
161 20.470 28.610 37.460 235 52.300 66.170 82.110
& Gynecology Chapter 56 Separate volume; 1989, Oct. 27th Publication
162 20.820 29.030 37.960 236 52.710 66.730 82.770
Age 5% 50% 50% Age 5% 50% 50% 163 21.170 29.450 38.470 237 53.110 67.300 83.430
(day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2)
164 21.540 29.880 38.990 238 53.520 67.860 84.090
140 15.950 20.570 27.710 214 43.600 54.480 68.400
165 21.920 30.310 39.500 239 53.930 68.430 84.750
141 16.010 20.920 28.130 215 44.030 55.030 69.040
166 22.300 30.740 40.020 240 54.340 68.990 85.400
142 16.080 21.270 28.560 216 44.450 55.570 69.690
167 22.690 31.170 40.550 241 54.750 69.560 86.060
143 16.180 21.630 29.000 217 44.880 56.120 70.330
168 23.080 31.610 41.070 242 55.160 70.120 86.720
144 16.290 21.990 29.430 218 45.300 56.670 70.980
169 23.480 32.050 41.600 243 55.570 70.690 87.370
145 16.420 22.350 29.870 219 45.730 57.220 71.630
170 23.890 32.490 42.140 244 55.990 71.260 88.030
146 16.570 22.720 30.320 220 46.150 57.770 72.280
171 24.300 32.940 42.670 245 56.410 71.820 88.680
147 16.730 23.090 30.770 221 46.560 58.330 72.930
172 24.720 33.380 43.210 246 56.830 72.390 89.340
148 16.910 23.460 31.220 222 46.980 58.880 73.580
173 25.150 33.840 43.760 247 57.250 72.950 89.990
149 17.110 23.840 31.680 223 47.400 59.440 74.240
174 25.570 34.290 44.310 248 57.680 73.520 90.640
150 17.320 24.220 32.140 224 47.810 59.990 74.890
175 26.010 34.750 44.860 249 58.110 74.090 91.290
151 17.540 24.600 32.600 225 48.220 60.550 75.540
176 26.440 35.210 45.410 250 58.540 74.650 91.940
Reference Manual 70

Age 5% 50% 50% Age 5% 50% 50% Age 5% 50% 50% Age 5% 50% 50%
(day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2)
177 26.880 35.670 45.970 251 58.980 75.210 92.590 201 37.840 47.540 60.170 275 71.680 88.460 107.590
178 27.320 36.140 46.530 252 59.420 75.780 93.240 202 38.300 48.070 60.790 276 72.340 88.990 108.180
179 27.770 36.610 47.090 253 59.870 76.340 93.880 203 38.750 48.590 61.410 277 73.030 89.520 108.770
180 28.220 37.080 47.650 254 60.320 76.900 94.530 204 39.200 49.120 62.040 278 73.720 90.050 109.360
181 28.670 37.550 48.220 255 60.780 77.470 95.170 205 39.650 49.650 62.670 279 74.440 90.580 109.940
182 29.120 38.030 48.790 256 61.240 78.030 95.810 206 40.090 50.180 63.300 280 75.170 91.100 110.510
183 29.580 38.510 49.370 257 61.710 78.590 96.450 207 40.540 50.710 63.930 281 75.910 91.620 111.090
184 30.030 38.990 49.950 258 62.190 79.150 97.090 208 40.980 51.240 64.560 282 76.680 92.140 111.660
185 30.490 39.470 50.530 259 62.670 79.710 97.730 209 41.420 51.780 65.200 283 77.460 92.650 112.220
186 30.950 39.960 51.110 260 63.160 80.260 98.360 210 41.860 52.320 65.830 284 78.270 93.170 112.780
187 31.410 40.450 51.700 261 63.660 80.820 99.000 211 42.300 52.860 66.470 285 79.090 93.680 113.340
188 31.870 40.940 52.290 262 64.170 81.380 99.630 212 42.730 53.400 67.110 286 79.930 94.180 113.890
189 32.330 41.430 52.880 263 64.680 81.930 100.250 213 43.170 53.940 67.750 287 80.800 94.690 114.440
190 32.790 41.930 53.470 264 65.200 82.480 100.880
191 33.260 42.430 54.070 265 65.740 83.040 101.500
192 33.720 42.930 54.670 266 66.280 83.590 102.130
Gestational Sac (GS) : HANSMANN
193 34.180 43.440 55.270 267 66.830 84.130 102.740
GA Table
194 34.640 43.940 55.870 268 67.400 84.680 103.360
“Hansmann M., Hackelöer BJ, Staudach A., “Ultraschalldiagnostik in Geburtshilfe und
195 35.100 44.450 56.480 269 67.970 85.230 103.970
Gynäkologie“ Springer- Verlag, 1986, pp.36“
196 35.560 44.960 57.090 270 68.560 85.770 104.580
Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
197 36.020 45.470 57.700 271 69.150 86.310 105.190
198 36.480 45.990 58.310 272 69.770 86.850 105.800 0.7 34.0 1.3 44.0 2.8 58.0

199 36.930 46.500 58.930 273 70.390 87.390 106.400 0.9 40.0 1.5 47.0 3.4 63.0
200 37.390 47.020 59.550 274 71.030 87.930 107.000 1.0 42.0 2.4 52.0
Reference Manual 71

Gestational Sac (GS) : HELLMAN Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)

GA Table 1.1 31.0 41.0 51.0 10.0 4.7 62.0 72.0 82.0 10.0

“Hellman L.M., Kobayashi M, Fillisti L., et al. “Growth and development of the human fetus 1.2 32.0 42.0 52.0 10.0 4.8 63.0 73.0 83.0 10.0
prior to the 20th week of gestation“. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology; March 1.3 33.0 43.0 53.0 10.0 4.9 64.0 74.0 84.0 10.0
15; 1969; 789-800“
1.4 34.0 44.0 54.0 10.0 5.0 65.0 75.0 85.0 10.0
GA = ({OB_GS} + 2.543)/0.702
1.5 34.0 44.0 54.0 10.0 5.1 66.0 76.0 86.0 10.0
Output Unit: w (weeks)
1.6 35.0 45.0 55.0 10.0 5.2 67.0 77.0 87.0 10.0
Input Unit: cm
1.7 36.0 46.0 56.0 10.0 5.3 68.0 78.0 88.0 10.0
Min Range: 1.66cm
Max Range: 5.2cm 1.8 37.0 47.0 57.0 10.0 5.4 69.0 79.0 89.0 10.0
1.9 38.0 48.0 58.0 10.0 5.5 70.0 80.0 90.0 10.0

Gestational Sac (GS) : REMPEN 2.0 38.0 48.0 58.0 10.0 5.6 71.0 81.0 91.0 10.0
2.1 39.0 49.0 59.0 10.0 5.7 72.0 82.0 92.0 10.0
GA Table 2.2 40.0 50.0 60.0 10.0 5.8 73.0 83.0 93.0 10.0
Rempen A. “Biometrie in der Frühgravidität (I. Trimenon)“ Der Frauenarzt; 32,4 /1991 2.3 41.0 51.0 61.0 10.0 5.9 74.0 84.0 94.0 10.0
Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD 2.4 42.0 52.0 62.0 10.0 6.0 75.0 85.0 95.0 10.0
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
2.5 43.0 53.0 63.0 10.0 6.1 76.0 86.0 96.0 10.0
0.2 24.0 34.0 44.0 10.0 3.8 54.0 64.0 74.0 10.0
2.6 43.0 53.0 63.0 10.0 6.2 77.0 87.0 97.0 10.0
0.3 25.0 35.0 45.0 10.0 3.9 55.0 65.0 75.0 10.0
2.7 44.0 54.0 64.0 10.0 6.3 78.0 88.0 98.0 10.0
0.4 26.0 36.0 46.0 10.0 4.0 56.0 66.0 76.0 10.0
2.8 45.0 55.0 65.0 10.0 6.4 79.0 89.0 99.0 10.0
0.5 27.0 37.0 47.0 10.0 4.1 57.0 67.0 77.0 10.0
2.9 46.0 56.0 66.0 10.0 6.5 80.0 90.0 100.0 10.0
0.6 27.0 37.0 47.0 10.0 4.2 58.0 68.0 78.0 10.0
3.0 47.0 57.0 67.0 10.0 6.6 81.0 91.0 101.0 10.0
0.7 28.0 38.0 48.0 10.0 4.3 59.0 69.0 79.0 10.0
3.1 48.0 58.0 68.0 10.0 6.7 82.0 92.0 102.0 10.0
0.8 29.0 39.0 49.0 10.0 4.4 59.0 69.0 79.0 10.0
3.2 49.0 59.0 69.0 10.0 6.8 83.0 93.0 103.0 10.0
0.9 30.0 40.0 50.0 10.0 4.5 60.0 70.0 80.0 10.0
3.3 49.0 59.0 69.0 10.0 6.9 84.0 94.0 104.0 10.0
1.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 10.0 4.6 61.0 71.0 81.0 10.0
3.4 50.0 60.0 70.0 10.0 7.0 85.0 95.0 105.0 10.0
Reference Manual 72

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
3.5 51.0 61.0 71.0 10.0 7.1 86.0 96.0 106.0 10.0 48 1.010 2.060 3.110 79 4.010 5.060 6.110
3.6 52.0 62.0 72.0 10.0 7.2 88.0 98.0 108.0 10.0 49 1.120 2.170 3.220 80 4.090 5.140 6.190

3.7 53.0 63.0 73.0 10.0 7.3 89.0 99.0 109.0 10.0 50 1.240 2.290 3.340 81 4.160 5.210 6.260
51 1.350 2.400 3.450 82 4.240 5.290 6.340
52 1.460 2.510 3.560 83 4.310 5.360 6.410
Fetal Growth Table 53 1.570 2.620 3.670 84 4.380 5.430 6.480
Rempen A. “Biometrie in der Frühgravidität (I. Trimenon)“ Der Frauenarzt; 32,4 /1991
54 1.680 2.730 3.780 85 4.460 5.510 6.560
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% 55 1.790 2.840 3.890 86 4.530 5.580 6.630
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
56 1.900 2.950 4.000 87 4.590 5.640 6.690
32 0.000 0.050 1.100 63 2.610 3.660 4.710
57 2.000 3.050 4.100 88 4.660 5.710 6.760
33 0.000 0.180 1.230 64 2.710 3.760 4.810
58 2.110 3.160 4.210 89 4.730 5.780 6.830
34 0.000 0.320 1.370 65 2.800 3.850 4.900
59 2.210 3.260 4.310 90 4.790 5.840 6.890
35 0.000 0.450 1.500 66 2.900 3.950 5.000
60 2.310 3.360 4.410 91 4.860 5.910 6.960
36 0.000 0.580 1.630 67 2.990 4.040 5.090
61 2.410 3.460 4.510 92 4.920 5.970 7.020
37 0.000 0.710 1.760 68 3.080 4.130 5.180
62 2.510 3.560 4.610 93 4.980 6.030 7.080
38 0.000 0.840 1.890 69 3.170 4.220 5.270
39 0.000 0.970 2.020 70 3.260 4.310 5.360
40 0.040 1.090 2.140 71 3.350 4.400 5.450 Gestational Sac (GS) : TOKYO
41 0.170 1.220 2.270 72 3.440 4.490 5.540
42 0.290 1.340 2.390 73 3.520 4.570 5.620 GA Table
43 0.410 1.460 2.510 74 3.610 4.660 5.710 Tokyo University Method 1986, 6 by University Tokyo

44 0.540 1.590 2.640 75 3.690 4.740 5.790 Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(mm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
45 0.660 1.710 2.760 76 3.770 4.820 5.870
12.0 24.0 31.0 38.0 7.0 32.0 55.0
46 0.780 1.830 2.880 77 3.850 4.900 5.950
13.0 25.0 32.0 39.0 7.0 33.0 56.0
47 0.890 1.940 2.990 78 3.930 4.980 6.030
Reference Manual 73

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD) : ASUM
(mm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
14.0 26.0 33.0 40.0 7.0 34.0 57.0 GA Table
15.0 27.0 34.0 41.0 7.0 35.0 58.0 “Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
16.0 29.0 36.0 43.0 7.0 36.0 59.0 Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.

17.0 30.0 37.0 44.0 7.0 37.0 60.0 http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm


Date: December 2003
18.0 31.0 38.0 45.0 7.0 38.0 61.0
19.0 33.0 40.0 47.0 7.0 39.0 62.0 Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
20.0 34.0 41.0 48.0 7.0 40.0 63.0
2.1 72.0 77.0 82.0 5.0 8.6 179.0 189.0 199.0 10.0
21.0 35.0 42.0 49.0 7.0 41.0 64.0
2.4 79.0 84.0 89.0 5.0 9.5 186.0 196.0 206.0 10.0
22.0 36.0 43.0 50.0 7.0 42.0 65.0
2.9 86.0 91.0 96.0 5.0 9.7 193.0 203.0 213.0 10.0
23.0 37.0 44.0 51.0 7.0 43.0 65.0
3.4 93.0 98.0 103.0 5.0 9.8 196.0 210.0 224.0 14.0
24.0 39.0 46.0 53.0 7.0 44.0 66.0
3.8 100.0 105.0 110.0 5.0 10.1 203.0 217.0 231.0 14.0
25.0 40.0 47.0 54.0 7.0 45.0 67.0
4.6 107.0 112.0 117.0 5.0 10.2 210.0 224.0 238.0 14.0
26.0 40.0 48.0 56.0 8.0 46.0 68.0
5.0 114.0 119.0 124.0 5.0 10.7 217.0 231.0 245.0 14.0
27.0 40.0 49.0 58.0 9.0 47.0 69.0
5.4 119.0 126.0 133.0 7.0 10.8 220.0 238.0 256.0 18.0
28.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 10.0 48.0 70.0
5.7 126.0 133.0 140.0 7.0 10.9 227.0 245.0 263.0 18.0
29.0 51.0 49.0 71.0
6.1 133.0 140.0 147.0 7.0 11.2 231.0 252.0 273.0 21.0
30.0 52.0 50.0 72.0
6.3 140.0 147.0 154.0 7.0 11.3 238.0 259.0 280.0 21.0
31.0 53.0
6.8 147.0 154.0 161.0 7.0 11.6 245.0 266.0 287.0 21.0
7.6 154.0 161.0 168.0 7.0 11.9 252.0 273.0 294.0 21.0
7.9 158.0 168.0 178.0 10.0 12.0 259.0 280.0 301.0 21.0
8.2 165.0 175.0 185.0 10.0 12.2 266.0 287.0 308.0 21.0
8.4 172.0 182.0 192.0 10.0
Reference Manual 74

Fetal Growth Table Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD) : HANSMANN


“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
Campbell Westerway Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
GA Table
http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittmann “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
Date: December 2003 Gynecology“ Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p. 431

Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
3.1 98.0 7.2 161.0 10.3 224.0
11 1.900 2.100 2.300 27 8.150 8.600 9.050
3.8 105.0 7.6 168.0 10.5 231.0
12 2.200 2.400 2.600 28 9.000 9.500 10.000
4.1 112.0 8.0 175.0 10.7 238.0
13 2.600 2.900 3.200 29 9.150 9.700 10.250
4.6 119.0 8.4 182.0 10.9 245.0
14 3.100 3.400 3.700 30 9.250 9.800 10.350
5.0 126.0 8.8 189.0 11.1 252.0
15 3.500 3.800 4.100 31 9.600 10.100 10.600
5.4 133.0 9.1 196.0 11.2 259.0
16 4.300 4.600 4.900 32 9.700 10.200 10.700
17 4.700 5.000 5.300 33 10.150 10.700 11.250 5.8 140.0 9.5 203.0 11.3 266.0

18 5.050 5.400 5.750 34 10.250 10.800 11.350 6.3 147.0 9.8 210.0 11.4 273.0

19 5.350 5.700 6.050 35 10.350 10.900 11.450 6.7 154.0 10.0 217.0 11.5 280.0

20 5.750 6.100 6.450 36 10.650 11.200 11.750


21 5.900 6.300 6.700 37 10.700 11.300 11.900
Fetal Growth Table
22 6.450 6.800 7.150 38 11.050 11.600 12.150
Hansmann, Hackelöer, Staudach, (Wittmann) “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
23 7.200 7.600 8.000 39 11.300 11.900 12.500 Gynecology“ Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986,p.433
24 7.500 7.900 8.300 40 11.400 12.000 12.600
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
25 7.750 8.200 8.650 41 11.600 12.200 12.800 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
26 7.950 8.400 8.850 14 3.100 3.100 3.100 28 8.300 9.100 9.800
15 3.200 3.800 4.200 29 8.700 9.500 10.100
16 3.600 4.100 4.600 30 8.900 9.800 10.500
17 4.100 4.600 5.100 31 9.200 10.000 10.700
Reference Manual 75

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
18 4.500 5.000 5.500 32 9.500 10.300 11.000 18 4.760 5.320 5.890 34 9.800 10.690 11.580
19 4.900 5.400 6.000 33 9.700 10.500 11.200 19 5.180 5.770 6.350 35 9.970 10.880 11.780
20 5.300 5.800 6.400 34 9.900 10.700 11.500 20 5.590 6.200 6.810 36 10.110 11.040 11.970
21 5.700 6.300 6.900 35 10.100 10.900 11.700 21 5.990 6.620 7.240 37 10.240 11.190 12.130
22 6.100 6.700 7.300 36 10.300 11.100 11.800 22 6.370 7.020 7.670 38 10.340 11.310 12.280
23 6.500 7.200 7.800 37 10.400 11.200 12.000 23 6.750 7.410 8.080 39 10.420 11.410 12.400
24 6.900 7.600 8.200 38 10.500 11.300 12.100 24 7.110 7.790 8.480 40 10.470 11.480 12.490
25 7.300 8.000 8.700 39 10.600 11.400 12.300 25 7.450 8.160 8.870 41 10.510 11.530 12.560
26 7.600 8.400 9.100 40 10.700 11.500 12.400 26 7.780 8.510 9.240 42 10.510 11.560 12.610
27 8.000 8.800 9.500 27 8.090 8.840 9.590

Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD) : KURMANAVICIUS Occipital Frontal Diameter (OFD) : NICOLAIDES

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table


Standard-Tabellen und Kurven für Ultraschall-/Dopplersonografie, Dept. Frauenheilkunde R. J. M. Snijders and K. H. Niicolaides; “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation“ Ultrasound
Klinik und Poliklinik für Geburtshilfe; Copyright (1997) J. Kurmanavicius et al Prof. Dr. A. Huch Obstet. Gynecol. 4 (1994) 34-48

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)

12 2.020 2.460 2.910 28 8.390 9.160 9.930 14 3.500 3.900 4.200 27 8.400 9.100 9.900

13 2.490 2.960 3.430 29 8.670 9.460 10.250 15 3.900 4.200 4.600 28 8.700 9.500 10.300

14 2.960 3.450 3.940 30 8.930 9.740 10.550 16 4.200 4.600 5.000 29 9.100 9.800 10.700

15 3.430 3.930 4.440 31 9.180 10.010 10.840 17 4.600 5.000 5.400 30 9.400 10.200 11.000

16 3.880 4.410 4.940 32 9.410 10.250 11.100 18 5.000 5.400 5.900 31 9.600 10.500 11.300

17 4.320 4.870 5.420 33 9.610 10.480 11.350 19 5.400 5.800 6.300 32 9.900 10.700 11.600
Reference Manual 76

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
20 5.700 6.200 6.800 33 10.100 11.000 11.900 2.3 83.0 106.0 130.0 4.9 191.0 215.0 238.0
21 6.100 6.700 7.200 34 10.300 11.200 12.100 2.4 88.0 111.0 134.0 5.0 195.0 219.0 242.0
22 6.500 7.100 7.700 35 10.500 11.300 12.300 2.5 92.0 115.0 138.0 5.1 200.0 223.0 246.0
23 6.900 7.500 8.200 36 10.600 11.500 12.400 2.6 96.0 119.0 142.0 5.2 204.0 228.0 251.0
24 7.300 7.900 8.600 37 10.700 11.600 12.500 2.7 100.0 123.0 146.0 5.3 208.0 231.0 255.0
25 7.700 8.300 9.000 38 10.700 11.600 12.600 2.8 104.0 127.0 151.0 5.4 212.0 235.0 259.0
26 8.100 8.700 9.500 39 10.700 11.600 12.600 2.9 109.0 132.0 155.0 5.5 216.0 239.0 263.0
3.0 113.0 136.0 159.0 5.6 221.0 244.0 267.0
3.1 116.0 140.0 163.0 5.7 225.0 248.0 271.0
Outer Ocular Distance (OOD) : JEANTY 3.2 120.0 144.0 167.0 5.8 229.0 252.0 275.0
3.3 125.0 148.0 172.0 5.9 233.0 256.0 279.0
GA Table
3.4 129.0 152.0 176.0 6.0 237.0 260.0 284.0
“Jeanty P., Cantraine F., Cousaert E., Romero R., Hobbins J.C.
3.5 133.0 156.0 180.0 6.1 242.0 265.0 288.0
“The binocular distance: a new way to estimate fetal age.“
3.6 137.0 160.0 184.0 6.2 246.0 269.0 292.0
Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine; 1984; Jun; 3(6): 241-243“
3.7 141.0 165.0 188.0 6.3 250.0 273.0 296.0
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper 3.8 146.0 169.0 192.0 6.4 254.0 277.0 300.0
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
3.9 150.0 173.0 196.0 6.5 258.0 281.0 305.0
1.5 50.0 73.0 97.0 4.1 158.0 181.0 204.0
4.0 154.0 177.0 200.0
1.6 54.0 77.0 101.0 4.2 162.0 186.0 209.0
1.7 58.0 81.0 105.0 4.3 167.0 190.0 213.0
1.8 62.0 85.0 109.0 4.4 171.0 194.0 217.0
1.9 67.0 90.0 113.0 4.5 175.0 198.0 221.0
2.0 71.0 94.0 117.0 4.6 179.0 202.0 225.0
2.1 75.0 98.0 121.0 4.7 183.0 207.0 230.0
2.2 79.0 102.0 125.0 4.8 188.0 211.0 234.0
Reference Manual 77

Humerus (HL) : ASUM Fetal Growth Table


“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
GA Table
http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm
“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney. Date: December 2003

http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD


Date: December 2003 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD 11 0.500 0.800 1.100 27 4.300 4.700 5.100
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) 12 0.700 0.900 1.100 28 4.500 5.000 5.500
0.8 70.0 77.0 84.0 7.0 4.7 175.0 189.0 203.0 14.0 13 0.800 1.100 1.400 29 4.600 5.100 5.600
0.9 77.0 84.0 91.0 7.0 5.0 178.0 196.0 214.0 18.0 14 1.000 1.400 1.800 30 4.700 5.200 5.700
1.1 84.0 91.0 98.0 7.0 5.1 185.0 203.0 221.0 18.0 15 1.150 1.700 2.250 31 4.900 5.400 5.900
1.4 91.0 98.0 105.0 7.0 5.2 189.0 210.0 231.0 21.0 16 1.700 2.100 2.500 32 5.100 5.600 6.100
1.7 98.0 105.0 112.0 7.0 5.4 196.0 217.0 238.0 21.0 17 2.000 2.500 3.000 33 5.100 5.700 6.300

2.1 105.0 112.0 119.0 7.0 5.6 203.0 224.0 245.0 21.0 18 2.150 2.700 3.250 34 5.350 5.900 6.450

2.5 109.0 119.0 129.0 10.0 5.7 210.0 231.0 252.0 21.0 19 2.400 2.900 3.400 35 5.400 6.000 6.600

2.7 116.0 126.0 136.0 10.0 5.9 217.0 238.0 259.0 21.0 20 2.600 3.100 3.600 36 5.700 6.200 6.700

2.9 119.0 133.0 147.0 14.0 6.0 224.0 245.0 266.0 21.0 21 2.600 3.200 3.800 37 5.700 6.300 6.900
22 2.900 3.500 4.100 38 5.800 6.400 7.000
3.1 126.0 140.0 154.0 14.0 6.2 231.0 252.0 273.0 21.0
23 3.400 3.800 4.200 39 5.950 6.500 7.050
3.2 133.0 147.0 161.0 14.0 6.3 231.0 259.0 287.0 28.0
24 3.400 4.000 4.600 40 6.000 6.600 7.200
3.5 140.0 154.0 168.0 14.0 6.4 238.0 266.0 294.0 28.0
25 3.800 4.300 4.800 41 6.200 6.800 7.400
3.8 147.0 161.0 175.0 14.0 6.5 245.0 273.0 301.0 28.0
26 4.000 4.400 4.800
4.0 154.0 168.0 182.0 14.0 6.6 252.0 280.0 308.0 28.0
4.3 161.0 175.0 189.0 14.0 6.8 259.0 287.0 315.0 28.0
4.4 168.0 182.0 196.0 14.0
Reference Manual 78

Humerus (HL) : JEANTY Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)

GA Table 3.0 120.0 139.0 158.0 6.0 224.0 244.0 263.0

Jeanty P., Rodesch F., Delbeke D., Dumont J., “Estimation of Gestational Age from 3.1 123.0 142.0 161.0 6.1 228.0 247.0 267.0
Measurements of Fetal Long Bones.“ J Ultrasound Med 3:75-79, 1984 3.2 126.0 145.0 165.0 6.2 232.0 251.0 271.0

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper 3.3 129.0 148.0 167.0 6.3 237.0 256.0 275.0
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) 3.4 132.0 151.0 170.0 6.4 241.0 260.0 279.0
1.0 69.0 88.0 107.0 4.0 151.0 170.0 190.0 3.5 135.0 154.0 174.0 6.5 245.0 264.0 284.0
1.1 71.0 90.0 109.0 4.1 154.0 174.0 193.0 3.6 138.0 158.0 176.0 6.6 249.0 268.0 288.0
1.2 73.0 92.0 111.0 4.2 158.0 177.0 196.0 3.7 141.0 160.0 180.0 6.7 253.0 272.0 292.0
1.3 76.0 95.0 113.0 4.3 161.0 180.0 200.0 3.8 144.0 164.0 183.0 6.8 258.0 277.0 296.0
1.4 78.0 97.0 116.0 4.4 165.0 183.0 203.0 3.9 148.0 167.0 186.0 6.9 262.0 281.0 300.0
1.5 80.0 99.0 118.0 4.5 168.0 187.0 207.0
1.6 83.0 102.0 121.0 4.6 172.0 190.0 210.0
Fetal Growth Table
1.7 85.0 104.0 123.0 4.7 175.0 194.0 214.0
Jeanty P., Cousaert E., Cantraine F., Hobbins J.C., Tack B., Struyven J. “A longitudinal Study of
1.8 88.0 106.0 126.0 4.8 179.0 197.0 217.0
fetal limb growth“ American Journal of Perinatology; Volume 1; Number 2; January 1984;
1.9 90.0 109.0 128.0 4.9 182.0 202.0 221.0 136-144
2.0 92.0 111.0 131.0 5.0 186.0 205.0 224.0
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
2.1 95.0 114.0 134.0 5.1 190.0 209.0 228.0 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
2.2 97.0 117.0 136.0 5.2 193.0 212.0 232.0 12 0.400 0.900 1.300 27 4.200 4.600 5.000
2.3 100.0 120.0 139.0 5.3 197.0 216.0 235.0 13 0.700 1.100 1.500 28 4.400 4.800 5.200
2.4 103.0 122.0 141.0 5.4 201.0 220.0 239.0 14 1.000 1.400 1.800 29 4.401 5.000 5.400
2.5 106.0 125.0 144.0 5.5 204.0 224.0 243.0 15 1.300 1.700 2.100 30 4.402 5.100 5.600
2.6 109.0 127.0 147.0 5.6 209.0 228.0 247.0 16 1.600 2.000 2.400 31 4.403 5.300 5.700
2.7 111.0 130.0 150.0 5.7 212.0 232.0 251.0 17 1.800 2.200 2.700 32 4.404 5.500 5.900
2.8 114.0 133.0 153.0 5.8 146.0 235.0 255.0 18 2.100 2.500 2.900 33 4.405 5.600 6.000
2.9 117.0 136.0 155.0 5.9 220.0 239.0 258.0 19 2.400 2.800 3.200 34 4.406 5.800 6.200
Reference Manual 79

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Fetal Growth Table


(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) Merz E., Wellek S.
20 2.600 3.000 3.400 35 4.407 5.900 6.300 “Normal Fetal Development Profiles- A Model to obtain Standard Development Graphs for
21 2.900 3.300 3.700 36 4.408 6.100 6.500 the Head and Abdominal Parameters and the Long Limb Bones“ Ultraschall in der Medizin
17 (1996) 153-162
22 3.100 3.500 3.900 37 4.409 6.200 6.600
23 3.300 3.800 4.200 38 4.410 6.300 6.700 Age (day) 5% (cm) 50% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (day) 5% (cm) 50% (cm) 95% (cm)
24 3.600 4.000 4.400 39 4.411 6.500 6.900 88 0.500 0.800 1.100 193 4.400 4.700 5.100
25 3.800 4.200 4.600 40 4.412 6.600 7.000 91 0.700 1.000 1.300 196 4.500 4.800 5.200
26 4.000 4.400 4.800 95 0.900 1.200 1.500 200 4.500 4.900 5.300
98 1.000 1.300 1.700 203 4.600 5.000 5.400
102 1.200 1.500 1.800 207 4.700 5.100 5.500
Humerus (HL) : MERZ 105 1.400 1.700 2.000 210 4.800 5.200 5.600
109 1.500 1.800 2.200 214 4.900 5.300 5.700
GA Table
112 1.700 2.000 2.300 217 5.000 5.400 5.800
Merz E, Kim-Kern MS, Pehl S. “Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and
116 1.800 2.100 2.500 221 5.100 5.500 5.900
Third Trimesters“ Journal of Clinical Ultrasound, 15: 175-183, March/April 1987
119 2.000 2.300 2.600 224 5.100 5.500 6.000
Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
123 2.100 2.400 2.800 228 5.200 5.600 6.000
1.0 91 3.7 161 5.6 231 126 2.200 2.600 2.900 231 5.300 5.700 6.100
1.2 98 3.8 168 5.8 238 130 2.400 2.700 3.000 235 5.400 5.800 6.200
1.4 105 4.2 175 5.9 245 133 2.500 2.800 3.200 238 5.400 5.900 6.300
1.7 112 4.3 182 6.0 252 137 2.600 3.000 3.300 242 5.500 5.900 6.300
2.0 119 4.5 189 6.1 259 140 2.700 3.100 3.400 245 5.600 6.000 6.400
2.3 126 4.7 196 6.4 266 144 2.900 3.200 3.600 249 5.600 6.100 6.500
2.6 133 4.8 203 6.5 273 147 3.000 3.300 3.700 252 5.700 6.100 6.600
2.9 140 5.0 210 6.6 280 151 3.100 3.500 3.800 256 5.800 6.200 6.600
3.2 147 5.3 217 154 3.200 3.600 3.900 259 5.800 6.300 6.700
3.3 154 5.4 224 158 3.300 3.700 4.000 263 5.900 6.300 6.800
Reference Manual 80

Age (day) 5% (cm) 50% (cm) 95% (cm) Age (day) 5% (cm) 50% (cm) 95% (cm) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
161 3.400 3.800 4.200 266 5.900 6.400 6.800 1.39 100.0 3.7 164.0 5.33 228.0
165 3.600 3.900 4.300 270 6.000 6.400 6.900 1.43 101.0 3.73 165.0 5.35 229.0
168 3.700 4.000 4.400 273 6.000 6.500 6.900 1.47 102.0 3.76 166.0 5.37 230.0
172 3.800 4.100 4.500 277 6.100 6.500 7.000 1.51 103.0 3.79 167.0 5.39 231.0
175 3.900 4.200 4.600 280 6.100 6.600 7.000 1.55 104.0 3.82 168.0 5.41 232.0
179 4.000 4.300 4.700 284 6.100 6.600 7.100 1.59 105.0 3.85 169.0 5.43 233.0
182 4.100 4.500 4.800 287 6.200 6.600 7.100
1.63 106.0 3.88 170.0 5.45 234.0
186 4.200 4.600 4.900 291 6.200 6.700 7.100
1.67 107.0 3.91 171.0 5.47 235.0
189 4.300 4.700 5.000
1.71 108.0 3.94 172.0 5.49 236.0
1.75 109.0 3.97 173.0 5.51 237.0

Humerus (HL) : OSAKA 1.79 110.0 4.0 174.0 5.53 238.0


1.83 111.0 4.03 175.0 5.55 239.0
GA Table 1.87 112.0 4.06 176.0 5.57 240.0
Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5 1.91 113.0 4.09 177.0 5.58 241.0

Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) 1.95 114.0 4.12 178.0 5.6 242.0

1.01 91.0 3.42 155.0 5.15 219.0 1.99 115.0 4.14 179.0 5.62 243.0

1.05 92.0 3.45 156.0 5.17 220.0 2.03 116.0 4.17 180.0 5.64 244.0

1.09 93.0 3.48 157.0 5.19 221.0 2.07 117.0 4.2 181.0 5.65 245.0

1.14 94.0 3.51 158.0 5.21 222.0 2.11 118.0 4.23 182.0 5.67 246.0

1.18 95.0 3.54 159.0 5.23 223.0 2.15 119.0 4.26 183.0 5.69 247.0

1.22 96.0 3.58 160.0 5.25 224.0 2.18 120.0 4.28 184.0 5.71 248.0

1.26 97.0 3.61 161.0 5.27 225.0 2.22 121.0 4.31 185.0 5.72 249.0

1.31 98.0 3.64 162.0 5.29 226.0 2.26 122.0 4.34 186.0 5.74 250.0

1.35 99.0 3.67 163.0 5.31 227.0 2.3 123.0 4.37 187.0 5.76 251.0
Reference Manual 81

Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
2.34 124.0 4.39 188.0 5.77 252.0 3.19 148.0 4.99 212.0 6.11 276.0
2.37 125.0 4.42 189.0 5.79 253.0 3.22 149.0 5.01 213.0 6.13 277.0
2.41 126.0 4.45 190.0 5.8 254.0 3.25 150.0 5.04 214.0 6.14 278.0
2.45 127.0 4.47 191.0 5.82 255.0 3.29 151.0 5.06 215.0 6.15 279.0
2.48 128.0 4.5 192.0 5.84 256.0 3.32 152.0 5.08 216.0 6.16 280.0
2.52 129.0 4.53 193.0 5.85 257.0 3.35 153.0 5.1 217.0
2.56 130.0 4.55 194.0 5.87 258.0 3.38 154.0 5.12 218.0
2.59 131.0 4.58 195.0 5.88 259.0
2.63 132.0 4.6 196.0 5.9 260.0
Fetal Growth Table
2.67 133.0 4.63 197.0 5.91 261.0
Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5
2.7 134.0 4.65 198.0 5.93 262.0
Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
2.74 135.0 4.68 199.0 5.94 263.0
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
2.77 136.0 4.7 200.0 5.95 264.0
91 0.710 1.010 1.310 186 3.960 4.340 4.720
2.81 137.0 4.73 201.0 5.97 265.0
92 0.750 1.050 1.350 187 3.990 4.370 4.750
2.84 138.0 4.75 202.0 5.98 266.0 93 0.790 1.090 1.390 188 4.010 4.390 4.770
2.88 139.0 4.78 203.0 6.0 267.0 94 0.840 1.140 1.440 189 4.040 4.420 4.800
2.91 140.0 4.8 204.0 6.01 268.0 95 0.880 1.180 1.480 190 4.070 4.450 4.830
2.95 141.0 4.83 205.0 6.02 269.0 96 0.920 1.220 1.520 191 4.090 4.470 4.850
2.98 142.0 4.85 206.0 6.04 270.0 97 0.950 1.260 1.580 192 4.120 4.500 4.880
3.02 143.0 4.87 207.0 6.05 271.0 98 1.000 1.310 1.630 193 4.150 4.530 4.910
3.05 144.0 4.9 208.0 6.06 272.0 99 1.030 1.350 1.670 194 4.170 4.550 4.930
3.09 145.0 4.92 209.0 6.08 273.0 100 1.070 1.390 1.710 195 4.200 4.580 4.960
3.12 146.0 4.94 210.0 6.09 274.0 101 1.110 1.430 1.750 196 4.220 4.600 4.980
3.15 147.0 4.97 211.0 6.1 275.0 102 1.150 1.470 1.790 197 4.250 4.630 5.010
Reference Manual 82

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
103 1.190 1.510 1.830 198 4.270 4.650 5.030 128 2.150 2.480 2.810 223 4.840 5.230 5.620
104 1.230 1.550 1.870 199 4.300 4.680 5.060 129 2.190 2.520 2.850 224 4.840 5.250 5.660
105 1.270 1.590 1.910 200 4.320 4.700 5.080 130 2.230 2.560 2.890 225 4.860 5.270 5.680
106 1.310 1.630 1.950 201 4.350 4.730 5.110 131 2.260 2.590 2.920 226 4.880 5.290 5.700
107 1.350 1.670 1.990 202 4.370 4.750 5.130 132 2.300 2.630 2.960 227 4.900 5.310 5.720
108 1.390 1.710 2.030 203 4.390 4.780 5.170 133 2.340 2.670 3.000 228 4.920 5.330 5.740
109 1.430 1.750 2.070 204 4.410 4.800 5.190 134 2.370 2.700 3.030 229 4.940 5.350 5.760
110 1.470 1.790 2.110 205 4.440 4.830 5.220 135 2.410 2.740 3.070 230 4.960 5.370 5.780
111 1.510 1.830 2.150 206 4.460 4.850 5.240 136 2.440 2.770 3.100 231 4.980 5.390 5.800
112 1.550 1.870 2.190 207 4.480 4.870 5.260 137 2.480 2.810 3.140 232 5.000 5.410 5.820
113 1.590 1.910 2.230 208 4.510 4.900 5.290 138 2.510 2.840 3.170 233 5.020 5.430 5.840
114 1.630 1.950 2.270 209 4.530 4.920 5.310 139 2.530 2.880 3.230 234 5.040 5.450 5.860
115 1.670 1.990 2.310 210 4.550 4.940 5.330 140 2.560 2.910 3.260 235 5.060 5.470 5.880
116 1.710 2.030 2.350 211 4.580 4.970 5.360 141 2.600 2.950 3.300 236 5.080 5.490 5.900
117 1.750 2.070 2.390 212 4.600 4.990 5.380 142 2.630 2.980 3.330 237 5.100 5.510 5.920
118 1.780 2.110 2.440 213 4.620 5.010 5.400 143 2.670 3.020 3.370 238 5.120 5.530 5.940
119 1.820 2.150 2.480 214 4.650 5.040 5.430 144 2.700 3.050 3.400 239 5.140 5.550 5.960
120 1.850 2.180 2.510 215 4.670 5.060 5.450 145 2.740 3.090 3.440 240 5.160 5.570 5.980
121 1.890 2.220 2.550 216 4.690 5.080 5.470 146 2.770 3.120 3.470 241 5.170 5.580 5.990
122 1.930 2.260 2.590 217 4.710 5.100 5.490 147 2.800 3.150 3.500 242 5.190 5.600 6.010
123 1.970 2.300 2.630 218 4.730 5.120 5.510 148 2.840 3.190 3.540 243 5.210 5.620 6.030
124 2.010 2.340 2.670 219 4.760 5.150 5.540 149 2.870 3.220 3.570 244 5.230 5.640 6.050
125 2.040 2.370 2.700 220 4.780 5.170 5.560 150 2.900 3.250 3.600 245 5.230 5.650 6.070
126 2.080 2.410 2.740 221 4.800 5.190 5.580 151 2.940 3.290 3.640 246 5.250 5.670 6.090
127 2.120 2.450 2.780 222 4.820 5.210 5.600 152 2.970 3.320 3.670 247 5.270 5.690 6.110
Reference Manual 83

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
153 3.000 3.350 3.700 248 5.290 5.710 6.130 177 3.730 4.090 4.450 272 5.630 6.060 6.490
154 3.030 3.380 3.730 249 5.300 5.720 6.140 178 3.760 4.120 4.480 273 5.640 6.080 6.520
155 3.070 3.420 3.770 250 5.320 5.740 6.160 179 3.780 4.140 4.500 274 5.650 6.090 6.530
156 3.100 3.450 3.800 251 5.340 5.760 6.180 180 3.810 4.170 4.530 275 5.670 6.100 6.530
157 3.130 3.480 3.830 252 5.350 5.770 6.190 181 3.840 4.200 4.560 276 5.670 6.110 6.550
158 3.160 3.510 3.860 253 5.370 5.790 6.210 182 3.850 4.230 4.610 277 5.690 6.130 6.570
159 3.190 3.540 3.890 254 5.380 5.800 6.220 183 3.880 4.260 4.640 278 5.710 6.140 6.570
160 3.220 3.580 3.940 255 5.400 5.820 6.240 184 3.900 4.280 4.660 279 5.710 6.150 6.590
161 3.250 3.610 3.970 256 5.420 5.840 6.260 185 3.930 4.310 4.690 280 5.720 6.160 6.600
162 3.280 3.640 4.000 257 5.430 5.850 6.270
163 3.310 3.670 4.030 258 5.450 5.870 6.290
Tibia (TIB) : JEANTY
164 3.340 3.700 4.060 259 5.460 5.880 6.300
165 3.370 3.730 4.090 260 5.480 5.900 6.320
GA Table
166 3.400 3.760 4.120 261 5.490 5.910 6.330
“Jeanty P., Rodesch F., Delbeke D., Dumont J., “Estimation of Gestational Age from
167 3.430 3.790 4.150 262 5.510 5.930 6.350 Measurements of Fetal Long Bones.“ J Ultrasound Med 3:75-79, 1984“
168 3.460 3.820 4.180 263 5.520 5.940 6.360
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
169 3.490 3.850 4.210 264 5.530 5.950 6.370 (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
170 3.520 3.880 4.240 265 5.550 5.970 6.390 1.0 74.0 94.0 114.0 4.0 157.0 177.0 197.0
171 3.550 3.910 4.270 266 5.540 5.980 6.420 1.1 76.0 96.0 116.0 4.1 160.0 180.0 200.0
172 3.580 3.940 4.300 267 5.560 6.000 6.440 1.2 78.0 99.0 119.0 4.2 163.0 183.0 204.0
173 3.610 3.970 4.330 268 5.580 6.010 6.440 1.3 81.0 101.0 121.0 4.3 166.0 186.0 207.0
174 3.640 4.000 4.360 269 5.590 6.020 6.450 1.4 83.0 104.0 124.0 4.4 169.0 190.0 210.0
175 3.670 4.030 4.390 270 5.600 6.040 6.480 1.5 85.0 106.0 126.0 4.5 172.0 193.0 214.0
176 3.700 4.060 4.420 271 5.610 6.050 6.490 1.6 88.0 109.0 129.0 4.6 176.0 196.0 216.0
Reference Manual 84

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Fetal Growth Table
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) Jeanty P., Cousaert E., Cantraine F., Hobbins J.C., Tack B., Struyven J. “A longitudinal Study of
1.7 91.0 111.0 132.0 4.7 179.0 200.0 220.0 fetal limb growth“ American Journal of Perinatology; Volume 1; Number 2; January 1984;
136-144
1.8 93.0 113.0 134.0 4.8 183.0 203.0 223.0
1.9 96.0 116.0 137.0 4.9 186.0 206.0 226.0 Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
2.0 99.0 119.0 139.0 5.0 189.0 209.0 230.0
12 0.300 0.700 1.200 27 4.000 4.400 4.800
2.1 102.0 122.0 142.0 5.1 193.0 213.0 233.0
13 0.500 1.000 1.400 28 4.200 4.600 5.000
2.2 104.0 125.0 145.0 5.2 196.0 216.0 237.0
14 0.800 1.200 1.600 29 4.400 4.800 5.200
2.3 106.0 127.0 148.0 5.3 200.0 220.0 240.0
15 1.000 1.500 1.900 30 4.600 5.000 5.400
2.4 109.0 130.0 150.0 5.4 203.0 223.0 244.0
16 1.300 1.700 2.100 31 4.700 5.200 5.600
2.5 112.0 132.0 153.0 5.5 207.0 227.0 247.0
17 1.500 2.000 2.400 32 4.900 5.400 5.800
2.6 115.0 135.0 155.0 5.6 210.0 230.0 251.0
18 1.800 2.200 2.700 33 5.100 5.500 6.000
2.7 118.0 138.0 158.0 5.7 214.0 234.0 254.0
19 2.100 2.500 2.900 34 5.300 5.700 6.100
2.8 120.0 141.0 161.0 5.8 217.0 237.0 258.0
20 2.300 2.700 3.200 35 5.400 5.800 6.300
2.9 123.0 144.0 165.0 5.9 221.0 241.0 261.0
21 2.600 3.000 3.400 36 5.600 6.000 6.400
3.0 127.0 147.0 167.0 6.0 224.0 244.0 265.0
22 2.800 3.200 3.700 37 5.700 6.100 6.600
3.1 130.0 150.0 170.0 6.1 228.0 248.0 268.0
23 3.100 3.500 3.900 38 5.900 6.300 6.700
3.2 132.0 153.0 173.0 6.2 231.0 251.0 272.0
24 3.300 3.700 4.200 39 6.000 6.400 6.900
3.3 135.0 155.0 176.0 6.3 235.0 256.0 276.0
25 3.500 4.000 4.400 40 6.100 6.600 7.000
3.4 138.0 158.0 179.0 6.4 239.0 259.0 279.0
26 3.700 4.200 4.600
3.5 141.0 162.0 182.0 6.5 242.0 263.0 283.0
3.6 144.0 165.0 185.0 6.6 246.0 266.0 287.0
3.7 147.0 167.0 188.0 6.7 250.0 270.0 291.0
3.8 151.0 171.0 191.0 6.8 253.0 274.0 294.0
3.9 153.0 174.0 194.0 6.9 258.0 278.0 298.0
Reference Manual 85

Tibia (TIB) : MERZ Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%


(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)

GA Table 95 0.700 1.000 1.300 200 4.400 4.800 5.200

Merz E, Kim-Kern MS, Pehl S. “Ultrasonic Mensuration of Fetal Limb Bones in the Second and 98 0.900 1.200 1.500 203 4.500 4.900 5.300
Third Trimesters“ Journal of Clinical Ultrasound, 15: 175-183, March/April 1987 102 1.100 1.400 1.700 207 4.600 5.000 5.400
105 1.200 1.500 1.800 210 4.600 5.100 5.500
Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
109 1.400 1.700 2.000 214 4.700 5.100 5.600
0.9 91 3.6 161 5.4 231
112 1.500 1.800 2.100 217 4.800 5.200 5.600
1.0 98 3.7 168 5.7 238
116 1.600 2.000 2.300 221 4.900 5.300 5.700
1.3 105 4.0 175 5.8 245
119 1.800 2.100 2.400 224 5.000 5.400 5.800
1.6 112 4.2 182 6.0 252
123 1.900 2.200 2.600 228 5.100 5.500 5.900
1.8 119 4.4 189 6.1 259
126 2.100 2.400 2.700 231 5.100 5.600 6.000
2.2 126 4.5 196 6.2 266
130 2.200 2.500 2.900 235 5.200 5.600 6.100
2.5 133 4.6 203 6.4 273
133 2.300 2.600 3.000 238 5.300 5.700 6.200
2.7 140 4.8 210 6.5 280
137 2.400 2.800 3.100 242 5.400 5.800 6.200
3.0 147 5.1 217 6.6 287
140 2.600 2.900 3.200 245 5.400 5.900 6.300
3.2 154 5.2 224 6.8 294
144 2.700 3.000 3.400 249 5.500 5.900 6.400
147 2.800 3.100 3.500 252 5.600 6.000 6.500

Fetal Growth Table 151 2.900 3.300 3.600 256 5.600 6.100 6.500

Merz E., Wellek S. 154 3.000 3.400 3.700 259 5.700 6.200 6.600

“Normal Fetal Development Profiles - A Model to obtain Standard Development Graphs for 158 3.100 3.500 3.900 263 5.800 6.200 6.700
the Head and Abdominal Parameters and the Long Limb Bones“ Ultraschall in der Medizin 161 3.300 3.600 4.000 266 5.800 6.300 6.700
17 (1996) 153-162 165 3.400 3.700 4.100 270 5.900 6.300 6.800
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% 168 3.500 3.800 4.200 273 5.900 6.400 6.900
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) 172 3.600 4.000 4.300 277 6.000 6.400 6.900
88 0.400 0.700 1.000 193 4.200 4.600 5.000 175 3.700 4.100 4.400 280 6.000 6.500 7.000
91 0.600 0.900 1.200 196 4.300 4.700 5.100
Reference Manual 86

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Fetal Growth Table


(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) Hansmann, Hackelöer, Staudach, (Wittmann) “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
179 3.800 4.200 4.500 284 6.100 6.500 7.000 Gynecology” Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986; p.435

182 3.900 4.300 4.700 287 6.100 6.600 7.100 Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
186 4.000 4.400 4.800 291 6.100 6.600 7.100 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)

189 4.100 4.500 4.900 12 1.700 1.700 1.700 27 5.900 6.500 7.300
13 2.000 2.000 2.000 28 6.200 6.900 7.700
14 2.000 2.400 2.800 29 6.400 7.200 8.000
Thorax Transverse Diameter (TTD) : HANSMANN 15 2.300 2.700 3.100 30 6.700 7.400 8.300
16 2.700 3.100 3.500 31 7.000 7.800 8.600
GA Table
17 3.000 3.400 3.800 32 7.300 8.100 8.900
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittmann “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
18 3.300 3.700 4.200 33 7.500 8.300 9.300
Gynecology“ Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986; pp.431
19 3.600 4.000 4.600 34 7.800 8.600 9.600
Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) 20 3.900 4.400 4.900 35 8.000 8.900 9.900
1.7 84.0 5.0 154.0 8.1 224.0 21 4.200 4.700 5.300 36 8.300 9.200 10.200
2.0 91.0 5.3 161.0 8.3 231.0 22 4.500 5.000 5.600 37 8.500 9.400 10.500
2.4 98.0 5.6 168.0 8.6 238.0 23 4.800 5.300 6.000 38 8.700 9.700 10.800
2.7 105.0 5.9 175.0 8.9 245.0 24 5.000 5.600 6.300 39 8.900 9.900 11.100
3.1 112.0 6.2 182.0 9.2 252.0 25 5.300 5.900 6.700 40 9.100 10.100 11.400
3.4 119.0 6.5 189.0 9.4 259.0 26 5.600 6.200 7.000 41 9.200 10.200 11.700
3.7 126.0 6.9 196.0 9.7 266.0
4.0 133.0 7.2 203.0 9.9 273.0
4.4 140.0 7.4 210.0 10.1 280.0
4.7 147.0 7.8 217.0 10.2 287.0
Reference Manual 87

Cerebellum (CEREB) : CHITTY Cerebellum (CEREB) : GOLDSTEIN

GA Table Fetal Growth Table


“Altmann D.G.; Chitty L.S. “New charts for ultrasound dating of pregnancy“. Goldstein I.; Reece A.; Pilu G.; Bovicelli L.; Hobbins J.C.
Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology Vol. 10: 174-191, 1997“ “Cerebellar measurement with ultrasonography in the evaluation of fetal growth and
development.“ Am J Obstet Gynecol; May 1987; 1065-1069
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) Age 10% 50% 90% Age 10% 50% 90%
1.3 92.0 101.0 112.0 2.5 156.0 170.0 185.0 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)

1.4 98.0 107.0 118.0 2.6 161.0 175.0 192.0 15 1.000 1.400 1.600 28 2.700 3.100 3.400

1.5 104.0 114.0 124.0 2.7 165.0 181.0 198.0 16 1.400 1.600 1.700 29 2.900 3.400 3.800

1.6 109.0 119.0 130.0 2.8 169.0 186.0 205.0 17 1.600 1.700 1.800 30 3.100 3.500 4.000

1.7 115.0 125.0 136.0 2.9 173.0 191.0 212.0 18 1.700 1.800 1.900 31 3.200 3.800 4.300

1.8 121.0 131.0 142.0 3.0 176.0 196.0 219.0 19 1.800 1.900 2.200 32 3.300 3.800 4.200

1.9 126.0 137.0 148.0 3.1 180.0 202.0 226.0 20 1.800 2.000 2.200 33 3.200 4.000 4.400

2.0 132.0 143.0 154.0 3.2 183.0 207.0 234.0 21 1.900 2.200 2.400 34 3.300 4.000 4.400

2.1 137.0 148.0 160.0 3.3 186.0 212.0 242.0 22 2.100 2.300 2.400 35 3.100 4.050 4.700

2.2 142.0 154.0 166.0 3.4 188.0 217.0 250.0 23 2.200 2.400 2.600 36 3.600 4.300 5.500

2.3 147.0 159.0 172.0 3.5 191.0 222.0 258.0 24 2.200 2.500 2.800 37 3.700 4.500 5.500

2.4 152.0 165.0 179.0 3.6 193.0 227.0 267.0 25 2.300 2.800 2.900 38 4.000 4.850 5.500
26 2.500 2.900 3.200 39 5.200 5.200 5.500
27 2.600 3.000 3.200
Reference Manual 88

Cerebellum (CEREB) : HILL Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%


(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)

GA Table 22 2.100 2.400 2.700 35 3.700 4.100 4.600

“Hill L M, Guzick D, Fries J, Hixson J, Rivello D, 23 2.200 2.500 2.800 36 3.800 4.200 4.700

“The Transverse Cerebellar Diameter in Estimating Gestational Age in the Large for 24 2.400 2.600 3.000 37 3.900 4.300 4.800
Gestational Age-Fetus.“ Obstetrics and Gynecology; Vol.75; No.6; June 1990; pages 981-985“ 25 2.500 2.800 3.100 38 4.000 4.400 4.900
GA = 6.37 + 5.4 x {OB_CEREB} + 0.78 x ({OB_CEREB}2) - 0.13 x ({OB_CEREB}3) 26 2.600 2.900 3.300 39 4.100 4.500 5.100
Output Unit: w (weeks)
Input Unit: cm
Min Range: 1.4cm Ulna : JEANTY
Max Range: 5.6cm
GA Table
Cerebellum (CEREB) : NICOLAIDES Jeanty P., Rodesch F., Delbeke D., Dumont J., “Estimation of Gestational Age from
Measurements of Fetal Long Bones.“ J Ultrasound Med 3:75-79, 1984

Fetal Growth Table Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
R. J. M. Snijders and K. H. Nicolaides; “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation“ Ultrasound
Obstet. Gynecol. 4 (1994) 34-48 1.0 71.0 92.0 113.0 3.8 155.0 176.0 197.0
1.1 74.0 95.0 116.0 3.9 158.0 179.0 201.0
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) 1.2 76.0 97.0 118.0 4.0 162.0 183.0 204.0
14 1.200 1.400 1.500 27 2.700 3.100 3.400 1.3 78.0 99.0 121.0 4.1 165.0 187.0 208.0
15 1.300 1.500 1.700 28 2.900 3.200 3.600 1.4 81.0 102.0 124.0 4.2 169.0 190.0 212.0
16 1.400 1.600 1.800 29 3.000 3.300 3.700 1.5 83.0 105.0 126.0 4.3 173.0 194.0 216.0
17 1.500 1.700 1.900 30 3.100 3.500 3.900 1.6 86.0 108.0 129.0 4.4 176.0 198.0 219.0
18 1.600 1.800 2.100 31 3.200 3.600 4.000 1.7 89.0 110.0 132.0 4.5 181.0 202.0 223.0
19 1.700 2.000 2.200 32 3.400 3.700 4.200 1.8 92.0 113.0 134.0 4.6 184.0 206.0 227.0
20 1.900 2.100 2.400 33 3.500 3.900 4.300 1.9 95.0 116.0 137.0 4.7 188.0 209.0 231.0
21 2.000 2.200 2.500 34 3.600 4.000 4.400 2.0 97.0 118.0 140.0 4.8 192.0 214.0 235.0
Reference Manual 89

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Fetal Growth Table
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) Jeanty P., Cousaert E., Cantraine F., Hobbins J.C., Tack B., Struyven J. “A longitudinal Study of
2.1 100.0 121.0 143.0 4.9 196.0 218.0 239.0 fetal limb growth“ American Journal of Perinatology; Volume 1; Number 2; January 1984;
136-144
2.2 103.0 124.0 146.0 5.0 200.0 221.0 243.0
2.3 106.0 127.0 148.0 5.1 204.0 225.0 247.0 Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
2.4 109.0 130.0 151.0 5.2 208.0 230.0 251.0
12 0.300 0.700 1.100 27 3.900 4.300 4.700
2.5 112.0 133.0 155.0 5.3 212.0 234.0 255.0
13 0.500 1.000 1.400 28 4.100 4.500 4.900
2.6 115.0 136.0 158.0 5.4 216.0 238.0 259.0
14 0.800 1.300 1.700 29 4.300 4.700 5.100
2.7 118.0 139.0 160.0 5.5 221.0 242.0 264.0
15 1.100 1.500 2.000 30 4.400 4.800 5.300
2.8 121.0 142.0 164.0 5.6 225.0 246.0 268.0
16 1.400 1.800 2.200 31 4.600 5.000 5.400
2.9 124.0 146.0 167.0 5.7 230.0 251.0 272.0
17 1.600 2.100 2.500 32 4.700 5.200 5.600
3.0 127.0 148.0 170.0 5.8 234.0 255.0 277.0
18 1.900 2.300 2.800 33 4.900 5.300 5.700
3.1 130.0 152.0 174.0 5.9 238.0 260.0 281.0
19 2.200 2.600 3.000 34 5.000 5.500 5.900
3.2 134.0 155.0 176.0 6.0 242.0 264.0 286.0
20 2.400 2.800 3.300 35 5.200 5.600 6.000
3.3 137.0 159.0 180.0 6.1 247.0 268.0 290.0
21 2.600 3.100 3.500 36 5.300 5.700 6.100
3.4 141.0 162.0 183.0 6.2 251.0 273.0 294.0
22 2.900 3.300 3.700 37 5.400 5.800 6.300
3.5 144.0 165.0 187.0 6.3 256.0 277.0 299.0
23 3.100 3.500 3.900 38 5.500 5.900 6.400
3.6 148.0 169.0 190.0 6.4 260.0 282.0 303.0
24 3.300 3.700 4.200 39 5.600 6.000 6.500
3.7 151.0 172.0 194.0
25 3.500 3.900 4.400 40 5.700 6.100 6.600
26 3.700 4.100 4.600
Reference Manual 90

Ulna : MERZ Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%


(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)

Fetal Growth Table 151 2.900 3.200 3.500 256 5.400 5.800 6.200

Merz E., Wellek S. 154 3.000 3.300 3.700 259 5.400 5.800 6.300

“Normal Fetal Development Profiles - A Model to obtain Standard Development Graphs for 158 3.100 3.400 3.800 263 5.500 5.900 6.300
the Head and Abdominal Parameters and the Long Limb Bones“ Ultraschall in der Medizin 161 3.200 3.500 3.900 266 5.500 5.900 6.400
17 (1996) 153-162
165 3.300 3.600 4.000 270 5.600 6.000 6.400
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% 168 3.400 3.700 4.100 273 5.600 6.000 6.500
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
172 3.500 3.800 4.200 277 5.700 6.100 6.500
88 0.300 0.500 0.800 193 4.100 4.400 4.800
175 3.600 3.900 4.300 280 5.700 6.100 6.600
91 0.500 0.800 1.100 196 4.100 4.500 4.900
179 3.700 4.000 4.400 284 5.700 6.200 6.600
95 0.700 1.000 1.300 200 4.200 4.600 5.000
182 3.800 4.100 4.500 287 5.800 6.200 6.600
98 0.800 1.100 1.400 203 4.300 4.700 5.100
186 3.900 4.200 4.600 291 5.800 6.200 6.700
102 1.000 1.300 1.600 207 4.400 4.800 5.200
189 4.000 4.300 4.700
105 1.200 1.500 1.800 210 4.500 4.900 5.200
109 1.300 1.600 1.900 214 4.600 4.900 5.300
112 1.500 1.800 2.100 217 4.600 5.000 5.400 Head Circumference (HC) : ASUM
116 1.600 1.900 2.200 221 4.700 5.100 5.500
119 1.700 2.100 2.400 224 4.800 5.200 5.600 GA Table
123 1.900 2.200 2.500 228 4.900 5.300 5.600 “Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
126 2.000 2.300 2.700 231 4.900 5.300 5.700
http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm
130 2.100 2.500 2.800 235 5.000 5.400 5.800
Date: December 2003“
133 2.300 2.600 2.900 238 5.100 5.500 5.900
Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
137 2.400 2.700 3.100 242 5.100 5.500 5.900
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
140 2.500 2.800 3.200 245 5.200 5.600 6.000
5.9 70.0 77.0 84.0 7.0 25.0 171.0 189.0 207.0 18.0
144 2.600 3.000 3.300 249 5.200 5.700 6.100
7.0 77.0 84.0 91.0 7.0 26.3 178.0 196.0 214.0 18.0
147 2.700 3.100 3.400 252 5.300 5.700 6.100
8.4 84.0 91.0 98.0 7.0 26.9 182.0 203.0 224.0 21.0
Reference Manual 91

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
9.6 88.0 98.0 108.0 10.0 27.4 189.0 210.0 231.0 21.0 14 8.100 9.600 11.100 30 24.900 27.400 29.900
10.8 95.0 105.0 115.0 10.0 28.4 196.0 217.0 238.0 21.0 15 9.300 10.800 12.300 31 25.900 28.400 30.900

12.8 102.0 112.0 122.0 10.0 28.8 200.0 224.0 248.0 24.0 16 11.300 12.800 14.300 32 26.300 28.800 31.300

14.1 109.0 119.0 129.0 10.0 30.0 207.0 231.0 255.0 24.0 17 12.600 14.100 15.600 33 27.500 30.000 32.500

15.1 112.0 126.0 140.0 14.0 30.5 210.0 238.0 266.0 28.0 18 13.100 15.100 17.100 34 28.000 30.500 33.000

16.0 119.0 133.0 147.0 14.0 31.0 217.0 245.0 273.0 28.0 19 14.000 16.000 18.000 35 28.500 31.000 33.500
20 15.000 17.000 19.000 36 29.200 31.700 34.200
17.0 126.0 140.0 154.0 14.0 31.7 224.0 252.0 280.0 28.0
21 15.600 17.600 19.600 37 29.600 32.100 34.600
17.6 133.0 147.0 161.0 14.0 32.1 231.0 259.0 287.0 28.0
22 16.800 18.800 20.800 38 30.300 32.800 35.300
18.8 140.0 154.0 168.0 14.0 32.8 238.0 266.0 294.0 28.0
23 19.000 21.000 23.000 39 31.100 33.600 36.100
21.0 147.0 161.0 175.0 14.0 33.6 245.0 273.0 301.0 28.0
24 20.000 22.000 24.000 40 31.500 34.000 36.500
22.0 154.0 168.0 182.0 14.0 34.0 252.0 280.0 308.0 28.0
25 21.100 23.100 25.100 41 31.900 34.400 36.900
23.1 161.0 175.0 189.0 14.0 34.4 259.0 287.0 315.0 28.0
26 21.800 23.800 25.800
23.8 168.0 182.0 196.0 14.0

Head Circumference (HC) : CFEF


Fetal Growth Table
“Ultrasonic fetal Measurement Standards for an Australian Population“, compiled by Susan
GA Table
Campbell Westerway - Faculty of Health Sciences University of Sydney.
Crequat,J., Duyme,M., Brodaty,G.,“Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the French College
http://www.asum.com.au/open/home.htm
of fetal ultrasonography and the Inserm U 155“, Gynecol.Obstet Fertil., Vol. 28 No. 2, 2000,
Date: December 2003 pages 435-445
Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD Meas (mm) Mean (day) Meas (mm) Mean (day) Meas (mm) Mean (day)
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
120.86 112.0 227.32 175.0 298.1 238.0
11 4.400 5.900 7.400 27 23.000 25.000 27.000
134.49 119.0 236.72 182.0 303.62 245.0
12 5.500 7.000 8.500 28 24.300 26.300 28.300
147.55 126.0 246.0 189.0 308.81 252.0
13 6.900 8.400 9.900 29 24.400 26.900 29.400
Reference Manual 92

Meas (mm) Mean (day) Meas (mm) Mean (day) Meas (mm) Mean (day) Head Circumference (HC) : CHITTY
160.29 133.0 254.77 196.0 313.52 259.0
172.47 140.0 263.0 203.0 317.88 266.0 GA Table
184.21 147.0 270.84 210.0 321.86 273.0 Altmann D.G.; Chitty L.S. “New charts for ultrasound dating of pregnancy.“

195.74 154.0 278.33 217.0 324.0 280.0 Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology Vol. 10: 174-191, 1997

206.64 161.0 285.29 224.0 Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
217.18 168.0 292.0 231.0
8.5 85.0 90.0 95.0 21.0 149.0 160.0 172.0
9.0 88.0 93.0 98.0 21.5 152.0 163.0 175.0
Fetal Growth Table 9.5 90.0 96.0 101.0 22.0 154.0 166.0 179.0
Créquat,J., Duyme,M., Brodaty,G.,“Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the French College 10.0 93.0 98.0 104.0 22.5 157.0 169.0 182.0
of fetal ultrasonography and the Inserm U 155“, Gynécol Obstet Fertil, Vol. 28 No. 2, 2000,
10.5 95.0 101.0 107.0 23.0 160.0 172.0 185.0
pages 435-445
11.0 98.0 104.0 111.0 23.5 162.0 175.0 189.0
Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97% 11.5 101.0 107.0 114.0 24.0 165.0 178.0 192.0
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
12.0 103.0 110.0 117.0 24.5 168.0 181.0 196.0
16 105.800 120.860 136.110 29 238.400 263.000 287.560
12.5 106.0 113.0 120.0 25.0 171.0 185.0 199.0
17 118.670 134.490 150.390 30 245.860 270.840 296.000
13.0 108.0 115.0 123.0 25.5 174.0 188.0 203.0
18 131.080 147.550 164.110 31 252.540 278.330 304.270
13.5 111.0 118.0 126.0 26.0 177.0 192.0 207.0
19 143.000 160.290 177.480 32 258.860 285.290 312.000
14.0 113.0 121.0 129.0 26.5 180.0 195.0 211.0
20 154.530 172.470 190.540 33 264.620 292.000 319.100
14.5 116.0 124.0 132.0 27.0 184.0 199.0 215.0
21 165.410 184.210 203.090 34 270.140 298.100 325.910
15.0 119.0 127.0 135.0 27.5 187.0 203.0 219.0
22 176.120 195.740 215.150 35 275.330 303.620 332.160
15.5 121.0 129.0 138.0 28.0 191.0 207.0 224.0
23 186.320 206.640 226.760 36 279.790 308.810 338.000
16.0 124.0 132.0 141.0 28.5 194.0 211.0 228.0
24 196.190 217.180 238.000 37 283.900 313.520 343.340
16.5 126.0 135.0 144.0 29.0 198.0 215.0 233.0
25 205.500 227.320 248.810 38 287.630 317.880 348.290
17.0 129.0 138.0 147.0 29.5 202.0 219.0 238.0
26 214.440 236.720 259.230 39 290.880 321.860 352.670
17.5 131.0 140.0 150.0 30.0 206.0 224.0 243.0
27 222.870 246.000 269.130 40 293.000 324.000 356.000
18.0 134.0 143.0 153.0 30.5 210.0 229.0 248.0
28 231.000 254.770 278.570
Reference Manual 93

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
18.5 136.0 146.0 156.0 31.0 215.0 234.0 254.0 25 21.750 23.370 24.990 41 32.710 35.590 38.470
19.0 139.0 149.0 160.0 31.5 219.0 239.0 260.0 26 22.180 24.480 26.780 42 32.870 35.230 37.590
19.5 141.0 152.0 163.0 32.0 224.0 244.0 266.0 27 23.630 25.610 27.590
20.0 144.0 154.0 166.0 32.5 229.0 250.0 272.0
20.5 146.0 157.0 169.0
Head Circumference (HC) : CHITTY_DERIVED

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table


Chitty,L.S., Altman,D.G., Henderson,A., Campbell,S.,“ Charts of fetal size: 2. Head Chitty L.S., Altman D.G., Hendesson A., Campell S., Charts of fetal size:2 Head measurements
measurements“ Br.J Obstet Gynaecol., Vol. 101 No. 1, 1994, pages 35-43. Br J Obstetric Gynaecology 1994, Vol 101, pages 35-43.

Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
12 6.520 7.520 8.520 28 25.050 26.990 28.930 12 57.100 68.100 79.200 28 245.300 262.500 279.600
13 7.190 8.550 9.910 29 26.990 28.190 29.390 13 70.800 82.200 93.600 29 254.300 271.800 289.400
14 9.010 10.310 11.610 30 27.220 28.760 30.300 14 84.200 96.000 107.800 30 262.800 280.700 298.700
15 9.700 11.140 12.580 31 27.810 29.710 31.610 15 97.500 109.700 121.900 31 270.900 289.200 307.600
16 11.240 12.680 14.120 32 28.240 30.480 32.720 16 110.600 123.100 135.700 32 278.600 297.300 316.000
17 11.440 13.540 15.640 33 28.640 31.080 33.520 17 123.400 136.400 149.300 33 285.800 304.900 324.000
18 13.390 15.130 16.870 34 29.590 31.610 33.630 18 136.000 149.300 162.700 34 292.600 312.000 331.500
19 14.700 16.480 18.260 35 29.870 32.330 34.790 19 148.300 162.000 175.700 35 298.800 318.700 338.500
20 15.340 17.400 19.460 36 30.570 33.150 35.730 20 160.400 174.500 188.600 36 304.600 324.800 345.000
21 17.230 18.890 20.550 37 31.140 33.480 35.820 21 172.100 186.600 201.100 37 309.800 330.400 351.000
22 17.700 19.780 21.860 38 29.690 33.730 37.770 22 183.600 198.500 213.300 38 314.500 335.500 356.500
23 18.460 21.000 23.540 39 31.980 34.040 36.100 23 194.800 210.000 225.300 39 318.700 340.000 361.400
24 20.570 22.350 24.130 40 31.550 34.970 38.390 24 205.600 221.200 236.900 40 322.300 344.000 365.800
Reference Manual 94

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Head Circumference (HC) : HANSMANN
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
25 216.100 232.100 248.100 41 325.300 347.400 369.600 GA Table
26 226.200 242.600 259.000 42 327.700 350.300 372.800 Hansmann, Hackelöer, Staudach, (Wittmann) “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
27 235.900 252.700 269.500 Gynecology“ Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.431.

Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
10.6 98.0 21.5 161.0 31.1 224.0
Head Circumference (HC) : HADLOCK
11.5 105.0 22.6 168.0 31.8 231.0
12.7 112.0 24.0 175.0 32.5 238.0
GA Table
“Hadlock,F.P., Deter,R.L., Harrist,R.B., Park,S.K.,“ Estimating fetal age: computer-assisted 14.0 119.0 25.1 182.0 33.2 245.0
analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters“, Radiology Vol. 152 No. 2, 1984, pages 497-501.“ 15.2 126.0 26.3 189.0 33.7 252.0
GA = 8.96 + 0.54 x {OB_HC} + 0.0003 x ({OB_HC}3) 16.4 133.0 27.4 196.0 34.0 259.0
Output Unit: w (weeks) 17.6 140.0 28.4 203.0 34.4 266.0
Input Unit: cm 19.0 147.0 29.3 210.0 34.7 273.0
Min Range: 5.5cm 20.3 154.0 30.3 217.0 34.9 280.0
Max Range: 35.7cm

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table


“Hadlock F.P., Deter R.L.; Harrist R.B., Park S.K. Hansmann, Hackelöer, Staudach, (Wittmann) “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
“Estimating Fetal Age: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters“ Gynecology“ Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p.434.

Radiology 1984; 152: 497-501“ Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
Mean = - 11.48 + 1.56 x {GA} - 0.0002548 x {GA}3 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
Output Unit : cm 14 10.600 10.600 10.600 28 25.400 27.400 29.000
Input Unit: w (week) 15 10.300 11.500 12.900 29 26.300 28.400 30.100
Min Range: 12w 16 11.400 12.700 14.100 30 27.300 29.300 31.000
Max Range: 40w 17 12.500 14.000 15.300 31 28.200 30.300 32.000
18 13.800 15.200 16.600 32 29.000 31.100 32.800
Reference Manual 95

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
19 14.900 16.400 18.000 33 29.700 31.800 33.500 6.4 76.0 80.0 84.0 15.0 121.0 127.0 133.0
20 16.100 17.600 19.300 34 30.300 32.500 34.300 6.6 77.0 81.0 85.0 15.2 122.0 128.0 134.0
21 17.300 19.000 20.600 35 31.000 33.200 34.900 6.8 78.0 82.0 86.0 15.4 123.0 129.0 135.0
22 18.500 20.300 21.900 36 31.500 33.700 35.500 7.0 79.0 83.0 88.0 15.6 124.0 130.0 136.0
23 19.800 21.500 23.200 37 32.100 34.000 36.000 7.2 80.0 84.0 89.0 15.8 126.0 131.0 138.0
24 21.000 22.600 24.400 38 32.500 34.400 36.400 7.4 81.0 85.0 90.0 16.0 127.0 133.0 139.0
25 22.300 24.000 25.700 39 32.900 34.700 36.900 7.6 82.0 86.0 91.0 16.2 128.0 134.0 140.0
26 23.400 25.100 26.800 40 33.300 34.900 37.200 7.8 83.0 87.0 92.0 16.4 129.0 135.0 141.0
27 24.400 26.300 28.000 8.0 84.0 88.0 93.0 16.6 130.0 136.0 142.0
8.2 85.0 89.0 94.0 16.8 131.0 137.0 143.0
8.4 86.0 91.0 95.0 17.0 132.0 138.0 145.0
Head Circumference (HC) : JOHNSEN 8.6 87.0 92.0 96.0 17.2 133.0 140.0 146.0
8.8 88.0 93.0 98.0 17.4 135.0 141.0 147.0
GA Table
9.0 89.0 94.0 99.0 17.6 136.0 142.0 148.0
“Johnsen,S.L., Rasmussen,S., Sollien,R., Kiserud,T.,“Fetal age assessment based on ultrasound
9.2 90.0 95.0 100.0 17.8 137.0 143.0 150.0
head biometry and the effect of maternal and fetal factors“, Acta Obstet Gynecol.Scand. Vol.
83 No. 8, 2004, pages 716-723.“ 9.4 91.0 96.0 101.0 18.0 138.0 144.0 151.0
9.6 92.0 97.0 102.0 18.2 139.0 145.0 152.0
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) 9.8 93.0 98.0 103.0 18.4 140.0 147.0 153.0
5.0 68.0 72.0 76.0 13.6 113.0 119.0 125.0 10.0 94.0 99.0 104.0 18.6 142.0 148.0 154.0
5.2 70.0 73.0 77.0 13.8 115.0 120.0 126.0 10.2 95.0 100.0 105.0 18.8 143.0 149.0 156.0
5.4 71.0 74.0 79.0 14.0 116.0 121.0 127.0 10.4 96.0 101.0 107.0 19.0 144.0 150.0 157.0
5.6 72.0 76.0 80.0 14.2 117.0 122.0 128.0 10.6 97.0 102.0 108.0 19.2 145.0 151.0 158.0
5.8 73.0 77.0 81.0 14.4 118.0 123.0 129.0 10.8 99.0 104.0 109.0 19.4 146.0 153.0 159.0
6.0 74.0 78.0 82.0 14.6 119.0 125.0 131.0 11.0 100.0 105.0 110.0 19.6 147.0 154.0 161.0
6.2 75.0 79.0 83.0 14.8 120.0 126.0 132.0 11.2 101.0 106.0 111.0 19.8 149.0 155.0 162.0
Reference Manual 96

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Age 10% 50% 90% Age 10% 50% 90%
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (mm) (mm) (day) (mm) (mm) (mm)
11.4 102.0 107.0 112.0 20.0 150.0 156.0 163.0 126 136.000 147.000 158.000 238 292.000 307.000 323.000
11.6 103.0 108.0 113.0 20.2 151.0 157.0 164.0 133 148.000 159.000 171.000 245 298.000 314.000 330.000
11.8 104.0 109.0 114.0 20.4 152.0 159.0 165.0 140 160.000 172.000 184.000 252 304.000 320.000 336.000
12.0 105.0 110.0 116.0 20.6 153.0 160.0 167.0 147 172.000 184.000 196.000 259 309.000 325.000 342.000
12.2 106.0 111.0 117.0 20.8 155.0 161.0 168.0 154 184.000 196.000 208.000 266 314.000 330.000 347.000
12.4 107.0 112.0 118.0 21.0 156.0 162.0 169.0 161 195.000 207.000 220.000 273 318.000 334.000 352.000
12.6 108.0 113.0 119.0 21.2 157.0 164.0 171.0 168 206.000 218.000 231.000 280 322.000 338.000 356.000
12.8 109.0 115.0 120.0 21.4 158.0 165.0 172.0 175 217.000 229.000 242.000 286 324.000 341.000 359.000
13.0 110.0 116.0 121.0 21.6 159.0 166.0 173.0
13.2 111.0 117.0 122.0 21.8 161.0 167.0 174.0
13.4 112.0 118.0 124.0 22.0 162.0 169.0 176.0
Head Circumference (HC) : KURMANAVICIUS

Fetal Growth Table


Fetal Growth Table Standard-Tabellen und Kurven für Ultraschall-/Dopplersonografie, Dept. Frauenheilkunde
S.L. Johnsen, S. Rasmussen, R. Sollijen, T. Kiserud Klinik und Poliklinik für Geburtshilfe; Copyright (1997) J. Kurmanavicius et al Prof. Dr. A. Huch
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
Age 10% 50% 90% Age 10% 50% 90% (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
(day) (mm) (mm) (mm) (day) (mm) (mm) (mm)
12 5.970 7.210 8.450 28 24.440 26.270 28.110
70 42.000 49.000 56.000 182 227.000 240.000 253.000
13 7.330 8.610 9.890 29 25.290 27.160 29.030
77 52.000 60.000 68.000 189 237.000 250.000 263.000
14 8.670 9.990 11.310 30 26.090 28.000 29.910
84 63.000 71.000 81.000 196 246.000 259.000 273.000
15 9.990 11.350 12.700 31 26.840 28.790 30.730
91 75.000 84.000 93.000 203 255.000 268.000 283.000
16 11.290 12.680 14.070 32 27.550 29.530 31.510
98 87.000 96.000 106.000 210 263.000 277.000 292.000
17 12.560 13.990 15.420 33 28.210 30.220 32.240
105 99.000 109.000 119.000 217 271.000 285.000 300.000
18 13.810 15.270 16.740 34 28.810 30.870 32.920
112 111.000 121.000 132.000 224 279.000 293.000 309.000
19 15.020 16.520 18.030 35 29.360 31.450 33.550
119 124.000 134.000 145.000 231 286.000 301.000 316.000
Reference Manual 97

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
20 16.210 17.750 19.290 36 29.860 31.990 34.120 8.8 84.0 92.0 101.0 23.6 160.0 173.0 186.0
21 17.360 18.940 20.520 37 30.300 32.460 34.630 9.0 85.0 93.0 102.0 23.8 162.0 174.0 187.0
22 18.490 20.100 21.710 38 30.680 32.880 35.090 9.2 86.0 95.0 103.0 24.0 163.0 176.0 188.0
23 19.570 21.220 22.870 39 31.000 33.240 35.480 9.4 87.0 95.0 104.0 24.2 165.0 177.0 190.0
24 20.620 22.310 24.000 40 31.260 33.540 35.820 9.6 88.0 96.0 104.0 24.4 166.0 179.0 191.0
25 21.640 23.360 25.090 41 31.460 33.770 36.090 9.8 89.0 97.0 106.0 24.6 167.0 180.0 193.0
26 22.610 24.370 26.130 42 31.590 33.940 36.300 10.0 90.0 98.0 106.0 24.8 169.0 181.0 194.0
27 23.550 25.340 27.140 10.2 90.0 99.0 109.0 25.0 169.0 182.0 195.0
10.4 91.0 100.0 109.0 25.2 171.0 183.0 196.0
10.6 92.0 101.0 110.0 25.4 172.0 185.0 197.0
Head Circumference (HC) : MERZ 10.8 93.0 102.0 111.0 25.6 174.0 186.0 199.0
11.0 94.0 103.0 112.0 25.8 175.0 188.0 200.0
GA Table
11.2 95.0 104.0 113.0 26.0 176.0 189.0 202.0
E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch “Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics“ Text book
11.4 96.0 105.0 114.0 26.2 178.0 190.0 203.0
and Atlas, 1991 Georg Thieme Verlag, pp. 326
11.6 97.0 106.0 115.0 26.4 179.0 192.0 204.0
Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
11.8 98.0 107.0 116.0 26.6 181.0 193.0 206.0
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
12.0 99.0 108.0 117.0 26.8 182.0 195.0 207.0
7.2 77.0 85.0 92.0 22.0 151.0 163.0 175.0
12.2 99.0 109.0 119.0 27.0 183.0 197.0 210.0
7.4 78.0 86.0 95.0 22.2 153.0 165.0 176.0
12.4 100.0 110.0 120.0 27.2 185.0 198.0 211.0
7.6 78.0 87.0 95.0 22.4 153.0 165.0 177.0
12.6 101.0 111.0 120.0 27.4 186.0 200.0 213.0
7.8 79.0 88.0 96.0 22.6 155.0 167.0 179.0
12.8 102.0 112.0 122.0 27.6 188.0 201.0 214.0
8.0 81.0 89.0 97.0 22.8 155.0 168.0 181.0
13.0 103.0 113.0 123.0 27.8 189.0 202.0 216.0
8.2 81.0 90.0 98.0 23.0 157.0 169.0 182.0
13.2 104.0 114.0 124.0 28.0 190.0 204.0 217.0
8.4 82.0 90.0 99.0 23.2 158.0 171.0 183.0
13.4 105.0 115.0 125.0 28.2 192.0 205.0 218.0
8.6 83.0 92.0 100.0 23.4 159.0 172.0 184.0
Reference Manual 98

Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper Meas Lower Mean Upper
(cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day) (cm) (day) (day) (day)
13.6 106.0 116.0 126.0 28.4 194.0 207.0 221.0 18.4 130.0 141.0 153.0 33.2 233.0 249.0 264.0
13.8 107.0 117.0 127.0 28.6 195.0 209.0 222.0 18.6 132.0 143.0 154.0 33.4 235.0 251.0 266.0
14.0 109.0 118.0 128.0 28.8 197.0 210.0 223.0 18.8 133.0 144.0 155.0 33.6 237.0 253.0 268.0
14.2 109.0 119.0 129.0 29.0 198.0 211.0 225.0 19.0 134.0 145.0 156.0 33.8 239.0 255.0 270.0
14.4 111.0 120.0 130.0 29.2 200.0 214.0 227.0 19.2 135.0 146.0 158.0 34.0 241.0 256.0 272.0
14.6 111.0 121.0 131.0 29.4 202.0 215.0 228.0 19.4 137.0 148.0 159.0 34.2 243.0 258.0 274.0
14.8 112.0 123.0 133.0 29.6 203.0 216.0 230.0 19.6 137.0 148.0 160.0 34.4 245.0 260.0 276.0
15.0 113.0 123.0 134.0 29.8 204.0 218.0 231.0 19.8 138.0 150.0 161.0 34.6 247.0 263.0 278.0
15.2 114.0 125.0 135.0 30.0 206.0 220.0 234.0 20.0 139.0 151.0 163.0 34.8 249.0 265.0 281.0
15.4 115.0 125.0 136.0 30.2 207.0 221.0 235.0 20.2 140.0 152.0 164.0 35.0 251.0 267.0 284.0
15.6 116.0 127.0 137.0 30.4 209.0 223.0 237.0 20.4 141.0 153.0 165.0 35.2 253.0 270.0 286.0
15.8 117.0 127.0 138.0 30.6 211.0 225.0 239.0 20.6 143.0 155.0 167.0 35.4 256.0 272.0 288.0
16.0 118.0 129.0 139.0 30.8 212.0 226.0 240.0 20.8 144.0 155.0 167.0 35.6 258.0 274.0 290.0
16.2 119.0 130.0 140.0 31.0 214.0 228.0 242.0 21.0 145.0 157.0 169.0 35.8 260.0 277.0 293.0
16.4 120.0 131.0 141.0 31.2 216.0 230.0 244.0 21.2 146.0 158.0 170.0 36.0 263.0 279.0 295.0
16.6 121.0 132.0 142.0 31.4 218.0 232.0 246.0 21.4 147.0 159.0 171.0 36.2 265.0 281.0 297.0
16.8 123.0 133.0 144.0 31.6 220.0 234.0 248.0 21.6 148.0 160.0 172.0 36.4 267.0 284.0 300.0
17.0 123.0 134.0 144.0 31.8 221.0 235.0 249.0 21.8 150.0 162.0 174.0
17.2 125.0 135.0 146.0 32.0 223.0 237.0 252.0
17.4 125.0 136.0 146.0 32.2 224.0 239.0 253.0
17.6 126.0 137.0 148.0 32.4 226.0 241.0 256.0
17.8 127.0 139.0 150.0 32.6 228.0 243.0 258.0
18.0 128.0 139.0 151.0 32.8 230.0 244.0 259.0
18.2 130.0 141.0 152.0 33.0 232.0 246.0 261.0
Reference Manual 99

Fetal Growth Table Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%


Merz E., Wellek S. (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
“Normal Fetal Development Profiles - A Model to obtain Standard Development Graphs for 158 19.800 21.200 22.600 263 32.400 34.100 35.900
the Head and Abdominal Parameters and the Long Limb Bones“ Ultraschall in der Medizin 161 20.400 21.800 23.200 266 32.600 34.300 36.100
17 (1996) 153-162
165 21.000 22.400 23.800 270 32.700 34.500 36.200
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% 168 21.600 23.000 24.400 273 32.900 34.600 36.400
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
172 22.100 23.600 25.000 277 33.000 34.800 36.500
88 8.000 9.200 10.400 193 25.300 26.800 28.400
175 22.700 24.100 25.600 280 33.100 34.900 36.600
91 8.400 9.600 10.800 196 25.800 27.300 28.900
179 23.200 24.700 26.200 284 33.200 34.900 36.700
95 8.900 10.100 11.300 200 26.300 27.800 29.400
182 23.800 25.300 26.700 287 33.200 35.000 36.800
98 9.400 10.600 11.900 203 26.800 28.300 29.900
186 24.300 25.800 27.300 291 33.200 35.000 36.900
102 10.000 11.200 12.400 207 27.200 28.800 30.300
189 24.800 26.300 27.800
105 10.500 11.800 13.000 210 27.700 29.200 30.800
109 11.100 12.400 13.700 214 28.100 29.700 31.300
112 11.700 13.000 14.300 217 28.500 30.100 31.700 Head Circumference (HC) : NICOLAIDES
116 12.300 13.600 14.900 221 28.900 30.500 32.100
119 13.000 14.300 15.600 224 29.300 30.900 32.500 Fetal Growth Table
123 13.600 14.900 16.200 228 29.700 31.300 32.900 R. J. M. Snijders and K. H. Nicolaides; “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation“ Ultrasound
Obstet. Gynecol. 4 (1994) 34-48
126 14.200 15.500 16.800 231 30.000 31.600 33.300
130 14.800 16.200 17.500 235 30.300 32.000 33.600 Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
133 15.500 16.800 18.100 238 30.700 32.300 34.000
14 10.200 11.000 11.800 27 23.800 25.600 27.700
137 16.100 17.400 18.800 242 31.000 32.600 34.300
15 11.100 12.000 12.900 28 24.800 26.700 28.800
140 16.700 18.100 19.400 245 31.300 32.900 34.600
16 12.000 13.000 14.000 29 25.700 27.700 29.900
144 17.300 18.700 20.100 249 31.500 33.200 34.900
17 13.000 14.100 15.200 30 26.600 28.700 30.900
147 18.000 19.300 20.700 252 31.800 33.500 35.200
18 14.100 15.200 16.400 31 27.400 29.600 31.900
151 18.600 20.000 21.400 256 32.000 33.700 35.400
19 15.100 16.300 17.600 32 28.200 30.400 32.800
154 19.200 20.600 22.000 259 32.200 33.900 35.600
Reference Manual 100

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
20 16.200 17.500 18.900 33 28.800 31.100 33.600 24 1.050 1.130 1.210 39 0.870 0.970 1.060
21 17.300 18.700 20.100 34 29.400 31.700 34.200 25 1.040 1.130 1.220 40 0.870 0.970 1.060
22 18.400 19.800 21.400 35 29.900 32.300 34.800 26 1.040 1.130 1.220 41 0.930 0.960 1.000
23 19.500 21.000 22.700 36 30.300 32.700 35.300 27 1.050 1.130 1.220 42 0.930 0.960 1.000
24 20.600 22.200 24.000 37 30.600 33.000 35.600
25 21.700 23.400 25.200 38 30.800 33.200 35.800
26 22.700 24.500 26.400 39 30.900 33.300 35.900
Fetal Trunk cross-sectional Area (FTA) : OSAKA

GA Table
Head Circumference (HC_DIV_AC) : CAMPBELL Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5

Meas (cm2) Mean (day) Meas (cm2) Mean (day) Meas (cm2) Mean (day)
Fetal Growth Table 5.6 98.0 25.9 159.0 56.1 220.0
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% 5.8 99.0 26.4 160.0 56.7 221.0
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
6.0 100.0 26.8 161.0 57.2 222.0
13 1.140 1.230 1.310 28 1.050 1.130 1.220
6.3 101.0 27.2 162.0 57.7 223.0
14 1.140 1.230 1.310 29 0.990 1.100 1.210
6.5 102.0 27.7 163.0 58.3 224.0
15 1.050 1.220 1.390 30 0.990 1.100 1.210
6.8 103.0 28.1 164.0 58.8 225.0
16 1.050 1.220 1.390 31 0.960 1.070 1.170
7.1 104.0 28.5 165.0 59.4 226.0
17 1.070 1.180 1.290 32 0.960 1.070 1.170
7.3 105.0 29.0 166.0 59.9 227.0
18 1.070 1.180 1.290 33 0.960 1.040 1.110
7.6 106.0 29.4 167.0 60.4 228.0
19 1.090 1.180 1.260 34 0.960 1.040 1.110
7.8 107.0 29.9 168.0 61.0 229.0
20 1.090 1.180 1.260 35 0.930 1.020 1.110
8.1 108.0 30.3 169.0 61.5 230.0
21 1.060 1.150 1.250 36 0.930 1.020 1.110
8.4 109.0 30.8 170.0 62.1 231.0
22 1.060 1.150 1.250 37 0.920 0.980 1.050
8.7 110.0 31.3 171.0 62.6 232.0
23 1.050 1.130 1.210 38 0.920 0.980 1.050
Reference Manual 101

Meas (cm2) Mean (day) Meas (cm2) Mean (day) Meas (cm2) Mean (day) Meas (cm2) Mean (day) Meas (cm2) Mean (day) Meas (cm2) Mean (day)
8.9 111.0 31.7 172.0 63.1 233.0 16.9 136.0 44.0 197.0 76.2 258.0
9.2 112.0 32.2 173.0 63.7 234.0 17.3 137.0 44.5 198.0 76.8 259.0
9.5 113.0 32.6 174.0 64.2 235.0 17.6 138.0 45.0 199.0 77.3 260.0
9.8 114.0 33.1 175.0 64.7 236.0 18.0 139.0 45.5 200.0 77.7 261.0
10.1 115.0 33.6 176.0 65.3 237.0 18.4 140.0 46.0 201.0 78.2 262.0
10.4 116.0 34.1 177.0 65.8 238.0 18.7 141.0 46.6 202.0 78.7 263.0
10.7 117.0 34.5 178.0 66.4 239.0 19.1 142.0 47.1 203.0 79.2 264.0
11.0 118.0 35.0 179.0 66.9 240.0 19.5 143.0 47.6 204.0 79.7 265.0
11.3 119.0 35.5 180.0 67.4 241.0 19.9 144.0 48.1 205.0 80.2 266.0
11.6 120.0 36.0 181.0 67.9 242.0 20.2 145.0 48.7 206.0 80.7 267.0
11.9 121.0 36.5 182.0 68.5 243.0 20.6 146.0 49.2 207.0 81.1 268.0
12.2 122.0 36.9 183.0 69.0 244.0 21.0 147.0 49.7 208.0 81.6 269.0
12.5 123.0 37.4 184.0 69.5 245.0 21.4 148.0 50.2 209.0 82.1 270.0
12.8 124.0 37.9 185.0 70.1 246.0 21.8 149.0 50.8 210.0 82.6 271.0
13.2 125.0 38.4 186.0 70.6 247.0 22.2 150.0 51.3 211.0 83.0 272.0
13.5 126.0 38.9 187.0 71.1 248.0 22.6 151.0 51.8 212.0 83.5 273.0
13.8 127.0 39.4 188.0 71.6 249.0 23.0 152.0 52.4 213.0 83.9 274.0
14.1 128.0 39.9 189.0 72.2 250.0 23.4 153.0 52.9 214.0 84.4 275.0
14.5 129.0 40.4 190.0 72.7 251.0 23.8 154.0 53.4 215.0 84.8 276.0
14.8 130.0 40.9 191.0 73.2 252.0 24.2 155.0 54.0 216.0 85.3 277.0
15.2 131.0 41.4 192.0 73.7 253.0 24.7 156.0 54.5 217.0 85.7 278.0
15.5 132.0 41.9 193.0 74.2 254.0 25.1 157.0 55.0 218.0 86.1 279.0
15.8 133.0 42.4 194.0 74.7 255.0 25.5 158.0 55.6 219.0 86.6 280.0
16.2 134.0 42.9 195.0 75.2 256.0
16.6 135.0 43.4 196.0 75.7 257.0
Reference Manual 102

Fetal Growth Table Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5 (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2)
120 8.900 11.600 14.300 212 42.950 51.800 60.650
Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) 121 9.050 11.900 14.750 213 43.400 52.400 61.400
98 3.800 5.600 7.400 190 33.200 40.400 47.600 122 9.350 12.200 15.050 214 43.750 52.900 62.050
99 4.000 5.800 7.600 191 33.700 40.900 48.100 123 9.650 12.500 15.350 215 44.250 53.400 62.550
100 4.200 6.000 7.800 192 34.050 41.400 48.750 124 9.800 12.800 15.800 216 44.700 54.000 63.300
101 4.350 6.300 8.250 193 34.550 41.900 49.250 125 10.200 13.200 16.200 217 45.200 54.500 63.800
102 4.550 6.500 8.450 194 34.900 42.400 49.900 126 10.500 13.500 16.500 218 45.550 55.000 64.450
103 4.850 6.800 8.750 195 35.400 42.900 50.400 127 10.650 13.800 16.950 219 46.000 55.600 65.200
104 5.150 7.100 9.050 196 35.750 43.400 51.050 128 10.950 14.100 17.250 220 46.500 56.100 65.700
105 5.200 7.300 9.400 197 36.350 44.000 51.650 129 11.350 14.500 17.650 221 46.950 56.700 66.450
106 5.500 7.600 9.700 198 36.700 44.500 52.300 130 11.500 14.800 18.100 222 47.450 57.200 66.950
107 5.700 7.800 9.900 199 37.200 45.000 52.800 131 11.900 15.200 18.500 223 47.800 57.700 67.600
108 5.850 8.100 10.350 200 37.550 45.500 53.450 132 12.200 15.500 18.800 224 48.250 58.300 68.350
109 6.150 8.400 10.650 201 38.050 46.000 53.950 133 12.350 15.800 19.250 225 48.750 58.800 68.850
110 6.450 8.700 10.950 202 38.500 46.600 54.700 134 12.750 16.200 19.650 226 49.200 59.400 69.600
111 6.650 8.900 11.150 203 39.000 47.100 55.200 135 13.150 16.600 20.050 227 49.700 59.900 70.100
112 6.800 9.200 11.600 204 39.350 47.600 55.850 136 13.300 16.900 20.500 228 50.050 60.400 70.750
113 7.100 9.500 11.900 205 39.700 48.100 56.500 137 13.700 17.300 20.900 229 50.500 61.000 71.500
114 7.400 9.800 12.200 206 40.300 48.700 57.100 138 13.850 17.600 21.350 230 51.000 61.500 72.000
115 7.550 10.100 12.650 207 40.650 49.200 57.750 139 14.250 18.000 21.750 231 51.450 62.100 72.750
116 7.850 10.400 12.950 208 41.150 49.700 58.250 140 14.650 18.400 22.150 232 51.950 62.600 73.250
117 8.150 10.700 13.250 209 41.500 50.200 58.900 141 14.800 18.700 22.600 233 52.300 63.100 73.900
118 8.300 11.000 13.700 210 42.100 50.800 59.500 142 15.200 19.100 23.000 234 52.750 63.700 74.650
119 8.600 11.300 14.000 211 42.450 51.300 60.150 143 15.600 19.500 23.400 235 53.250 64.200 75.150
Reference Manual 103

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2) (day) (cm2) (cm2) (cm2)
144 15.850 19.900 23.950 236 53.600 64.700 75.800 168 24.350 29.900 35.450 260 63.800 77.300 90.800
145 16.150 20.200 24.250 237 54.050 65.300 76.550 169 24.750 30.300 35.850 261 64.050 77.700 91.350
146 16.400 20.600 24.800 238 54.550 65.800 77.050 170 25.100 30.800 36.500 262 64.550 78.200 91.850
147 16.800 21.000 25.200 239 55.000 66.400 77.800 171 25.600 31.300 37.000 263 64.900 78.700 92.500
148 17.200 21.400 25.600 240 55.500 66.900 78.300 172 25.850 31.700 37.550 264 65.250 79.200 93.150
149 17.450 21.800 26.150 241 55.850 67.400 78.950 173 26.350 32.200 38.050 265 65.750 79.700 93.650
150 17.850 22.200 26.550 242 56.200 67.900 79.600 174 26.600 32.600 38.600 266 66.100 80.200 94.300
151 18.100 22.600 27.100 243 56.800 68.500 80.200 175 27.100 33.100 39.100 267 66.450 80.700 94.950
152 18.500 23.000 27.500 244 57.150 69.000 80.850 176 27.450 33.600 39.750 268 66.700 81.100 95.500
153 18.900 23.400 27.900 245 57.500 69.500 81.500 177 27.950 34.100 40.250 269 67.200 81.600 96.000
154 19.150 23.800 28.450 246 58.100 70.100 82.100 178 28.200 34.500 40.800 270 67.550 82.100 96.650
155 19.550 24.200 28.850 247 58.450 70.600 82.750 179 28.700 35.000 41.300 271 67.900 82.600 97.300
156 19.900 24.700 29.500 248 58.800 71.100 83.400 180 29.050 35.500 41.950 272 68.300 83.000 97.700
157 20.300 25.100 29.900 249 59.300 71.600 83.900 181 29.550 36.000 42.450 273 68.650 83.500 98.350
158 20.550 25.500 30.450 250 59.750 72.200 84.650 182 29.900 36.500 43.100 274 68.900 83.900 98.900
159 20.950 25.900 30.850 251 60.100 72.700 85.300 183 30.300 36.900 43.500 275 69.250 84.400 99.550
160 21.450 26.400 31.350 252 60.600 73.200 85.800 184 30.650 37.400 44.150 276 69.650 84.800 99.950
161 21.700 26.800 31.900 253 60.950 73.700 86.450 185 31.150 37.900 44.650 277 70.000 85.300 100.600
162 22.100 27.200 32.300 254 61.300 74.200 87.100 186 31.500 38.400 45.300 278 70.250 85.700 101.150
163 22.450 27.700 32.950 255 61.800 74.700 87.600 187 32.000 38.900 45.800 279 70.500 86.100 101.700
164 22.850 28.100 33.350 256 62.150 75.200 88.250 188 32.350 39.400 46.450 280 71.000 86.600 102.200
165 23.100 28.500 33.900 257 62.500 75.700 88.900 189 32.850 39.900 46.950
166 23.600 29.000 34.400 258 63.000 76.200 89.400
167 23.850 29.400 34.950 259 63.450 76.800 90.150
Reference Manual 104

Clavicle (CLAV) : YARKONI Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%


(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)

GA Table 25 2.100 2.600 3.100 38 3.400 3.900 4.400

“Yarkoni S., Schmidt W., Jeanty P., Reece A., Hobbins J.C. 26 2.200 2.700 3.200 39 3.500 4.000 4.500

“Clavicular Measurement: A New Biometric Parameter for Fetal Evaluation“ 27 2.300 2.800 3.300 40 3.600 4.100 4.600

Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine 4:467-470, September 1985.“


GA = 3.717731 + 8.272778 x {OB_CLAV}
Radius Length (RAD) : JEANTY
Output Unit: w (weeks)
Input Unit: cm
Fetal Growth Table
Min Range: 1.1cm
Jeanty,P., “Fetal Limb Biometry“ Radiology, Vol. 147 No. 2, 1983, pages 601-602
Max Range: 4.5cm
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Fetal Growth Table
“Yarkoni S., Schmidt W., Jeanty P., Reece A., Hobbins J.C. 11 4.500 4.500 4.500 26 31.660 37.300 42.940

“Clavicular Measurement: A New Biometric Parameter for Fetal Evaluation“ Journal of 12 7.300 7.300 7.300 27 33.160 38.800 44.440
Ultrasound in Medicine 4:467-470, September 1985.“ 13 4.360 10.000 15.640 28 34.560 40.200 45.840
14 7.060 12.700 18.340 29 35.960 41.600 47.240
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) 15 9.560 15.200 20.840 30 37.160 42.800 48.440
15 1.100 1.600 2.100 28 2.400 2.900 3.400 16 11.960 17.600 23.240 31 38.260 43.900 49.540
16 1.200 1.700 2.200 29 2.500 3.000 3.500 17 14.360 20.000 25.640 32 39.360 45.000 50.640
17 1.300 1.800 2.300 30 2.600 3.100 3.600 18 16.660 22.300 27.940 33 40.360 46.000 51.640
18 1.400 1.900 2.400 31 2.700 3.200 3.700 19 18.860 24.500 30.140 34 41.160 46.800 52.440
19 1.500 2.000 2.500 32 2.800 3.300 3.800 20 20.960 26.600 32.240 35 41.960 47.600 53.240
20 1.600 2.100 2.600 33 2.900 3.400 3.900 21 22.960 28.600 34.240 36 42.660 48.300 53.940
21 1.700 2.200 2.700 34 3.000 3.500 4.000 22 24.860 30.500 36.140 37 43.360 49.000 54.640
22 1.800 2.300 2.800 35 3.100 3.600 4.100 23 26.760 32.400 38.040 38 43.860 49.500 55.140
23 1.900 2.400 2.900 36 3.200 3.700 4.200 24 28.460 34.100 39.740 39 44.260 49.900 55.540
24 2.000 2.500 3.000 37 3.300 3.800 4.300 25 30.160 35.800 41.440 40 44.660 50.300 55.940
Reference Manual 105

Radius Length (RAD) : MERZ Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)

Fetal Growth Table 21.5 25.000 29.000 32.000 36.5 47.000 51.000 55.000

Merz E., Wellek S. 22.0 26.000 30.000 33.000 37.0 47.000 51.000 55.000

“Normal Fetal Development Profiles- A Model to obtain Standard Development Graphs for 22.5 27.000 31.000 34.000 37.5 48.000 52.000 56.000
the Head and Abdominal Parameters and the Long Limb Bones“ Ultraschall in der Medizin 23.0 28.000 32.000 35.000 38.0 48.000 52.000 56.000
17 (1996) 153-162
23.5 29.000 32.000 36.000 38.5 48.000 52.000 57.000
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% 24.0 30.000 33.000 37.000 39.0 49.000 53.000 57.000
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
24.5 31.000 34.000 38.000 39.5 49.000 53.000 57.000
12.5 1.000 4.000 7.000 27.5 36.000 39.000 43.000
25.0 32.000 35.000 39.000 40.0 49.000 53.000 58.000
13.0 3.000 6.000 9.000 28.0 36.000 40.000 44.000
25.5 32.000 36.000 40.000 40.5 49.000 54.000 58.000
13.5 5.000 8.000 11.000 28.5 37.000 41.000 45.000
26.0 33.000 37.000 41.000 41.0 50.000 54.000 58.000
14.0 6.000 10.000 13.000 29.0 38.000 42.000 45.000
26.5 34.000 38.000 41.000 41.5 50.000 54.000 58.000
14.5 8.000 11.000 14.000 29.5 39.000 42.000 46.000
27.0 35.000 39.000 42.000
15.0 10.000 13.000 16.000 30.0 39.000 43.000 47.000
15.5 11.000 14.000 17.000 30.5 40.000 44.000 48.000
16.0 12.000 16.000 19.000 31.0 41.000 44.000 48.000 Middle Abdominal Diameter (MAD) : EIK_NES
16.5 14.000 17.000 20.000 31.5 41.000 45.000 49.000
17.0 15.000 18.000 22.000 32.0 42.000 46.000 50.000 GA Table
17.5 16.000 20.000 23.000 32.5 43.000 46.000 50.000 Eik-Nes SH, Jorgensen NP, Grottum P, Lokvik B “Normal range curves for the intrauterinegrowth
of the fetal abdominal diameters“ Submitted JCU
18.0 17.000 21.000 24.000 33.0 43.000 47.000 51.000
18.5 19.000 22.000 25.000 33.5 44.000 48.000 52.000 Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day)
19.0 20.000 23.000 26.000 34.0 44.000 48.000 52.000 3.6 112.0 6.1 173.0 8.6 222.0
19.5 21.000 24.000 28.000 34.5 45.000 49.000 53.000 3.7 115.0 6.2 175.0 8.7 224.0
20.0 22.000 25.000 29.000 35.0 45.000 49.000 53.000 3.8 118.0 6.3 177.0 8.8 226.0
20.5 23.000 26.000 30.000 35.5 46.000 50.000 54.000 3.9 122.0 6.4 179.0 8.9 228.0
21.0 24.000 28.000 31.000 36.0 46.000 50.000 54.000 4.0 125.0 6.5 181.0 9.0 230.0
Reference Manual 106

Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Meas (cm) Mean (day) Fetal Growth Table
4.1 128.0 6.6 183.0 9.1 232.0 Eik-Nes SH, Jorgensen NP, Grottum P, Lokvik B “Normal range curves for the intrauterine
growth of the fetal abdominal diameters“ Submitted JCU
4.2 130.0 6.7 185.0 9.2 235.0
4.3 133.0 6.8 187.0 9.3 237.0 Age -2SD Mean +2SD Age -2SD Mean +2SD
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
4.4 136.0 6.9 189.0 9.4 239.0
20 3.810 4.550 5.350 31 7.350 8.350 9.400
4.5 138.0 7.0 191.0 9.5 241.0
21 4.100 4.850 5.600 32 7.700 8.700 9.750
4.6 141.0 7.1 192.0 9.6 244.0
22 4.300 5.150 5.900 33 8.050 9.000 10.050
4.7 143.0 7.2 194.0 9.7 246.0 23 4.600 5.450 6.250 34 8.350 9.350 10.350
4.8 145.0 7.3 196.0 9.8 248.0 24 4.900 5.750 6.600 35 8.650 9.650 10.650
4.9 148.0 7.4 198.0 9.9 251.0 25 5.200 6.100 6.900 36 8.900 9.900 10.900
5.0 150.0 7.5 200.0 10.0 253.0 26 5.550 6.500 7.400 37 9.150 10.150 11.150
5.1 152.0 7.6 202.0 10.1 256.0 27 5.900 6.900 7.850 38 9.400 10.400 11.400
5.2 154.0 7.7 204.0 10.2 259.0 28 6.250 7.300 8.300 39 9.650 10.650 11.650
5.3 156.0 7.8 206.0 10.3 262.0 29 6.650 7.650 8.700 40 9.850 10.850 11.800
5.4 159.0 7.9 208.0 10.4 265.0 30 7.000 8.000 9.050
5.5 161.0 8.0 210.0 10.5 268.0
5.6 163.0 8.1 212.0 10.6 271.0
5.7 165.0 8.2 214.0 10.7 274.0
5.8 167.0 8.3 216.0 10.8 278.0
5.9 169.0 8.4 218.0
6.0 171.0 8.5 220.0
Reference Manual 107

Middle Abdominal Diameter (MAD) : KURMANAVICIUS Mid Cerebral Artery (MCA)-Resistance Index (RI) : SHINOZUKA

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table


Standard-Tabellen und Kurven für Ultraschall-/Dopplersonografie, Dept. Frauenheilkunde N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com
Klinik und Poliklinik für Geburtshilfe; Copyright (1997) J. Kurmanavicius et al Prof. Dr. A. Huch
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% 21w3d 0.77 0.86 32w3d 0.78 0.92
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
22w3d 0.78 0.89 33w3d 0.77 0.91
12 1.450 1.810 2.180 28 6.640 7.400 8.160
23w3d 0.79 0.91 34w3d 0.76 0.90
13 1.790 2.190 2.580 29 6.930 7.720 8.500
24w3d 0.80 0.92 35w3d 0.75 0.89
14 2.140 2.550 2.970 30 7.220 8.030 8.840
25w3d 0.80 0.93 36w3d 0.73 0.88
15 2.480 2.920 3.360 31 7.500 8.340 9.170
26w3d 0.80 0.94 37w3d 0.72 0.87
16 2.820 3.290 3.750 32 7.780 8.640 9.500
27w3d 0.80 0.94 38w3d 0.70 0.86
17 3.160 3.650 4.140 33 8.050 8.940 9.820
28w3d 0.80 0.95 39w3d 0.68 0.85
18 3.490 4.010 4.520 34 8.320 9.230 10.140
29w3d 0.80 0.94 40w3d 0.66 0.84
19 3.820 4.360 4.900 35 8.580 9.510 10.450
30w3d 0.79 0.94 41w3d 0.64 0.83
20 4.150 4.710 5.280 36 8.840 9.790 10.750
31w3d 0.79 0.93
21 4.470 5.060 5.650 37 9.090 10.070 11.050
22 4.800 5.410 6.020 38 9.330 10.340 11.340
23 5.110 5.750 6.390 39 9.570 10.600 11.630 Mid Cerebral Artery (MCA)-Resistance Index (RI) : JSUM
24 5.430 6.090 6.750 40 9.800 10.850 11.910
25 5.740 6.420 7.110 41 10.020 11.100 12.180 Fetal Growth Table
26 6.040 6.750 7.470 42 10.240 11.340 12.450 Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry”
Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003
27 6.340 7.080 7.820
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
21w3d 0.77 0.86 32w3d 0.78 0.92
22w3d 0.78 0.89 33w3d 0.77 0.91
Reference Manual 108

Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (week) 5% 50% Age (week) 5% 50%
23w3d 0.79 0.91 34w3d 0.76 0.90 32 0.76 0.88 42 0.56 0.71
24w3d 0.80 0.92 35w3d 0.75 0.89 33 0.75 0.87
25w3d 0.80 0.93 36w3d 0.73 0.88
26w3d 0.80 0.94 37w3d 0.72 0.87
27w3d 0.80 0.94 38w3d 0.70 0.86
Mid Cerebral Artery (MCA)-Pulsatility Index (PI) : SHINOZUKA
28w3d 0.80 0.95 39w3d 0.68 0.85
Fetal Growth Table
29w3d 0.80 0.94 40w3d 0.66 0.84
N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com
30w3d 0.79 0.94 41w3d 0.64 0.83
31w3d 0.79 0.93 Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
21w3d 1.51 2.02 32w3d 1.54 2.45
22w3d 1.56 2.19 33w3d 1.49 2.38
Mid Cerebral Artery (MCA)-Resistance Index (RI) : KURMANAVICIUS 23w3d 1.59 2.34 34w3d 1.44 2.30
24w3d 1.62 2.46 35w3d 1.38 2.21
Fetal Growth Table 25w3d 1.64 2.54 36w3d 1.32 2.13
J.Kurmanavicius, I.Florion, J.Wisser, G.Hebisch, R. Zimmermann, R.Muller, R.Huch and A. Huch,
26w3d 1.65 2.60 37w3d 1.25 2.05
“Reference resistance indices of the umbilical, fetal middle cerebral anduterine arteries at 24-
42 weeks of gestation” Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol., 10(0997) 112-120 27w3d 1.65 2.63 38w3d 1.19 1.98
28w3d 1.65 2.63 39w3d 1.12 1.92
Age (week) 5% 50% Age (week) 5% 50%
29w3d 1.63 2.61 40w3d 1.05 1.87
24 0.78 0.87 34 0.73 0.86
30w3d 1.61 2.57 41w3d 0.99 1.83
25 0.79 0.88 35 0.72 0.85
31w3d 1.58 2.52
26 0.80 0.89 36 0.70 0.83
27 0.80 0.90 37 0.68 0.81
28 0.79 0.90 38 0.66 0.80
29 0.79 0.90 39 0.63 0.78
30 0.79 0.90 40 0.61 0.76
31 0.78 0.89 41 0.58 0.73
Reference Manual 109

Mid Cerebral Artery (MCA)-Pulsatility Index (PI) : JSUM Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Resistance Index (RI) : SHINOZUKA

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table


Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com
Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90% 13w3d 0.76 0.96 28w3d 0.59 0.75
21w3d 1.51 2.02 32w3d 1.54 2.45 14w3d 0.73 0.92 29w3d 0.58 0.74
22w3d 1.56 2.19 33w3d 1.49 2.38 15w3d 0.71 0.89 30w3d 0.57 0.74
23w3d 1.59 2.34 34w3d 1.44 2.30 16w3d 0.69 0.86 31w3d 0.56 0.73
24w3d 1.62 2.46 35w3d 1.38 2.21 17w3d 0.67 0.84 32w3d 0.55 0.72
25w3d 1.64 2.54 36w3d 1.32 2.13 18w3d 0.66 0.83 33w3d 0.54 0.71
26w3d 1.65 2.60 37w3d 1.25 2.05 19w3d 0.65 0.81 34w3d 0.53 0.70
27w3d 1.65 2.63 38w3d 1.19 1.98 20w3d 0.64 0.80 35w3d 0.52 0.70
28w3d 1.65 2.63 39w3d 1.12 1.92 21w3d 0.64 0.79 36w3d 0.51 0.69
29w3d 1.63 2.61 40w3d 1.05 1.87 22w3d 0.63 0.78 37w3d 0.50 0.68
30w3d 1.61 2.57 41w3d 0.99 1.83 23w3d 0.62 0.78 38w3d 0.50 0.67
31w3d 1.58 2.52 24w3d 0.62 0.77 39w3d 0.50 0.67
25w3d 0.61 0.77 40w3d 0.50 0.67
26w3d 0.61 0.76 41w3d 0.50 0.67
27w3d 0.60 0.75
Reference Manual 110

Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Resistance Index (RI) : JSUM Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Resistance Index (RI) : KURMANAVICIUS

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table


Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry” J.Kurmanavicius, I.Florion, J.Wisser, G.Hebisch, R. Zimmermann, R.Muller, R.Huch and A. Huch,
Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003 “Reference resistance indices of the umbilical, fetal middle cerebral anduterine arteries at 24-
42 weeks of gestation” Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol., 10(0997) 112-120
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
13w3d 0.76 0.96 28w3d 0.59 0.75 Age Age
5% 50% 95% 5% 50% 95%
(week) (week)
14w3d 0.73 0.92 29w3d 0.58 0.74
24 0.61 0.72 0.83 34 0.51 0.62 0.74
15w3d 0.71 0.89 30w3d 0.57 0.74
25 0.60 0.71 0.82 35 0.50 0.61 0.73
16w3d 0.69 0.86 31w3d 0.56 0.73
26 0.59 0.70 0.81 36 0.49 0.60 0.73
17w3d 0.67 0.84 32w3d 0.55 0.72
27 0.58 0.69 0.80 37 0.47 0.59 0.72
18w3d 0.66 0.83 33w3d 0.54 0.71
28 0.57 0.68 0.79 38 0.46 0.58 0.71
19w3d 0.65 0.81 34w3d 0.53 0.70
29 0.56 0.67 0.79 39 0.45 0.57 0.70
20w3d 0.64 0.80 35w3d 0.52 0.70
30 0.55 0.66 0.78 40 0.44 0.56 0.69
21w3d 0.64 0.79 36w3d 0.51 0.69
31 0.54 0.65 0.77 41 0.43 0.55 0.68
22w3d 0.63 0.78 37w3d 0.50 0.68
32 0.53 0.64 0.76 42 0.42 0.54 0.67
23w3d 0.62 0.78 38w3d 0.50 0.67
33 0.52 0.63 0.75
24w3d 0.62 0.77 39w3d 0.50 0.67
25w3d 0.61 0.77 40w3d 0.50 0.67
26w3d 0.61 0.76 41w3d 0.50 0.67
27w3d 0.60 0.75
Reference Manual 111

Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Pulsatility Index (PI) : SHINOZUKA Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Pulsatility Index (PI) : JSUM

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table


N.Shinozuka & H.Kagawa 1996. http://www.shinozuka.com Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry”
Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.30, No.3, pp. 416-440, 2003
Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%
13w3d 1.29 2.58 28w3d 0.88 1.25 Age (wd) 10% 90% Age (wd) 10% 90%

14w3d 1.20 2.22 29w3d 0.87 1.23 13w3d 1.29 2.58 28w3d 0.88 1.25

15w3d 1.13 1.97 30w3d 0.85 1.21 14w3d 1.20 2.22 29w3d 0.87 1.23

16w3d 1.08 1.79 31w3d 0.82 1.19 15w3d 1.13 1.97 30w3d 0.85 1.21

17w3d 1.05 1.66 32w3d 0.80 1.16 16w3d 1.08 1.79 31w3d 0.82 1.19

18w3d 1.02 1.57 33w3d 0.78 1.14 17w3d 1.05 1.66 32w3d 0.80 1.16

19w3d 1.00 1.50 34w3d 0.75 1.12 18w3d 1.02 1.57 33w3d 0.78 1.14

20w3d 0.99 1.45 35w3d 0.73 1.10 19w3d 1.00 1.50 34w3d 0.75 1.12

21w3d 0.97 1.41 36w3d 0.70 1.08 20w3d 0.99 1.45 35w3d 0.73 1.10

22w3d 0.96 1.37 37w3d 0.68 1.06 21w3d 0.97 1.41 36w3d 0.70 1.08

23w3d 0.95 1.35 38w3d 0.67 1.05 22w3d 0.96 1.37 37w3d 0.68 1.06

24w3d 0.94 1.33 39w3d 0.66 1.04 23w3d 0.95 1.35 38w3d 0.67 1.05

25w3d 0.92 1.31 40w3d 0.66 1.03 24w3d 0.94 1.33 39w3d 0.66 1.04

26w3d 0.91 1.29 41w3d 0.67 1.03 25w3d 0.92 1.31 40w3d 0.66 1.03

27w3d 0.90 1.27 26w3d 0.91 1.29 41w3d 0.67 1.03


27w3d 0.90 1.27
Reference Manual 112

Umbilical Artery (UmA)-Pulsatility Index (PI) : RIZZO Transverse Abdominal Diameter (TAD) : CFEF

Fetal Growth Table GA Table


Domenico Arduini and Giuseppe Rizzo., “Normal values of Pulsatility Index from fetal vessel: “Créquat,J., Duyme,M., Brodaty,G.,“Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the French College
A cross-sectionai study on 1556 healthy fetuses” J. Perinat. Med, 165p~172p, Vol.18, 1990 of fetal ultrasonography and the Inserm U 155“, Gynécol Obstét Fertil, Vol. 28 No. 2, 2000,
pages 435-445“
Age Age
5% 50% 95% 5% 50% 95%
(week) (week) Meas (mm) Mean (day) Meas (mm) Mean (day) Meas (mm) Mean (day)
20 1.04 1.54 2.03 32 0.50 0.99 1.48 13.5 77.0 51.57 154.0 84.78 231.0
21 0.98 1.47 1.96 33 0.48 0.97 1.46 17.0 84.0 54.72 161.0 87.55 238.0
22 0.92 1.41 1.90 34 0.46 0.95 1.44 20.56 91.0 57.88 168.0 90.0 245.0
23 0.86 1.35 1.85 35 0.44 0.94 1.43 24.0 98.0 61.0 175.0 92.36 252.0
24 0.81 1.30 1.79 36 0.43 0.92 1.42
27.69 105.0 64.0 182.0 94.81 259.0
25 0.76 1.25 1.74 37 0.42 0.92 1.41
31.21 112.0 67.11 189.0 97.0 266.0
26 0.71 1.20 1.69 38 0.42 0.91 1.40
34.7 119.0 70.27 196.0 99.33 273.0
27 0.67 1.16 1.65 39 0.42 0.91 1.40
38.31 126.0 73.27 203.0 101.64 280.0
28 0.63 1.12 1.61 40 0.42 0.91 1.40
41.69 133.0 76.17 210.0 103.0 287.0
29 0.59 1.08 1.57 41 0.42 0.92 1.41
45.21 140.0 79.25 217.0
30 0.56 1.05 1.54 42 0.43 0.93 1.42
48.34 147.0 82.1 224.0
31 0.53 1.02 1.51
Reference Manual 113

Fetal Growth Table Thoracic Circumference (THC) : CHITIKARA


Créquat,J., Duyme,M., Brodaty,G.,“Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the French College
of fetal ultrasonography and the Inserm U 155“, Gynécol Obstet Fértil, Vol. 28 No. 2, 2000,
Fetal Growth Table
pages 435-445
Chitkara U, Rosenberg J, Chervenak FA, Berkowitz GS, Levine R, Fagerstrom RM, Walker B,
Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97% Berkowitz RL. Prenatal sonographic assessment of the fetal thorax: Normal values. Am J
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm) Obstet Gynecol 1987; 156: 1069-1074
11 9.680 13.500 17.250 27 57.720 67.110 76.420
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
12 12.680 17.000 21.460 28 60.430 70.270 79.870 (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
13 15.600 20.560 25.510 29 63.130 73.270 83.330 16 6.400 9.100 11.900 29 18.200 21.000 23.700
14 18.690 24.000 29.560 30 65.800 76.170 86.750 17 7.300 10.000 12.800 30 19.100 21.900 24.600
15 21.760 27.690 33.610 31 68.350 79.250 90.130 18 8.200 11.000 13.700 31 20.000 22.800 25.500
16 25.000 31.210 37.480 32 70.900 82.100 93.360 19 9.100 11.900 14.600 32 20.900 23.700 26.400
17 28.230 34.700 41.390 33 73.080 84.780 96.640 20 10.000 12.800 15.500 33 21.800 24.600 27.300
18 31.540 38.310 45.140 34 75.250 87.550 99.860 21 11.000 13.700 16.400 34 22.800 25.500 28.200
19 34.780 41.690 48.590 35 77.000 90.000 103.000 22 11.900 14.600 17.300 35 23.700 26.400 29.100
20 38.160 45.210 52.200 36 78.480 92.360 106.310 23 12.800 15.500 18.200 36 24.600 27.300 30.000
21 41.140 48.340 55.630 37 79.790 94.810 109.670 24 13.700 16.400 19.100 37 25.500 28.200 30.900
22 44.210 51.570 59.080 38 80.920 97.000 113.290 25 14.600 17.300 20.000 38 26.400 29.100 31.900
23 47.000 54.720 62.460 39 81.850 99.330 117.000 26 15.500 18.200 21.000 39 27.300 30.000 32.800
24 49.770 57.880 66.000 40 82.580 101.640 120.700 27 16.400 19.100 21.900 40 28.200 30.900 33.700
25 52.540 61.000 69.440 41 82.800 103.000 123.000 28 17.300 20.000 22.800
26 55.170 64.000 72.890
Reference Manual 114

Length of Vertebra (LV) : TOKYO Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD
(mm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day)

GA Table 63.0 195.0 204.0 213.0 9.0 85.0 272.0 282.0 292.0 10.0

Tokyo University Method 1986, 6 by University Tokyo 64.0 197.0 207.0 217.0 10.0 86.0 275.0 285.0 295.0 10.0

Meas Lower Mean Upper SD Meas Lower Mean Upper SD 65.0 200.0 210.0 220.0 10.0
(mm) (day) (day) (day) (day) (mm) (day) (day) (day) (day)
44.0 149.0 154.0 159.0 5.0 66.0 203.0 213.0 223.0 10.0
Fetal Growth Table
45.0 152.0 157.0 162.0 5.0 67.0 207.0 217.0 227.0 10.0
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, Masahiko Mizuno Issued by Shindan & Tiryo Sya
46.0 154.0 159.0 164.0 5.0 68.0 210.0 220.0 230.0 10.0
Tokyo University, School of Medicine, OB/GYN dept.
47.0 156.0 161.0 166.0 5.0 69.0 214.0 224.0 234.0 10.0
“How to interpret OB/GYN ultrasound measurement data“; 80. Fetal Measurement Obstetrics
48.0 158.0 163.0 168.0 5.0 70.0 216.0 227.0 238.0 11.0 & Gynecology Chapter 56 Separate volume; 1989, Oct. 27th Publication
49.0 160.0 166.0 172.0 6.0 71.0 220.0 231.0 242.0 11.0
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
50.0 162.0 168.0 174.0 6.0 72.0 223.0 234.0 245.0 11.0 (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
51.0 165.0 171.0 177.0 6.0 73.0 227.0 238.0 249.0 11.0 154 4.100 4.390 4.800 221 5.970 6.840 7.840
52.0 167.0 173.0 179.0 6.0 74.0 230.0 241.0 252.0 11.0 155 4.130 4.440 4.860 222 5.990 6.870 7.870
53.0 169.0 176.0 183.0 7.0 75.0 234.0 245.0 256.0 11.0 156 4.160 4.490 4.910 223 6.020 6.900 7.900
54.0 171.0 178.0 185.0 7.0 76.0 238.0 249.0 260.0 11.0 157 4.190 4.530 4.970 224 6.050 6.930 7.940
55.0 174.0 181.0 188.0 7.0 77.0 241.0 252.0 263.0 11.0 158 4.210 4.580 5.030 225 6.070 6.960 7.970
56.0 175.0 183.0 191.0 8.0 78.0 245.0 256.0 267.0 11.0 159 4.240 4.620 5.080 226 6.100 6.990 8.000

57.0 178.0 186.0 194.0 8.0 79.0 250.0 260.0 270.0 10.0 160 4.270 4.670 5.140 227 6.130 7.010 8.030

58.0 181.0 189.0 197.0 8.0 80.0 254.0 264.0 274.0 10.0 161 4.300 4.710 5.190 228 6.160 7.040 8.070

59.0 184.0 192.0 200.0 8.0 81.0 257.0 267.0 277.0 10.0 162 4.330 4.760 5.240 229 6.180 7.070 8.100

60.0 186.0 195.0 204.0 9.0 82.0 261.0 271.0 281.0 10.0 163 4.360 4.800 5.300 230 6.210 7.100 8.130
164 4.380 4.840 5.350 231 6.240 7.130 8.160
61.0 189.0 198.0 207.0 9.0 83.0 265.0 275.0 285.0 10.0
165 4.410 4.890 5.410 232 6.260 7.150 8.190
62.0 192.0 201.0 210.0 9.0 84.0 268.0 278.0 288.0 10.0
166 4.440 4.930 5.460 233 6.290 7.180 8.220
Reference Manual 115

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
167 4.470 4.970 5.510 234 6.320 7.210 8.250 192 5.170 5.930 6.710 259 6.980 7.890 8.870
168 4.500 5.010 5.560 235 6.340 7.240 8.280 193 5.200 5.960 6.760 260 7.010 7.920 8.900
169 4.530 5.060 5.610 236 6.370 7.270 8.310 194 5.230 5.990 6.800 261 7.030 7.940 8.920
170 4.550 5.100 5.670 237 6.400 7.290 8.340 195 5.250 6.030 6.840 262 7.060 7.970 8.940
171 4.580 5.140 5.720 238 6.420 7.320 8.360 196 5.280 6.060 6.890 263 7.090 8.000 8.960
172 4.610 5.180 5.770 239 6.450 7.350 8.390 197 5.310 6.100 6.930 264 7.110 8.020 8.970
173 4.640 5.220 5.820 240 6.480 7.380 8.420 198 5.340 6.130 6.970 265 7.140 8.050 8.990
174 4.670 5.260 5.870 241 6.500 7.400 8.450 199 5.360 6.160 7.010 266 7.170 8.080 9.010
175 4.700 5.300 5.920 242 6.530 7.430 8.470 200 5.390 6.200 7.050 267 7.190 8.110 9.030
176 4.720 5.340 5.970 243 6.560 7.460 8.500 201 5.420 6.230 7.090 268 7.220 8.130 9.050
177 4.750 5.380 6.020 244 6.580 7.480 8.520 202 5.450 6.260 7.130 269 7.240 8.160 9.070
178 4.780 5.410 6.070 245 6.610 7.510 8.550 203 5.470 6.290 7.170 270 7.270 8.190 9.080
179 4.810 5.450 6.110 246 6.640 7.540 8.580 204 5.500 6.320 7.210 271 7.300 8.220 9.100
180 4.840 5.490 6.160 247 6.660 7.570 8.600 205 5.530 6.360 7.250 272 7.320 8.240 9.120
181 4.860 5.530 6.210 248 6.690 7.590 8.630 206 5.560 6.390 7.290 273 7.350 8.270 9.130
182 4.890 5.570 6.260 249 6.720 7.620 8.650 207 5.580 6.420 7.330 274 7.380 8.300 9.150
183 4.920 5.600 6.300 250 6.740 7.650 8.670 208 5.610 6.450 7.370 275 7.400 8.330 9.160
184 4.950 5.640 6.350 251 6.770 7.670 8.700 209 5.640 6.480 7.410 276 7.430 8.360 9.180
185 4.980 5.680 6.400 252 6.800 7.700 8.720 210 5.670 6.510 7.450 277 7.450 8.380 9.190
186 5.000 5.710 6.440 253 6.820 7.730 8.740 211 5.690 6.540 7.480 278 7.480 8.410 9.210
187 5.030 5.750 6.490 254 6.850 7.750 8.770 212 5.720 6.570 7.520 279 7.510 8.440 9.220
188 5.060 5.790 6.530 255 6.880 7.780 8.790 213 5.750 6.600 7.560 280 7.530 8.470 9.240
189 5.090 5.820 6.580 256 6.900 7.810 8.810 214 5.780 6.630 7.590 281 7.560 8.500 9.250
190 5.110 5.860 6.620 257 6.930 7.840 8.830 215 5.800 6.660 7.630 282 7.580 8.520 9.260
191 5.140 5.890 6.670 258 6.960 7.860 8.850 216 5.830 6.690 7.660 283 7.610 8.550 9.270
Reference Manual 116

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI) : MOORE
(day) (cm) (cm) (cm) (day) (cm) (cm) (cm)
217 5.860 6.720 7.700 284 7.630 8.580 9.290 Fetal Growth Table
218 5.880 6.750 7.740 285 7.660 8.610 9.300 Moore, Th. R., Cayle, J. E., “The amniotic fluid index in normal human pregnancy“, Am J Obstet
219 5.910 6.780 7.770 286 7.690 8.640 9.310 Gynecol Vol. 162 No. 5, 1990, pages 1168-1173
220 5.940 6.810 7.800 287 7.710 8.670 9.320 Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
16 79.000 121.000 185.000 30 90.000 145.000 234.000
Cisterna Magna Diameter (CM) : NICOLAIDES 17 83.000 127.000 194.000 31 88.000 144.000 238.000
18 87.000 133.000 202.000 32 86.000 144.000 242.000
Fetal Growth Table
19 90.000 137.000 207.000 33 83.000 143.000 245.000
R. J. M. Snijders and K. H. Nicolaides; “Fetal biometry at 14-40 weeks’ gestation“ Ultrasound
20 93.000 141.000 212.000 34 81.000 142.000 248.000
Obstet. Gynecol. 4 (1994) 34-48
21 95.000 143.000 214.000 35 79.000 140.000 249.000
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%
22 97.000 145.000 216.000 36 77.000 138.000 249.000
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
23 98.000 146.000 218.000 37 75.000 135.000 244.000
14 0.190 0.350 0.530 27 0.460 0.660 0.890
24 98.000 147.000 219.000 38 73.000 132.000 239.000
15 0.210 0.380 0.570 28 0.470 0.680 0.910
25 97.000 147.000 221.000 39 72.000 127.000 226.000
16 0.240 0.410 0.600 29 0.490 0.690 0.930
26 97.000 147.000 223.000 40 71.000 123.000 214.000
17 0.260 0.430 0.630 30 0.500 0.700 0.940
27 95.000 146.000 226.000 41 70.000 116.000 194.000
18 0.280 0.460 0.660 31 0.510 0.720 0.960
28 94.000 146.000 228.000 42 69.000 110.000 175.000
19 0.310 0.490 0.690 32 0.520 0.730 0.970
29 92.000 145.000 231.000
20 0.330 0.510 0.720 33 0.530 0.740 0.980
21 0.350 0.540 0.750 34 0.530 0.750 0.990
22 0.370 0.560 0.770 35 0.540 0.750 1.000
23 0.390 0.580 0.800 36 0.540 0.760 1.000
24 0.410 0.600 0.820 37 0.540 0.760 1.010
25 0.430 0.620 0.850 38 0.550 0.760 1.010
26 0.440 0.640 0.870 39 0.550 0.760 1.010
Reference Manual 117

Nasal Bone Length (NB) : SONEK Uterine Artery. -Resistance Index (RI): KURMANAVICIUS

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table


Sonek,J.D., McKenna,D., Webb,D., Croom,C., Nicolaides,K.,“ Nasal bone length throughout J.Kurmanavicius, I. Florion, J. Wisser, G. Hebisch, R. Zi,mmermann, R. Muller, R.Huch and A.
gestation: normal ranges based on 3537 fetal ultrasound measurements“, Ultrasound Obstet Huch, “Reference resistance induces of the umbilical, fetal middle cerebral and uterine
Gynecol., Vol. 21 No. 2, 2003, pages 152-155. arteries at 24-42 weeks of gestation “Ultrasound Obstet. Gynocol., 10 (1997) 112-120

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Age (w) Mean 5% 95% Age (w) Mean 5% 95%
(week) (mm) (mm) (mm) (week) (mm) (mm) (mm)
24 0.33 0.45 0.61 34 0.32 0.43 0.59
11 1.400 2.300 3.300 26 7.400 8.900 10.900
25 0.33 0.45 0.61 35 0.32 0.43 0.58
12 1.800 2.800 4.200 27 7.500 9.200 11.300
26 0.33 0.45 0.61 36 0.32 0.43 0.58
13 2.300 3.100 4.600 28 7.600 9.800 12.100
27 0.33 0.44 0.61 37 0.32 0.43 0.58
14 2.500 3.800 5.300 29 7.700 9.800 11.800
28 0.33 0.44 0.60 38 0.32 0.43 0.57
15 3.000 4.300 5.700 30 7.900 10.000 12.600
29 0.32 0.44 0.60 39 0.32 0.42 0.57
16 3.400 4.700 6.200 31 8.200 10.400 12.600
30 0.32 0.44 0.60 40 0.32 0.42 0.57
17 4.000 5.300 6.600 32 8.600 10.500 13.600
31 0.32 0.44 0.59 41 0.31 0.42 0.56
18 4.300 5.700 7.000 33 8.700 10.800 12.800
32 0.32 0.44 0.59 42 0.31 0.42 0.56
19 5.000 6.300 7.900 34 9.100 10.900 12.800
33 0.32 0.43 0.59
20 5.200 6.700 8.300 35 8.500 11.000 14.100
21 5.600 7.100 9.000 36 7.800 10.800 12.800
22 5.800 7.500 9.300 37 8.700 11.400 14.500
23 6.400 7.900 9.600 38 9.300 11.700 15.700
24 6.800 8.300 10.000 39 9.200 10.900 14.000
25 6.500 8.500 10.700 40 10.400 12.100 14.500
Reference Manual 118

Uterine Artery-Resistance Index (RI) : BAHLMANN Uterine Artery-Pulsatility Index (PI) : BAHLMANN

Fetal Growth Table Fetal Growth Table

Age (w) Mean 5% 95% Age (w) Mean 5% 95% Age (w) Mean 5% 95% Age (w) Mean 5% 95%
18 0.450 0.222 0.659 31 0.370 0.150 0.581 18 0.890 0.509 1.407 31 0.710 0.349 1.207
19 0.430 0.204 0.641 32 0.370 0.147 0.578 19 0.840 0.460 1.356 32 0.710 0.345 1.199
20 0.420 0.194 0.630 33 0.370 0.145 0.576 20 0.810 0.436 1.328 33 0.700 0.341 1.192
21 0.410 0.186 0.622 34 0.370 0.144 0.574 21 0.800 0.420 1.309 34 0.700 0.337 1.185
22 0.410 0.180 0.615 35 0.360 0.142 0.571 22 0.780 0.407 1.293 35 0.690 0.333 1.178
23 0.400 0.175 0.610 36 0.360 0.140 0.569 23 0.770 0.397 1.280 36 0.680 0.330 1.171
24 0.400 0.171 0.605 37 0.360 0.139 0.567 24 0.760 0.388 1.268 37 0.680 0.326 1.164
25 0.390 0.167 0.601 38 0.360 0.137 0.566 25 0.750 0.381 1.258 38 0.670 0.322 1.157
26 0.380 0.163 0.597 39 0.360 0.136 0.564 26 0.740 0.374 1.248 39 0.670 0.322 1.157
27 0.380 0.160 0.593 40 0.360 0.135 0.562 27 0.740 0.369 1.239 40 0.660 0.313 1.143
28 0.380 0.157 0.590 41 0.350 0.134 0.561 28 0.730 0.363 1.230 41 0.660 0.308 1.134
29 0.380 0.154 0.587 42 0.350 0.133 0.559 29 0.720 0.358 1.222 42 0.650 0.302 1.125
30 0.380 0.152 0.584 30 0.720 0.354 1.214
Reference Manual 119

Ductus Venosus - Pulsatility Index (PI): Kessler Fetal Ratio Reference


Fetal Growth Table Femur Length/Head Circumference (FL/HC) : HADLOCK
J.Kessler, S.Rasmussen, M.Hanson and T.Kiserud. Fetal Ratio
"Longitudinal reference ranges for ductus venosus flow velocities and waveform indices." Hadlock FP, Harrist RB, Shah Y, Park SK. "The Femur Length/Head Circumference Relation in
Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol, 2006; 28: 890-898 Obstetric Sonography" Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine, 3(10), October 1984, Pp.439-442
Age (w) 5% 50% 95% Age (w) 5% 50% 95% Age -1SD Mean +1SD Age -1SD Mean +1SD
21 0.32 0.57 0.83 31 0.28 0.53 0.79 (w) (%) (%) (%) (w) (%) (%) (%)
22 0.32 0.57 0.83 32 0.28 0.53 0.78 15 15.3 16.2 17.1 29 19.6 20.2 20.8
23 0.32 0.57 0.83 33 0.27 0.52 0.77 16 13.3 14.9 16.5 30 19.2 20.3 21.4
24 0.32 0.57 0.83 34 0.26 0.51 0.76 17 14.6 16.1 17.6 31 19.3 20.3 21.3
25 0.32 0.57 0.83 35 0.25 0.50 0.75 18 15.8 16.9 18.0 32 19.1 20.2 21.3
26 0.31 0.57 0.82 36 0.24 0.49 0.74 19 16.1 17.2 18.3 33 19.9 20.7 21.5
27 0.31 0.56 0.82 37 0.23 0.48 0.73 20 16.8 18.3 19.8 34 19.4 20.6 21.8
28 0.31 0.56 0.81 38 0.22 0.46 0.72 21 15.9 18.1 20.3 35 20.1 21.2 22.3
29 0.30 0.55 0.81 39 0.21 0.45 0.71 22 18.4 19.3 20.2 36 20.1 21.1 22.1
30 0.29 0.54 0.80 23 19.2 20.0 20.8 37 20.8 21.7 22.6
24 18.7 19.8 20.9 38 20.9 21.8 22.7
25 18.7 19.5 20.3 39 20.6 22.0 23.4
26 18.6 19.5 20.4 40 20.7 21.6 22.5
27 18.6 19.5 20.4 41 21.6 22.4 23.2
28 18.8 19.7 20.6 42 20.1 22.0 23.9
Reference Manual 120

Femur Length/Foot Length (FL/Foot) : CAMPBELL Thoracic Circumference/Abdominal Circumferenc (ThC/AC) :


Fetal Ratio CHITKARA
Campbell J, Henderson A, Campbell S. "The fetal femur/foot length ratio: a new parameter to Fetal Ratio
assess dysplastic limb reduction" Obstetrics and Gynecology, 1988 Aug;72(2):181-4 Chitkara U, Rosenberg J, Chervenak FA, et al. "Prenatal Sonographic Assessment of the Fetal
−− The nomal value (±2SD) for this ratio during the period 14-40 weeks is 0.99±0.12. (87%- Thorax: Normal Values" American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 156:1069, 1987
111%) −− The nomal value (±2SD) for this ratio during the period 16-40 weeks is 89±12%. (77%-
101%)
BPD/OFD (Cephlic Index) : HADLOCK
Fetal Ratio Head Circumference/Abdominal Circumferenc (HC/AC) : CAMPBELL
Frank P. Hadlock, R. L.Deter, R. J. Carpenter, S. K. Park. "Estimating Fetal Age: Effect of Head Fetal Ratio
Shape on BPD" American Journal of Roentgenology, 137:83-854, July 1981
Campbell, s. “Ultasound Measurement of the Fetal Head to Abdomen Circumference Ratio
−− The nomal value (±2SD) for this ratio during the period 14-40 weeks is 78.3±8.8%. (70%- in the Assessment of Growth Retardation.” Br J Obstetrics and Gynecology, Vol. 84. 165-174.
86%) March 1977.

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%


Femur Length/Abdominal Circumference (FL/AC) : HADLOCK (week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
Fetal Ratio 13 1.140 1.230 1.310 28 1.050 1.130 1.220
Frank P. Hadlock, Russell L.Deter, Ronald B. Harrist, Ellen Roecker, Seung K. Park. "A Date- 14 1.140 1.230 1.310 29 0.990 1.100 1.210
Independent Predictor of Intrauterine Growth Retardation: Femur Length/Abdominal
15 1.050 1.220 1.390 30 0.990 1.100 1.210
Circumference Ratio" American Journal of Roentgenology, 141:979-984, November 1983
16 1.050 1.220 1.390 31 0.960 1.070 1.170
−− The nomal value (±2SD) for this ratio during the period 14-40 weeks is 22±2%. (20%-24%)
17 1.070 1.180 1.290 32 0.960 1.070 1.170
18 1.070 1.180 1.290 33 0.960 1.040 1.110
Femur Length/BiParietal Diameter (FL/BPD) : HOHLER
19 1.090 1.180 1.260 34 0.960 1.040 1.110
Fetal Ratio
20 1.090 1.180 1.260 35 0.930 1.020 1.110
Charles W. Hohler, Thomas A. Quetel. "Comparison of Ultrasound Femur Length and Biparietal
Diameter in Late Pregnancy" American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology, 141:759-762, 21 1.060 1.150 1.250 36 0.930 1.020 1.110
1981 22 1.060 1.150 1.250 37 0.920 0.980 1.050
−− The nomal value (90% Confidence Interval) for this ratio during the period 23-40 weeks is 23 1.050 1.130 1.210 38 0.920 0.980 1.050
79±8%. (71%-87%)
24 1.050 1.130 1.210 39 0.870 0.970 1.060
Reference Manual 121

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Estimate Fetal Weight Formula/Algorithm
(week) (cm) (cm) (cm) (week) (cm) (cm) (cm)
25 1.040 1.130 1.220 40 0.870 0.970 1.060
Method using (AC)
26 1.040 1.130 1.220 41 0.930 0.960 1.000
Campbell
27 1.050 1.130 1.220 42 0.930 0.960 1.000
[Equation]
e(0.282 × AC - 0.003318 × AC2 - 4.564) × 1000

Lateral Ventricular Width (Lat Vent) / Hemispheric Width (HW):


[Range]
JOHNSEN
AC : 21~40cm
Fetal Growth Table
EFW: 900g~4085g
Johnsen ML, Dunne MG, Mack LA, Rashbaum CL. "Evaluation of Fetal Intracranial Anatomy
by Static and Real-Time Ultrasound" Journal of Clinical Ultrasound, 8:311-318, August 1980.
[Reference]
Age (w) -2SD (%) Mean (%) +2SD (%) Age (w) -2SD (%) Mean (%) +2SD (%)
Campbell, S., Wilkin, D. "Ultrasonic Measurement of Fetal Abdomen Circumference in the
15 40.00 56.00 71.00 28 18.00 31.00 45.00 Estimation of Fetal Weight." British Journal of OB & GYN, 82, 9: 689-697, September 1975
16 45.00 57.00 69.00 29 22.00 29.00 37.00
17 42.00 52.00 62.00 30 26.00 30.00 34.00 [Summary]
18 40.00 46.00 52.00 31 23.00 29.00 36.00 Assessment of birth weight predictions on 140 fetuses who were delivered within 48 hours.
20 29.00 43.00 57.00 32 26.00 31.00 36.00 The accuracy o predictions varied with the size of the fetus:

21 27.00 35.00 43.00 33 25.00 31.00 37.00 at a predicted weight of 1kg, 95% of birth weights fell within 160g

22 26.00 32.00 38.00 34 23.00 28.00 33.00 at a predicted weight of 2kg, 95% of birth weights fell within 290g

23 24.00 33.00 42.00 35 26.00 29.00 31.00 at a predicted weight of 3kg, 95% of birth weights fell within 450g
at a predicted weight of 4kg, 95% of birth weights fell within 590g
24 23.00 31.00 39.00 36 23.00 28.00 34.00
By Extrapolation, at 32 weeks menstrual age, 87% of babies below the 5th centile would be
25 26.00 34.00 42.00 37 24.00 29.00 34.00
detected by this method but that the diagnosis rate would fall to 63% at 38 weeks
26 24.00 30.00 36.00 40 22.00 28.00 33.00
27 23.00 28.00 34.00
Reference Manual 122

Method using (AC, BPD) Method using (AC, FL)


Hadlock Hadlock1
[Equation] [Equation]
10(1.1134 + 0.05845 × AC - 0.000604 × AC + 0.1694 × BPD - 0.007365 × BPD + 0.000595 ×
2 2
10(1.304 + 0.05281 × AC + 0.1938 × FL - 0.004 × AC × FL)
AC × BPD)

[Reference]
[Range] Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. "Estimation
EFW: 600g~4,680g of fetal weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study"
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985

[Reference]
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Robert J. Carpenter, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. "Sonographic [Summary]
Estimation of Fetal Weight" Radiology,1984; 150:535-540 The study population consisted of 109 predominately middle class Caucasian patients. The
majority of patients were examined within 3 days of delivery, and all patients were examined
within at least 1 week of delivery.
[Summary]
−− Summary of accuracy of models (Mean deviation = SD(%) )
Sonographic measurements were made in 167live-born fetuses one week before delivery
(mean 1.64 days ± 1.8 S.D.). All fetuses were weighted immediately after delivery; mean birth <1,500g : -3.9±8.3
weight was found to be 2.754g ± 930 S.D. 1,500-2,000g : 0.9±8.5
Data were Divided into several groups by weight : 2,000-2,500g : 1.6±8.5
<1,500g : mean 1,024 ± 301 S.D 2,500-3,000g : 0.3±7.6
1,500-2,000g : mean 1,767 ± 199 S.D 3,000-3,500g : --1.9±7.2
2,000-2,500g : mean 2,248 ± 134 S.D 3,500-4,000g : -0.7±6.8
2,500-3,000g : mean 2,668 ± 133 S.D > 4,000g : 5.2±5.2
3,000-3,500g : mean 3,227 ± 147 S.D
3,500-4,000g : mean 3,686 ± 123 S.D
>4,000g : mean 4,301 ± 173 S.D
Reference Manual 123

Method using (BPD, AC, FL) Method using (HC, AC, FL)
Hadlock2 Hadlock3
[Equation] [Equation]
10(1.335 - 0.0034 × AC × FL + 0.0316 × BPD + 0.0457 × AC + 0.1623 × FL) 10(1.326 - 0.00326 × AC × FL+0.0107 × HC + 0.0438 × AC + 0.158 × FL)

[Reference] [Reference]
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. "Estimation Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. "Estimation
of fetal weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study" of fetal weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study"
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985 American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985

[Summary] [Summary]
The study population consisted of 109 predominately middle class Caucasian patients. The The study population consisted of 109 predominately middle class Caucasian patients. The
majority of patients were examined within 3 days of delivery, and all patients were examined majority of patients were examined within 3 days of delivery, and all patients were examined
within at least 1 week of delivery. within at least 1 week of delivery.
−− Summary of accuracy of models ( Mean deviation = SD(%) ) −− Summary of accuracy of models (Mean deviation = SD(%))
<1,500g : -5.3±9.0 <1,500g : -4.6±9.7
1,500-2,000g : 2.2±7.0 1,500-2,000g : 2.5±7.4
2,000-2,500g : 3.2±7.6 2,000-2,500g : 4.9±7.3
2,500-3,000g : 1.3±7.7 2,500-3,000g : 1.7±6.6
3,000-3,500g : 0.4±6.0 3,000-3,500g : 0.2±5.9
3,500-4,000g : 1.4±7.1 3,500-4,000g : 3.2±6.9
> 4,000g : 4.8±5. > 4,000g : 6.3±5.1
Reference Manual 124

Method using (BPD, HC, AC, FL) Method using (BPD, TTD)
Hadlock4 Hansmann
[Equation] [Equation]
10(1.3596 - 0.00386 × AC × FL + 0.0064 × HC + 0.00061 × BPD × AC + 0.0424 × AC + 0.174 (0.649145 × TTD - 0.020562 × TTD2 - 1.05775 × BPD + 0.0930707 × BPD2 + 0.515263) × 1000
× FL)

[Range]
[Reference] BPD : 5.9 ~ cm
Frank P. Hadlock, R. B. Harrist, Ralph S. Sharman, Russell L. Deter, Seung K. Park. "Estimation TTD : 5.6 ~ cm
of fetal weight with the use of head, body, and femur measurement-A prospective study"
EFW : 500.0 ~ g
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 151. No.3:333-337, February 1, 1985

[Reference]
[Summary]
Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittman, "Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
The study population consisted of 109 predominately middle class Caucasian patients. The
Gynecology," Springer-Verlag, New York, 1986
majority of patients were examined within 3 days of delivery, and all patients were examined
within at least 1 week of delivery.
−− Summary of accuracy of models ( Mean deviation = SD(%) ) Method using (AC, BPD)
<1,500g : 5.4 ± 9.0 Merz
1,500-2,000g : -1.4 ± 7.0 [Equation]
2,000-2,500g : -2.6 ± 7.8 157.07186 × AC + 15.90391 × BPD2-3200.40479
2,500-3,000g : -0.4 ± 7.4
3,000-3,500g : 0.9±5.9 [Range]
3,500-4,000g : -1.2±7.2 BPD : 7.0 ~ 10.5cm
> 4,000g : -4.0±5.2 AC : 21.8 ~ 36.5 cm
EFW : 1003 ~ 4286 g

[Reference]
E. Merz, W. Goldhofer, E. Timor-Tritsch "Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics" Textbook
and Atlas, 1991, Georg Thieme Verlag, 308-338
Reference Manual 125

Merz E, Lieser H, Schicketanz KH, Harlé J “Intrauterine Gewichtsschätzung mittels Ultraschall. [Reference]
Ein Vergleich mehrerer Gewichtsschätzungsmethoden sowie die Entwicklung einer neuen Shepard MJ, et al, " An Evaluation of Two Equations for Predicting Fetal Weight by Ultrasound,"
Formel zur Bestimmung des Fetalgewichtes”, Ultraschall Med, 1998, 9(1):15-24, American Journal of Ob & Gyn, January 1982; 142(1):47-54

[Summary] [Summary]
The fetal weights were estimated in 196 fetuses between 24 and 42 weeks of gestation. 73 patients underwent ultrasound evaluation within 2 days of delivery.
−− Most Reliable Formula −− Difference in percentage of fetal weight estimates
< 2500g : Shepard Within ± 25gm/kg of actual weight : 16.4
2500g ~ 3499g : Shepard, Hansmann, Merz Within ± 50gm/kg of actual weight : 26.0
3500g ~ 4520g : Schillinger, Hansmann, Shepard, Merz Within ± 100gm/kg of actual weight : 50.7
More then ± 100gm/kg of actual weight : 49.3
Method using (BPD, FTA, FL) The average difference between actual and predicted weight for the sample as a whole was
Osaka -12.85 gm (SE 40.85)
[Equation]
1.25647 × BPD3 + 3.50665 × FL × FTA + 6.3 Method using (BPD, APTD, TTD, SL)
[Reference] Shinozuka2
Mineo Aoki. Perinatal Care, Vol.9 No.5, p407-422 [Equation]
1.07 × BPD3 + 2.91 × APTD × TTD × SL
Method using (AC, BPD)
Shepard [Reference]
[Equation] N.Shinozuka et al. "Formulas for Fetal Weight Estimation by Ultrasound Measurements based
on Neonatal Specific Gravities and Volumes" American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology,
10(0.166 × BPD + 0.046 × AC - 0.002646 × BPD × AC - 1.7492) × 1000
1987;157:1140-5

[Range]
BPD : 3.1 ~ 10.0 cm
AC : 15.5 ~ 40.0 cm
EFW : 224.0 ~ 4925.0 g
Reference Manual 126

Method using (BPD, AC, FL) Estimated Fetal Weight Growth Reference
Shinozuka1
[Equation] Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : BRENNER
1.07 × BPD + 0.30 × AC × FL
3 2

[Reference] Fetal Growth Table


N.Shinozuka et al. "Formulas for Fetal Weight Estimation by Ultrasound Measurements based Brenner W.E., Edelman D.A., Hendricks C.H.
on Neonatal Specific Gravities and Volumes" American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology, "A standard of fetal growth for the United States of America"
1987;157:1140-5
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology; November 1; 1976; pp. 555-564

Age 10% 50% 90% Age 10% 50% 90%


Method using (BPD, APTD, TTD, FL) (Week) (gram) (gram) (gram) (Week) (gram) (gram) (gram)
Shinozuka3 21 280.0 410.0 860.0 33 1480.0 2010.0 2690.0
[Equation]
22 320.0 480.0 920.0 34 1670.0 2220.0 2880.0
1.07 × BPD3 + 3.42 × APTD × TTD × FL
23 370.0 550.0 990.0 35 1870.0 2430.0 3090.0
24 420.0 640.0 1080.0 36 2190.0 2650.0 3290.0
[Reference]
25 490.0 740.0 1180.0 37 2310.0 2870.0 3470.0
N.Shinozuka et al. "Formulas for Fetal Weight Estimation by Ultrasound Measurements based
26 570.0 860.0 1320.0 38 2510.0 3030.0 3610.0
on Neonatal Specific Gravities and Volumes" American Journal of Obsterics and Gynecology,
1987;157:1140-5 27 660.0 990.0 1470.0 39 2680.0 3170.0 3750.0
28 770.0 1150.0 1660.0 40 2750.0 3280.0 3870.0
Method using (BPD, APTD, TTD, FL) 29 890.0 1310.0 1890.0 41 2800.0 3360.0 3980.0
Tokyo 30 1030.0 1460.0 2100.0 42 2830.0 3410.0 4060.0
[Equation] 31 1180.0 1630.0 2290.0 43 2840.0 3420.0 4100.0
1.07 × BPD3 + 0.30 × AC2 × FL 32 1310.0 1810.0 2500.0 44 2790.0 3390.0 4110.0

[Reference]
N.Shinozuka et al. "Formulas for Fetal Weight Estimation by Ultrasound Measurements
based on Neonatal Specific Gravities and Volumes" American Journal of Obsterics and
Gynecology, 1987;157:1140-5
Reference Manual 127

Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : DOUBILET Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : HADLOCK

Fetal Growth Table GA Table


Doubilet, P.M., MD. PhD., Benson, C.B.,MD , Nadel, A.S., MD, Ringer, St. A., MD. Hadlock F.P., Harrist R.B., Martinez-Poyer J.
PhD. "Improved birth weight table for neonates developed from gestations dated by early "In Utero Analysis of Fetal Growth: A Sonographic Weight Standard“ Radiology.1991, 181:
ultrasonography “J Ultrasound Med; December 4; 1996; 16:241-249 129-133

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Meas Mean Meas Mean Meas Mean
(week) (gram) (gram) (gram) (week) (gram) (gram) (gram) (gram) (week) (gram) (week) (gram) (week)

25 450.000 660.000 968.000 35 1804.000 2383.000 3148.000 35.0 10.0 399.0 21.0 1953.0 32.0

26 523.000 760.000 1103.000 36 2006.000 2622.000 3428.000 45.0 11.0 478.0 22.0 2162.0 33.0

27 609.000 875.000 1257.000 37 2210.000 2859.000 3698.000 58.0 12.0 568.0 23.0 2377.0 34.0

28 707.000 1005.000 1430.000 38 2409.000 3083.000 3947.000 73.0 13.0 670.0 24.0 2595.0 35.0

29 820.000 1153.000 1623.000 39 2595.000 3288.000 4164.000 93.0 14.0 785.0 25.0 2813.0 36.0

30 947.000 1319.000 1836.000 40 2762.000 3462.000 4340.000 117.0 15.0 913.0 26.0 3028.0 37.0

31 1090.000 1502.000 2070.000 41 2900.000 3597.000 4462.000 146.0 16.0 1055.0 27.0 3236.0 38.0

32 1249.000 1702.000 2321.000 42 3002.000 3685.000 4523.000 181.0 17.0 1210.0 28.0 3435.0 39.0

33 1422.000 1918.000 2587.000 43 3061.000 3717.000 4515.000 223.0 18.0 1379.0 29.0 3619.0 40.0

34 1608.000 2146.000 2865.000 273.0 19.0 1559.0 30.0


331.0 20.0 1751.0 31.0
Reference Manual 128

Fetal Growth Table Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : HANSMANN


Hadlock F.P., Harrist R.B., Martinez-Poyer J.
"In Utero Analysis of Fetal Growth: A Sonographic Weight Standard“ Fetal Growth Table
Radiology.1991, 181: 129-133 Hansmann, Hackeloer, Staudach, Wittmann “Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
Gynecology” Springer- Verlag, New York, 1986, p. 431
Age 3% 50% 97% Age 3% 50% 97%
(week) (gram) (gram) (gram) (week) (gram) (gram) (gram) Age EFW Age EFW Age EFW
10 26.0 35.0 44.0 26 685.0 913.0 1141.0 (Week) (gram) (Week) (gram) (Week) (gram)
11 34.0 45.0 56.0 27 791.0 1055.0 1319.0 13 14.0 23 450.0 33 2000. 0
12 43.0 58.0 73.0 28 908.0 1210.0 1513.0 14 25.0 24 530.0 34 2250. 0
13 55.0 73.0 91.0 29 1034.0 1379.0 1724.0 15 50.0 25 700.0 35 2550. 0
14 70.0 93.0 116.0 30 1169.0 1559.0 1949.0 16 80.0 26 850.0 36 2750. 0
15 88.0 117.0 146.0 31 1313.0 1751.0 2189.0 17 100.0 27 1000.0 37 2950. 0
16 110.0 146.0 183.0 32 1465.0 1953.0 2441.0 18 150.0 28 1100.0 38 3100. 0
17 136.0 181.0 226.0 33 1622.0 2162.0 2703.0 19 200.0 29 1250.0 39 3250.0
18 167.0 223.0 279.0 34 1783.0 2377.0 2971.0 20 250.0 30 1400.0 40 3400. 0
19 205.0 273.0 341.0 35 1946.0 2595.0 3244.0 21 300.0 31 1600.0
20 248.0 331.0 414.0 36 2110.0 2813.0 3516.0 22 350.0 32 1800.0
21 299.0 399.0 499.0 37 2271.0 3028.0 3785.0
22 359.0 478.0 598.0 38 2427.0 3236.0 4045.0
23 426.0 568.0 710.0 39 2576.0 3435.0 4294.0
24 503.0 670.0 838.0 40 2714.0 3619.0 4524.0
25 589.0 785.0 981.0
Reference Manual 129

Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : JOHNSEN Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : JSUM

Fetal Growth Table GA Table


Johnsen SL, Rasmussen S, Sollien R, Kiserud T, Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand , 2005; 84: 725-733 Takashi Okai, Chairman of JSUM, Ultrasound Diagnostic standard & language committee
Ultrasound Fetal measurement standardization & Japanese standard proposals J Med
Age 10% 50% 90% Age 10% 50% 90%
(week) (gram) (gram) (gram) (week) (gram) (gram) (gram) Ultrasonics Vol. 28 No.5 (2001)

20 283.0 340.0 408.0 32 1730.0 1997.0 2304.0 Meas Mean Meas Mean Age Mean
21 350.0 416.0 495.0 33 1900.0 2194.0 2533.0 (gram) (week) (gram) (week) (Week) (week)

22 426.0 503.0 595.0 34 2071.0 2393.0 2765.0 187.0 18.0 892.0 26.0 2156.0 34.0

23 512.0 602.0 707.0 35 2242.0 2593.0 2998.0 247.0 19.0 1023.0 27.0 2333.0 35.0

24 610.0 713.0 833.0 36 2411.0 2791.0 3230.0 313.0 20.0 1163.0 28.0 2507.0 36.0

25 717.0 835.0 972.0 37 2576.0 2984.0 3458.0 387.0 21.0 1313.0 29.0 2676.0 37.0

26 836.0 970.0 1126.0 38 2734.0 3171.0 3677.0 469.0 22.0 1470.0 30.0 2838.0 38.0

27 964.0 1116.0 1292.0 39 2883.0 3347.0 3886.0 560.0 23.0 1635.0 31.0 2989.0 39.0

28 1102.0 1274.0 1472.0 40 3021.0 3511.0 4081.0 660.0 24.0 1805.0 32.0 3125.0 40.0

29 1249.0 1442.0 1665.0 41 3147.0 3661.0 4258.0 771.0 25.0 1980.0 33.0 3244.0 41.0

30 1403.0 1619.0 1868.0 42 3258.0 3793.0 4415.0


31 1564.0 1805.0 2082.0
Reference Manual 130

Fetal Growth Table Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : OSAKA


Takashi Okai, Chairman of JSUM, Ultrasound Diagnostic standard & language committee
Ultrasound Fetal measurement standardization & Japanese standard proposals J Med GA Table
Ultrasonics Vol. 28 No.5 (2001) Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5
Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Meas (gram) Mean (day) Meas (gram) Mean (day) Meas (gram) Mean (day)
(week) (gram) (gram) (gram) (week) (gram) (gram) (gram)
137.0 112.0 736.0 169.0 1955.0 226.0
18 142.0 187.0 232.0 30 1191.0 1470.0 1749.0
142.0 113.0 753.0 170.0 1980.0 227.0
19 186.0 247.0 308.0 31 1332.0 1635.0 1938.0
147.0 114.0 770.0 171.0 2005.0 228.0
20 236.0 313.0 390.0 32 1477.0 1805.0 2133.0
153.0 115.0 787.0 172.0 2029.0 229.0
21 293.0 387.0 481.0 33 1626.0 1980.0 2334.0
158.0 116.0 804.0 173.0 2054.0 230.0
22 357.0 469.0 581.0 34 1776.0 2156.0 2536.0
164.0 117.0 822.0 174.0 2079.0 231.0
23 430.0 560.0 690.0 35 1926.0 2333.0 2740.0
170.0 118.0 839.0 175.0 2104.0 232.0
24 511.0 660.0 809.0 36 2072.0 2507.0 2942.0
176.0 119.0 857.0 176.0 2129.0 233.0
25 602.0 771.0 940.0 37 2213.0 2676.0 3139.0
182.0 120.0 875.0 177.0 2154.0 234.0
26 702.0 892.0 1082.0 38 2346.0 2838.0 3330.0
188.0 121.0 893.0 178.0 2179.0 235.0
27 812.0 1023.0 1234.0 39 2467.0 2989.0 3511.0
195.0 122.0 912.0 179.0 2204.0 236.0
28 930.0 1163.0 1396.0 40 2572.0 3125.0 3678.0
202.0 123.0 930.0 180.0 2229.0 237.0
29 1057.0 1313.0 1569.0 41 2660.0 3244.0 3828.0
209.0 124.0 949.0 181.0 2254.0 238.0
216.0 125.0 968.0 182.0 2279.0 239.0
223.0 126.0 987.0 183.0 2304.0 240.0
231.0 127.0 1007.0 184.0 2329.0 241.0
238.0 128.0 1026.0 185.0 2354.0 242.0
246.0 129.0 1046.0 186.0 2379.0 243.0
254.0 130.0 1066.0 187.0 2403.0 244.0
263.0 131.0 1086.0 188.0 2428.0 245.0
271.0 132.0 1106.0 189.0 2453.0 246.0
Reference Manual 131

Meas (gram) Mean (day) Meas (gram) Mean (day) Meas (gram) Mean (day) Meas (gram) Mean (day) Meas (gram) Mean (day) Meas (gram) Mean (day)
280.0 133.0 1127.0 190.0 2478.0 247.0 568.0 158.0 1687.0 215.0 3059.0 272.0
289.0 134.0 1147.0 191.0 2502.0 248.0 582.0 159.0 1711.0 216.0 3080.0 273.0
298.0 135.0 1168.0 192.0 2527.0 249.0 596.0 160.0 1735.0 217.0 3101.0 274.0
308.0 136.0 1189.0 193.0 2551.0 250.0 611.0 161.0 1759.0 218.0 3121.0 275.0
317.0 137.0 1210.0 194.0 2576.0 251.0 626.0 162.0 1783.0 219.0 3142.0 276.0
327.0 138.0 1232.0 195.0 2600.0 252.0 641.0 163.0 1808.0 220.0 3162.0 277.0
337.0 139.0 1253.0 196.0 2624.0 253.0 656.0 164.0 1832.0 221.0 3182.0 278.0
347.0 140.0 1275.0 197.0 2648.0 254.0 672.0 165.0 1857.0 222.0 3201.0 279.0
358.0 141.0 1296.0 198.0 2672.0 255.0 688.0 166.0 1881.0 223.0 3220.0 280.0
368.0 142.0 1318.0 199.0 2696.0 256.0 704.0 167.0 1906.0 224.0
379.0 143.0 1340.0 200.0 2720.0 257.0 720.0 168.0 1930.0 225.0
390.0 144.0 1363.0 201.0 2744.0 258.0
401.0 145.0 1385.0 202.0 2767.0 259.0
Fetal Growth Table
413.0 146.0 1407.0 203.0 2791.0 260.0
Perinatal care Vol. 9 No. 5
425.0 147.0 1430.0 204.0 2814.0 261.0
Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
436.0 148.0 1453.0 205.0 2837.0 262.0
(day) (gram) (gram) (gram) (day) (gram) (gram) (gram)
449.0 149.0 1476.0 206.0 2860.0 263.0
112 94.000 137.000 181.000 197 1038.000 1275.000 1512.000
461.0 150.0 1499.0 207.0 2883.0 264.0
113 99.000 142.000 186.000 198 1056.000 1296.000 1536.000
474.0 151.0 1522.0 208.0 2906.0 265.0
114 104.000 147.000 191.000 199 1075.000 1318.000 1561.000
486.0 152.0 1545.0 209.0 2928.0 266.0
115 110.000 153.000 197.000 200 1094.000 1340.000 1586.000
499.0 153.0 1568.0 210.0 2950.0 267.0
116 113.000 158.000 203.000 201 1113.000 1363.000 1614.000
513.0 154.0 1592.0 211.0 2973.0 268.0
117 119.000 164.000 209.000 202 1132.000 1385.000 1639.000
526.0 155.0 1615.0 212.0 2995.0 269.0
118 125.000 170.000 215.000 203 1151.000 1407.000 1664.000
540.0 156.0 1639.0 213.0 3016.0 270.0
119 130.000 176.000 223.000 204 1169.000 1430.000 1691.000
553.0 157.0 1663.0 214.0 3038.0 271.0
120 136.000 182.000 229.000 205 1189.000 1453.000 1717.000
Reference Manual 132

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (gram) (gram) (gram) (day) (gram) (gram) (gram) (day) (gram) (gram) (gram) (day) (gram) (gram) (gram)
121 140.000 188.000 236.000 206 1209.000 1476.000 1743.000 145 316.000 401.000 487.000 230 1699.000 2054.000 2410.000
122 146.000 195.000 245.000 207 1228.000 1499.000 1771.000 146 326.000 413.000 500.000 231 1721.000 2079.000 2438.000
123 153.000 202.000 252.000 208 1248.000 1522.000 1797.000 147 335.000 425.000 515.000 232 1741.000 2104.000 2467.000
124 158.000 209.000 260.000 209 1268.000 1545.000 1823.000 148 345.000 436.000 528.000 233 1763.000 2129.000 2495.000
125 164.000 216.000 269.000 210 1286.000 1568.000 1850.000 149 355.000 449.000 544.000 234 1784.000 2154.000 2525.000
126 171.000 223.000 276.000 211 1307.000 1592.000 1877.000 150 364.000 461.000 559.000 235 1804.000 2179.000 2554.000
127 177.000 231.000 285.000 212 1327.000 1615.000 1903.000 151 375.000 474.000 573.000 236 1826.000 2204.000 2582.000
128 183.000 238.000 294.000 213 1347.000 1639.000 1932.000 152 384.000 486.000 588.000 237 1847.000 2229.000 2612.000
129 189.000 246.000 303.000 214 1368.000 1663.000 1959.000 153 396.000 499.000 603.000 238 1869.000 2254.000 2640.000
130 196.000 254.000 313.000 215 1387.000 1687.000 1987.000 154 407.000 513.000 620.000 239 1889.000 2279.000 2669.000
131 203.000 263.000 323.000 216 1408.000 1711.000 2014.000 155 417.000 526.000 636.000 240 1910.000 2304.000 2699.000
132 210.000 271.000 333.000 217 1429.000 1735.000 2041.000 156 429.000 540.000 651.000 241 1932.000 2329.000 2727.000
133 217.000 280.000 343.000 218 1449.000 1759.000 2070.000 157 439.000 553.000 667.000 242 1952.000 2354.000 2756.000
134 225.000 289.000 354.000 219 1470.000 1783.000 2097.000 158 451.000 568.000 685.000 243 1973.000 2379.000 2786.000
135 232.000 298.000 364.000 220 1490.000 1808.000 2126.000 159 462.000 582.000 702.000 244 1992.000 2403.000 2814.000
136 241.000 308.000 376.000 221 1511.000 1832.000 2153.000 160 475.000 596.000 718.000 245 2014.000 2428.000 2842.000
137 248.000 317.000 386.000 222 1532.000 1857.000 2183.000 161 487.000 611.000 736.000 246 2035.000 2453.000 2872.000
138 255.000 327.000 399.000 223 1553.000 1881.000 2210.000 162 499.000 626.000 754.000 247 2055.000 2478.000 2901.000
139 264.000 337.000 411.000 224 1573.000 1906.000 2239.000 163 511.000 641.000 772.000 248 2075.000 2502.000 2930.000
140 272.000 347.000 422.000 225 1594.000 1930.000 2266.000 164 523.000 656.000 790.000 249 2095.000 2527.000 2959.000
141 282.000 358.000 435.000 226 1615.000 1955.000 2296.000 165 536.000 672.000 809.000 250 2116.000 2551.000 2986.000
142 289.000 368.000 448.000 227 1637.000 1980.000 2324.000 166 550.000 688.000 826.000 251 2137.000 2576.000 3016.000
143 298.000 379.000 460.000 228 1657.000 2005.000 2353.000 167 563.000 704.000 845.000 252 2156.000 2600.000 3044.000
144 306.000 390.000 474.000 229 1678.000 2029.000 2380.000 168 576.000 720.000 864.000 253 2176.000 2624.000 3073.000
Reference Manual 133

Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD
(day) (gram) (gram) (gram) (day) (gram) (gram) (gram) (day) (gram) (gram) (gram) (day) (gram) (gram) (gram)
169 589.000 736.000 883.000 254 2195.000 2648.000 3101.000 194 984.000 1210.000 1437.000 279 2627.000 3201.000 3776.000
170 603.000 753.000 903.000 255 2215.000 2672.000 3130.000 195 1003.000 1232.000 1462.000 280 2640.000 3220.000 3801.000
171 617.000 770.000 923.000 256 2234.000 2696.000 3158.000 196 1021.000 1253.000 1486.000
172 631.000 787.000 943.000 257 2254.000 2720.000 3187.000
173 645.000 804.000 963.000 258 2273.000 2744.000 3215.000
Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : SHINOZUKA
174 660.000 822.000 984.000 259 2292.000 2767.000 3243.000
175 674.000 839.000 1004.000 260 2311.000 2791.000 3271.000
Fetal Growth Table
176 689.000 857.000 1025.000 261 2330.000 2814.000 3299.000 Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, et al. “Standard Values of Ultrasonographic Fetal Biometry”
177 704.000 875.000 1046.000 262 2348.000 2837.000 3326.000 Japanese Journal of Medical Ultrasonics, Vol.23, No.12, 1996, pp877-888

178 719.000 893.000 1067.000 263 2367.000 2860.000 3354.000 Age Meas -1.5SD +1.5SD Age Meas -1.5SD +1.5SD
179 735.000 912.000 1089.000 264 2385.000 2883.000 3381.000 (wd) (g) (g) (g) (wd) (g) (g) (g)

180 750.000 930.000 1110.000 265 2404.000 2906.000 3409.000 18w3d 216 163 269 30w3d 1552 1261 1843

181 765.000 949.000 1134.000 266 2420.000 2928.000 3437.000 19w3d 279 211 348 31w3d 1720 1404 2035

182 781.000 968.000 1156.000 267 2437.000 2950.000 3463.000 20w3d 349 264 434 32w3d 1892 1551 2233

183 797.000 987.000 1178.000 268 2456.000 2973.000 3491.000 21w3d 427 324 529 33w3d 2068 1701 2434

184 814.000 1007.000 1201.000 269 2473.000 2995.000 3517.000 22w3d 513 392 634 34w3d 2244 1851 2638

185 830.000 1026.000 1223.000 270 2488.000 3016.000 3544.000 23w3d 609 469 748 35w3d 2420 1999 2841

186 847.000 1046.000 1246.000 271 2506.000 3038.000 3571.000 24w3d 714 555 873 36w3d 2592 2143 3041

187 864.000 1066.000 1269.000 272 2522.000 3059.000 3596.000 25w3d 830 651 1009 37w3d 2758 2280 3236

188 879.000 1086.000 1293.000 273 2537.000 3080.000 3623.000 26w3d 956 756 1156 38w3d 2915 2407 3422

189 896.000 1106.000 1316.000 274 2554.000 3101.000 3649.000 27w3d 1092 870 1313 39w3d 3059 2521 3596

190 914.000 1127.000 1340.000 275 2568.000 3121.000 3675.000 28w3d 1237 993 1481 40w3d 3187 2618 3756

191 931.000 1147.000 1363.000 276 2584.000 3142.000 3700.000 29w3d 1391 1123 1658 41w3d 3296 2695 3896

192 949.000 1168.000 1387.000 277 2598.000 3162.000 3726.000


193 966.000 1189.000 1413.000 278 2614.000 3182.000 3751.000
Reference Manual 134

Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : TOKYO Meas Mean Meas Mean Meas Mean
(gram) (day) (gram) (day) (gram) (day)

GA Table 828.0 179.0 1764.0 222.0 2965.0 265.0


Norio Shinozuk, M.D., Takashi Okai, M.D.,Shiro Kohzuma, M.D., Masaaki Mukuba, M.D., 842.0 180.0 1792.0 223.0 2988.0 266.0
Chen-Ting Shin, M.D.,Tsugio Maeda, M.D., Yoshinori Kuwabara, M.D. and Masahiko Mizuni, 857.0 181.0 1820.0 224.0 3010.0 267.0
M.D. “Formulas for fetal weight estimation by ultrasound measurements based on neonatal 872.0 182.0 1849.0 225.0 3032.0 268.0
specific gravities and volumes”; American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, St. Louis;
887.0 183.0 1877.0 226.0 3053.0 269.0
Vol. 157, No. 5, pp. 1140-1145, Nov., 1987
903.0 184.0 1906.0 227.0 3074.0 270.0
Meas Mean Meas Mean Meas Mean 919.0 185.0 1934.0 228.0 3095.0 271.0
(gram) (day) (gram) (day) (gram) (day)
936.0 186.0 1963.0 229.0 3114.0 272.0
642.0 161.0 1299.0 204.0 2488.0 247.0
953.0 187.0 1992.0 230.0 3133.0 273.0
649.0 162.0 1323.0 205.0 2517.0 248.0
970.0 188.0 2021.0 231.0 3152.0 274.0
656.0 163.0 1347.0 206.0 2545.0 249.0
988.0 189.0 2050.0 232.0 3169.0 275.0
664.0 164.0 1371.0 207.0 2574.0 250.0
1006.0 190.0 2080.0 233.0 3186.0 276.0
672.0 165.0 1395.0 208.0 2602.0 251.0
1025.0 191.0 2109.0 234.0 3202.0 277.0
681.0 166.0 1420.0 209.0 2630.0 252.0
1044.0 192.0 2138.0 235.0 3218.0 278.0
689.0 167.0 1445.0 210.0 2657.0 253.0
1063.0 193.0 2168.0 236.0 3232.0 279.0
699.0 168.0 1470.0 211.0 2685.0 254.0
1083.0 194.0 2197.0 237.0 3246.0 280.0
708.0 169.0 1496.0 212.0 2712.0 255.0
1103.0 195.0 2226.0 238.0 3259.0 281.0
719.0 170.0 1521.0 213.0 2739.0 256.0
1123.0 196.0 2256.0 239.0 3271.0 282.0
729.0 171.0 1547.0 214.0 2765.0 257.0
1144.0 197.0 2285.0 240.0 3283.0 283.0
740.0 172.0 1574.0 215.0 2792.0 258.0
1165.0 198.0 2314.0 241.0 3293.0 284.0
751.0 173.0 1600.0 216.0 2817.0 259.0
1187.0 199.0 2343.0 242.0 3302.0 285.0
763.0 174.0 1627.0 217.0 2843.0 260.0
1209.0 200.0 2373.0 243.0 3311.0 286.0
775.0 175.0 1654.0 218.0 2868.0 261.0
1231.0 201.0 2402.0 244.0 3318.0 287.0
788.0 176.0 1681.0 219.0 2893.0 262.0
1253.0 202.0 2431.0 245.0
801.0 177.0 1709.0 220.0 2917.0 263.0
1276.0 203.0 2460.0 246.0
814.0 178.0 1736.0 221.0 2941.0 264.0
Reference Manual 135

Fetal Growth Table Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%


Norio Shinozuk, M.D., Takashi Okai, M.D.,Shiro Kohzuma, M.D., Masaaki Mukuba, M.D., Chen- (day) (gram) (gram) (gram) (day) (gram) (gram) (gram)
Ting Shin, M.D.,Tsugio Maeda, M.D., Yoshinori Kuwabara, M.D. and Masahiko Mizuni, M.D.
181 748.000 857.000 1161.000 245 1729.000 2431.000 3271.000
“Formulas for fetal weight estimation by ultrasound measurements based on neonatal
specific gravities and volumes”; American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, St. Louis; 182 763.000 872.000 1183.000 246 1755.000 2460.000 3305.000
Vol. 157, No. 5, pp. 1140-1145, Nov., 1987
183 778.000 887.000 1206.000 247 1781.000 2488.000 3340.000
Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% 184 792.000 903.000 1229.000 248 1807.000 2517.000 3374.000
(day) (gram) (gram) (gram) (day) (gram) (gram) (gram)
185 805.000 919.000 1253.000 249 1833.000 2545.000 3407.000
161 284.000 642.000 872.000 225 1298.000 1849.000 2548.000
186 818.000 936.000 1278.000 250 1860.000 2574.000 3441.000
162 317.000 649.000 879.000 226 1315.000 1877.000 2585.000
187 831.000 953.000 1303.000 251 1887.000 2602.000 3474.000
163 348.000 656.000 886.000 227 1333.000 1906.000 2622.000
188 844.000 970.000 1329.000 252 1914.000 2630.000 3506.000
164 379.000 664.000 895.000 228 1351.000 1934.000 2659.000
189 856.000 988.000 1355.000 253 1941.000 2657.000 3539.000
165 408.000 672.000 904.000 229 1370.000 1963.000 2696.000
190 867.000 1006.000 1382.000 254 1968.000 2685.000 3571.000
166 436.000 681.000 914.000 230 1389.000 1992.000 2732.000
191 879.000 1025.000 1409.000 255 1996.000 2712.000 3602.000
167 463.000 689.000 925.000 231 1409.000 2021.000 2769.000
192 890.000 1044.000 1437.000 256 2023.000 2739.000 3633.000
168 489.000 699.000 937.000 232 1429.000 2050.000 2806.000
193 901.000 1063.000 1465.000 257 2051.000 2765.000 3664.000
169 514.000 708.000 950.000 233 1449.000 2080.000 2842.000
194 912.000 1083.000 1494.000 258 2078.000 2792.000 3695.000
170 538.000 719.000 963.000 234 1470.000 2109.000 2879.000
195 923.000 1103.000 1523.000 259 2105.000 2817.000 3725.000
171 561.000 729.000 977.000 235 1492.000 2138.000 2915.000
196 933.000 1123.000 1553.000 260 2132.000 2843.000 3754.000
172 583.000 740.000 992.000 236 1514.000 2168.000 2951.000
197 944.000 1144.000 1583.000 261 2159.000 2868.000 3783.000
173 605.000 751.000 1008.000 237 1536.000 2197.000 2988.000
198 954.000 1165.000 1614.000 262 2186.000 2893.000 3812.000
174 625.000 763.000 1025.000 238 1559.000 2226.000 3024.000
199 965.000 1187.000 1645.000 263 2213.000 2917.000 3840.000
175 645.000 775.000 1042.000 239 1582.000 2256.000 3060.000
200 975.000 1209.000 1676.000 264 2239.000 2941.000 3868.000
176 664.000 788.000 1060.000 240 1606.000 2285.000 3095.000
201 986.000 1231.000 1708.000 265 2265.000 2965.000 3895.000
177 682.000 801.000 1079.000 241 1629.000 2314.000 3131.000
202 996.000 1253.000 1740.000 266 2291.000 2988.000 3921.000
178 700.000 814.000 1098.000 242 1654.000 2343.000 3166.000
203 1006.000 1276.000 1773.000 267 2316.000 3010.000 3947.000
179 716.000 828.000 1119.000 243 1679.000 2373.000 3201.000
204 1017.000 1299.000 1806.000 268 2340.000 3032.000 3973.000
180 733.000 842.000 1139.000 244 1704.000 2402.000 3236.000
Reference Manual 136

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95% Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : WILLIAMS
(day) (gram) (gram) (gram) (day) (gram) (gram) (gram)
205 1028.000 1323.000 1839.000 269 2364.000 3053.000 3998.000 Fetal Growth Table
206 1039.000 1347.000 1872.000 270 2387.000 3074.000 4022.000 Ronald Williams, Robert Creasy, George Cunningham, Warren Hawes, Rank Norris, Michiko
Tashiro “Fetal Growth and Perinatal Viability in California“ Obstetric & Gynecology Vol. 59,
207 1050.000 1371.000 1906.000 271 2410.000 3095.000 4046.000
NO. 5, May 1982
208 1061.000 1395.000 1940.000 272 2432.000 3114.000 4069.000
Age 10% 50% 90% Age 10% 50% 90%
209 1072.000 1420.000 1974.000 273 2453.000 3133.000 4091.000
(week) (gram) (gram) (gram) (week) (gram) (gram) (gram)
210 1084.000 1445.000 2009.000 274 2473.000 3152.000 4113.000
22 320.000 513.000 746.000 36 2224.000 2849.000 3521.000
211 1096.000 1470.000 2044.000 275 2493.000 3169.000 4135.000
23 365.000 589.000 861.000 37 2455.000 3052.000 3706.000
212 1108.000 1496.000 2079.000 276 2511.000 3186.000 4155.000
24 417.000 675.000 989.000 38 2642.000 3227.000 3867.000
213 1121.000 1521.000 2114.000 277 2528.000 3202.000 4175.000
25 477.000 773.000 1132.000 39 2790.000 3364.000 3994.000
214 1133.000 1547.000 2149.000 278 2544.000 3218.000 4194.000
26 546.000 882.000 1289.000 40 2881.000 3462.000 4080.000
215 1146.000 1574.000 2185.000 279 2559.000 3232.000 4213.000
27 627.000 1005.000 1463.000 41 2946.000 3524.000 4127.000
216 1160.000 1600.000 2221.000 280 2572.000 3246.000 4230.000
28 720.000 1143.000 1653.000 42 3011.000 3589.000 4185.000
217 1174.000 1627.000 2257.000 281 2584.000 3259.000 4247.000
29 829.000 1298.000 1859.000 43 3044.000 3626.000 4221.000
218 1188.000 1654.000 2293.000 282 2595.000 3271.000 4264.000
30 955.000 1484.000 2136.000 44 3043.000 3633.000 4233.000
219 1202.000 1681.000 2329.000 283 2604.000 3283.000 4279.000
31 1100.000 1695.000 2402.000 45 3009.000 3611.000 4224.000
220 1217.000 1709.000 2365.000 284 2611.000 3293.000 4294.000
32 1284.000 1920.000 2673.000 46 2941.000 3560.000 4191.000
221 1232.000 1736.000 2402.000 285 2617.000 3302.000 4308.000
33 1499.000 2155.000 2910.000 47 2844.000 3482.000 4136.000
222 1248.000 1764.000 2438.000 286 2620.000 3311.000 4321.000
34 1728.000 2394.000 3132.000 48 2720.000 3377.000 4059.000
223 1264.000 1792.000 2475.000 287 2622.000 3318.000 4333.000
35 1974.000 2628.000 3333.000
224 1281.000 1820.000 2512.000
Reference Manual 137

Estimate Fetal Weight (EFW) : YARKONI

Fetal Growth Table


Yarkoni S., Reece EA, Holford T, O’Connor TZ, Hobbins JC: Estimated fetal weight in the
evaluation of growth in twin gestations: a prospective longitudinal study. Obtet. Gynecol.
69:636, 1987

Age 5% 50% 95% Age 5% 50% 95%


(week) (gram) (gram) (gram) (week) (gram) (gram) (gram)
16 132.000 154.000 207.000 28 789.000 1244.000 1774.000
17 173.000 215.000 249.000 29 900.000 1395.000 1883.000
18 214.000 276.000 291.000 30 1011.000 1546.000 1992.000
19 223.000 300.000 412.000 31 1198.000 1693.000 2392.000
20 232.000 324.000 534.000 32 1385.000 1840.000 2793.000
21 275.000 432.000 705.000 33 1491.000 2032.000 3000.000
22 319.000 540.000 876.000 34 1597.000 2224.000 3208.000
23 347.000 598.000 880.000 35 1703.000 2427.000 3336.000
24 376.000 656.000 885.000 36 1809.000 2631.000 3465.000
25 549.000 793.000 1118.000 37 2239.000 2824.000 3679.000
26 722.000 931.000 1352.000 38 2669.000 3017.000 3894.000
27 755.000 1087.000 1563.000
Reference Manual 138

Urology Reference Pressure Gradient

where, PGmax : Max Pressure gradient


Resistivity Index
V: the maximum instantaneous velocity (m/sec)

Volume Flow (Area)


Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9, p.586

Pulsatility Index Volume Flow (Dist.)

Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9, p.585 Prostate Vloume (3 Distances)

S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity)

Prostate Vloume (3 Distances x Factor)


Reference: Ameriso S, et al., “Pulseless Transcranial Doppler Finding in Takayasu’s Arteritis,”
J Clin Ultrasound, September 1990; 18:592-6

D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity) Prostate Vloume (Ellipsoid)


Reference Manual 139

Prostate Vloume (Sum of 20 Disks) Fetal Heart Reference

Stroke Volume (SV)


Prostate Spec. Antigen
where, EDV : End Diastolic Volume, ESV : End Systolic Volume

Residual Volume Cardiac Output (CO)

%STA
Ejection Fraction (EF)

Reference: Jacob, Normaan M et, al., “Duplex Carotid Sonography : Criteria for Stenosis,
Accuracy, and Pitfalls,” Radiology 154: 385~391, 1985. where, EDV : End Diastolic Volume, ESV : End Systolic Volume
Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. “The Echo Manual” Boston: Little, Brown and
Company, 1994; 43
%STD

LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic)

Reference: Taylor K. J. W., Burns P. N., Breslau P., “Clinical Applications of Doppler Teichholz

Reference: Teichholz, L.E., Kreulen, T., Herman, M.V., et. al. “Problems in echocardiographic
Fetal HR volume determinations: echocardiographic-angiographic correlations in the presence or
absence of asynergy.” American Journal of Cardiology, 1976, 37:7.
Cubed
Reference: Pombo, J.F., et. al. “Left Ventricular Volumes and Ejection Fractioin by
Echocardiography.” Circulation, Vol. XLIII, 482, April, 1971.
Reference Manual 140

Gibson Resistivity Index


Reference: “Basic Echocardiography” Iowa Heart Center, Mark J. Harry R.D.C.S., R.V.T. Jan, 1997
p. 30

Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.586

Teichholz
Pulsatility Index
Reference: Teichholz, L.E., Kreulen, T., Herman, M.V., et. al. “Problems in echocardiographic
volume determinations: echocardiographic-angiographic correlations in the presence or
absence of asynergy.” American Journal of Cardiology, 1976, 37:7.
Cubed Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.585
Reference: Pombo, J.F., et. al. “Left Ventricular Volumes and Ejection Fractioin by
Echocardiography.” Circulation, Vol. XLIII, 482, April, 1971.
Gibson S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity)
Reference: “Basic Echocardiography” Iowa Heart Center, Mark J. Harry R.D.C.S., R.V.T. Jan,
1997 p. 30

Reference: Ameriso S, et al., “Pulseless Transcranial Doppler Finding in Takayasu’s Arteritis,”


LV Mass J Clin Ultrasound, September 1990; 18:592-6

LVmass(grams) =
D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity)
Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and company, 1994,
p.43.

Fractional Shortening of Left Ventricle Internal diameter


A percent change in LV cavity dimension with systolic contraction Preload Index

Artrial Reversal Flow / Systolic Flow


Harvey Feigenbaum, “Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition Reference: Toru Kanzaki, Yoshihide Chiba, Evaluation of the Preload Condition of the Fetus by
Inferior Vena Caval Blood Flow Pattern Fetal Diagn Ther 1990; 5; 168-174
Reference Manual 141

Vascular Reference Pressure Gradient


(mmHg)
where, PGmax :Max Pressure gradient

Carotid, UE Artery, UE Vein, LE Artery, LE Vein V : the maximum instantaneous velocity(m/sec)

Resistivity Index %STA

Reference: Jacob, Normaan M et, al., “Duplex Carotid Sonography : Crieteria for Stenosis,
Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Accuracy, and Pitfalls,” Radiology 154: 385~391, 1985.
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.586

%STD
Pulsatility Index

Reference: Taylor K. J. W., Burns P. N., Breslau P., “Clinical Applications of Doppler Ultrasound”,
Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Raven Press, N.Y., pages 130-136.
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.585

Volume Flow (Area)


S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity)

Reference: Ameriso S, et al., “Pulseless Transcranial Doppler Finding in Takayasu’s Arteritis,” J Volume Flow (Dist.)
Clin Ultrasound, September 1990; 18:592-6

D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity)


Reference Manual 142

Gynecology Reference Pressure Gradient


(mmHg)
where, PGmax :Max Pressure gradient
Resistivity Index V : the maximum instantaneous velocity(m/sec)

%STA
Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.586
Reference: Jacob, Normaan M et, al., “Duplex Carotid Sonography : Crieteria for Stenosis,
Pulsatility Index Accuracy, and Pitfalls,” Radiology 154: 385~391, 1985.

%STD
Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.585
Reference: Taylor K. J. W., Burns P. N., Breslau P., “Clinical Applications of Doppler Ultrasound”,
S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity) Raven Press, N.Y., pages 130-136.

Volume Flow (Area)


Reference: Ameriso S, et al., “Pulseless Transcranial Doppler Finding in Takayasu’s Arteritis,” J
Clin Ultrasound, September 1990; 18:592-6

Volume Flow (Dist.)


D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity)
Reference Manual 143

Abdomen Reference %STA

Resistivity Index
Reference: Jacob, Normaan M et, al., “Duplex Carotid Sonography : Crieteria for Stenosis,
Accuracy, and Pitfalls,” Radiology 154: 385~391, 1985.

Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of %STD
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.586

Pulsatility Index Reference: Taylor K. J. W., Burns P. N., Breslau P., “Clinical Applications of Doppler Ultrasound”,
Raven Press, N.Y., pages 130-136.

Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of Volume Flow (Area)
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.585

S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity)


Volume Flow (Dist.)

Reference: Ameriso S, et al., “Pulseless Transcranial Doppler Finding in Takayasu’s Arteritis,” J


Clin Ultrasound, September 1990; 18:592-6
Vol.
D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity)

Vol. Index

Pressure Gradient
(mmHg)
where, PGmax :Max Pressure gradient
V : the maximum instantaneous velocity(m/sec)
Reference Manual 144

Small Part Reference Pressure Gradient


(mmHg)
where, PGmax :Max Pressure gradient

Thyroid, Breast, Testis, Superficial V : the maximum instantaneous velocity(m/sec)

Resistivity Index %STA

Reference: Jacob, Normaan M et, al., “Duplex Carotid Sonography : Crieteria for Stenosis,
Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Accuracy, and Pitfalls,” Radiology 154: 385~391, 1985.
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.586

%STD
Pulsatility Index

Reference: Taylor K. J. W., Burns P. N., Breslau P., “Clinical Applications of Doppler Ultrasound”,
Reference: Burns, Peter N., “The Physical principles of Doppler Spectral Analysis,” Journal of
Raven Press, N.Y., pages 130-136.
Clinical Ultrasound, Nov./Dec. 1987, Vol.15, No.9,p.585

Volume Flow (Area)


S/D (ratio of Systolic to Diastolic Velocity)

Reference: Ameriso S, et al., “Pulseless Transcranial Doppler Finding in Takayasu’s Arteritis,” J Volume Flow (Dist.)
Clin Ultrasound, September 1990; 18:592-6

D/S (ratio of Diastolic to Systolic Velocity)


Mass Vol.
Reference Manual 145

Cardiology Reference IVS% (IVS% Thickening)

Cardiology 2D LVPW% (LVPW% Thickening)

BSA (Body Surface Area)


BSA can be calculated by entering patient’s weight and height in New Patient Input Screen.
IVSd/LVPWd (Interventricular Septum to Posterior Wall Thickness Ratio Diastole)

where, H: centimeters, W: kilograms


Reference: Grossman,W. ”Cardiac Catheterization and Angiography.” Blood Flow
Measurement: Hemodynamic Principles, 1980. Chapter8, page 90. IVSs/LVPWs (Interventricular Septum to Posterior Wall Thickness Ratio Systole)

LV. Ventricle (2D)

LVd: Left Ventricle Diastole


LV Vol. d (LV Volume Diastolic)
LVs: Left Ventricle Systole
Teichholz :
LVIDd: Left Ventricle Internal Dimension Diastole
LVIDs: Left Ventricle Internal Dimension Systole Reference: Teichholz, L.E., Kreulen, T., Herman, M.V., et. al. “Problems in echocardiographic
volume determinations: echocardiographic-angiographic correlations in the presence or
LVPWd: Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Dimension Diastole
absence of asynergy.” American Journal of Cardiology, 1976, 37:7.
LVPWs: Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Dimension Systole
Cubed :
IVSd: Interventricular Septal Thickness Diastole Reference: Pombo, J.F., et. al. “Left Ventricular Volumes and Ejection Fractioin by
IVSs: Interventricular Septal Thickness Systole
Echocardiography.” Circulation, Vol. XLIII, 482, April, 1971
EDV : End Diastolic Volume Gibson :
ESV : End Systolic Volume Reference: “Basic Echocardiography” Iowa Heart Center, Mark J. Harry R.D.C.S., R.V.T. Jan,
1997 p. 30
Reference Manual 146

LV Vol. s (LV Volume Systolic) Ejection Fraction (EF)


Teichholz: Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. “The Echo Manual” Boston: Little, Brown and
Company, 1994; 43
Reference: Teichholz, L.E., Kreulen, T., Herman, M.V., et. al. “Problems in echocardiographic
volume determinations: echocardiographic-angiographic correlations in the presence or
absence of asynergy.” American Journal of Cardiology, 1976, 37:7.
Cubed:
Reference: Pombo, J.F., et. al. “Left Ventricular Volumes and Ejection Fractioin by
Fraction Shortening (%FS)
Echocardiography.” Circulation, Vol. XLIII, 482, April, 1971.
Gibson:

Reference: “Basic Echocardiography” Iowa Heart Center, Mark J. Harry R.D.C.S., R.V.T. Jan,
1997 p. 30 LV Mass

Stroke Volume (SV) Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and company, 1994,
p.43.

Stroke Volume Index (SI) LV Mass Index

Cardiac Output (CO)

Cardiac Index (CI)


Reference Manual 147

LV Vol. (MOD, Method Of Disk) LV Vol. (A/L)


MOD is used for calculation left ventricular volume from measurements taken in two scan
planes. The calculation of volume for both methods (2-chamber or the 4-chamber view)
results from summation of areas from diameters of 20 cylinders or discs of equal height,
apportioned over the left ventricular length

LV Volume: Single Plane Area Length

[Single Plane]

LV Vol. (Bullet)

LVAd: Left Ventricle Short-axis Area Diastolic


[Bi-Plane]
LVLd: Left Ventricle Apical Length Diastolic
LVAs: Left Ventricle Short-axis Area Systolic
LVLd: Left Ventricle Apical Length Systolic
Reference Manual 148

Vol. d (Diastolic Volume) AL(Area Length) Method

where,
Vol. s (Systolic Volume) A1 : LVAd SAX PM Epi (cm2) A2 : LVAd SAX PM (cm2)
L : LVLd apical (cm) t : LV Myo Thck (cm)

Myocardial Thickness (Myo Thck)


LV Mass
LV MASS BY AREA LENGTH(AL) AND TRUNCATED ELLIPSOID(TE)
where,
A1 : LVAd SAX PM Epi (cm2) A2 : LVAd SAX PM (cm2)

TE(Truncated Ellipsoid) Method

where,
A1 : LVAd SAX PM Epi (cm2) A2 : LVAd SAX PM (cm2)
L : LVLd apical (cm) t : LV Myo Thck (cm)
a : LV TE a(cm) d : LV TE d (cm)
LV MASS(AL) = 1.05{[5/6A₂(a+d+t)]-[5/6A₂(a+d)]}

d³ d³ LV Mass Index
LV MASS(TE) = 1.05 {(b+t)²
[2/3((a+t)+d- )]-b²
[2/3 a+d - 3a²]}
3(a+t)²
Reference Manual 149

LA Vol. (Left Atrium Volume)

L L
A1 A2

D₁
D₂
0.85×A1×A2
LA Volume =
D₃ L
A1 = LA area, 4-chamber view
LA Volume Index
A1 = LA area, 2-chamber view
L = LA longth
LA Volume(mL) = D₁×D₂×D₃×0.523

RA Vol. (Right Atrium Volume)


LA Area
RA Volume

LA Volume
Prolate Eliipse Method RA Volume Index

Aortic Root

Area Length Method IVC(Inferior Vena Cava) % Change


1 2 4
3
LV

LA
L L
A1 A2

D₁
D₂
0.85×A1×A2
LA Volume =
D₃ L
A1 = LA area, 4-chamber view

LA Volume(mL) = D₁×D₂×D₃×0.523
A1 = LA area, 2-chamber view
L = LA longth Reference Manual 150

SVC(Superior Vena Cava) % Change Aorta Diameter

Aortic Root
1. Ao Diam
LVOT Area 1 2
3
4
2. Ao Sinus Diam
LV

3. Ao ST Junct Diam
LA
4. Asc Ao Diam
RVOT Area

Mitral Valve (MV) Area

Tricuspid Valve (TV) Area


Reference Manual 151

Cardiology M mode LVDd : Left Ventricle Dimension Diastole


LVDs : Left Ventricle Dimension Systole

Left Ventricle LVPWd : Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Dimension Diastole


LVPWs: Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Dimension Systole

IVSd : Interventricular Septal Thickness Diastole


IVSs: Interventricular Septal Thickness Systole

EDV: End Diastolic Volume


ESV: End Systolic Volume

LV Mass

Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and company, 1994,
p.43.
Reference: Harvey Feigenbaum, “Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition

LV Mass Index

Right Ventricle
RV PEP/ET (RV Pre-Ejection Period / Ejection Time)

Reference: Harvey Feigenbaum, “Echocardiography”, 1995 fifth edition


Reference Manual 152

MV (Mitral Valve)

Definition for the Mitral Valve


D: end of systolic, immediately before the opening of the Mitral Valve
E: the arterial leaflet of the Mitral valve open, it peaks at E
F: lowest point of the initial diastolic closing
A: In atrial systole, blood is propelled through the Mitral orifice and the Mitral leaflets
reopen the peak of this phase of Mitral valve motion is indicated as A
C: complete closure occurs after the onset of ventricular systole

A-C interval (unit : msec)


The distance between the A point and the C point
<Figure – Mitral Valve M mode Waveform>

Mitral Valve D-E Excursion (unit : cm)


Distance between the onset of the opening of the Mitral valve at D and the maximum Ao/LA
opening of the anterior Mitral valve leaflet at E
Aortic Root Diameter (unit:cm) : Ao Root
Mitral Valve D-E Slope (unit : cm/sec) The distance between the leading echo of the anterior aortic wall and the leading echo of
Automatically calculated from the D-E excursion the rate of change that exists between two the posterior aortic wall at R wave of the electrocardiogram
point(D, E)

Aortic Valve Cusp Separation (unit:cm) : Ao Cusp Sep


Mitral Valve E-F Slope (unit : cm/sec)
The distance between the trailing echo of the anterior aortic valve leaflet and the leading
The rate of change that exists between two point(E, F) echo of the posterior aortic valve leaflet in early diastole

EPSS ( Mitral Valve E Point Septal Separation ) (unit : cm) Left Atrial Diameter (unit:cm) : LA Diam
Distance between the Mitral Valve E point and posterior edge of the interventricular septum The distance between the trailing edge of the posterior aortic wall echo and the leading
at the same point in time edge of the posterior left atrial wall echo at the level of aortic wall at the R wave of the
delectrocardiogram.
Reference Manual 153

LA/Ao Cardiology C mode

AV Regurg (AR), MV Regurg (MR), TV Regurg (TR)


LV PEP/ET (LV Pre-Ejection Period / Ejection Time)

PISA(Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area)-Radius


Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and
Company, 1994, p.106.
Area Schmailzl, K., Omerod, O., Editors. Ultrasound in Cardiology. Blackwell Science, 1994, p.125.
PISA-Radios is the radial distance of the isovelocity shell from the orifice (Figure - Regurgitant
Area Flow-PISA Radius)

PISA-Area

PISA-Radius = Radial distance of the isovelocity shell from the orifice in cm

<Figure – Regurgitant Flow-PISA Radius>


Reference Manual 154

PISA-Alias Velocity Vmax is the peak velocity of the mitral regurgitant jet measured on the Doppler display.
Reference: Schmailzl. K., Omerod, O., Editors. Ultrasound in Cardiology. Blackwell Science,
1994, p.125.
PISA-Alias Velocity is the peak velocity of the regurgitant jet on the Doppler display (Figure –
Regurgitant Flow-PISA Alias Velocity)
Regurgitant Volume (Vol.)
Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston:Little, Brown and
Company, 1994, pp. 108-109

Where:
PISA-Vol. = Regurgitant volume in milliliters
PISA-ERO = Effective Regurgitant area in cm2.
VTI = Velocity integral of the Regurgitant flow measured on the Doppler display

<Figure – Regurgitant Flow-PISA Alias Velocity> Regurgitant Fraction

Regurgitant Volume Flow Rate (Rate)


Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston:Little, Brown and
Company, 1994, p. 106
Rate is calculated in milliliters/sec.

Where: PISA-Area = Proximal isovelocity surface area in cm2.


PISA-Alias Vel. = Color flow velocity at radius r in cm/sec measured at the mitral orifice on
the Color display

Effective Regurgitant Orifice(ERO)


Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston:Little, Brown and
Company, 1994, pp. 108-109
Reference Manual 155

Cardiology Doppler

LVOT, RVOT, Aortic Valve, Mitral Valve, Tricuspid Valve, Pulmonic


Valve

HR(Heart Rate)

Max Pressure Gradient Deceleration (Dec)

where, Vmax :Max Velocity (m/sec) Where, Vmax: Max Velocity, DecT: Deceleration Time

PHT (Pressure Half Time) AccT/ET


Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and
Company, 1994, p.59-60
Pressure half-time (PHT) is the time it takes for the peak pressure gradient to fall to half to half
of its peak value. DT is deceleration time in centimeters per second form the peak velocity
to the baseline. CSA(Cross Sectional Area)

Acceleration (Acc)
where, Diam: diameter

Where, Vmax: Max Velocity, AccT: Acceleration Time


SV (Stroke Volume)

where, Area: LVOT area, RVOT area, or TV area


Reference Manual 156

CO (Cardiac Output) MPI (Myocardial Performance Index (Tei Index))

MVA(Mitral Valve Area) by PHT


Tei Index

Total Systolic Time


(TST)

ET

Inflow LV OR RV OUTFLOW

MPI = (TST-ET)/ET
Where ; PHT is Pressure Half Time (milliseconds)
Reference: John H. Phillipse, “Practical Quantitative Doppler Echocardiography”, p47,
Alternately chapter6, CRC press, 1991
MPI = (IVCT+IVRT)/ET
IVCT IVRT
dp/dt

Where, IVRT: Isovolumic Relaxation Time, IVCT: Isovolumic Contraction Time, EjectT: Ejection
Time CONT(Continuity Equation)
When there is a constant flow in a flow channel with a Stenosis, the flow volume at the
TST (Total Systolic Time) Stenosis portion equals that at nonstenotic portions. This equation is valid not only in a
constant flow, but also in a pulsality flow channel.
Where, SV1: stroke volume in the nonstenotic area, SV2: stroke volume in the
stenotic area
Reference Manual 157

Area by VTI QP : QS = Pulmonic CO / Sysemic CO

SVp : SVs
Area by Vmax

Pulmonic Veins, Hepatic Veins Qp : Qs


Reference: Oh, J.K., Seward, J.B., Tajik, A.J. The Echo Manual. Boston: Little, Brown and
Company, 1994, p.48

Diastolic Velocity(Dias Vel.)


Velocity measured at diastole.
Velocity Circumferential Fiber Shortening (Circ / Sec)
Systolic Velocity (Sys Vel.)
Velocity measured at systole.

Propagation Velocity (Vp)


Artrial Reversal Velocity(A. Rev. Vel)
Atrial reversal velocity is the peak velocity of the atrial reversal component.

Pulmonary Vein A-Wave Duration (A. Rev Dur)


Pulmonary atrial flow reversal duration is the time between the diastolic component of
pulmonary venous flow and the closure of the mitral valve.

Sys/Dia (Systole/Diastole)
Ratio of the velocity measured at systole and the velocity measured at diastole.

Plum Vein-MV A Duration


Plum Vein-MV A Dur.= Plume Vein Dur.- MV A Dur.
Reference Manual 158

Acoustic Output Tables Dim of Aaprt the –12 dB OUTPUT BEAM DIMENSIONS. The active apertu-re dimensions
in the azimuthal and elevational directions (cent-imeters). For scanned
modes, the ‘X_dim‘ is the length of the entire scanned aperture.
fawf the ACOUSTIC WORKING FREQUENCY. Center frequency. (megahertz)
IEC 60601-2-37 Tables Focal Length The nominal focal points, azimuthal (FLx) and elevational (FLy), for the
operating condition (centimeters).
Ipa, α at max. MI the ATTENUATED PULSE–AVERAGE INTENSITY at the depth of reported MI,
Symbols and Definitions zat_max_Ipi, α . (watts per square centimeter).
Standard 60601-2-37 published by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
Ita, α(z) the ATTENUATED TEMPORAL–AVERAGE INTENSITY at axial distance z.
requires the declaration of acoustic output information. The definitions and units of the
(milliwatts per square centimeter)
symbols in those tables are listed below, and are consistent with IEC 60601-2-37 and IEC
62359. Definitions for CAPITALIZED parameters, if not found here, can be found in the MI the displayed parameter representing potential cavitation bio–effects.
reference documents. (unit–less)
All table entries have been obtained at the operating conditions that give rise to the P the time-average ultrasonic OUTPUT POWER radiated by the transducer
Maximum Index Value (shown in the second row of the table). Due to the complexities of the for the transmit pattern(s) associated with the report-ed Index. For
system user interface, it may be difficult to exactly replicate the declared condition. Contact TIS_non_scan and TIB_non_scan this is the total acoustic power of
Samsung Medison for further information as needed. the non-scanned beam(s). For TIC it is the total acoustic power of the
contributing modes (which will be list-ed separately, for the reader to
Note that Samsung Medison provides information for both of the TIS non-scanned columns.
sum). The reported maximum TIS_scan value may (likely) come from a
The ‘Aaprt≤1‘ (cm2) column is an ‘at_surface‘ TIS value and the ‘Aaprt>1‘ (cm2) column is a
combinational mode. In this case, P = P1 + P1x1. P1 is the BOUNDED OUTPUT
‘below surface‘ TIS value. The tables will provide additional informational flags (‘**‘) in the
POWER (the maximum power emitted from a one cm width of the active
event that the largest TIS non-scanned value is an ‘at_surface‘ value with Aaprt > 1 cm2, or
(scanned) transmit aperture of the transducer in the scan plane direction)
if the largest TIS non-scanned value is a ‘below_surface‘ value with Aaprt ≤ 1 cm2 case (very
of each the scanned transmit modes. For instance in 2D color mode P1_2D
rare).
and P1_Col will be listed. P1x1 is the ma-ximum contribution from any one
Aaprt the –12 dB OUTPUT BEAM AREA, or transmit aperture area, of the square centimeter of the non-scanned transmit mode(s) active aperture.
ultrasonic beam. Derived from the –12 dB OUTPUT BEAM DIMENSIONS. (milliwatts).
(centimeters squared) Pα(z) the (ultrasonic) ATTENUATED OUTPUT POWER at axial dist–ance zs, for the
deq at max. Ipi the EQUIVALENT BEAM DIAMETER at the point where the free-field (non- non–scanned modes or TRANSMIT PATTERNS. (milliwatts)
attenuated), PULSE INTENSITY INTEGRAL is a maximum (centimeters).
Pr, α 
the ATTENUATED PEAK–RAREFACTIONAL ACOUSTIC PRESSURE
deq(zb) the EQUIVALENT BEAM DIAMETER at axial distance zb. Equal to [(4/п) associated with the transmit pattern giving rise to the reported value of
(Pα(zb) / Ita, α(zb))]0.5. (centimeters) MI. (megapascals)
Reference Manual 159

Pr at max. Ipi the PEAK–RAREFACTIONAL ACOUSTIC PRESSURE at the point where the
 Explanatory Notes
free­–field (non–attenuated), PULSE INTENSITY INTEGRAL is a maximum.
(megapascals) (a) This index is not required in this operating mode.

prr the PULSE REPETITION RATE associated with the transmit pattern giving (b) This probe is not intended for adult transcranial or neonatal cephalic applications.
rise to the reported value of MI. (pulses per second) (c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for an alternate formulation in this mode.
TIB the BONE THERMAL INDEX for applications, such as fetal (second and (d) The maximum index value is less than 1.0 in all modes.
third trimester) or neonatal cephalic (through the fontanelle), in which * If the MI comes from a scanning mode Transmit Pattern (pulse), the ‘prr‘ listed is the
the ultrasound beam passes through soft tissue and a focal region is in average per second for the ‘worst case‘ scan line. ‘prr‘ for scanning modes is the product
the immediate vicinity of bone. (unit–less) of the frame rate and the number of pulse per line of the Transmit Pattern.
TIC the CRANIAL BONE THERMAL INDEX. ** The max TIS non-scanned value is an ‘at_surface‘ value and occurs for aperture > 1.0 cm2,
TISscan the SOFT TISSUE THERMAL INDEX in a scanning mode. (unit–less) OR The max TIS non-scanned value is a ‘below_surface‘ value and occurs for aperture <=
TISnon–scan the SOFT TISSUE THERMAL INDEX in a non–auto scanning mode. (unit– 1.0 cm2.
less) + The max TIB for this combinational mode = the at_surface TIS_scanned value. The non-
td the PULSE DURATION associated with the TRANSMIT PATTERN giving rise scanned_TIB value indicated is the below_surface max. A “+“ is used when this TIB value
to the reported value of MI. (microseconds) is less than the TIS_scanned value for the operating condition.
z_at_max_Ipi, α 
the axial distance from the transducer where the ATTENUATED PULSE
INTENSITY INTEGRAL Ipi, α is maximum.
zb 
the distance where TIB_non–scan is determined. For non–scanned modes,
Distance along the beam axis to the plane where the product of the
ATTENUATED OUTPUT POWER and ATTENUATED TEMPORAL–AVERAGE
INTENSITY (Pα(z) x Ita, α(z)) maximizes. (centimeters)
zbp value equal to 1.5 times the EQUIVALENT APERTURE DIAMETER (Deq). Also
equals 1.69 * . (centimeters)
zs the distance where TIS_non–scan is determined. The axial distance
corresponding to the location of max[min(Pα(z), Ita, α(z)x1 cm2)], where z >=
zbp. (centimeters)
Reference Manual 160

CS1-4 CS1-4: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
CS1-4: 2D & 2D + M mode scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan

TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.39 1.54 1.01** 0.79 2.32 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Pr, α (MPa) 2.15
scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 2D P1:8.34
P (mW) PD P1x1:64.9 PD P:72.1 (b)
Col P1:93.0
Maximum Index Value 1.52 1.11 0.19** 0.39 0.82+ (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 2.26 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 50.8
(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:82.9 M P1x1:16.9 M P:23.6 (b) zs (cm) 2.39
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 34.7 zbp (cm) 2.39
(zs)x1cm2] Associated
zs (cm) 4.72 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.79
zbp Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.27
Associated (cm) 4.00
Acoustic zb deq(zb) (cm) 0.52
(cm) 4.67
Parameters
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.27 2D:2.77
fawf (MHz) 2.39 3.27 3.26 2.47 (b)
0.34 Col:3.24
deq(zb) (cm)
fawf (MHz) 2.21 2.81 2.37 2.37 2.06 (b) 2D:2.31
X (cm) 0.86 1.53 0.86 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col:1.96
X (cm) 2.71 0.86 4.30 1.53 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
td (µsec) 0.63
td (µsec) 0.60
prr (pulses/sec) 4.83*
prr (pulses/sec) 27.0*
3.06 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.98
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa)
Other Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.33 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.37
Information Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 332 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 358
FLx (cm) 3.50 17.5 FLx (cm) 3.50 6.50
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.70 6.70 FLy (cm) 6.70 6.70

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs Conditions
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs TIB_bs
Control 5

Control 1: 2D (Pulse Inversion) Mode, 2.2MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 27.0Hz


Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, Col: 2.5MHz, PD: 3.3MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 2: 2D Mode, 4.0MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 266.4Hz
Control 2: 2D+Color Mode, 2D: 4.0MHz, Col: 3.3MHz Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 39.6Hz
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2.5MHz, M: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 55.6Hz
Control 3: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, Col: 2.5MHz, PD: 3.3MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2.5MHz, M: 2.5MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 12.5Hz
Control 4: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, Col: 2.5MHz, PD: 3.3MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 3.9Hz, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 5: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2.0MHz, M: 2.0MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 35.7Hz
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.0MHz, Col: 3.3MHz, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Reference Manual 161

CS1-4: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler C2-8


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan C2-8: 2D & 2D + M mode
Maximum Index Value 1.39 1.37 1.40** 1.39 3.28 (b) TIS TIB

Pr, α (MPa) 2.18 Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC


scan non–scan
2D P1:6.89 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) PD P1x1:89.7 PD P:90.8 (b)
PD P1x1:81.9 Maximum Index Value 1.17 0.82 0.15 0.19 0.36+ (b)
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 117 Pr, α (MPa) 2.11
(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:48.1 M P1x1:9.90 M P:11.7 (b)
zs (cm) 3.72
zbp Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 14.0
(cm) 3.63 (zs)x1cm2]
Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 1.49 zs (cm) 4.32
Parameters 4.27 zbp
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) Associated (cm) 3.68
deq(zb) (cm) 0.48 Acoustic zb (cm) 4.15
Parameters
2D:3.04 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 2.33
fawf (MHz) 2.47 3.28 2.50 2.50 (b)
PD:3.26
deq(zb) (cm) 0.32
2D:6.12
X (cm) 0.86 3.54 0.48 (b) fawf (MHz) 3.25 3.58 3.25 2.92 2.96 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:0.86
Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b) X (cm) 1.95 0.86 4.31 1.24 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
td (µsec) 0.60 Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)

prr (pulses/sec) 31.3* td (µsec) 0.38

Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.10 prr (pulses/sec) 64.8*


Other Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.57
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.48
Information Other
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 292 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.30
Information
FLx (cm) 3.50 14.5 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 181
Focal Length FLx (cm) 3.50 17.5
FLy (cm) 6.70 6.70
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.50 6.50

Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 1 MI
Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 2 TIS_as
Operating
Conditions Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs
Conditions
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 3.0MHz, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.0MHz, PD: 3.3MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 37.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 64.8Hz
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.3MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 6.5kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 336.1Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 3: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, M: 4.1MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 55.6Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, PD Scale: 4.0kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 4: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 5.8MHz, M: 5.8MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR:12.5Hz
Control 5: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 5.8MHz, M: 5.8MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 41.7Hz
Reference Manual 162

C2-8: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA C2-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan non–scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.14 0.87 0.65 0.55 1.41 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.02 0.79 0.92 0.88 2.08 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 1.80 Pr, α (MPa) 1.85
2D P1:1.18 2D P1:4.49
P (mW) PD P1x1:57.9 PD P:75.7 (b)
P (mW) Col P1:15.2 PD P1x1:41.4 PD P:55.0 (b) PD P1x1:44.9
PD P1x1:38.6
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 55.7
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 35.0
(zs)x1cm2]
(zs)x1cm2] zs (cm) 2.20
zs (cm) 1.98 zbp (cm) 2.20
zbp Associated
(cm) 1.98 zb
Acoustic (cm) 4.35
Associated zb (cm) 4.15 Parameters
Acoustic z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.33
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.35
deq(zb) (cm) 0.30
deq(zb) (cm) 0.34
2D:3.98
fawf (MHz) 3.29 3.33 3.33 3.33 (b)
2D:3.37 PD:3.31
fawf (MHz) 2.50 Col:3.31 3.32 3.32 3.32 (b)
2D:6.12
PD:3.31 X (cm) 0.86 1.53 1.24 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:0.86
2D:6.12
Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
X (cm) Col:3.20 0.86 1.24 1.24 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:1.24 td (µsec) 0.41
Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) prr (pulses/sec) 31.3*
td (µsec) 0.88 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.77
Other
prr (pulses/sec) 4.60* deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.29
Information
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.62 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 170
Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.32 FLx (cm) 3.50 6.50
Information Focal Length
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 192 FLy (cm) 6.50 6.50
FLx (cm) 3.50 5.00
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.50 6.50 Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Operating
Control 1 MI Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Operating Conditions
Control 2 TIS_as Control 4 TIS_bs
Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 31.25Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 37.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.6MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 2.8MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 7mm
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz, Col: 3.4MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 7mm
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.51Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 7mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 163

CA1-7AD CA1-7AD: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA &Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
CA1-7AD: 2D & 2D+M scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan

TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.53 2.08 0.95 1.30 3.23 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Pr, α (MPa) 1.53 2.08 0.95 1.30 3.23 (b)
scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 P (mW) 2.20
Maximum Index Value 1.59 1.86 0.23** 0.55 1.31+ (b)
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW)
2D P1:11.2
PD P1x1: 73.1 PD P:172 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 2.27 (zs)x1cm2] PD P1x1:151

P (mW) 2D P1:110 M P1x1:23.7 M P:92.0 (b) zs (cm) 130


zbp 3.57
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 58.0
(cm)
(zs)x1cm2] Associated
zb (cm) 3.57
Acoustic
zs (cm) 3.33
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.27
Associated zbp (cm) 3.33
deq(zb) (cm) 4.56
Acoustic zb (cm) 3.92 0.65
Parameters fawf (MHz)
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 4.35 2D:2.41
X (cm) 2.09 2.72 2.11 2.09 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) 0.92 PD:2.71
Dim of Aaprt
fawf (MHz) 2.03 3.57 2.00 2.00 2.00 (b) 2D:2.46
Y (cm) 0.42 3.19 2.42 (b)
PD:2.09
X (cm) 2.27 2.77 2.77 2.77 (b)
Dim of Aaprt td (µsec) 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 (b)
Y (cm) 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 (b)
prr (pulses/sec) 0.68
td (µsec) 0.55
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 24.2*
prr (pulses/sec) 47.9*
Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 3.02
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.08 Information
Other Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 0.55
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.81
Information
FLx (cm) 435
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm )2 466 Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.00 14.5
FLx (cm) 17.5 17.5
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1 MI Operating
Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control Control 2 TIS_as
Conditions
Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.19MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 47.9Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 3.90MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 366.8Hz Control 1: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.19MHz, Col: 2.35MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 24.2Hz
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.19MHz, M: 2.19MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 10.4Hz Control 2: CPA Mode, 2D: 2.71MHz, Col: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 37.4Hz
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.71 MHz, Col: 2.75MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 7.35Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.71MHz, Col: 2.35MHz, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, FR: 4.20Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.71MHz, Col: 2.19MHz, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 11.0cm, FR: 4.20Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Reference Manual 164

CA1-7AD: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler CA2-8AD


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan CA2-8AD: 2D & 2D+M
Maximum Index Value 1.43 1.06 1.01 2.35 5.30 (b) TIS TIB

Pr, α (MPa) 2.35 Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC


scan non–scan
2D P1:18.4 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) PD P1x1:77.3 PD P:366 (b)
PD P1x1:68.0 Maximum Index Value 1.25 1.33 0.25** 0.41 0.62+ (b)
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 229 Pr, α (MPa) 2.07
(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:71.2 M P1x1:18.9 M P:19.2 (b)
zs (cm) 3.94
zbp Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 31.3
(cm) 3.94 (zs)x1cm2]
Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 4.73 zs (cm) 3.72
Parameters 4.05 zbp
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) Associated (cm) 3.10
deq(zb) (cm) 0.77 Acoustic zb (cm) 3.65
Parameters
2D:2.09 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 3.85
fawf (MHz) 2.71 2.74 2.15 2.15 (b)
PD:2.71
deq(zb) (cm) 0.35
2D:5.54
X (cm) 0.42 3.88 3.19 (b) fawf (MHz) 2.75 3.93 2.73 2.73 2.75 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:0.76
Y (cm) 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 (b) X (cm) 2.43 2.80 2.80 1.17 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
td (µsec) 1.40 Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)

prr (pulses/sec) 1000 td (µsec) 0.75

Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.14 prr (pulses/sec) 29.2*


Other Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.87
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.68
Information Other
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 295 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.34
Information
FLx (cm) 2.00 17.5 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 285
Focal Length FLx (cm) 17.5 17.5
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00

Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 1 MI
Operating Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 2 TIS_as
Control
Conditions Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 4 TIB_bs

Control 1: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 1: 2D (Pulse Inversion) Mode, 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 29.2Hz
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 2.19MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 364.2Hz
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, PD Scale: 7.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, M: 2.75MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 10.4Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, M: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 50.0Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Reference Manual 165

CA2-8AD: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA &Triple CPA CA2-8AD: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan non–scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.46 1.64 1.01** 0.93 2.69 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.10 1.00 1.38 1.50 3.13 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 2.41 Pr, α (MPa) 1.82
2D P1:10.2 2D P1:3.15
P (mW) PD P1x1:77.1 PD P:90.5 (b) P (mW) PD P1x1:97.6 PD P:101 (b)
Col P1:109 P1x1:68.1
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 67.1 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 114
(zs)x1cm2] (zs)x1cm2]
zs (cm) 4.32 zs (cm) 2.88
zbp (cm) 3.45 zbp (cm) 2.72
Associated Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 3.46 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.50
Parameters 3.65 Parameters 4.15
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
deq(zb) (cm) 0.39 deq(zb) (cm) 0.55
2D:2.73 2D:3.62
fawf (MHz) 2.73 2.75 2.91 2.75 (b) fawf (MHz) 2.75 2.96 2.76 2.77 (b)
Col:2.90 PD:2.92
2D:2.99 2D:6.26
X (cm) 0.98 3.46 0.98 (b) X (cm) 0.65 2.15 0.65 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col:2.40 Dim of Aaprt PD:0.65
Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b) Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)
td (µsec) 0.76 td (µsec) 1.40
prr (pulses/sec) 15.5* prr (pulses/sec) 1000
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.26 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.14
Other Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.38 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.68
Information Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 357 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 295
FLx (cm) 5.00 17.5 FLx (cm) 2.00 17.5
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control Operating
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Conditions
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.19MHz, Col: 2.35MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 24.2Hz
Control 2: CPA Mode, 2D: 2.71MHz, Col: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 37.4Hz Control 1: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.71 MHz, Col: 2.75MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 7.35Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 2.19MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.71MHz, Col: 2.35MHz, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, FR: 4.20Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, PD Scale: 7.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.71MHz, Col: 2.19MHz, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 11.0cm, FR: 4.20Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Reference Manual 166

CF2-8 CF2-8: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA &Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
CF2-8: 2D & 2D+M scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan

TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.28 1.44 0.87 0.81 2.23 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Pr, α (MPa) 2.15
scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 2D P1:9.02
P (mW) PD P1x1:61.9 PD P:83.3 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.23 1.53 0.22** 0.34 0.50+ (b) Col P1:94.6

Pr, α (MPa) 2.21 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 57.6


(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:73.7 M P1x1:16.6 M P:16.8 (b)
zs (cm) 4.32
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 25.7 zbp
(zs)x1cm2] (cm) 3.45
Associated zb
zs (cm) 4.12 (cm) 3.95
Acoustic
Associated zbp (cm) 3.10 Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.49
Acoustic zb deq(zb) (cm) 0.40
(cm) 3.85
Parameters
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.43 2D:2.74
fawf (MHz) 2.85 2.96 2.96 2.74 (b)
Col:2.93
deq(zb) (cm) 0.36
2D:2.99
fawf (MHz) 3.21 4.36 2.74 2.74 2.79 (b) X (cm) 0.65 3.46 1.24 (b)
Col:2.40
X (cm) 2.43 2.80 2.80 1.17 (b) Dim of Aaprt
2D:1.20
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)
Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b) Col:1.20

td (µsec) 0.31 td (µsec) 0.71

prr (pulses/sec) 83.3* prr (pulses/sec) 55.7*

Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.53 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.37


Other Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.35 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.38
Information Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 307 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 218

FLx (cm) 17.5 17.5 FLx (cm) 3.50 17.5


Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control Operating
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Conditions
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, M: 4.1MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 83.3Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 364.2Hz Control 1: 2D (Harmonic) + Color Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, Col: 2.96MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 55.7Hz
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, M: 2.75MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 10.4Hz Control 2: 2D (Harmonic) + Color Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, Col: 2.96MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 15.9Hz
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, M: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 50.0Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.16 MHz, Col: 3.07MHz, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 4.19Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Col: 3.07MHz, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 5.38Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Col: 3.07MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 5.38Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 167

CF2-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler CF4-9


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan CF4-9: 2D & 2D + M
Maximum Index Value 1.10 0.89 1.20 1.23 2.94 (b) TIS TIB

Pr, α (MPa) 1.84 Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC


scan non–scan
2D P1:3.20 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) PD P1x1:84.8 PD P:84.8 (b)
PD P1x1:58.4 Maximum Index Value 1.03 0.49 0.12 0.07** 0.20+ 0.65
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 87.3 Pr, α (MPa) 2.31
(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:20.3 M: P1x1:4.48 M P:2.14 2D P:21.6
zs (cm) 3.72
zbp Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 2.71
(cm) 3.14 (zs)x1cm2]
Associated zb (cm) 1.68 zs (cm) 1.64
Acoustic
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.50 Associated zbp (cm) 1.64
deq(zb) (cm) 0.46 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.29
Parameters
2D:4.48 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.43 -
fawf (MHz) 2.78 2.96 2.96 2.96 (b)
PD:2.96
deq(zb) (cm) 0.16
2D:6.26
X (cm) 0.65 2.87 0.65 (b) fawf (MHz) 5.03 5.09 5.69 5.11 5.03 5.09
PD:0.65
Dim of Aaprt X (cm) 1.28 2.24 2.24 0.49 1.28
2D:1.20
Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b) Dim of Aaprt
PD:1.20 Y (cm) 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42
td (µsec) 1.32 td (µsec) 0.28
prr (pulses/sec) 1750 prr (pulses/sec) 67.7*
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 1.85 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.97
Other Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.41 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.15
Information Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 125 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 500
FLx (cm) 3.50 14.5 FLx (cm) 9.00 9.00
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 FLy (cm) 2.50 2.50

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS_as TIS_as TIC_as
Operating Control 2
Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs Conditions
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 18.2Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 67.7Hz
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 219.7Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 3: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, M: 6.8MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 20.8Hz
Control 4: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, M: 5.1MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 20.8Hz
Control 5: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, M: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 55.6Hz
Reference Manual 168

CF4-9: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA CF4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan non–scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.03 0.63 0.53 0.33** 1.12 0.96 Maximum Index Value 0.99 0.51 0.75 0.44** 1.44 1.00
Pr, α (MPa) 2.31 Pr, α (MPa) 2.23
2D P1:1.21 2D P:0.82 2D P1:4.17 2D P:10.2
P (mW) Col P1:3.78 PD P1x1:19.4 PD P:10.9 Col P:5.40 P (mW) PD P1x1:33.5 PD P:24.3
PD P1x1:17.1 PD P:11.1
PD P1x1:19.0 PD P:10.9
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 12.3 (zs)x1cm2]
(mW) 19.6
(zs)x1cm2]
zs 1.00 zs (cm) 1.64
(cm)
zbp zbp (cm) 1.64
(cm) 0.94 Associated
Associated zb Acoustic zb (cm) 1.00
(cm) 0.81
Acoustic Parameters
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.43 - z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.43 -
deq(zb) (cm) 0.17 deq(zb) (cm) 0.27
2D:5.00 2D:5.52 2D:6.23 2D:5.03
fawf (MHz) 5.03 Col:4.77 5.71 5.71 4.72 Col:5.65 fawf (MHz) 5.03 4.71 4.71 4.72
PD:4.73 PD:4.72
PD:5.70 PD:4.72
2D:2.24 2D:2.24
2D:2.24 2D:2.24 X (cm) 2.24 2.24 0.74
Dim of Aaprt PD:1.37 PD:0.25
X (cm) Col:2.13 1.86 0.74 0.25 Col:1.01
Dim of Aaprt PD:1.37 PD:0.25 Y (cm) 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42
Y (cm) 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 td (µsec) 0.29
td (µsec) 0.28 prr (pulses/sec) 36.5*
prr (pulses/sec) 6.43*
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.86
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.97 Other
Other deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.20
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.17 Information
Information Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 409
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm )2 500
7.50 3.00 FLx (cm) 9.00 9.00
FLx (cm) Focal Length
Focal Length FLy (cm) 2.50 2.50
FLy (cm) 2.50 2.50

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Operating Operating
Control 3 TIS_as_U Control Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control
Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs Conditions
Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIC_as
Control 6 TIC_as

Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 36.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Col: 4.7MHz, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 8.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, FR: 26.0Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Col: 4.7MHz, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 5mm
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Col: 4.7MHz, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 7.5cm, FR: 3.68Hz, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 3.0cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 5mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 8.8MHz, Col: 4.7MHz, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 3.0cm, FR: 5.51Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 54.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Col: 5.6MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 6: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 5.6MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 169

CV1-8AD CV1-8AD: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA &Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
CV1-8AD: 2D & 2D+M scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan

TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.51 0.97 0.52 0.48 2.05 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Pr, α (MPa) 2.38
scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 2D P1:6.70
P (mW) PD P1x1:43.3 PD P:43.3 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.60 1.02 0.12 0.20 0.47+ (b) Col P1:54.4

Pr, α (MPa) 2.61 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 40.8


(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:48.0 M P1x1:8.64 M P:9.42 (b)
zs (cm) 3.13
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 17.7 zbp
(zs)x1cm2] (cm) 3.13
Associated
zs (cm) 3.36 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.49
zbp Parameters 0.50
Associated (cm) 3.36 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
Acoustic zb deq(zb) (cm) 0.37
(cm) 1.88
Parameters
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 3.05 2D:2.48
fawf (MHz) 2.49 2.52 2.47 2.52 (b)
Col:3.44
deq(zb) (cm) 0.33
2D:2.18
fawf (MHz) 2.66 4.44 2.98 2.35 2.49 (b) X (cm) 0.71 3.10 0.71 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col:1.72
X (cm) 2.91 0.87 3.59 0.87 (b) Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) td (µsec) 0.70
td (µsec) 0.24 prr (pulses/sec) 4.68*
prr (pulses/sec) 47.1* Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.49
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.46 Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.36
Other Information
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.32 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 204
Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 447 FLx (cm) 3.50 14.5
FLx (cm) 3.50 14.5 Focal Length
FLy (cm) 5.00 5.00
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 5.00 5.00

Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI Operating Control 2 TIS_as
TIS_as Control
Operating Control 2 Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs
Conditions
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 4 TIS_bs
Conditions
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.50 MHz, Col: 2.50MHz, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 4.68Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size:
2.0mm
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2.96MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 47.1Hz Control 2: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.50MHz, Col: 3.47MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 25.3Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.71MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 210.9Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.96 MHz, Col: 3.47MHz, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 4.01Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 2.96MHz, M: 2.96MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 50.0Hz Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.71 MHz, Col: 2.50MHz, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, FR: 2.67Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.50MHz, M: 2.50MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, FR: 12.5Hz
Control 5: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.50MHz, M: 2.50MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 50.0Hz
Reference Manual 170

CV1-8AD: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler L5-13


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan L5-13: 2D & 2D + M mode
Maximum Index Value 1.59 0.60 0.72 0.84 2.50 (b) TIS TIB

Pr, α (MPa) 2.99 Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC


scan non–scan
2D P1:6.95 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) PD P1x1:49.7 PD P:51.4 (b)
P1x1:39.3 Maximum Index Value 1.66 2.19 0.52 0.25** 0.42+ (b)
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 57.6 Pr, α (MPa) 3.81
(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:71.0 M P1x1:16.8 M P:5.82 (b)
zs (cm) 3.13
Associated zbp Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 8.24
(cm) 3.13 (zs)x1cm2]
Acoustic
Parameters zb (cm) 1.49 zs (cm) 1.59
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 2.76 Associated zbp (cm) 1.59
deq(zb) (cm) 0.36 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.57
Parameters
fawf (MHz) 0.18 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.57
X (cm) 20.8* deq(zb) (cm) 0.17
Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) 4.11 fawf (MHz) 5.23 6.48 6.50 6.50 5.43 (b)
td (µsec) 0.35 X (cm) 2.55 2.22 2.22 0.75 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
prr (pulses/sec) 379 Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.50 14.5 td (µsec) 0.45
Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 5.00 5.00 prr (pulses/sec) 47.6*
Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 793 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.82
FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50 Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.17
Focal Length Information
FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 663
FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50
Focal Length
Control 1 MI FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00
Control 2 TIS_as
Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 1 MI
Conditions Operating
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 2 TIS_as
Control
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Conditions
Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.70MHz, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 20.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.70MHz, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 25.0Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 1: 2D (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.2cm, FR: 47.6Hz
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.07MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 2: 2D (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.4MHz, Focus: 3.7cm, FR: 136.8Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.07MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.4MHz, M: 6.4MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 20.8Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 5.5MHz, M: 5.5MHz, Focus: 2.2cm, FR: 41.7Hz
Reference Manual 171

L5-13: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA L5-13: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan non–scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.66 2.76 2.21 1.18** 2.07+ (b) Maximum Index Value 1.62 2.41 2.88 1.57** 2.96 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 4.16 Pr, α (MPa) 4.43
2D P1:5.10 2D P1:17.0
P (mW) PD P1x1:91.6 PD P:95.6 (b)
P (mW) Col P1:12.3 PD P1x1:69.7 PD P:46.5 (b) PD P1x1:59.3
PD P1x1:69.7
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 53.4
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 37.2
(zs)x1cm2]
(zs)x1cm2] zs (cm) 1.36
zs (cm) 1.36 zbp (cm) 1.36
zbp Associated
(cm) 1.36 zb
Acoustic (cm) 1.36
Associated zb (cm) 1.13 Parameters
Acoustic z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.15
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.63
deq(zb) (cm) 0.41
deq(zb) (cm) 0.31
2D:6.46
fawf (MHz) 7.52 6.61 6.18 6.18 (b)
2D:6.32 PD:6.67
fawf (MHz) 6.25 Col:6.64 6.67 6.67 6.14 (b)
2D:3.80
PD:6.67 X (cm) 1.62 1.62 1.62 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:1.62
2D:3.80
Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b)
X (cm) Col:2.81 1.62 1.62 1.11 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:1.62 td (µsec) 0.16
Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b) prr (pulses/sec) 31.3*
td (µsec) 0.19 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 5.80
Other
prr (pulses/sec) 8.53* deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.39
Information
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 5.27 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 793
Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.31 FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50
Information Focal Length
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 512 FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00
FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00 Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control
Control 1 MI Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U
Operating Control 2 TIS_as Control 4 TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 12.3MHz, PD: 6.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 3.0kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 7.6MHz, PD: 6.8MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 15.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 1mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 6.8MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 1mm
Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 12.3MHz, Col: 6.1MHz, PD: 6.1MHz, Focus: 2.2cm, FR: 8.5Hz, PD Scale: 2.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 6.1MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 3.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.6MHz, Col: 6.8MHz, PD: 6.8MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 5.1Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 1mm
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 12.3MHz, Col: 6.1MHz, PD: 6.8MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 5.1Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 1mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 10.0MHz, Col: 6.1MHz, PD: 6.1MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 6.0Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Reference Manual 172

LA3-14AD LA3-14AD: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA &Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
LA3-14AD: 2D & 2D+M scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan

TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.30 0.93 0.79 0.40** 0.76+ (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Pr, α (MPa) 3.27
scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 2D P1:0.13
1.27 0.50 0.14** 0.07 0.17+ (b) P (mW) Col P1:7.06 PD P1x1:23.7 PD P:19.4 (b)
Maximum Index Value
PD P1x1:23.0
Pr, α (MPa) 3.25
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 14.6
P (mW) 2D P1:17.0 M P1x1:4.99 M P:1.37 (b) (zs)x1cm2]
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α zs (cm) 1.57
(mW) 2.73
(zs)x1cm2] zbp (cm) 1.57
zs (cm) 1.76 Associated zb (cm) 1.42
Acoustic
Associated zbp (cm) 1.76 0.94
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
Acoustic zb (cm) 1.12 deq(zb) (cm) 0.33
Parameters
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.08 2D:5.86
fawf (MHz) 6.34 Col:6.42 7.01 5.69 5.66 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) 0.12
PD:6.51
fawf (MHz) 6.50 6.18 5.91 5.76 5.60 (b)
2D:4.97
X (cm) 2.79 2.41 2.41 0.62 (b) X (cm) Col:3.78 1.90 1.90 1.09 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Dim of Aaprt PD:1.90
Y (cm) 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 (b)
Y (cm) 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 (b)
td (µsec) 0.19
td (µsec) 0.41
prr (pulses/sec) 65.3*
prr (pulses/sec) 182*
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.93
Other Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.01
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.12 Other
Information deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.26
669 Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm )2
448
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2)
FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50 6.50 6.50
Focal Length FLx (cm)
FLy (cm) 1.70 1.70 Focal Length
FLy (cm) 1.70 1.70

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Operating Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Conditions Conditions TIS_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 4
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 5 TIB_bs

Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 8.00MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 65.3Hz Control 1: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, Col: 6.66MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 12.1Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 7.27MHz, Focus: 3.0cm, FR: 174.9Hz Control 2: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, Col: 6.66MHz, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 2.88Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, M: 6.15MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 14.7Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 8.00MHz, Col: 5.71MHz, PD: 7.27MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 3.52Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 5.71MHz, M: 5.71MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 14.7Hz Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 10.0MHz, Col: 5.71MHz, PD: 5.71MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 3.52Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 5: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 5.33MHz, M: 5.33MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 55.6Hz Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 10.0MHz, Col: 5.71MHz, PD: 5.71MHz, Focus: 3.7cm, FR: 4.11Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Reference Manual 173

LA3-14AD: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler LF5-13


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan LF5-13: 2D& 2D+M mode
Maximum Index Value 1.16 0.71 1.14 0.55** 1.06 (b) TIS TIB

Pr, α (MPa) 2.76 Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC


scan non–scan
2D P1:0.66 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) PD P1x1:34.0 PD P:27.1 (b)
PD P1x1:25.4 Maximum Index Value 1.56 0.79 0.17 0.10** 0.26+ (b)
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 17.7 Pr, α (MPa) 3.90
(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:23.6 M P1x1:5.58 M P:2.29 (b)
zs (cm) 1.57
zbp Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 3.19
(cm) 1.57 (zs)x1cm2]
Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 1.30 zs (cm) 1.28
Parameters 1.30 zbp
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) Associated (cm) 1.28
deq(zb) (cm) 0.35 Acoustic zb (cm) 0.98
Parameters
2D:7.50 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.98
fawf (MHz) 5.70 7.07 6.58 5.68 (b)
PD:5.70
deq(zb) (cm) 0.13
2D:4.97
X (cm) 1.90 1.90 1.32 (b) fawf (MHz) 6.23 7.02 6.29 6.29 6.23 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:1.90
Y (cm) 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 (b) X (cm) 1.37 1.44 1.44 0.52 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
td (µsec) 0.65 Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b)

prr (pulses/sec) 1000 td (µsec) 0.32

Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.34 prr (pulses/sec) 43.6*


Other Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.53
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.26
Information Other
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 391 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.13
Information
FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 747
Focal Length FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50
FLy (cm) 1.70 1.70
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00

Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 1 MI
Operating Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 2 TIS_as
Control
Conditions Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 4 TIB_bs

Control 1: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.71MHz, Focus: 2.2cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 43.6Hz
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 11.4MHz, PD: 5.71MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 23.4Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 8.00MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 274.3Hz
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 7.27MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, M: 6.15MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 17.9Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 3.50kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, M: 6.15MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 38.5Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.71MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, PD Scale: 4.40kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Reference Manual 174

LF5-13: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA LF5-13: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan non–scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.54 0.86 0.65 0.35** 0.98 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.43 0.67 1.37 0.73** 1.26 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 3.83 Pr, α (MPa) 3.47
2D P1:0.14 2D P1:0.59
P (mW) PD P1x1:43.1 PD P:11.9 (b)
P (mW) Col P1:6.44 PD P1x1:20.4 PD P:9.85 (b) PD P1x1:20.5
PD P1x1:20.4
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 23.1
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 10.9
(zs)x1cm2]
(zs)x1cm2] zs (cm) 1.35
zs (cm) 1.35 zbp (cm) 1.35
zbp Associated
(cm) 1.35 zb
Acoustic (cm) 0.52
Associated zb (cm) 0.52 Parameters
Acoustic z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.77
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.74
deq(zb) (cm) 0.17
deq(zb) (cm) 0.18
2D:8.17
fawf (MHz) 5.88 6.68 6.68 6.69 (b)
2D:8.04 PD:6.60
fawf (MHz) 6.19 Col:6.68 6.68 6.68 6.59 (b)
2D:3.84
PD:6.68 X (cm) 1.60 1.60 0.24 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:1.12
2D:3.84
Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b)
X (cm) Col:2.85 1.60 1.60 0.24 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:1.60 td (µsec) 0.27
Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b) prr (pulses/sec) 15.6*
td (µsec) 0.25 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.06
Other
prr (pulses/sec) 3.07* deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.15
Information
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.49 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 755
Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.18 FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50
Information Focal Length
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 869 FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00
FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00 Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control
Control 1 MI Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Operating
Control Control 2 TIS_as TIS_as_U TIS_bs Control 4 TIB_bs
Conditions
Control 3 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 5.71MHz, PD: 6.15MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 15.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 11.4MHz, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 9.11Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, Col: 6.15MHz, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 3.07Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 3.5mm
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 11.42MHz, Col: 6.40MHz, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 6.50cm, FR: 3.07Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, PD Scale: 7.50kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 3: Triple Mode (Harmonic), 2D: 5.71 MHz, Col: 6.40MHz, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 3.07Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Reference Manual 175

ER4-9 ER4-9: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
ER4-9: 2D & 2D + M mode scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan

TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.43 0.67 0.44 0.30** 1.23 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Pr, α (MPa) 3.15
scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 2D P1:2.39
P (mW) PD P1x1:19.8 PD P:17.2 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.32 0.65 0.10** 0.06 0.18+ (b) Col P1:25.7

Pr, α (MPa) 2.96 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 13.3


(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:26.6 M P1x1:3.97 M P:3.02 (b)
zs (cm) 1.22
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 2.67 zbp
(zs)x1cm2] (cm) 1.22
Associated
zs (cm) 1.95 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.63
zbp Parameters 1.88
Associated (cm) 1.95 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
Acoustic zb deq(zb) (cm) 0.19
(cm) 1.91
Parameters
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.38 2D:5.46
fawf (MHz) 4.83 4.71 4.70 4.70 (b)
Col:4.99
deq(zb) (cm) 0.21
2D:2.62
fawf (MHz) 5.03 5.15 5.06 5.06 4.62 (b) X (cm) 1.11 0.86 0.37 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col:1.25
X (cm) 1.02 2.21 2.21 0.61 (b) Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b) td (µsec) 0.28
td (µsec) 0.25 prr (pulses/sec) 6.43*
prr (pulses/sec) 111* Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.16
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.62 Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.18
Other Information
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.20 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 397
Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 373 FLx (cm) 4.50 3.50
FLx (cm) 9.00 9.00 Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30

Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI Control 2 TIS_as
Operating Operating
Control 2 TIS_as Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs Conditions
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 5 TIB_bs

Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 110.8Hz Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 460.7Hz Control 2: 2D + Color Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 26.6Hz
Control 3: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, M: 6.1MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz, M: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 71.4Hz Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.51Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 176

ER4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler EVN4-9


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan EVN4-9: 2D & 2D + M mode
Maximum Index Value 1.16 0.44 0.61 0.39** 1.37 (b) TIS TIB

Pr, α (MPa) 2.60 Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC


scan non–scan
2D P1:6.28 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) PD P1x1:27.3 PD P:19.7 (b)
PD P1x1:13.0 Maximum Index Value 1.32 0.65 0.10** 0.06 0.18+ (b)
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 17.4 Pr, α (MPa) 2.96
(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:26.6 M P1x1:3.97 M P:3.02 (b)
zs (cm) 1.38
zbp Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 2.67
(cm) 1.38 (zs)x1cm2]
Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 1.47 zs (cm) 1.95
Parameters 2.00 zbp
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) Associated (cm) 1.95
deq(zb) (cm) 0.20 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.91
Parameters
2D:5.13 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.38
fawf (MHz) 4.98 4.71 4.71 4.71 (b)
PD:4.71
deq(zb) (cm) 0.21
2D:2.62
X (cm) 1.35 1.11 0.37 (b) fawf (MHz) 5.03 5.15 5.06 5.06 4.62 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:1.35
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b) X (cm) 1.02 2.21 2.21 0.61 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
td (µsec) 0.27 Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)

prr (pulses/sec) 54.7* td (µsec) 0.25

Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.53 prr (pulses/sec) 111*


Other Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.62
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.19
Information Other
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 301 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.20
Information
FLx (cm) 5.50 4.50 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 373
Focal Length FLx (cm) 9.00 9.00
FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30

Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 1 MI
Operating Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 2 TIS_as
Control
Conditions Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 4 TIB_bs

Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 54.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 110.8Hz
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, FR: 39.1Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 460.7Hz
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, PD Scale: 2.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 3: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, M: 6.1MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR:31.3Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 4: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz, M: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR:71.4Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, PD Scale: 4.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 177

EVN4-9: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA EVN4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan non–scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.43 0.67 0.44 0.30** 1.23 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.16 0.44 0.61 0.39** 1.37 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 3.15 Pr, α (MPa) 2.60
2D P1:2.39 2D P1:6.28
P (mW) PD P1x1:19.8 PD P:17.2 (b) P (mW) PD P1x1:27.3 PD P:19.7 (b)
Col P1:25.7 PD P1x1:13.0
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 13.3 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 17.4
(zs)x1cm2] (zs)x1cm2]
zs (cm) 1.22 zs (cm) 1.38
zbp (cm) 1.22 zbp (cm) 1.38
Associated Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 1.63 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.47
Parameters 1.88 Parameters 2.00
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
deq(zb) (cm) 0.19 deq(zb) (cm) 0.20
2D:5.46 2D:5.13
fawf (MHz) 4.83 4.71 4.70 4.70 (b) fawf (MHz) 4.98 4.71 4.71 4.71 (b)
Col:4.99 PD:4.71
2D:2.62 2D:2.62
X (cm) 1.11 0.86 0.37 (b) X (cm) 1.35 1.11 0.37 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col:1.25 Dim of Aaprt PD:1.35
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b) Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
td (µsec) 0.28 td (µsec) 0.27
prr (pulses/sec) 6.43* prr (pulses/sec) 54.7*
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.16 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.53
Other Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.18 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.19
Information Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 397 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 301
FLx (cm) 4.50 3.50 FLx (cm) 5.50 4.50
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30 FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Operating Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Conditions Conditions
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 5 TIB_bs

Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 54.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D + Color Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 26.6Hz Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, FR: 39.1Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, PD Scale: 2.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.51Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, PD Scale: 4.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 178

PE2-4 PE2-4: 2D& 2D+M mode


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC
PE2-4: 2D& 2D+M mode scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.60 1.91 1.29** 1.99 5.19 4.21
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC Pr, α (MPa) 2.21
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan 2D P1:29.5
M P1x1:19.9 M P:59.0 M P:44.5
P (mW) 2D Inv P1:29.0
Maximum Index Value 1.57 2.08 0.27** 0.45 1.29+ 4.21 Col# P1x1:86.1 Col# P:231 Col# P:252
Col P1:109
Pr, α (MPa) 2.10 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW)
M:31.0
(zs)x1cm2] Col#:163
2D P1:23.9
P (mW) 2D P1:150 M P1x1:27.5 M P:66.0 M:2.69
2D Inv P1:23.9 zs (cm)
Col#:2.89
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 45.4 M:2.64
(zs)x1cm2] zbp (cm)
Col#:2.64
zs (cm) 2.69 Associated M:3.28
Associated Acoustic zb (cm)
zbp (cm) 2.64 Col#:3.68
Acoustic Parameters
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.30
Parameters zb (cm) 3.29
M:0.78
3.48 deq(zb) (cm)
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) Col#:0.73
deq(zb) (cm) 0.77 2D:2.10 2D
M:2.69 M:1.94 M:1.87 M:1.94
fawf (MHz) 1.90 Inv:2.12
fawf (MHz) 1.77 2.91 2.09 2.09 1.77 1.89 Col#:2.53 Col#:2.19 Col#:2.19 Col#:2.19
Col:2.54
X (cm) 0.86 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2D:1.17 2D
Dim of Aaprt M:2.03 M:2.03 M:2.03 M:2.03
X (cm) Inv:1.17
Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 Dim of Aaprt Col#:2.03 Col#:2.03 Col#:2.03 Col#:2.03
Col:0.86
td (µsec) 0.75 Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20
prr (pulses/sec) 43.5* td (µsec) 0.82
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.40 (pulses/
prr 9.11*
Other sec)
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.70 2.26
Information Pr at max. Ipi (MPa)
161 Other
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) M:0.66
Information deq at max. Ipi (cm)
16.0 16.0 Col#:0.67
FLx (cm)
Focal Length Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm )2 211
FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40
FLx (cm) 14.0 14.0
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Operating Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Conditions Conditions
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 4 TIS_bs TIC_as
Control 5 TIC_as Control 5 TIB_bs

Control 1: Triple CPA (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 1.92MHz, Col: 2.20MHz, PD: 2.20MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 9.11Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 1.76MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, FR: 43.5Hz
Control 2: 2D+Color (Pulsed Inversion) Mode, 2D: 2.13MHz, Col: 2.56MHz, Focus: 4.0cm, FR: 37.3Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 3.62MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 159.6Hz
Control 3: Color M Mode, M: 3.62MHz, Col: 2.56MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, Color Scale: 1.5kHz
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.13MHz, M: 2.13MHz, Focus: 16.0cm, FR: 26.3Hz
Control 4: Color M Mode, M: 2.36MHz, Col: 2.20MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, Color Scale: 1.5kHz
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 1.76MHz, M: 1.76MHz, Focus: 16.0cm, FR: 26.3Hz
Control 5: Color M (Harmonic) Mode, M: 1.92MHz, Col: 2.20MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, Color Scale: 1.5kHz
Control 5: 2D (Pulsed Inversion) Mode, 2D: 1.92MHz, Focus: 10.0cm, FR: 29.1Hz
Reference Manual 179

PE2-4: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler PE2-4: CW


TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.49 1.17 1.41** 2.06 5.10 4.17 Maximum Index Value 0.09 (a) 1.23** 1.07 4.49 3.03
Pr, α (MPa) 2.06 Pr, α (MPa) 0.13
2D P1:64.2 CW
P (mW) PD P1x1:115 PD P:294 PD P:294 P (mW) (a) CW P1x1:129 CW P:144
PD P1x1:54.9 P:145
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 195 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 113
(zs)x1cm2] (zs)x1cm2]
zs (cm) 2.64 zs (cm) 1.80
zbp Associated zbp
(cm) 2.64 (cm) 1.80
Associated Acoustic
Acoustic zb (cm) 3.68 Parameters zb (cm) 3.28
Parameters 1.30 1.10
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
deq(zb) (cm) 0.74 deq(zb) (cm) 0.46
2D:1.94 fawf (MHz) 2.00 (a) 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
fawf (MHz) 1.90 2.57 2.23 2.19 2.19
PD:2.22
X (cm) (a) 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94
2D:1.17 Dim of Aaprt
X (cm) 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 Y (cm) (a) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20
Dim of Aaprt PD:0.86
td (µsec) CW _
Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20
prr (pulses/sec) CW _
td (µsec) 0.83
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 0.15 _
prr (pulses/sec) 31.3*
Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.44 _
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.11 Information
Other Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 0.54 _
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.69
Information
FLx (cm) 16.0 10.0 -
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 180 Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40 -
FLx (cm) 16.0 16.0
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40
Control 1 MI
Operating
Control Control 2 TIS_as_U TIC_as
Control 1 MI
Conditions
Control 3 TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 2 TIS_as
Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 1: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 2.00MHz, Focus: 2.0cm
Conditions
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 2: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 2.00MHz, Focus: 16.0cm
Control 5 TIB_bs TIC_as Control 3: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 2.00MHz, Focus: 10.0cm

Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 1.92MHz, PD: 2.20MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 1.92MHz, PD: 2.20MHz, Focus: 4.0cm, FR: 53.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.56MHz, Focus: 16.0cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.20MHz, Focus: 16.0cm, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.20MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Reference Manual 180

SP3-8 SP3-8: 2D& 2D+M mode


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
SP3-8: 2D& 2D+M mode scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan

TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.35 1.63 1.70 1.06** 2.45 2.07
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Pr, α (MPa) 2.41
scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 2D P1:3.60
M P1x1:6.12 M P:4.63 M P:3.32
P (mW) Col P1:26.9
Maximum Index Value 1.26 1.33 0.22 0.15** 0.46+ 1.89 Col# P1x1:80.2 Col# P:62.0 Col# P:46.2
PD P1x1:51.0
Pr, α (MPa) 2.14 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α M:4.16
(mW)
2D P1:59.3 M P1x1:15.0 M P:13.9 2D P:79.7 (zs)x1cm2] Col#:49.6
P (mW)
zs M:1.66
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 10.6
(cm)
Col#:1.66
(zs)x1cm2]
zbp M:1.66
zs (cm) 1.66 (cm)
Col#:1.66
zbp Associated
Associated (cm) 1.66 zb M:2.31
Acoustic (cm)
Acoustic Col#:1.70
zb (cm) 3.48 Parameters
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.09
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 3.48
M:0.40
deq(zb) (cm)
deq(zb) (cm) 0.34 Col#:0.37
fawf (MHz) 2.89 4.71 3.03 3.03 2.88 3.34 2D:3.16
M:3.36 M:3.36 M:3.48 M:4.71
fawf (MHz) 3.19 Col:4.16
X (cm) 0.51 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.87 Col#:4.19 Col#:4.19 Col#:4.28 Col#:4.38
PD:4.28
Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2D:0.96
M:0.96 M:0.96 M:0.72 M:0.51
X (cm) Col:0.96
td (µsec) 0.59 Dim of Aaprt Col#:0.96 Col#:0.96 Col#:0.57 Col#:0.27
PD:0.96
prr (pulses/sec) 31.3* Y (cm) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.93 td (µsec) 0.50
Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.33 prr (pulses/sec) 500
Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 214 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.72
Other M:0.35
FLx (cm) 14.0 14.0 deq at max. Ipi (cm)
Focal Length Information Col#:0.34
FLy (cm) 7.00 7.00 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 318
FLx (cm) 8.00 8.00
Focal Length
Control 1 MI FLy (cm) 7.00 7.00

Control 2 TIS_as
Operating
Control 1 MI
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Conditions Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control 4 TIB_bs
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 5 TIC_as Conditions Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIC_as
Control 1: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 3.40MHz, M: 3.40MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.67MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 186.1Hz Control 1: Color M (Harmonic) Mode, M: 3.40MHz, Col: 3.63MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, Color Scale: 6.00kHz
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 3.40MHz, M: 3.40MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 10.0cm, FR: 7.19Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 3.08MHz, M: 3.08MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz Control 3: Color M Mode, M: 6.67MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, Focus: 8.0cm, Color Scale: 2.50kHz
Control 5: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.67MHz, Focus: 6.0cm, FR: 328.8Hz Control 4: Color M Mode, M: 6.67MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, Focus: 4.0cm, Color Scale: 4.50kHz
Control 5: Color M Mode, M: 6.67MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, Color Scale: 6.00kHz
Reference Manual 181

SP3-8: Pulsed Doppler &2D+Pulsed Doppler SP3-8: CW


TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.27 1.44 1.73 1.04** 2.31 2.07 Maximum Index Value 0.06 (a) 1.13 0.83** 2.55 2.00
Pr, α (MPa) 2.26 Pr, α (MPa) 0.11
2D P1:23.2 PD 2D P:12.1 CW
P (mW) PD P1x1:82.2 PD P:57.7 P (mW) (a) CW P1x1:59.4 CW P:59.0
P1x1:54.6 PD P:39.6 P:59.4
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 49.6 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 43.7
(zs)x1cm2] (zs)x1cm2]
zs (cm) 1.66 zs (cm) 1.12
zbp Associated zbp
(cm) 1.66 (cm) 1.12
Associated Acoustic
Acoustic zb (cm) 1.70 Parameters zb (cm) 1.44
Parameters 1.09
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.44
deq(zb) (cm) 0.34 deq(zb) (cm) 0.35
2D:3.02 2D:4.64 fawf (MHz) 4.00 (a) 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
fawf (MHz) 3.16 4.41 4.41 4.42
PD:4.27 PD:4.44
X (cm) (a) 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44
2D:0.96 2D:0.51 Dim of Aaprt
X (cm) 0.96 0.96 0.57 Y (cm) (a) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Dim of Aaprt PD:0.96 PD:0.27
td (µsec) CW _
Y (cm) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
prr (pulses/sec) CW _
td (µsec) 0.51
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 0.14 _
prr (pulses/sec) 36.5*
Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.30 _
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.55 Information
Other Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 0.45 _
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.31
Information
FLx (cm) 10.0 10.0 -
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 261 Focal Length
FLy (cm) 7.00 7.00 -
FLx (cm) 16.0 16.0
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 7.00 7.00
Control 1 MI
Operating
Control Control 2 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIC_as
Control 1 MI
Conditions
Control 3 TIB_bs
Control 2 TIS_as
Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 1: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 4.00MHz, Focus: 2.0cm
Conditions
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 2: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 4.00MHz, Focus: 10.0cm
Control 5 TIC_as Control 3: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 4.00MHz, Focus: 4.0cm

Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 3.40MHz, PD: 3.63MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 36.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.5mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.10MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 12.0cm, FR: 41.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 16.0cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 4.0cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 5: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.67MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 36.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Reference Manual 182

V5-9 V5-9: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA &Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
V5-9: 2D & 2D+M scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan

TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.40 0.49 0.31 0.20** 0.83 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Pr, α (MPa) 3.02
scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 2D P1:3.52
P (mW) PD P1x1:12.8 PD P:11.1 (b)
Col P1:18.6
Maximum Index Value 1.03 0.44 0.10 0.07** 0.17+ (b)
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 8.46
Pr, α (MPa) 2.22 (zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:17.7 M P1x1:4.71 M P:4.71 (b) zs (cm) 0.54
zbp (cm) 0.54
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 3.09 Associated
(zs)x1cm2] Acoustic zb (cm) 1.34
zs (cm) 1.31 Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.89
Associated zbp (cm) 1.31 deq(zb) (cm) 0.20
Acoustic 2D:4.18
zb (cm) 1.70 fawf (MHz) 4.68 5.07 5.02 4.49 (b)
Parameters Col:4.72
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.34 2D:1.46
X (cm) 0.92 0.17 0.42 (b)
deq(zb) (cm) 0.37 Dim of Aaprt Col:1.07

4.67 5.16 4.65 4.65 4.65 (b) Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
fawf (MHz)
td (µsec) 0.45
X (cm) 1.37 1.00 1.00 1.00 (b)
Dim of Aaprt prr (pulses/sec) 4.59*
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.75
td (µsec) 0.43 Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.19
Information
prr (pulses/sec) 94.7* Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 355
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.62 FLx (cm) 7.50 1.50
Focal Length
Other FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.36
Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 239
Control 1 MI
FLx (cm) 9.00 9.00
Focal Length Operating Control 2 TIS_as
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 1 MI Control 5 TIB_bs
Operating
Control Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.73 MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 4.73MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 4.59Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Conditions
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs Control 2: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.00MHz, Col: 4.73MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 15.9Hz
Control 3: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.00 MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 7.5cm, FR: 4.59Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 1: 2D (Harmonic) Mode, 4.40MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 94.7Hz Control 4: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.00 MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 3.46Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.00MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 378.8Hz Control 5: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.00 MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 4.59Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.40MHz, M: 4.40MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 25.0Hz
Reference Manual 183

V5-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler VR5-9


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan VR5-9: 2D & 2D+M
Maximum Index Value 1.17 0.33 0.46 0.29** 1.21 (b) TIS TIB

Pr, α (MPa) 2.52 Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC


scan non–scan
2D P1:3.64 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) PD P1x1:19.4 PD P:15.6 (b)
P1x1:10.6 Maximum Index Value 1.21 0.68 0.15 0.10** 0.22+ (b)
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 12.0 Pr, α (MPa) 2.62
(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:28.5 M P1x1:6.63 M P:2.29 (b)
zs (cm) 1.26
zbp Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 4.27
(cm) 1.26 (zs)x1cm2]
Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 1.34 zs (cm) 1.31
Parameters 1.68 zbp
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) Associated (cm) 1.31
deq(zb) (cm) 0.19 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.34
Parameters
2D:4.64 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.51
fawf (MHz) 4.64 5.00 5.02 4.45 (b)
PD:5.03
deq(zb) (cm) 0.15
2D:2.67
X (cm) 1.11 0.92 0.42 (b) fawf (MHz) 4.72 4.97 4.85 4.85 4.72 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:0.31
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b) X (cm) 1.25 1.00 1.00 0.56 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
td (µsec) 0.44 Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)

prr (pulses/sec) 18.2* td (µsec) 0.45

Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.16 prr (pulses/sec) 50.0*


Other Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.35
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.18
Information Other
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 347 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.15
Information
FLx (cm) 9.00 7.50 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 368
Focal Length FLx (cm) 9.00 9.00
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50

Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 1 MI TIB_bs
Operating Operating
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Control Control 2 TIS_as
Conditions Conditions
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs

Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.40MHz, M: 4.40MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 50.0Hz
Control 2: 2D (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.73MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 256.0Hz
Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.40MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 18.2Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.73MHz, M: 4.73MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 12.8Hz
Control 2: 2D +Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.40MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 18.2Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 5.0mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 7.5cm, PD Scale: 2.25kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 6.0mm
Reference Manual 184

VR5-9: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA &Triple CPA VR5-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan non–scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.55 0.75 0.47 0.30** 1.19 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.37 0.48 0.68 0.44** 1.58 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 3.47 Pr, α (MPa) 3.15
2D P1:8.76 2D P1:6.33
P (mW) PD P1x1:19.9 PD P:15.1 (b) P (mW) PD P1x1:28.4 PD P:22.1 (b)
Col P1:23.7 PD P1x1:14.0
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 12.3 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 19.4
(zs)x1cm2] (zs)x1cm2]
zs (cm) 0.54 zs (cm) 1.26
zbp (cm) 0.54 zbp (cm) 1.26
Associated Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 1.43 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.12
Parameters 1.27 Parameters 1.29
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
deq(zb) (cm) 0.18 deq(zb) (cm) 0.22
2D:4.56 2D:4.83
fawf (MHz) 4.99 5.02 5.09 4.79 (b) fawf (MHz) 5.28 5.02 4.71 4.73 (b)
Col:4.97 PD:5.06
2D:1.55 2D:2.67
X (cm) 1.11 0.17 0.42 (b) X (cm) 1.11 0.92 0.31 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col:1.24 Dim of Aaprt PD:0.42
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b) Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
td (µsec) 0.31 td (µsec) 0.29
prr (pulses/sec) 4.59* prr (pulses/sec) 23.4*
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 4.11 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.84
Other Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.18 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.21
Information Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 749 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 573
FLx (cm) 9.00 1.50 FLx (cm) 9.00 7.50
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50

Control 1 MI TIS_bs Control 1 MI


Operating Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control Operating
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Conditions
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.00 MHz, Col: 5.13MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 4.59Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 2: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.40MHz, Col: 5.13MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 15.2Hz Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.71MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 23.4Hz, PD Scale: 2.25kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 3: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.73 MHz, Col: 5.13MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 2.18Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.730MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 18.2Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 4: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.73 MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 4.73MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 3.46Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, PD Scale: 2.00kHz, SV Size: 5.0mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.73MHz, Focus: 7.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 5.0mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.73MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 4.5mm
Reference Manual 185

VE4-8 VE4-8: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
VE4-8: 2D & 2D + M mode scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan

TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.29 0.77 0.46 0.39 1.43 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Pr, α (MPa) 2.12
scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 2D P1:4.52
P (mW) PD P1x1:32.3 PD P:37.1 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.25 0.67 0.12 0.21 0.41+ (b) Col P1:48.6
Pr, α (MPa) 2.23 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 27.6
2D P1:23.9 (zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) M P1x1:8.77 M P:10.4 (b) zs
2D Inv P1:23.9 (cm) 3.37
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α zbp (cm) 3.37
(mW) 15.2 Associated
(zs)x1cm2]
Acoustic zb (cm) 3.49
zs (cm) 3.70 Parameters 3.29
zbp z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
Associated (cm) 3.70
zb deq(zb) (cm) 0.29
Acoustic (cm) 3.29
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 3.73 2D:3.69
fawf (MHz) 2.72 2.98 2.98 2.97 (b)
Col:3.00
deq(zb) (cm) 0.30
2D:1.59
2D:2.94 X (cm) 0.83 3.60 1.20 (b)
fawf (MHz) 3.18 2.94 2.93 2.77 (b) Dim of Aaprt Col:1.32
2D Inv:2.96
2D:1.61 Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
X (cm) 0.83 4.35 1.20 (b)
Dim of Aaprt 2D Inv:1.61 td (µsec) 0.70
Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) prr (pulses/sec) 4.83*
td (µsec) 0.42 2.79
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa)
prr (pulses/sec) 53.9* Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.27
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.25 Information
Other Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 415
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.29
Information FLx (cm) 3.50 14.5
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 270 Focal Length
FLx (cm) 3.50 17.5 FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI Control 2 TIS_as
Operating
Operating Control 2 TIS_as Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U Conditions
Control 4 TIS_bs
Conditions Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.6MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 2.8MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.83Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 53.9Hz Control 2: 2D + Color Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, Col: 3.0MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 46.6Hz
Control 2: 2D (Pulsed Inversion) Mode, 2D: 5.8MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 168.2Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.79Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 3: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, M: 2.9MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 55.6Hz Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, FR: 3.86Hz, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 4: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, M: 2.9MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR:12.5Hz Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.83Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 5: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 2.6MHz, M: 2.6MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 41.7Hz
Reference Manual 186

VE4-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler 3D2-6


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan 3D2-6: 2D & 2D + M mode
Maximum Index Value 1.06 0.58 0.70 0.72 2.34 (b) TIS TIB

Pr, α (MPa) 1.88 Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC


scan non–scan
2D P1:3.50 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
P (mW) PD P1x1:49.6 PD P:56.5 (b)
PD P1x1:36.5 Maximum Index Value 1.24 0.60 0.12** 0.18 0.42+ (b)
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 50.9 Pr, α (MPa) 1.91
(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:50.5 M P1x1:10.5 M P:11.3 (b)
zs (cm) 3.37
zbp Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 16.1
(cm) 3.37 (zs)x1cm2]
Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 3.29 zs (cm) 4.80
Parameters 4.70
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) Associated zbp (cm) 4.02
deq(zb) (cm) 0.29 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.82
Parameters
2D:3.86 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 3.46
fawf (MHz) 3.14 2.96 2.96 2.76 (b)
PD:2.97
deq(zb) (cm) 0.45
2D:4.80
X (cm) 0.83 3.60 1.20 (b) fawf (MHz) 2.38 2.49 2.48 2.39 2.48 (b)
Dim of Aaprt PD:0.83
Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) X (cm) 2.24 0.83 4.33 0.83 (b)
Dim of Aaprt
td (µsec) 0.43 Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)

prr (pulses/sec) 25.0* td (µsec) 0.51

Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.02 prr (pulses/sec) 53.9*


Other Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.38
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.28
Information Other
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 202 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.44
Information
FLx (cm) 3.50 14.5 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 181
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40 FLx (cm) 3.50 17.5
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 8.00 8.00

Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 1 MI
Operating
Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs Conditions
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 4 TIS_bs

Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 25.0Hz, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 53.9Hz
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 37.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 2: 2D (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 298.6Hz
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 3: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, M: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 55.6Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 4: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, M: 2.5MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 12.5Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.8MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, PD Scale: 2.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Reference Manual 187

3D2-6: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA 3D2-6: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan non–scan scan non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum Index Value 1.29 0.70 0.38** 0.36 1.26 (b) Maximum Index Value 1.12 0.50 0.66** 0.61 2.25 (b)
Pr, α (MPa) 2.03 Pr, α (MPa) 1.77
2D P1:4.19 2D P1:2.15
P (mW) PD P1x1:32.1 PD P:34.7 (b) P (mW) PD P1x1:55.6 PD P:60.0 (b)
Col P1:50.0 PD P1x1:35.7
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 30.7 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 51.3
(zs)x1cm2] (zs)x1cm2]
zs (cm) 2.81 zs (cm) 2.81
zbp (cm) 2.81 zbp (cm) 2.81
Associated Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 2.02 Acoustic zb (cm) 1.82
Parameters 2.02 Parameters 2.02
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
deq(zb) (cm) 0.44 deq(zb) (cm) 0.44
2D:2.51 2D:3.30
fawf (MHz) 2.46 2.48 2.46 2.48 (b) fawf (MHz) 2.48 2.50 2.50 2.50 (b)
Col:2.71 PD:2.71
2D:1.85 2D:5.90
X (cm) 0.83 2.12 0.83 (b) X (cm) 0.83 2.12 0.83 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col:1.51 Dim of Aaprt PD:0.83
Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b) Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
td (µsec) 0.76 td (µsec) 1.38
prr (pulses/sec) 5.51* prr (pulses/sec) 1000
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.23 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 2.1
Other Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.44 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.43
Information Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 212 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 166
FLx (cm) 3.50 8.50 FLx (cm) 3.50 8.50
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 8.00 8.00 FLy (cm) 8.00 8.00

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS_as Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control Control
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 4 TIS_bs

Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, Col: 2.5MHz, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.51Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 1: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 2: 2D + Color Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, Col: 2.8MHz Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 46.6Hz Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, PD: 2.8MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 37.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, Col: 2.5MHz, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 8.5cm, FR: 3.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 8.5cm, PD Scale: 2.25kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Reference Manual 188

3D4-9 3D4-9: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC
3D4-9: 2D & 2D + M mode scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
TIS TIB Maximum Index Value 1.43 0.54 0.36 0.25** 0.88 (b)
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC Pr, α (MPa) 2.97
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
2D P1:2.25
P (mW) PD P1x1:14.9 PD P:13.7 (b)
Maximum Index Value 1.30 0.53 0.07 0.05** 0.19+ (b) Col P1:20.8
Pr, α (MPa) 2.71 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 10.3
(zs)x1cm2]
P (mW) 2D P1:20.6 M P1x1:3.34 M P:3.21 (b) zs (cm) 0.82
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 2.40
zbp (cm) 0.82
(zs)x1cm2] Associated
Acoustic zb (cm) 0.93
zs (cm) 0.94
Associated Parameters 1.58
zbp z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm)
(cm) 0.94
Acoustic
zb 1.51 deq(zb) (cm) 0.25
Parameters (cm)
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.58 2D:4.60
fawf (MHz) 4.31 5.01 5.00 5.00 (b)
Col:4.99
deq(zb) (cm) 0.23
4.37 5.37 4.49 4.48 4.48 (b) 2D:2.55
fawf (MHz) X (cm) 0.68 0.40 0.40 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Col:0.95
X (cm) 0.95 0.76 0.52 0.52 (b)
Dim of Aaprt Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
td (µsec) 0.30
td (µsec) 0.29
71.4* prr (pulses/sec) 6.76*
prr (pulses/sec)
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.33 Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.64
Other Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.22 deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.22
Information Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 305 Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 367
FLx (cm) 3.50 2.50 FLx (cm) 2.50 1.50
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50

Control 1 MI
Operating Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U Control
Control 4 TIS_bs TIB_bs Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz, M: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 71.4Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 460.3Hz Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 6.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.4MHz, M: 4.4MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 62.5Hz Control 2: 2D + Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.4MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, Focus: 0.5cm, FR: 29.5Hz
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.4MHz, M: 4.4MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 71.4Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7 MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 6.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 6.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 189

3D4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler CW2.0


TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan TIC
scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
non–scan CW2.0: CW Doppler
Maximum Index Value 1.15 0.35 0.46 0.33** 1.20 (b) TIS TIB

Pr, α (MPa) 2.53 Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC


scan
2D P1:4.23 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
P (mW) PD P1x1:19.2 PD P:20.1 (b)
PD P1x1:10.5
Maximum Index Value 0.07 (a) 0.84 0.67** 2.77 2.00
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 15.6 0.09
(zs)x1cm2] Pr, α (MPa)
zs (cm) 0.82 CW
P (mW) (a) CW P1x1:88.1 CW P:88.1
P:88.1
zbp (cm) 0.82
Associated Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α
Acoustic zb (cm) 1.00 (mW) 70.1
(zs)x1cm2]
Parameters z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.73 zs (cm) 1.65
0.28 Associated zbp
deq(zb) (cm) (cm) 1.65
Acoustic
2D:5.15 Parameters zb (cm) 1.65
fawf (MHz) 4.84 5.01 4.45 4.45 (b)
PD:5.02
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.89
2D:2.55
X (cm) 1.28 0.40 0.40 (b) deq(zb) (cm) 0.57
Dim of Aaprt PD:0.68
fawf (MHz) 2.00 (a) 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
X (cm) (a) 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69
td (µsec) 0.26 _ Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) (a) 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38
prr (pulses/sec) 54.7* _
td (µsec) CW _
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 3.38 _
Other prr (pulses/sec) CW _
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.24 _
Information Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 0.11 _
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm )2 262 _ Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.52 _
FLx (cm) 4.50 1.50 - Information
Focal Length Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 0.30 _
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 -
FLx (cm) 6.00 6.00 -
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 10.0 10.0 -
Control 1 MI
Operating Control 2 TIS_as
Control Operating
Conditions Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control Control 1 MI TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs TIC_as
Control 4 TIS_bs TIB_bs Conditions

Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, PD: 4.4MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 54.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 1: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 2.00MHz
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 54.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 5mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.4MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 5.5mm
Reference Manual 190

CW4.0 DP2B

CW4.0: CW Doppler DP2B: CW Doppler


TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC Index Label M.I. non–scan non– TIC
scan scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan

Maximum Index Value 0.06 (a) 1.02 0.76** 2.58 1.91 Maximum Index Value 0.06 (a) 0.40 0.32** 1.41 0.96
Pr, α (MPa) 0.12 Pr, α (MPa) 0.08
CW CW P1x1: CW
P (mW) (a) CW P1x1:53.4 CW P:53.4 P (mW) (a) CW P:42.3
P:53.4 42.3 P:42.3
Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 40.0 Min. of [Pα(zs), Ita, α (mW) 33.7
(zs)x1cm2] (zs)x1cm2]
zs (cm) 1.05 zs (cm) 1.65
Associated zbp Associated zbp
(cm) 1.05 (cm) 1.65
Acoustic Acoustic
Parameters zb (cm) 1.05 Parameters zb (cm) 1.65
z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 0.69 z_at_max_Ipi, α (cm) 1.49
deq(zb) (cm) 0.35 deq(zb) (cm) 0.54
fawf (MHz) 4.00 (a) 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 fawf (MHz) 2.00 (a) 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
X (cm) (a) 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.43 X (cm) (a) 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69
Dim of Aaprt Dim of Aaprt
Y (cm) (a) 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 Y (cm) (a) 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38
td (µsec) CW _ td (µsec) CW
prr (pulses/sec) CW _ prr (pulses/sec) CW
Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 0.13 _ Pr at max. Ipi (MPa) 0.09
Other Other
deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.35 _ deq at max. Ipi (cm) 0.49
Information Information
Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm )2 0.44 _ Ipa, α at max. MI (W/cm2) 0.18
FLx (cm) 6.00 6.00 - FLx (cm) 6.00 6.00
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 4.50 4.50 - FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00

Operating Operating
Control Control 1 MI TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs TIC_as Control Control 1 MI TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs TIC_as
Conditions Conditions

Control 1: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 4.00MHz Control 1: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 2.00MHz
Reference Manual 191

FDA Tables W.3(z1) the derated ultrasonic power at axial distance z1 (milliwatts).
ITA.3(z1) the derated spatial peak, temporal average intensity at axial distance z1
(milliwatts per square centimeter).
Symbols and Definitions
z1 the axial distance corresponding to the location of max[min(W.3(z), ITA.3(z) x 1
All table entries have been obtained at the same operating conditions that give rise to cm2)], where z = zbp (centimeters).
the maximum Index Value in the second row. Due to the complexities of the system user
zbp (centimeters).
interface, it may be difficult to exactly replicate the declared condition. Contact Samsung
Medison for further information. zsp 
For MI, the axial distance at which pr.3 is measured for TIB, the axial distance at
which TIB is a maximum (i.e., zsp = zB.3) (centimeters).
Symbols used in the table are described below.
deq(z) the equivalent beam diameter as a function of axial distance z, and is equal to
MI the Mechanical Index.
[(4/3.14)(Wo/ITA(z))]0.5 where ITA(z) is the temporal average intensity as a function
TISscan the Soft Tissue Thermal Index in an auto scanning mode. of z (centimeters).
TISnon–scan the Soft Tissue Thermal Index in a non auto scanning mode. fc is the center frequency (MHz). For MI, fc is the center frequency associated with
TIB the Bone Thermal Index. the transmit pattern giving rise to the maximum reported value of MI. For TI, for
TIC the Cranial Thermal Index. combined modes involving transmit patterns of unequal center frequency, fc
is defined as the overall range of center frequencies of the respective transmit
Aaprt the area of the active aperture (square centimeters).
patterns.
pr.3 the derated peak rarefactional pressure associated with the transmit pattern
Dim. of Aaprt 
the active aperture dimensions for the azimuthal and elevational planes
giving rise to the value reported under MI (meg zapascals).
(centimeters).
Wo For TIB and TIC: time average acoustic power at the source, in milliwatts. (Also
PD the pulse duration (microseconds) associated with the transmit pattern giving
see the definitions for W01 and W01x1 that follow.)
rise to the reported value of MI.
For TIS scan, Wo = Wo1 + Wo1x1
PRF the pulse repetition frequency associated with the transmit pattern giving rise
For TIS non–scan, Wo = Wo1x1

to the reported value of MI (Hz).
Wo1: 
For scanning modes and/or scanning components of combinational modes:
pr@PIImax 
the peak rarefactional pressure at the point where the free-field, spatial peak
time average acoustic power at the source, per cm, in milliwatts. This is the
pulse intensity integral is a maximum (megapascals). See Section 6.2.4.1 of the
acoustic power emitted from the central 1 cm length, in the scan direction, of
Output Display Standard, entitled “Measurement Methodology for Mechanical
the aperture corresponding to the scanned pulses.
and Thermal Indices“.
Wo1x1: 
For non–scanning modes and/or non–scanning components of combinational
deq@PIImax the equivalent beam diameter at the point where the free-field, spatial peak
modes: time average acoustic power at the source, per cm2, in milliwatts. This is
pulse intensity integral is a maximum (centimeters). See Section 6.2.5.1 of the
the acoustic power emitted from the central 1 cm2 of the active non–scanned
Output Display Standard, entitled “Measurement Methodology for Mechanical
aperture through which the highest acoustic power is being transmitted.
and Thermal Indices“.
Reference Manual 192

FL the focal length, or azimuthal and elevational lengths, if different (centimeters).


Explanatory Notes
IPA.3@MImax the derated pulse average intensity at the point of maximum reported MI
(a) This index is not required to this operating mode.
(Watts per square centimeter).
(b) This probe is not intended for adult transcranial uses.
The Acoustic Measurement Precision and Acoustic Measurement Uncertainty are
summarized below. (c) This formulation for TIS is less than that for an alternate formulation in this mode.
(d) The maximum index value is less than 1.0
Quantity Precision Total Uncertainty
PII.3 (derated pulse intensity
* If the MI comes from a scanning mode Transmit Pattern (pulse), the ‘prr’ listed is the
3.2% + 21% to - 24% average per second for the 'worst case' scan line. ‘prr’ for scanning modes is the product
integral)
Wo (acoustic power) 6.2% +/- 19% of the frame rate and the number of pulse per line of the Transmit Pattern .

Pr.3 (derated rarefaction pressure) 5.4% +/- 15% ** The max TIS unscanned value is an ‘at_surface’ value and occurs for aperture > 1.0 cm2,
OR The max TIS unscanned value is a ‘below_surface’ value and occurs for aperture <= 1.0
Fc (center frequency) < 1% +/- 4.5%
cm2.
+ The max TIB for this combinational mode = the at_surface TIS_scanned value. The non-
scanned_TIB value indicated is the below_surface max. A “+” is used when the TIB value
is less than the TIS_scanned value for the operating condition.
Reference Manual 193

CS1-4: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


CS1-4
TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
CS1-4: 2D & 2D + M mode Scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Non–scan

TIS TIB Maximum index value 1.39 1.54 1.01** 0.79 2.32 (b)
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Pr.3 (MPa) 2.15
Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 2D W01: 8.34
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:64.9 PD W0:72.1 (b)
Col W01: 93.0
Maximum index value 1.52 1.11 0.19** 0.39 0.82+ (b)
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 50.8
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.26
z1 (cm) 2.39
W0 (mW) 2D W01:82.9 M W01x1:16.9 M W0:23.6 (b)
Zbp (cm) 2.39
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 34.7
Zsp (cm) 1.79
z1 (cm) 4.72
Z@PII.3max (cm) 4.27
Zbp (cm) 4.00
deq(z) (cm) 0.52
Zsp (cm) 4.67
2D:2.77
Z@PII.3max (cm) 4.27 fc (MHz) 2.39 3.27 3.26 2.47 (b)
Col:3.24
deq(z) (cm) 0.34
2D:2.31
X (cm) 0.86 1.53 0.86 (b)
fc (MHz) 2.21 2.81 2.37 2.37 2.06 (b) Dim. of Aaprt Col:1.96
X (cm) 2.71 0.86 4.30 1.53 (b) Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b) PD (µsec) 0.63
PD (µsec) 0.60 PRF (Hz) 4.83*
PRF (Hz) 27.0* Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.98
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.06 deq@PIImax (cm) 0.37
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.33 FLx (cm) 3.50 3.50 6.50 (b)
Focal Length
FLx (cm) 5.00 3.50 17.5 (b) FLy (cm) 6.70 6.70 6.70 (b)
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.70 6.70 6.70 (b) IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 358
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 332
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2 TIS_as Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, Col: 2.5MHz, PD: 3.3MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 2: 2D + Color Mode, 2D: 4.0MHz, Col: 3.3MHz Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 39.6Hz
Control 1: 2D (Pulse Inversion) Mode, 2.2MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 27.0Hz
Control 3: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, Col: 2.5MHz, PD: 3.3MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 2: 2D Mode, 4.0MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 266.4Hz
Control 4: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, Col: 2.5MHz, PD: 3.3MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 3.9Hz, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 3: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2.5MHz, M: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 55.6Hz
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.0MHz, Col: 3.3MHz, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 4: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2.5MHz, M: 2.5MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 12.5Hz
Control 5: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2.0MHz, M: 2.0MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 35.7Hz
Reference Manual 194

CS1-4: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler C2-8


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC C2-8: 2D & 2D + M mode
Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.39 1.37 1.40** 1.39 3.28 (b) Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.18 Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D W01:6.89
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:89.7 PD W0:90.8 (b) Maximum index value 1.17 0.82 0.15 0.19 0.36+ (b)
PD W01x1:81.9
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 117 Pr.3 (MPa) 2.11
z1 (cm) 3.72 W0 (mW) 2D W01:48.1 M W01x1:9.90 M W0:11.7 (b)
Zbp (cm) 3.63 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 14.0
Zsp (cm) 1.49 z1 (cm) 4.32
Z@PII.3max (cm) 4.27 Zbp (cm) 3.68
deq(z) (cm) 0.48 4.15
Zsp (cm)
2D:3.04
fc (MHz) 2.47 3.28 2.50 2.50 (b) Z@PII.3max (cm) 2.33
PD:3.26
2D:6.12 deq(z) (cm) 0.32
X (cm) 0.86 3.54 0.48 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.86
fc (MHz) 3.25 3.58 3.25 2.92 2.96 (b)
Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
X (cm) 1.95 0.86 4.31 1.24 (b)
PD (µsec) 0.60 Dim. of Aaprt
31.3* Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
PRF (Hz)
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.10 PD (µsec) 0.38

deq@PIImax (cm) 0.48 PRF (Hz) 64.8*


FLx (cm) 3.50 3.50 14.5 (b) Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.57
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.70 6.70 6.70 (b) deq@PIImax (cm) 0.30
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 292 FLx (cm) 2.00 3.50 17.5 (b)
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.50 6.50 6.50 (b)
Control 1 MI
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 181
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 1 MI
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 3.0MHz, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.0MHz, PD: 3.3MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 37.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.3MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 6.5kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, PD Scale: 4.0kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 64.8Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 336.1Hz
Control 3: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, M: 4.1MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 55.6Hz
Control 4: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, M: 2.9MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 12.5Hz
Control 5: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, M: 2.9MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 41.7Hz
Reference Manual 195

C2-8: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA C2-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum index value 1.14 0.87 0.65 0.55 1.41 (b) Maximum index value 1.02 0.79 0.92 0.88 2.08 (b)
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.80 Pr.3 (MPa) 1.85
2D W01:1.18 2D W01:4.49
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:57.9 PD W0:75.7 (b)
W0 (mW) Col W01:15.2 PD W01x1:41.4 PD W0:55.0 (b) PD W01x1:44.9
PD W01x1:38.6 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 55.7
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 35.0 2.20
z1 (cm)
z1 (cm) 1.98 2.20
Zbp (cm)
Zbp (cm) 1.98
Zsp (cm) 4.35
Zsp (cm) 4.15
Z@PII.3max (cm) 4.33
Z@PII.3max (cm) 4.35
deq(z) (cm) 0.30
deq(z) (cm) 0.34 2D:3.98
fc (MHz) 3.29 3.33 3.33 3.33 (b)
2D:3.37 PD:3.31
fc (MHz) 2.50 Col:3.31 3.32 3.32 3.32 (b) 2D:6.12
PD:3.31 X (cm) 0.86 1.53 1.24 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.86
2D:6.12 Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
X (cm) Col:3.20 0.86 1.24 1.24 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:1.24 PD (µsec) 0.41
Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) PRF (Hz) 31.3*
PD (µsec) 0.88 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.77
PRF (Hz) 4.60* deq@PIImax (cm) 0.29
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.62 FLx (cm) 3.50 3.50 6.50 (b)
Focal Length
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.32 FLy (cm) 6.50 6.50 6.50 (b)
FLx (cm) 5.00 3.50 5.00 (b) IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 170
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.50 6.50 6.50 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 192 Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1 MI Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 2 TIS_as Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 31.25Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 37.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.3MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 2.8MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 7mm
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz, Col: 3.4MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 7mm
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.51Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 7mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 196

CA1-7AD CA1-7AD: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
CA1-7AD: 2D& 2D+M mode Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan
TIS TIB Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1

Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Maximum index value 1.53 2.08 0.95 1.30 3.23 (b)
Scan Non–scan Pr.3 (MPa) 2.20
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D W01:11.2
Maximum index value 1.59 1.86 0.23** 0.55 1.31+ (b) W0 (mW) PD W01x1:73.1 PD W0:172 (b)
W01x1:151
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.27 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 130
W0 (mW) 2D W01:110 M W01x1:23.7 M W0:92.0 (b) z1 (cm) 3.57

min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 58.0 Zbp (cm) 3.57

z1 (cm) 3.33 Zsp (cm) 4.27

Zbp (cm) 3.33 Z@PII.3max (cm) 4.56

3.92 deq(z) (cm) 0.65


Zsp (cm)
2D:2.41
Z@PII.3max (cm) 4.35 fc (MHz) 2.09 2.72 2.11 2.09 (b)
PD:2.71
deq(z) (cm) 0.92 2D:2.46
X (cm) 0.42 3.19 2.42 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:2.09
fc (MHz) 2.03 3.57 2.00 2.00 2.00 (b)
Y (cm) 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 (b)
X (cm) 2.27 2.77 2.77 2.77 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD (µsec) 0.68
Y (cm) 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 (b) 24.2*
PRF (Hz)
PD (µsec) 0.55 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.02
PRF (Hz) 47.9* deq@PIImax (cm) 0.55
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.08 FLx (cm) 5.00 2.00 14.5 (b)
Focal Length
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.81 FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 6.00 (b)

FLx (cm) 3.50 17.5 17.5 (b) IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 435


Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 6.00 (b)
Control 1 MI
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 466
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 1 MI
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.19MHz, Col: 2.35MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 24.2Hz
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.19MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 47.9Hz Control 2: CPA Mode, 2D: 2.71MHz, Col: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 37.4Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 3.90MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 366.8Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.71 MHz, Col: 2.75MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 7.35Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.19MHz, M: 2.19MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 10.4Hz Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.71MHz, Col: 2.35MHz, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, FR: 4.20Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.71MHz, Col: 2.19MHz, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 11.0cm, FR: 4.20Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Reference Manual 197

CA1-7AD: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler CA2-8AD


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC CA2-8AD: 2D& 2D+M mode
Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.43 1.06 1.01 2.35 5.30 (b) Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.35 Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D W01:18.4
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:77.3 PD W0:366 (b) Maximum index value 1.25 1.33 0.25** 0.41 0.62+ (b)
PD W01x1:68.0
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 229 Pr.3 (MPa) 2.07
z1 (cm) 3.94 W0 (mW) 2D W01:71.2 M W01x1:18.9 M W0:19.2 (b)
Zbp (cm) 3.94 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 31.3
Zsp (cm) 4.73 z1 (cm) 3.72
Z@PII.3max (cm) 4.05 Zbp (cm) 3.10
deq(z) (cm) 0.77 3.65
Zsp (cm)
2D:2.09
fc (MHz) 2.71 2.74 2.15 2.15 (b) Z@PII.3max (cm) 3.85
PD:2.71
2D:5.54 deq(z) (cm) 0.35
X (cm) 0.42 3.88 3.19 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.76
fc (MHz) 2.75 3.93 2.73 2.73 2.75 (b)
Y (cm) 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 (b)
X (cm) 2.43 2.80 2.80 1.17 (b)
PD (µsec) 1.40 Dim. of Aaprt
1000 Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)
PRF (Hz)
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.14 PD (µsec) 0.75

deq@PIImax (cm) 0.68 PRF (Hz) 29.2*


FLx (cm) 3.50 2.00 17.5 (b) Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.87
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 6.00 (b) deq@PIImax (cm) 0.34
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 295 FLx (cm) 3.50 17.5 17.5 (b)
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 6.00 (b)
Control 1 MI
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 285
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 1 MI
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 1: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 2.19MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, PD Scale: 7.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 1: 2D (Pulse Inversion) Mode, 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 29.2Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 364.2Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.19MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, M: 2.75MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 10.4Hz
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, M: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 50.0Hz
Reference Manual 198

CA2-8AD: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA CA2-8AD: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum index value 1.46 1.64 1.01** 0.93 2.69 (b) Maximum index value 1.10 1.00 1.38 1.50 3.13 (b)
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.41 Pr.3 (MPa) 1.82
2D W01:10.2 2D W01:3.15
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:77.1 PD W0:90.5 (b) W0 (mW) PD W01x1:97.6 PD W0:101 (b)
Col W01:109 PD W01x1:68.1
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 67.1 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 114
z1 (cm) 4.32 z1 (cm) 2.88
Zbp (cm) 3.45 Zbp (cm) 2.72
Zsp (cm) 3.46 Zsp (cm) 1.50
Z@PII.3max (cm) 3.65 Z@PII.3max (cm) 4.15
deq(z) (cm) 0.39 deq(z) (cm) 0.55
2D:2.73 2D:3.62
fc (MHz) 2.73 2.75 2.91 2.75 (b) fc (MHz) 2.75 2.96 2.76 2.77 (b)
Col:2.90 PD:2.92
2D:2.99 2D:6.26
X (cm) 0.98 3.46 0.98 (b) X (cm) 0.65 2.15 0.65 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt Col:2.40 Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.65
Y (cm) 2D:1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b) Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)
PD (µsec) 0.76 PD (µsec) 1.36
PRF (Hz) 15.5* PRF (Hz) 1000
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.26 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.55
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.38 deq@PIImax (cm) 0.41
FLx (cm) 6.50 5.00 17.5 (b) FLx (cm) 3.50 3.50 11.0 (b)
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 6.00 (b) FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 6.00 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 357 IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 250

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+Color (Pulse Inversion) Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, Col: 2.96MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 15.5Hz
Control 2: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, Col: 2.96MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 15.9Hz Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, PD: 3.4MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 31.25Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.10 MHz, Col: 3.07MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 5.38Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Col: 3.07MHz, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 5.38Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 11.0cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Reference Manual 199

CF2-8 CF2-8: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
CF2-8: 2D& 2D+M mode Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan
TIS TIB Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1

Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Maximum index value 1.28 1.44 0.87 0.81 2.23 (b)
Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Pr.3 (MPa) 2.15

Maximum index value 1.23 1.53 0.22** 0.34 0.50+ (b) 2D W01:9.02
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:61.9 PD W0:83.3 (b)
Col W01:94.6
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.21
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 57.6
W0 (mW) 2D W01:73.7 M W01x1:16.6 M W0:16.8 (b)
z1 (cm) 4.32
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 25.7
Zbp (cm) 3.45
z1 (cm) 4.12
Zsp (cm) 3.95
Zbp (cm) 3.10
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.49
Zsp (cm) 3.85
deq(z) (cm) 0.40
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.43
2D:2.74
deq(z) (cm) 0.36 fc (MHz) 2.85 2.96 2.96 2.74 (b)
Col:2.93
fc (MHz) 3.21 4.36 2.74 2.74 2.79 (b) 2D:2.99
X (cm) 0.65 3.46 1.24 (b)
2.43 2.80 2.80 1.17 (b) Dim. of Aaprt Col:2.40
X (cm)
Dim. of Aaprt Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)
Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b)
0.31 PD (µsec) 0.71
PD (µsec)
83.3* PRF (Hz) 55.7*
PRF (Hz)
2.53 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.37
Pr@PIImax (MPa)
0.35 deq@PIImax (cm) 0.38
deq@PIImax (cm)
3.50 17.5 17.5 (b) 2D:6.50
FLx (cm) FLx (cm) 3.50 17.5 (b)
Focal Length Focal Length Col:6.50
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 6.00 (b)
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 6.00 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 307
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 218

Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, M: 4.1MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 83.3Hz
Control 1: 2D (Harmonic) + Color Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, Col: 2.96MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 55.7Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 364.2Hz
Control 2: 2D (Harmonic) + Color Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, Col: 2.96MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 15.9Hz
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, M: 2.75MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 10.4Hz
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.16 MHz, Col: 3.07MHz, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 4.19Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.75MHz, M: 2.75MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 50.0Hz
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Col: 3.07MHz, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 5.38Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Col: 3.07MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 5.38Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 200

CF2-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler CF4-9


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC CF4-9: 2D & 2D + M mode
Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.10 0.89 1.20 1.23 2.94 (b) Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.84 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D W01:3.20 Maximum index value 1.03 0.49 0.12 0.07** 0.20+ 0.65
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:84.8 PD W0:84.8 (b)
PD W01x1:58.4
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.31
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 87.3
W0 (mW) 2D W01:20.3 M W01x1:4.48 M W0:2.14 2D W0:21.6
z1 (cm) 3.72
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 2.71
Zbp (cm) 3.14
z1 (cm) 1.64
Zsp (cm) 1.68
Zbp (cm) 1.64
Z@PII.3max (cm) 0.50
Zsp (cm) 1.29
deq(z) (cm) 0.46
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.43
2D:4.48
fc (MHz) 2.78 2.96 2.96 2.96 (b) deq(z) (cm) 0.16
PD:2.96
2D:6.26 fc (MHz) 5.03 5.09 5.69 5.11 5.03 5.09
X (cm) 0.65 2.87 0.65 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.65 1.28 2.24 2.24 0.49 1.28
X (cm)
Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 (b) Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42
PD (µsec) 1.32 0.28
PD (µsec)
PRF (Hz) 1750 67.7*
PRF (Hz)
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 1.85 2.97
Pr@PIImax (MPa)
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.41 0.15
deq@PIImax (cm)
2D:3.50 2.00 9.00 9.00 2.00
FLx (cm) 3.50 14.5 (b) FLx (cm)
Focal Length PD:3.50 Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
FLy (cm) 6.00 6.00 6.00 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 500
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 125

Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as TIC_as
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, PD: 2.75MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 18.2Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 67.7Hz
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 219.7Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.96MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 3: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, M: 6.8MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 20.8Hz
Control 4: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, M: 5.1MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 20.8Hz
Control 5: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, M: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 55.6Hz
Reference Manual 201

CF4-9: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA CF4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum index value 1.03 0.63 0.53 0.33** 1.12 0.96 Maximum index value 0.99 0.51 0.75 0.44** 1.44 1.00
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.31 Pr.3 (MPa) 2.23
2D W01:1.21 2D W0:0.82 2D W01:4.17 2D W0:10.2
W0 (mW) Col W01:3.78 PD W01x1:19.4 PD W0:10.9 Col W0:5.40 W0 (mW) PD W01x1:33.5 PD W0:24.3
PD W01x1:17.1 PD W0:11.1
PD W01x1:19.0 PD W0:10.9
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 19.6
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 12.3
z1 (cm) 1.64
z1 (cm) 1.00
Zbp (cm) 0.94 Zbp (cm) 1.64
Zsp (cm) 0.81 Zsp (cm) 1.00
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.43 Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.43
deq(z) (cm) 0.17 0.27
deq(z) (cm)
2D:5.00 2D:5.52
2D:6.23 2D:5.03
fc (MHz) 5.03 Col:4.77 5.71 5.71 4.72 Col:5.65 fc (MHz) 5.03 4.71 4.71 4.72
PD:4.73 PD:4.72
PD:5.70 PD:4.72
2D:2.24 2D:2.24
2D:2.24 2D:2.24 X (cm) 2.24 2.24 0.74
Dim. of Aaprt PD:1.37 PD:0.25
X (cm) Col:2.13 1.86 0.74 0.25 Col:1.01
Dim. of Aaprt PD:1.37 PD:0.25 Y (cm) 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42
Y (cm) 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 PD (µsec) 0.29
PD (µsec) 0.28 PRF (Hz) 36.5*
PRF (Hz) 6.43* Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.86
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.97 0.20
deq@PIImax (cm)
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.17
FLx (cm) 5.50 9.00 9.00 1.00
FLx (cm) 5.50 7.50 3.00 1.00 Focal Length
Focal Length FLy (cm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
FLy (cm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 409
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 500

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIC_as
Control 6 TIC_as
Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 36.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Col: 4.7MHz, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 8.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, FR: 26.0Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Col: 4.7MHz, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 5mm
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Col: 4.7MHz, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 7.5cm, FR: 3.68Hz, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 3.0cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 5mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 8.8MHz, Col: 4.7MHz, PD: 5.6MHz, Focus: 3.0cm, FR: 5.51Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 5: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 54.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Col: 5.6MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 6: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 5.6MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 202

CV1-8AD CV1-8AD: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
CV1-8AD: 2D& 2D+M mode Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan
TIS TIB Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1

Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Maximum index value 1.51 0.97 0.52 0.48 2.05 (b)
Scan Non–scan Pr.3 (MPa) 2.38
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D W01:6.70
Maximum index value 1.60 1.02 0.12 0.20 0.47+ (b) W0 (mW) PD W01x1:43.3 PD W0:43.3 (b)
Col W01:54.4
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.61 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 40.8
W0 (mW) 2D W01:48.0 M W01x1:8.64 M W0:9.42 (b) z1 (cm) 3.13
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 17.7 Zbp (cm) 3.13

z1 (cm) 3.36 Zsp (cm) 1.49

Zbp (cm) 3.36 Z@PII.3max (cm) 0.50

Zsp (cm) 1.88 deq(z) (cm) 0.37


2D:2.48
Z@PII.3max (cm) 3.05 fc (MHz) 2.49 2.52 2.47 2.52 (b)
Col:3.44
deq(z) (cm) 0.33 2D:2.18
X (cm) 0.71 3.10 0.71 (b)
fc (MHz) 2.66 4.44 2.98 2.35 2.49 (b) Dim. of Aaprt Col:1.72

2.91 0.87 3.59 0.87 (b) Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
X (cm)
Dim. of Aaprt PD (µsec) 0.70
Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
PRF (Hz) 4.68*
PD (µsec) 0.24
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.49
PRF (Hz) 47.1*
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.36
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.46 3.50 3.50 14.5 (b)
FLx (cm)
0.32 Focal Length
deq@PIImax (cm) FLy (cm) 5.00 5.00 5.00 (b)
FLx (cm) 6.50 3.50 14.5 (b) IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 204
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 5.00 5.00 5.00 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 447 Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs
Control 1 MI
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.50 MHz, Col: 2.50MHz, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 4.68Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size:
Control 4 TIS_bs 2.0mm
Control 2: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.50MHz, Col: 3.47MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 25.3Hz
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 2.96 MHz, Col: 3.47MHz, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 4.01Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.71 MHz, Col: 2.50MHz, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, FR: 2.67Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2.96MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 47.1Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.71MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 210.9Hz
Control 3: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 2.96MHz, M: 2.96MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 50.0Hz
Control 4: 2D Mode+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.50MHz, M: 2.50MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, FR: 12.5Hz
Control 5: 2D Mode+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.50MHz, M: 2.50MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 50.0Hz
Reference Manual 203

CV1-8AD: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler L5-13


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan L5-13: 2D & 2D + M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.59 0.60 0.72 0.84 2.50 (b)
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.99 Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan
2D W01:6.95 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:49.7 PD W0:51.4 (b)
PD W01x1:39.3
Maximum index value 1.66 2.19 0.52 0.25** 0.42+ (b)
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 57.6
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.81
z1 (cm) 3.13
W0 (mW) 2D W01:71.0 M W01x1:16.8 M W0:5.82 (b)
Zbp (cm) 3.13
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 8.24
Zsp (cm) 1.49
z1 (cm) 1.59
Z@PII.3max (cm) 2.76
0.36 Zbp (cm) 1.59
deq(z) (cm)
2D:3.91 Zsp (cm) 1.57
fc (MHz) 3.53 3.06 3.07 2.50 (b)
PD:2.52
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.57
2D:5.22
X (cm) 0.71 3.10 0.71 (b) 0.17
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.71 deq(z) (cm)
Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) fc (MHz) 5.23 6.48 6.50 6.50 5.43 (b)
PD (µsec) 0.18 X (cm) 2.55 2.22 2.22 0.75 (b)
PRF (Hz) 20.8* Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b)
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.11
PD (µsec) 0.45
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.35
PRF (Hz) 47.6*
FLx (cm) 3.50 3.50 14.5 (b)
Focal Length Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.82
FLy (cm) 5.00 5.00 5.00 (b)
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.17
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 379
FLx (cm) 3.70 6.50 6.50 (b)
Focal Length
Control 1 MI FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00 2.00 (b)

Control 2 TIS_as IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 663


Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 1 MI
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.70MHz, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 20.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.70MHz, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 25.0Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.07MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.07MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 1: 2D (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.2cm, FR: 47.6Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.50MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 2: 2D (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.4MHz, Focus: 3.7cm, FR: 136.8Hz
Control 3: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.4MHz, M: 6.4MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 20.8Hz
Control 4: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 5.5MHz, M: 5.5MHz, Focus: 2.2cm, FR: 41.7Hz
Reference Manual 204

L5-13: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA L5-13: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum index value 1.66 2.76 2.21 1.18** 2.07+ (b) Maximum index value 1.62 2.41 2.88 1.57** 2.96 (b)
Pr.3 (MPa) 4.16 Pr.3 (MPa) 4.43
2D W01:5.10 2D W01:17.0
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:91.6 PD W0:95.6 (b)
W0 (mW) Col W01:12.3 PD W01x1:69.7 PD W0:46.5 (b) PD W01x1:59.3
PD W01x1:69.7
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 53.4
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 37.2
z1 (cm) 1.36
z1 (cm) 1.36
Zbp (cm) 1.36
Zbp (cm) 1.36
Zsp (cm) 1.36
Zsp (cm) 1.13
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.15
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.63
deq(z) (cm) 0.41
deq(z) (cm) 0.31
2D:6.46
fc (MHz) 7.52 6.61 6.18 6.18 (b)
2D:6.32 PD:6.67
fc (MHz) 6.25 Col:6.64 6.67 6.67 6.14 (b)
2D:3.80
PD:6.67 X (cm) 1.62 1.62 1.62 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:1.62
2D:3.80
Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b)
X (cm) Col:2.81 1.62 1.62 1.11 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:1.62 PD (µsec) 0.16
Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b) PRF (Hz) 31.3*
PD (µsec) 0.19 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5.80
PRF (Hz) 8.53* deq@PIImax (cm) 0.39
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 5.27 FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50 6.50 (b)
Focal Length
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.31 FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00 2.00 (b)
FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50 6.50 (b) IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 793
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00 2.00 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 512 Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1 MI Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 2 TIS_as Control 4 TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 12.3MHz, PD: 6.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 3.0kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 7.6MHz, PD: 6.8MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 15.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 1mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 6.8MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 1mm
Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 12.3MHz, Col: 6.1MHz, PD: 6.1MHz, Focus: 2.2cm, FR: 8.5Hz, PD Scale: 2.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 6.1MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 3.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.6MHz, Col: 6.8MHz, PD: 6.8MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 5.1Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 1mm
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 12.3MHz, Col: 6.1MHz, PD: 6.8MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 5.1Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 1mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 10.0MHz, Col: 6.1MHz, PD: 6.1MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 6.0Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Reference Manual 205

LA3-14AD LA3-14AD: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
LA3-14AD: 2D & 2D+M mode Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.30 0.93 0.79 0.40** 0.76+ (b)
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Pr.3 (MPa) 3.27
Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 2D W01:0.13
W0 (mW) Col W01:7.06 PD W01x1:23.7 PD W0:19.4 (b)
Maximum index value 1.27 0.50 0.14** 0.07 0.17+ (b)
PD W01x1:23.0
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.25 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 14.6
W0 (mW) 2D W01:17.0 M W01x1:4.99 M W0:1.37 (b) z1 (cm) 1.57
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 2.73 Zbp (cm) 1.57
z1 (cm) 1.76 Zsp (cm) 1.42

Zbp (cm) 1.76 Z@PII.3max (cm) 0.94


deq(z) (cm) 0.33
Zsp (cm) 1.12
2D:5.86
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.08 6.34 Col:6.42 7.01 5.69 5.66 (b)
fc (MHz)
deq(z) (cm) 0.12 PD:6.51

6.50 6.18 5.91 5.76 5.60 (b) 2D:4.97


fc (MHz)
X (cm) Col:3.78 1.90 1.90 1.09 (b)
X (cm) 2.79 2.41 2.41 0.62 (b) Dim. of Aaprt PD:1.90
Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 (b) Y (cm) 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 (b)

PD (µsec) 0.19 PD (µsec) 0.41


PRF (Hz) 182*
PRF (Hz) 65.3*
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.01
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.93
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.26
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.12
FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50 6.50 (b)
FLx (cm) 3.00 6.50 6.50 (b) Focal Length
Focal Length FLy (cm) 1.70 1.70 1.70 (b)
FLy (cm) 1.70 1.70 1.70 (b) IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 448
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 669
Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI Control 2 TIS_as

Control 2 TIS_as Control 3 TIS_as_U


Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 1: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, Col: 6.66MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 12.1Hz
Control 2: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, Col: 6.66MHz, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 2.88Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 8.00MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 65.3Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 8.00MHz, Col: 5.71MHz, PD: 7.27MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 3.52Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 7.27MHz, Focus: 3.0cm, FR: 174.9Hz Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 10.0MHz, Col: 5.71MHz, PD: 5.71MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 3.52Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, M: 6.15MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 14.7Hz Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 10.0MHz, Col: 5.71MHz, PD: 5.71MHz, Focus: 3.7cm, FR: 4.11Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 5.71MHz, M: 5.71MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 14.7Hz
Control 5: 2D+M Mode, 2D: 5.33MHz, M: 5.33MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 55.6Hz
Reference Manual 206

LA3-14AD: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler LF5-13


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan LF5-13: 2D& 2D+M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.16 0.71 1.14 0.55** 1.06 (b)
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.76 Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D W01:0.66
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:34.0 PD W0:27.1 (b)
PD W01x1:25.4 Maximum index value 1.56 0.79 0.17 0.10** 0.26+ (b)
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 17.7 Pr.3 (MPa) 3.90
z1 (cm) 1.57 W0 (mW) 2D W01:23.6 M W01x1: 5.58 M W0: 2.29 (b)
Zbp (cm) 1.57 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 3.19
Zsp (cm) 1.30 z1 (cm) 1.28
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.30 Zbp (cm) 1.28
deq(z) (cm) 0.35 Zsp (cm) 0.98
2D:7.50 Z@PII.3max (cm) 0.98
fc (MHz) 5.70 7.07 6.58 5.68 (b)
PD:5.70
deq(z) (cm) 0.13
2D:4.97
X (cm) 1.90 1.90 1.32 (b) fc (MHz) 6.23 7.02 6.29 6.29 6.23 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:1.90
0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 (b) X (cm) 1.37 1.44 1.44 0.52 (b)
Y (cm) Dim. of Aaprt
0.65 Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b)
PD (µsec)
1000 PD (µsec) 0.32
PRF (Hz)
3.34 PRF (Hz) 43.6*
Pr@PIImax (MPa)
0.26 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.53
deq@PIImax (cm)
6.50 6.50 6.50 (b) deq@PIImax (cm) 0.13
FLx (cm)
Focal Length FLx (cm) 4.50 6.50 6.50 (b)
FLy (cm) 1.70 1.70 1.70 (b)
Focal Length
391 FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00 2.00 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm )
2

IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 747

Control 1 MI
TIS_as Control 1 MI
Control 2
TIS_as_U Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3
TIS_bs Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 4
TIB_bs Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 5

Control 1: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.71MHz, Focus: 2.2cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 43.6Hz
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 11.4MHz, PD: 5.71MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 23.4Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 8.00MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 274.3Hz
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 7.27MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, M: 6.15MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 17.9Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 3.50kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, M: 6.15MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 38.5Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.71MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, PD Scale: 4.40kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Reference Manual 207

LF5-13: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA LF5-13: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum index value 1.54 0.86 0.65 0.35** 0.98 (b) Maximum index value 1.43 0.67 1.37 0.73** 1.26 (b)
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.83 Pr.3 (MPa) 3.47
2D W01:0.14 2D W01:0.59
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:43.1 PD W0:11.9 (b)
W0 (mW) Col W01:6.44 PD W01x1:20.4 PD W0:9.85 (b) PD W01x1:20.5
PD W01x1:20.4
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 23.1
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 10.9
z1 (cm) 1.35
z1 (cm) 1.35
Zbp (cm) 1.35
Zbp (cm) 1.35
Zsp (cm) 0.52
Zsp (cm) 0.52
Z@PII.3max (cm) 0.77
Z@PII.3max (cm) 0.74
deq(z) (cm) 0.17
deq(z) (cm) 0.18
2D: 8.17
fc (MHz) 5.88 6.68 6.68 6.69 (b)
2D:8.04 PD: 6.60
fc (MHz) 6.19 Col:6.68 6.68 6.68 6.59 (b)
2D: 3.84
PD:6.68 X (cm) 1.60 1.60 0.24 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD: 1.12
2D: 3.84
Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b)
X (cm) Col: 2.85 1.60 1.60 0.24 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:1.60 PD (µsec) 0.27
Y (cm) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 (b) PRF (Hz) 15.6*
PD (µsec) 0.25 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.06
PRF (Hz) 3.07* deq@PIImax (cm) 0.15
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.49 2D:4.50
FLx (cm) 6.50 6.50 (b)
Focal Length PD:4.50
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.18
FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00 2.00 (b)
2D:6.50
FLx (cm) Col:6.50 6.50 6.50 (b) IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 755
Focal Length PD:6.50
FLy (cm) 2.00 2.00 2.00 (b)
Control 1 MI
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 218
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 1 MI
Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 2 TIS_as TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 3 TIB_bs Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 5.71MHz, PD: 6.15MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 15.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 11.4MHz, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 9.11Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 6.15MHz, Col: 6.15MHz, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 3.07Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 3.5mm
Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 11.42MHz, Col: 6.40MHz, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 6.50cm, FR: 3.07Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, PD Scale: 7.50kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 3: Triple Mode (Harmonic), 2D: 5.71 MHz, Col: 6.40MHz, PD: 6.66MHz, Focus: 1.0cm, FR: 3.07Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Reference Manual 208

ER4-9 ER4-9: 2D+Color Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
ER4-9: 2D & 2D + M mode Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.43 0.67 0.44 0.30** 1.23 (b)
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan Pr.3 (MPa) 3.15
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D W01:2.39
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:19.8 PD W0:17.2 (b)
Maximum index value 1.32 0.65 0.10** 0.06 0.18+ (b) Col W01:25.7
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.96 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 13.3
W0 (mW) 2D W01:26.6 M W01x1:3.97 M W0:3.02 (b) z1 (cm) 1.22
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 2.67 Zbp (cm) 1.22
z1 (cm) 1.95 Zsp (cm) 1.63
Zbp (cm) 1.95 Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.88
Zsp (cm) 1.91 deq(z) (cm) 0.19
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.38 2D:5.46
fc (MHz) 4.83 4.71 4.70 4.70 (b)
Col:4.99
deq(z) (cm) 0.21
2D:2.62
fc (MHz) 5.03 5.15 5.06 5.06 4.62 (b) X (cm) 1.11 0.86 0.37 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt Col:1.25
X (cm) 1.02 2.21 2.21 0.61 (b) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt Y (cm)
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b) 0.28
PD (µsec)
PD (µsec) 0.25 6.43*
PRF (Hz)
PRF (Hz) 111* 4.16
Pr@PIImax (MPa)
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.62 0.18
deq@PIImax (cm)
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.20 1.50 4.50 3.50 (b)
FLx (cm)
FLx (cm) 1.50 9.00 9.00 (b) Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30 2.30 (b)
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30 2.30 (b) 397
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 373

Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI TIS_as
Control 2
Control 2 TIS_as TIS_as_U
Control 3
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIS_bs
Control 4
Control 4 TIB_bs TIB_bs
Control 5

Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 110.8Hz Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 460.7Hz Control 2: 2D + Color Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 26.6Hz
Control 3: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, M: 6.1MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz, M: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 71.4Hz Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.51Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 209

ER4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler EVN4-9


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC EVN4-9: 2D & 2D + M mode
Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.16 0.44 0.61 0.39** 1.37 (b) Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.60 Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
2D W01:6.28
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:27.3 PD W0:19.7 (b) Maximum index value 1.32 0.65 0.10** 0.06 0.18+ (b)
PD W01x1:13.0
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 17.4 Pr.3 (MPa) 2.96
z1 (cm) 1.38 W0 (mW) 2D W01:26.6 M W01x1:3.97 M W0:3.02 (b)
Zbp (cm) 1.38 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 2.67
Zsp (cm) 1.47 1.95
z1 (cm)
Z@PII.3max (cm) 2.00
Zbp (cm) 1.95
deq(z) (cm) 0.20
Zsp (cm) 1.91
2D:5.13
fc (MHz) 4.98 4.71 4.71 4.71 (b) Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.38
PD:4.71
2D:2.62 deq(z) (cm) 0.21
X (cm) 1.35 1.11 0.37 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:1.35
fc (MHz) 5.03 5.15 5.06 5.06 4.62 (b)
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
0.27 X (cm) 1.02 2.21 2.21 0.61 (b)
PD (µsec) Dim. of Aaprt
PRF (Hz) 54.7* Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)

Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.53 PD (µsec) 0.25


deq@PIImax (cm) 0.19 PRF (Hz) 111*
FLx (cm) 5.50 5.50 4.50 (b) Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.62
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30 2.30 (b) deq@PIImax (cm) 0.20
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 301 1.50 9.00 9.00 (b)
FLx (cm)
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30 2.30 (b)
Control 1 MI
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 373
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 1 MI
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 54.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, FR: 39.1Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, PD Scale: 2.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 110.8Hz
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 460.7Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, PD Scale: 4.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 3: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, M: 6.1MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz
Control 4: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz, M: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 71.4Hz
Reference Manual 210

EVN4-9: 2D + Color Triple, CPA & Triple CPA EVN4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum index value 1.43 0.67 0.44 0.30** 1.23 (b) Maximum index value 1.16 0.44 0.61 0.39** 1.37 (b)
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.15 Pr.3 (MPa) 2.60
2D W01:2.39 2D W01:6.28
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:19.8 PD W0:17.2 (b) W0 (mW) PD W01x1:27.3 PD W0:19.7 (b)
Col W01:25.7 PD W01x1:13.0
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 13.3 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 17.4
z1 (cm) 1.22 z1 (cm) 1.38
Zbp (cm) 1.22 Zbp (cm) 1.38
Zsp (cm) 1.63 Zsp (cm) 1.47
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.88 Z@PII.3max (cm) 2.00
deq(z) (cm) 0.19 deq(z) (cm) 0.20
2D:5.46 2D:5.13
fc (MHz) 4.83 4.71 4.70 4.70 (b) fc (MHz) 4.98 4.71 4.71 4.71 (b)
Col:4.99 PD:4.71
2D:2.62 2D:2.62
X (cm) 1.11 0.86 0.37 (b) X (cm) 1.35 1.11 0.37 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt Col:1.25 Dim. of Aaprt PD:1.35
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b) Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
PD (µsec) 0.28 PD (µsec) 0.27
PRF (Hz) 6.43* PRF (Hz) 54.7*
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.16 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.53
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.18 deq@PIImax (cm) 0.19
FLx (cm) 1.50 4.50 3.50 (b) FLx (cm) 5.50 5.50 4.50 (b)
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30 2.30 (b) FLy (cm) 2.30 2.30 2.30 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 397 IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 301

Control 1 MI Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 5 TIB_bs

Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 54.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D + Color Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 26.6Hz Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, FR: 39.1Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 4.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 5.5cm, PD Scale: 2.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.51Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, Col: 3.8MHz, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 6.43Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.7MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, PD Scale: 4.00kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 211

PE2-4 PE2-4: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA &Triple CPA mode


TIS TIB
PE2-4: 2D& 2D+M mode Index Label MI
Scan
Non–scan Non– TIC
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.60 1.91 1.29** 1.99 5.19 4.21
Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC 2.21
Scan Pr.3 (MPa)
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan 2D W01:29.5
M W01x1:19.9 M W0:59.0 M W0:44.5
W0 (mW) 2D Inv W01:29.0
Maximum index value 1.57 2.08 0.27** 0.45 1.29+ 4.21 Col# W01:86.1 Col# W0:231 Col# W0:252
Col W01:109
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.10 M:31.0
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW)
Col#:163
2D W0:23.9 2D
W0 (mW) 2D W01: 150 M W01x1: 27.5 M W0: 66.0 M:2.69
Inv W0:23.9 z1 (cm)
Col#:2.89
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 45.4 M:2.64
Zbp (cm)
z1 (cm) 2.69 Col#:2.64
M:3.28
Zbp (cm) 2.64 Zsp (cm)
Col#:3.68
Zsp (cm) 3.29 Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.30
Z@PII.3max (cm) 3.48 M:0.78
deq(z) (cm)
Col#:0.73
deq(z) (cm) 0.77 2D:2.10
M:2.69 M:1.94 M:1.87 M:1.94
fc (MHz) 1.77 2.91 2.09 2.09 1.77 1.89 fc (MHz) 1.90 2D Inv:2.12
Col#:2.53 Col#:2.19 Col#:2.19 Col#:2.19
Col:2.54
X (cm) 0.86 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03 2D:1.17
Dim. of Aaprt M:2.03 M:2.03 M:2.03 M:2.03
Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 X (cm) 2D Inv:1.17
Dim. of Aaprt Col#:2.03 Col#:2.03 Col#:2.03 Col#:2.03
Col:0.86
PD (µsec) 0.75
Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20
PRF (Hz) 43.5* PD (µsec) 0.82
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.40 PRF (Hz) 9.11*
0.70 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.26
deq@PIImax (cm)
M:0.66
FLx (cm) 2.00 16.0 16.0 10.0 deq@PIImax (cm)
Col#:0.67
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 FLx (cm) 4.00 14.0 14.0 14.0
Focal Length
161 FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 211

Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs TIC_as
Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIC_as
Control 1: Triple CPA (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 1.92MHz, Col: 2.20MHz, PD: 2.20MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 9.11Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 1.76MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, FR: 43.5Hz Control 2: 2D+Color (Pulsed Inversion) Mode, 2D: 2.13MHz, Col: 2.56MHz, Focus: 4.0cm, FR: 37.3Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 3.62MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 159.6Hz Control 3: Color M Mode, M: 3.62MHz, Col: 2.56MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, Color Scale: 1.5kHz
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.13MHz, M: 2.13MHz, Focus: 16.0cm, FR: 26.3Hz Control 4: Color M Mode, M: 2.36MHz, Col: 2.20MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, Color Scale: 1.5kHz
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 1.76MHz, M: 1.76MHz, Focus: 16.0cm, FR: 26.3Hz Control 5: Color M (Harmonic) Mode, M: 1.92MHz, Col: 2.20MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, Color Scale: 1.5kHz
Control 5: 2D (Pulsed Inversion) Mode, 2D: 1.92MHz, Focus: 10.0cm, FR: 29.1Hz
Reference Manual 212

PE2-4: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler mode PE2-4: CW mode


TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC
Scan Scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan

Maximum index value 1.49 1.17 1.41** 2.06 5.10 4.17 Maximum index value 0.09 (a) 1.23** 1.07 4.49 3.03
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.06 Pr.3 (MPa) 0.13
2D W01: 64.2 W0 (mW) (a) CW W01x1:129 CW W0:144 CW W0:145
W0 (mW) PD W01x1: 115 PD W0: 294 PD W0: 294
PD W01x1: 54.9
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 113
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 195
z1 (cm) 1.80
z1 (cm) 2.64
Zbp (cm) 1.80
Zbp (cm) 2.64
Zsp (cm) 3.28
Zsp (cm) 3.68
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.10
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.30
deq(z) (cm) 0.46
deq(z) (cm) 0.74
fc (MHz) 2.00 (a) 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
2D:1.94
fc (MHz) 1.90 2.57 2.23 2.19 2.19 X (cm) (a) 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94
PD:2.22 Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) (a) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20
2D:1.17
X (cm) 2.03 2.03 2.03 2.03
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.86 PD (µsec) CW
Y (cm) 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 PRF (Hz) CW
PD (µsec) 0.83 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 0.15
PRF (Hz) 31.3* deq@PIImax (cm) 0.44
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.11 FLx (cm) (a) 16.0 10.0 16.0
Focal Length
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.69 FLy (cm) (a) 6.40 6.40 6.40
FLx (cm) 4.00 16.0 16.0 14.0 IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 0.54
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 180 Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as_U TIC_as
Control 1 MI Control 3 TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 2.00MHz, Focus: 2.0cm
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 2: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 2.00MHz, Focus: 16.0cm
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 3: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 2.00MHz, Focus: 10.0cm
Control 5 TIB_bs TIC_as

Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 1.92MHz, PD: 2.20MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 1.92MHz, PD: 2.20MHz, Focus: 4.0cm, FR: 53.6Hz, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.56MHz, Focus: 16.0cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.20MHz, Focus: 16.0cm, PD Scale: 1.50kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.20MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Reference Manual 213

SP3-8 SP3-8: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA &Triple CPA mode


TIS TIB
SP3-8: 2D& 2D+M mode Index Label MI
Scan
Non–scan
Non–scan
TIC
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.35 1.63 1.70 1.06** 2.45 2.07
Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC 2.41
Scan Pr.3 (MPa)
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan 2D W01:3.60
M W01x1: 6.12 M W0:4.63 M W0:3.32
W0 (mW) Col W01:26.9
Maximum index value 1.26 1.33 0.22 0.15** 0.46+ 1.89 Col# W01: 80.2 Col# W0:62.0 Col# W0:46.2
PD W01x1:51.0
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.14 M:4.16
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW)
W0 (mW) 2D W01: 59.3 M W01x1: 15.0 M W0: 13.9 2D W0: 79.7 Col#:49.6
M:1.66
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 10.6 z1 (cm)
Col#:1.66
z1 (cm) 1.66 M:1.66
Zbp (cm)
Col#:1.66
Zbp (cm) 1.66
M:2.31
Zsp (cm) 3.48 Zsp (cm)
Col#:1.70
Z@PII.3max (cm) 3.48 Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.09
M:0.40
deq(z) (cm) 0.34 deq(z) (cm)
Col#:0.37
fc (MHz) 2.89 4.71 3.03 3.03 2.88 3.34 2D:3.16
M:3.36 M:3.36 M:3.48 M:4.71
X (cm) 0.51 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.87 fc (MHz) 3.19 Col:4.16
Col#:4.19 Col#:4.19 Col#:4.28 Col#:4.38
Dim. of Aaprt PD:4.28
Y (cm) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2D:0.96
M:0.96 M:0.96 M:0.72 M:0.51
PD (µsec) 0.59 X (cm) Col:0.96
Dim. of Aaprt Col#:0.96 Col#:0.96 Col#:0.57 Col#:0.27
PD:0.96
PRF (Hz) 31.3*
Y (cm) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.93 PD (µsec) 0.50
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.33 PRF (Hz) 500
FLx (cm) 2.00 14.0 14.0 6.00 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.72
Focal Length M:0.35
FLy (cm) 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 deq@PIImax (cm)
Col#:0.34
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 214 FLx (cm) 10.0 8.00 8.00 2.00
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00
MI IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 318
Control 1
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1 MI
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs Control 2 TIS_as
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 5 TIC_as Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 5 TIC_as
Control 1: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 3.40MHz, M: 3.40MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.67MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 186.1Hz Control 1: Color M (Harmonic) Mode, M: 3.40MHz, Col: 3.63MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, Color Scale: 6.00kHz
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 3.40MHz, M: 3.40MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz Control 2: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.16MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 10.0cm, FR: 7.19Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 4: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 3.08MHz, M: 3.08MHz, Focus: 14.0cm, FR: 31.3Hz Control 3: Color M Mode, M: 6.67MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, Focus: 8.0cm, Color Scale: 2.50kHz
Control 5: 2D Mode, 2D: 6.67MHz, Focus: 6.0cm, FR: 328.8Hz Control 4: Color M Mode, M: 6.67MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, Focus: 4.0cm, Color Scale: 4.50kHz
Control 5: Color M Mode, M: 6.67MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, Color Scale: 6.00kHz
Reference Manual 214

SP3-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler mode SP3-8: CW mode


TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC
Scan Scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan

Maximum index value 1.27 1.44 1.73 1.04** 2.31 2.07 Maximum index value 0.06 (a) 1.13 0.83** 2.55 2.00
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.26 Pr.3 (MPa) 0.11
2D W01: 23.2 2D W0: 12.1 W0 (mW) (a) CW W01x1:59.4 CW W0:59.0 CW W0:59.4
W0 (mW) PD W01x1: 82.2 PD W0: 57.7
PD W01x1: 54.6 PD W0: 39.6
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 43.7
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 49.6
z1 (cm) 1.12
z1 (cm) 1.66
Zbp (cm) 1.12
Zbp (cm) 1.66
Zsp (cm) 1.44
Zsp (cm) 1.70
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.44
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.09
deq(z) (cm) 0.35
deq(z) (cm) 0.34
fc (MHz) 4.00 (a) 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
2D:3.02 2D:4.64
fc (MHz) 3.16 4.41 4.41 4.42 X (cm) (a) 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44
PD:4.27 PD:4.44 Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) (a) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
2D:0.96 2D:0.51
X (cm) 0.96 0.96 0.57
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.96 PD:0.27 PD (µsec) CW
Y (cm) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 PRF (Hz) CW
PD (µsec) 0.51 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 0.14
PRF (Hz) 36.5* deq@PIImax (cm) 0.30
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.55 FLx (cm) (a) 10.0 10.0 10.0
Focal Length
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.31 FLy (cm) (a) 7.00 7.00 7.00
FLx (cm) 12.0 16.0 16.0 2.00 IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 0.45
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 261 Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIC_as
Control 1 MI Control 3 TIB_bs
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 4.00MHz, Focus: 2.0cm
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 2: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 4.00MHz, Focus: 10.0cm
Control 4 TIB_bs Control 3: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 4.00MHz, Focus: 4.0cm
Control 5 TIC_as

Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 3.40MHz, PD: 3.63MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 36.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.5mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.10MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 12.0cm, FR: 41.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 16.0cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 4.0cm, PD Scale: 3.00kHz, SV Size: 2.5mm
Control 5: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.67MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 36.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Reference Manual 215

V5-9 V5-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
V5-9: 2D& 2D+M mode Index Label MI
Scan
Non–scan
Non–scan
TIC
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.40 0.49 0.31 0.20** 0.83 (b)
Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC
Scan Pr.3 (MPa) 3.02
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
2D W01:3.52
1.03 0.44 0.10 0.07** 0.17+ (b) W0 (mW) PD W01x1:12.8 PD W0:11.1 (b)
Maximum index value Col W01:18.6
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.22 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 8.46
W0 (mW) 2D W01:17.7 M W01x1:4.71 M W0:4.71 (b) z1 (cm) 0.54
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 3.09 Zbp (cm) 0.54
z1 (cm) 1.31 Zsp (cm) 1.34
Zbp (cm) 1.31 Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.89
Zsp (cm) 1.70 deq(z) (cm) 0.20
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.34 2D:4.18
fc (MHz) 4.68 5.07 5.02 4.49 (b)
Col:4.72
deq(z) (cm) 0.37
2D:1.46
4.67 5.16 4.65 4.65 4.65 (b) X (cm) 0.92 0.17 0.42 (b)
fc (MHz) Dim. of Aaprt Col:1.07
X (cm) 1.37 1.00 1.00 1.00 (b) Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b) PD (µsec) 0.45
PD (µsec) 0.43 PRF (Hz) 4.59*
PRF (Hz) 94.7* Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.75
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.62 deq@PIImax (cm) 0.19
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.36 FLx (cm) 3.50 7.50 1.50 (b)
Focal Length
FLx (cm) 2.50 9.00 9.00 (b) FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 3.50 (b)
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 3.50 (b) IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 355
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 239
Control 1 MI

Control 1 MI Control 2 TIS_as

Control 2 TIS_as Control 3 TIS_as_U

Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs Control 4 TIS_bs


Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D (Harmonic) Mode, 4.40MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 94.7Hz
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 5.00MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 378.8Hz Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.73 MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 4.73MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 4.59Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.40MHz, M: 4.40MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 25.0Hz Control 2: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.00MHz, Col: 4.73MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 15.9Hz
Control 3: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.00 MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 7.5cm, FR: 4.59Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 4: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.00 MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 3.46Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 5: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.00 MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 4.59Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Reference Manual 216

V5-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler VR5-9


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC VR5-9: 2D& 2D+M mode
Scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.17 0.33 0.46 0.29** 1.21 (b) Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Non–
Scan
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.52 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
2D W01:3.64 Maximum index value 1.21 0.68 0.15 0.10** 0.22+ (b)
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:19.4 PD W0:15.6 (b)
PD W01x1:10.6
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.62
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 12.0
W0 (mW) 2D W01:28.5 M W01x1:6.63 M W0:2.29 (b)
z1 (cm) 1.26
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 4.27
Zbp (cm) 1.26
z1 (cm) 1.31
Zsp (cm) 1.34
Zbp (cm) 1.31
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.68
Zsp (cm) 1.34
deq(z) (cm) 0.19
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.51
2D:4.64
fc (MHz) 4.64 5.00 5.02 4.45 (b) deq(z) (cm) 0.15
PD:5.03
2D:2.67 fc (MHz) 4.72 4.97 4.85 4.85 4.72 (b)
X (cm) 1.11 0.92 0.42 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.31 1.25 1.00 1.00 0.56 (b)
X (cm)
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b) Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
PD (µsec) 0.44 0.45
PD (µsec)
PRF (Hz) 18.2* 50.0*
PRF (Hz)
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.16 3.35
Pr@PIImax (MPa)
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.18 0.15
deq@PIImax (cm)
FLx (cm) 2.50 9.00 7.50 (b) 1.50 9.00 9.00 (b)
Focal Length FLx (cm)
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 3.50 (b) Focal Length
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 3.50 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 347 368
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2)

Control 1 MI MI TIB_bs
Control 1
Control 2 TIS_as TIS_as
Control 2
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIS_as_U TIS_bs
Control 3
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 1: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.40MHz, M: 4.40MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 50.0Hz
Control 2: 2D (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.73MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 256.0Hz
Control 3: 2D+M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.73MHz, M: 4.73MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 12.8Hz
Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.40MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 18.2Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.40MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 18.2Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 5.0mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 7.5cm, PD Scale: 2.25kHz, SV Size: 2.0mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 6.0mm
Reference Manual 217

VR5-9: 2D+Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA VR5-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D+Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan Non–
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
Maximum index value 1.55 0.75 0.47 0.30** 1.19 (b)
Maximum index value 1.37 0.48 0.68 0.44** 1.58 (b)
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.47
Pr.3 (MPa) 3.15
2D W01:8.76
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:19.9 PD W0:15.1 (b) 2D W01:6.33
Col W01:23.7 W0 (mW) PD W01x1:28.4 PD W0:22.1 (b)
PD W01x1:14.0
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 12.3
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 19.4
z1 (cm) 0.54
z1 (cm) 1.26
Zbp (cm) 0.54
Zbp (cm) 1.26
Zsp (cm) 1.43
Zsp (cm) 1.12
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.27
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.29
deq(z) (cm) 0.18
deq(z) (cm) 0.22
2D:4.56
fc (MHz) 4.99 5.02 5.09 4.79 (b) 2D:4.83
Col:4.97 fc (MHz) 5.28 5.02 4.71 4.73 (b)
PD:5.06
2D:1.55
X (cm) 1.11 0.17 0.42 (b) 2D:2.67
Dim. of Aaprt Col:1.24 X (cm) 1.11 0.92 0.31 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.42
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
PD (µsec) 0.31
PD (µsec) 0.29
PRF (Hz) 4.59*
PRF (Hz) 23.4*
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 4.11
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.84
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.18
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.21
FLx (cm) 4.50 9.00 1.50 (b)
Focal Length FLx (cm) 3.50 9.00 7.50 (b)
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 3.50 (b) Focal Length
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 3.50 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 749
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 573

Control 1 MI TIS_bs
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIB_bs
Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 5 TIB_bs
Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.00 MHz, Col: 5.13MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 4.59Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 2: 2D+Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.40MHz, Col: 5.13MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, FR: 15.2Hz
Control 3: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.73 MHz, Col: 5.13MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, FR: 2.18Hz, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 1: 2D+Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.71MHz, PD: 4.40MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 23.4Hz, PD Scale: 2.25kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 4: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.73 MHz, Col: 4.40MHz, PD: 4.73MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 3.46Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm Control 2: 2D+Pulsed Doppler (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.730MHz, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 18.2Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 1.0mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.13MHz, Focus: 9.0cm, PD Scale: 2.00kHz, SV Size: 5.0mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.73MHz, Focus: 7.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 5.0mm
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.73MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 4.5mm
Reference Manual 218

VE4-8 VE4-8: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
VE4-8: 2D & 2D + M mode Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan
TIS TIB Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1

Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Maximum index value 1.29 0.77 0.46 0.39 1.43 (b)
Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Pr.3 (MPa) 2.12

Maximum index value 1.25 0.67 0.12 0.21 0.41+ (b) 2D W01:4.52
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:32.3 PD W0:37.1 (b)
Col W01:48.6
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.23
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 27.6
2D W01:23.9
W0 (mW) M W01x1:8.77 M W0:10.4 (b)
2D Inv W01:23.9 z1 (cm) 3.37
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 15.2 Zbp (cm) 3.37
z1 (cm) 3.70 3.49
Zsp (cm)
Zbp (cm) 3.70
Z@PII.3max (cm) 3.29
Zsp (cm) 3.29
deq(z) (cm) 0.29
Z@PII.3max (cm) 3.73
2D:3.69
deq(z) (cm) 0.30 fc (MHz) 2.72 2.98 2.98 2.97 (b)
Col:3.00
2D:2.94 2D:1.59
fc (MHz) 3.18 2.94 2.93 2.77 (b) 0.83 3.60 1.20 (b)
2D Inv:2.96 X (cm)
Dim. of Aaprt Col:1.32
2D:1.61
X (cm) 0.83 4.35 1.20 (b) Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt 2D Inv:1.61
Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) PD (µsec) 0.70

PD (µsec) 0.42 PRF (Hz) 4.83*


PRF (Hz) 53.9* Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.79
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.25 deq@PIImax (cm) 0.27
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.29 FLx (cm) 2.00 3.50 14.5 (b)
FLx (cm) 2.00 3.50 17.5 (b) Focal Length
Focal Length FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40 6.40 (b)
FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40 6.40 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 415
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 270

Control 1 MI
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 3 TIS_as_U
TIS_bs Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 4
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 5 TIB_bs

Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 53.9Hz Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.6MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 2.8MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.83Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 2: 2D (Pulsed Inversion) Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 168.2Hz Control 2: 2D + Color Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, Col: 3.0MHz, Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 46.6Hz
Control 3: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, M: 2.9MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 55.6Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.79Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 4: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, M: 2.9MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 12.5Hz Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, FR: 3.86Hz, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 5: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 2.6MHz, M: 2.6MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 41.7Hz Control 5: Triple Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 4.83Hz, PD Scale: 1.25kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Reference Manual 219

VE4-8: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler 3D2-6


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan 3D2-6: 2D & 2D + M mode
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.06 0.58 0.70 0.72 2.34 (b)
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.88 Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan
2D W01:3.50 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:49.6 PD W0:56.5 (b)
PD W01x1:36.5
Maximum index value 1.24 0.60 0.12** 0.18 0.42+ (b)
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 50.9
Pr.3 (MPa) 1.91
z1 (cm) 3.37
W0 (mW) 2D W01:50.5 M W01x1:10.5 M W0:11.3 (b)
Zbp (cm) 3.37
3.29 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 16.1
Zsp (cm)
Z@PII.3max (cm) 4.70 z1 (cm) 4.80

deq(z) (cm) 0.29 Zbp (cm) 4.02


2D:3.86 Zsp (cm) 1.82
fc (MHz) 3.14 2.96 2.96 2.76 (b)
PD:2.97
Z@PII.3max (cm) 3.46
2D:4.80
X (cm) 0.83 3.60 1.20 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.83 deq(z) (cm) 0.45
Y (cm) 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 (b) fc (MHz) 2.38 2.49 2.48 2.39 2.48 (b)
PD (µsec) 0.43 2.24 0.83 4.33 0.83 (b)
X (cm)
PRF (Hz) 25.0* Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.02
PD (µsec) 0.51
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.28
PRF (Hz) 53.9*
FLx (cm) 3.50 3.50 14.5 (b)
Focal Length Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.38
FLy (cm) 6.40 6.40 6.40 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 202 deq@PIImax (cm) 0.44
FLx (cm) 3.50 3.50 17.5 (b)
Focal Length
Control 1 MI FLy (cm) 8.00 8.00 8.00 (b)
Control 2 TIS_as IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 181
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 1 MI
Control 5 TIB_bs Control 2 TIS_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs
Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 4.1MHz, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 6.5cm, FR: 25.0Hz, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.8MHz, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 37.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 4 TIS_bs
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 3.0MHz, Focus: 14.5cm, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 1: 2D Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, FR: 53.9Hz
Control 5: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.8MHz, Focus: 5.0cm, PD Scale: 2.75kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm Control 2: 2D (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 298.6Hz
Control 3: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, M: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 55.6Hz
Control 4: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, M: 2.5MHz, Focus: 17.5cm, FR: 12.5Hz
Reference Manual 220

3D2-6: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA 3D2-6: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler
TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
Maximum index value 1.29 0.70 0.38** 0.36 1.26 (b) Maximum index value 1.12 0.50 0.66** 0.61 2.25 (b)

Pr.3 (MPa) 2.03 Pr.3 (MPa) 1.77


2D W01:2.15
2D W01:4.19 W0 (mW) PD W01x1:55.6 PD W0:60.0 (b)
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:32.1 PD W0:34.7 (b) PD W01x1:35.7
Col W01:50.0
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 51.3
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 30.7
z1 (cm) 2.81
z1 (cm) 2.81
Zbp (cm) 2.81
Zbp (cm) 2.81
Zsp (cm) 1.82
Zsp (cm) 2.02
Z@PII.3max (cm) 2.02
Z@PII.3max (cm) 2.02
deq(z) (cm) 0.44
deq(z) (cm) 0.44 2D:3.30
fc (MHz) 2.48 2.50 2.50 2.50 (b)
2D:2.51 PD:2.71
fc (MHz) 2.46 2.48 2.46 2.48 (b) 2D:5.90
Col:2.71 0.83 2.12 0.83 (b)
X (cm)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.83
2D:1.85
X (cm) 0.83 2.12 0.83 (b) Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt Col:1.51
PD (µsec) 1.38
Y (cm) 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 (b)
PRF (Hz) 1000
PD (µsec) 0.76
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.1
PRF (Hz) 5.51*
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.43
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 2.23
FLx (cm) 3.50 3.50 8.50 (b)
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.44 Focal Length
FLy (cm) 8.00 8.00 8.00 (b)
FLx (cm) 2.00 3.50 8.50 (b) IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 166
Focal Length
FLy (cm) 8.00 8.00 8.00 (b)
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 212 Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as

Control 1 MI Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs

Control 2 TIS_as Control 4 TIS_bs

Control 3 TIS_as_U TIB_bs


Control 1: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 4 TIS_bs Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, PD: 2.8MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 37.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, PD Scale: 3.25kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 1: Triple (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 2.5MHz, Col: 2.5MHz, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.51Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 8.5cm, PD Scale: 2.25kHz, SV Size: 7.5mm
Control 2: 2D + Color Mode, 2D: 2.9MHz, Col: 2.8MHz Focus: 2.0cm, FR: 46.6Hz
Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, Col: 2.8MHz, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 5.5Hz, PD Scale: 1.5kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 5.6MHz, Col: 2.5MHz, PD: 2.5MHz, Focus: 8.5cm, FR: 3.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.0kHz, SV Size: 0.5mm
Reference Manual 221

3D4-9 3D4-9: 2D + Color, Triple, CPA & Triple CPA


TIS TIB
3D4-9: 2D & 2D + M mode Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan
TIS TIB Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1

Index Label MI Non–scan TIC Maximum index value 1.43 0.54 0.36 0.25** 0.88 (b)
Scan Non–scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 Pr.3 (MPa) 2.97

Maximum index value 1.30 0.53 0.07 0.05** 0.19+ (b) 2D W01:2.25
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:14.9 PD W0:13.7 (b)
Col W01:20.8
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.71
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 10.3
W0 (mW) 2D W01:20.6 M W01x1:3.34 M W0:3.21 (b)
z1 (cm) 0.82
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 2.40
Zbp (cm) 0.82
z1 (cm) 0.94
Zsp (cm) 0.93
Zbp (cm) 0.94
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.58
Zsp (cm) 1.51
deq(z) (cm) 0.25
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.58
2D:4.60
deq(z) (cm) 0.23 fc (MHz) 4.31 5.01 5.00 5.00 (b)
Col:4.99
fc (MHz) 4.37 5.37 4.49 4.48 4.48 (b) 2D:2.55
X (cm) 0.68 0.40 0.40 (b)
0.95 0.76 0.52 0.52 (b) Dim. of Aaprt Col:0.95
X (cm)
Dim. of Aaprt Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
0.29 PD (µsec) 0.30
PD (µsec)
71.4* PRF (Hz) 6.76*
PRF (Hz)
3.33 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.64
Pr@PIImax (MPa)
0.22 deq@PIImax (cm) 0.22
deq@PIImax (cm)
1.50 3.50 2.50 (b) FLx (cm) 0.50 2.50 1.50 (b)
FLx (cm) Focal Length
Focal Length FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 3.50 (b)
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 3.50 (b)
305 IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 367
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2)

MI Control 1 MI
Control 1
TIS_as Control 2 TIS_as
Control 2
TIS_as_U Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 3
TIS_bs TIB_bs Control 4 TIS_bs TIB_bs
Control 4

Control 1: 2D + M Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz, M: 4.7MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 71.4Hz Control 1: Triple Mode, 2D: 4.7MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 6.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 460.3Hz Control 2: 2D + Color (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.4MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, Focus: 0.5cm, FR: 29.5Hz
Control 3: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.4MHz, M: 4.4MHz, Focus: 3.5cm, FR: 62.5Hz Control 3: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7 MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 6.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 4: 2D + M (Harmonic) Mode, 2D: 4.4MHz, M: 4.4MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 71.4Hz Control 4: Triple Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, Col: 5.1MHz, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, FR: 6.8Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Reference Manual 222

3D4-9: Pulsed Doppler & 2D + Pulsed Doppler CW2.0


TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan TIC
Scan Non–scan CW2.0: CW Doppler
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1
TIS TIB
Maximum index value 1.15 0.35 0.46 0.33** 1.20 (b)
Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC
Pr.3 (MPa) 2.53 Scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan
2D W01:4.23
W0 (mW) PD W01x1:19.2 PD W0:20.1 (b)
PD W01x1:10.5 Maximum index value 0.07 (a) 0.84 0.67** 2.77 2.00
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 15.6 Pr.3 (MPa) 0.09
z1 (cm) 0.82 CW CW
W0 (mW) (a) CW W0:88.1
W01x1:88.1 W0:88.1
Zbp (cm) 0.82
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 70.1
Zsp (cm) 1.00
z1 (cm) 1.65
Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.73
Zbp (cm) 1.65
deq(z) (cm) 0.28
Zsp (cm) 1.65
2D:5.15
fc (MHz) 4.84 5.01 4.45 4.45 (b)
PD:5.02 Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.89
2D:2.55 deq(z) (cm) 0.57
X (cm) 1.28 0.40 0.40 (b)
Dim. of Aaprt PD:0.68
fc (MHz) 2.00 (a) 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
Y (cm) 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 (b)
X (cm) (a) 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69
PD (µsec) 0.26 Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) (a) 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38
PRF (Hz) 54.7*
PD (µsec) CW
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 3.38
PRF (Hz) CW
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.24
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 0.11
FLx (cm) 2.50 4.50 1.50 (b)
Focal Length deq@PIImax (cm) 0.52
FLy (cm) 3.50 3.50 3.50 (b)
FLx (cm) (a) 6.00 6.00 6.00
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 262 Focal Length
FLy (cm) (a) 10.0 10.0 10.0
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 0.30
Control 1 MI
Control 2 TIS_as
Control 1 MI TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs TIC_as
Control 3 TIS_as_U
Control 4 TIS_bs TIB_bs Control 1: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 2.00MHz

Control 1: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 6.1MHz, PD: 4.4MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 54.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 2: 2D + Pulsed Doppler Mode, 2D: 7.7MHz, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 2.5cm, FR: 54.7Hz, PD Scale: 1.75kHz, SV Size: 2mm
Control 3: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 5.1MHz, Focus: 4.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 5mm
Control 4: Pulsed Doppler Mode, PD: 4.4MHz, Focus: 1.5cm, PD Scale: 1.00kHz, SV Size: 5.5mm
Reference Manual 223

CW4.0 DP2B

CW4.0: CW Doppler DP2B: CW Doppler


TIS TIB TIS TIB
Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC Index Label MI Non–scan Non– TIC
Scan Scan
Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan Aaprt≤1 Aaprt>1 scan

Maximum index value 0.06 (a) 1.02 0.76** 2.58 1.91 Maximum index value 0.06 (a) 0.40 0.32** 1.41 0.96
Pr.3 (MPa) 0.12 Pr.3 (MPa) 0.08
W0 (mW) (a) CW W01x1:53.4 CW W0:53.4 CW W0:53.4 W0 (mW) (a) CW W01x1:42.3 CW W0:42.3 CW W0:42.3
min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 40.0 min of [W.3(z1), ITA.3(z1)] (mW) 33.7
z1 (cm) 1.05 z1 (cm) 1.65
Zbp (cm) 1.05 Zbp (cm) 1.65
Zsp (cm) 1.05 Zsp (cm) 1.65
Z@PII.3max (cm) 0.69 Z@PII.3max (cm) 1.49
deq(z) (cm) 0.35 deq(z) (cm) 0.54
fc (MHz) 4.00 (a) 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 fc (MHz) 2.00 (a) 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
X (cm) (a) 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.43 X (cm) (a) 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69
Dim. of Aaprt Dim. of Aaprt
Y (cm) (a) 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 Y (cm) (a) 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38
PD (µsec) CW PD (µsec) CW
PRF (Hz) CW PRF (Hz) CW
Pr@PIImax (MPa) 0.13 Pr@PIImax (MPa) 0.09
deq@PIImax (cm) 0.35 deq@PIImax (cm) 0.49
FLx (cm) (a) 6.00 6.00 6.00 FLx (cm) (a) 6.00 6.00 6.00
Focal Length Focal Length
FLy (cm) (a) 4.50 4.50 4.50 FLy (cm) (a) 6.00 6.00 6.00
IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 0.44 IPA.3@MImax (W/cm2) 0.18

Control 1 MI TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs TIC_as Control 1 MI TIS_as_U TIS_bs TIB_bs TIC_as

Control 1: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 4.00MH Control 1: CW Doppler Mode, CW: 2.00MHz
Reference Manual 224

Patient-Applied Part Temperature Table


Surface Temperature
Transducer Surface Temperature In-Air (℃)
Simulated-Use (℃)

C2-8 44.5 <41

CS1-4 42.4 <41

CF4-9 43.5 <41

ER4-9 41.3 42.0

EVN4-9 41.3 42.0

L5-13 42.4 <41

3D2-6 <41 <41

VE4-8 42.2 <41

3D4-9 <41 41.2

PE2-4 44.5 <41

SP3-8 44.0 41.7

CF2-8 44.7 41.8

LF5-13 44.7 <41

CW2.0 <41 <41

CW4.0 <41 <41

CA1-7AD 46.0 <41

V5-9 <41 41.6

VR5-9 41.5 42.0

CA2-8AD 41.8 <41

CV1-8AD 45.2 <41

LA3-14AD 42.0 <41

DP2B <41 <41

You might also like